TY - CHAP A2 - Moogk, Edward B. AB - An interview with Emile Berliner, which originally appeared in the Canadian Music Trades Journal (Sept. 1918). In it, Berliner talks about the gramophone and the article also quotes from Berliner in 1888 in which he made predictions for how the gramophone might be used. AU - [Berliner, Emile] CY - Ottawa KW - +future and science fiction +sound recording sound recording, and gramophone Berliner, Emile future phonograph gramophone future, and gramophone LB - 4010 PB - National Library of Canada PY - 1975 RP - Canadian Music Trades Journal (Sept. 1918) SP - 380-82 ST - An Interview with the Inventor of the Gramophone T2 - Roll Back the Years: History of Canadian Recorded Sound and Its Legacy: Genesis to 1930 TI - An Interview with the Inventor of the Gramophone ID - 1789 ER - TY - CHAP AB - In this volume, Motion Picture Association of America president Jack Valenti explains the new rating system that went into effect in November, 1968. The essence of the new system was “voluntarism,” according Valenti, who defined this term as follows: “a voluntary willingness by film creators and managers to temper freedom with responsibility, a voluntary willingness by the public to be discerning movie-goers and by parents to know what’s playing in the theatres in order to guide the attendance of their children.” The organization created to rate films was initially called the Code and Rating Administration (CARA) and was established by NATO, the MPAA, and the International Film Importers and Distributors Association (IFIDA). This work has much other information about the working of the motion picture and television industries. AU - [Valenti, Jack] Motion Picture Association of America CY - New York ET - 51st KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) Classification and Rating Administration classification MPAA self-regulation Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) advertising, and public relations Valenti, Jack References, Statistics, Timelines, Maps References, Statistics, Timelines, Maps censorship and ratings rating system (U.S.) rating system (U. S.) propaganda advertising NATO CARA Heffner, Richard Valenti, Jack Johnston, Eric MPAA motion pictures law censorship and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) censorship classification non-USA +motion pictures and popular culture MPAA, and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.), and origin Valenti, Jack, and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.), and appeals process voluntarism MPAA, and voluntarism public relations public relations, and rating system (U. S.) public relations, and MPAA MPAA, and public relations MPAA, and Jack Valenti Valenti, Jack, and MPAA MPAA, and international markets statistics reference works LB - 26470 PB - Film and Television Daily PY - 1969 SP - 616-25 ST - Motion Picture Association of America: 1968 -- A Year of New Developments T2 - The 1969 Film Daily Year Book of Motion Pictures TI - Motion Picture Association of America: 1968 -- A Year of New Developments ID - 1226 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This piece, written by the editor and staff of Science, seeks to set the microelectronic revolution into historical perspective. AU - Abelson, Philip H. and Allen L. Hammond CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution +computers and the Internet electronic media communication revolution electronics revolution, and history of microelectronics LB - 2750 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 16-28 ST - The Electronics Revolution T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Electronics Revolution ID - 1667 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - The author examines the relation between telephones and modern cities. He notes that the dreams of utopians in the late 19th century have been realized in that the "telephone has conquered distance as no other technology has." AU - Abler, Ronald CY - Cambridge, MA KW - utopianism geography +telephones urban studies space (spatial) telephones, and distance telephones, and urban life utopia, and telephones LB - 10290 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 318-41 ST - The Telephone and the Evolution of the American Metropolitan System T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - The Telephone and the Evolution of the American Metropolitan System ID - 2394 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This report briefly details how unions were using mass media in the early 1980s, arguing that the “use of media by labor unions is undergoing a revolution.” One union official estimated at labor organizations were spending between $10 million and $15 million annually on media, and that advertising and public affairs offerings by labor organizations may have been more extensive at that time than ever before. Unions such as the Teamsters, the SEIU and UFCW, for example, were using film and videos for organizing. A 40-minute UFCW organizing film, The Road to Dignity, was also being marketed through direct mail to 25,000 high school teachers for use in vocational education and social studies classes. AFSCME, according to the authors, built a network-quality radio and television studio to produce public affairs programs and to conduct teleconferences that can be sent via satellite to television and radio stations around the country. In 1983 and 1984, the AFL-CIO’s Labor Institute of Public Affairs produced America Works, an 18-part series of half-hour programs shown on commercial and public television stations. In late 1984, LIPA launched the “Campaign for America’s Future,” a radio and television advertising effort kicked off with a nationwide teleconference with labor leaders and news reporters. The AFL-CIO, according to the authors, purchased ad time in 24 markets on 70 television stations and local labor bodies purchased 4,200 radio spots as part of the coordinated campaign. The UAW used broadcast advertising during 1984 to communicate for public support during labor negotiations with Ford. These communications were designed to meet key goals: improving union leaders’ communications with other union officials and members; providing better news media access to labor leaders; expanding communications with lawmakers, interest groups and opinion leaders; gaining public support for bargaining positions; and improving the public perception of labor. --Phil Glende AU - Affairs, Bureau of National CY - Washington, DC KW - advertising, and public relations propaganda public relations propaganda advertising satellites Glende, Phil labor +television +radio +aeronautics and space communication labor, and television television, and labor radio, and labor labor, and radio satellites, and labor labor, and satellites public relations advertising labor, and public relations public relations, and labor advertising, and labor labor, and advertising labor, and public television labor, and film LB - 1080 N1 - See also: office PB - Bureau of National Affairs PY - 1985 SP - 80-87 ST - Adopting Media Techniques T2 - Unions Today: New Tactics to Tackle Tough Times TI - Adopting Media Techniques ID - 196 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Agre begins by asking if the Internet is a "friend of democracy?" (61) He goes on to write that "by providing a general mechanism for moving digital information and a general platform for constructing digital information utilities, the Internet provides new opportunities for the design of institutional mechanisms; it opens a vast new design space both for technology in the narrow sense and for the institutionalized social relationships within which the Internet is embedded. The Internet also necessitates a renegotiation of institutional rules in a more urgent way by destabilizing the balance of forces to which any successful negotiation gives form; by lending itself to the amplication of some forces and not others, the Internet undermines many of the institutionalized accommodations through which stakeholder groups with distinct interests and powers have gotten along." (63) Barber uses the work of John R. Commons as a context. Barber believes the "central question of democracy in its newly wired manifestation" is "what is the proper relationship between collective cognition among communities of shared interest and the actual formal mechanisms of the state?" (65) The volume in which Agre's essay appears is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." (ix-x) AU - Agre, Philip E. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers democracy democracy, and new media Commons, John computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy Internet LB - 34170 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 61-67 ST - Growing a Democratic Culture: John Commons on the Wiring of Civil Society T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Growing a Democratic Culture: John Commons on the Wiring of Civil Society ID - 3055 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Allan M. Din, ed. AB - This paper grew out of a 1986 workshop sponsored by the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute. This paper gives an overview of the DARPA's strategic computing initiative, based on the original 1983 document outlining the program as well as a subsequent planning document. The original "Strategic Computing" document of October 28, 1983, notes that changes in artificial intelligence, computer science, and microelectronics present "possibilities" that are "quite startling, and suggest that new generation computing could fundamentally change the nature of future conflicts. "In contrast with previous computers, the new generation will exhibit human-life, 'intelligent' capabilities for planning and reasoning. The computers will also have capabilities that enable direct, natural interactions with their users and their environment as, for example, vision and speech. "... Our citizens will have machines that are 'capable associates', which can greatly augment each person's ability to perform tasks that require specialized expertise." (90) AU - Akersten, S. Ingvar CY - New York KW - R & D computers computers Soviet Union simulations strategic defense initiative (SDI) Reagan administration nationalism microprocessing Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) computers and the Internet artificial intelligence and biotechnology artificial intelligence strategic computing initiative aeronautics and space communication Reagan administration, and artificial intelligence Reagan, Ronald Reagan, Ronald, and computers military communication nationalism, and communication computers, and artifical intelligence military communication, and artificial intelligence nationalism, and computers DARPA Japan computers, and chips research and development USSR microelectronics microprocessors personal computers computers, personal war war, and artificial intelligence computers, and war war, and computers SDI Reagan administration, and SDA satellites computers, and simulations simulations, and computers non-USA LB - 33780 PB - Oxford University Press PY - 1987 SP - 87-99 ST - The Strategic Computing Program T2 - Arms and Artificial Intelligence: Weapon and Arms Control Applications of Advanced Computing TI - The Strategic Computing Program ID - 3016 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - France was leery to embrace the modern technology of the telephone as it threatened the government’s control of communication. Allali writes “A world of sequestered communication was fashioned where the fundamental orientation was to seek isolation, to escape as much as possible the dangerous pulsations of the social body. In the ten- year confrontation between the visual and electric telegraphs, conflicts emerged which would reappear at the birth of the telephone. Technical innovation in communication runs counter to already recognized and accepted technologies. To break through with its own new form and constraints, it must enlist the support of social forces which it, in turn, confirms and strengthens." (100-01) --Catharine Gartelos AU - Allali, Jacques Stourdze CY - Cambridge, MA KW - nationalism non-USA +telephones France France, and telephones telephones, and France telephones, and resistance to Gartelos, Catharine +telegraph +nationalism and communication nationalism, and telephones telephones, and nationalism nationalism, and telegraph LB - 1730 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 97-111 ST - The Birth of the Telephone and Economic Crisis T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - The Birth of the Telephone and Economic Crisis ID - 261 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Farber, Stephen AB - This is a previously unpublished list of guidelines for the new rating system adopted in November, 1968. It reveals that in the beginning the rating system was to be guided by an abbreviated form of the Production Code on sex, crime, violence, language, and treatment of animals. AU - America, Motion Picture Association of CY - Washington, D. C. KW - Classification and Rating Administration classification self-regulation self-regulation reports, MPAA Production Code Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) censorship and ratings rating system (U.S.) rating system (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) values religion law censorship and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) censorship classification reports reports, CARA +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and rating system (U. S.) CARA CARA, and Production Code (motion pictures) CARA, and origins of rating system (U. S.), and origins of rating system (U. S.), and Production Code (motion pictures) classification, and Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code, and rating system (U. S.) LB - 20270 PB - Public Affairs Press PY - 1972 SP - 112-15 (Appendix I) ST - Official Code Objectives T2 - The Movie Rating Game TI - Official Code Objectives ID - 846 ER - TY - CHAP AU - America, Motion Picture Association of CY - New York ET - 51st KW - reference works Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) Classification and Rating Administration MPAA self-regulation reports, MPAA rating system (U. S.) (U.S.) CARA Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) +motion pictures and popular culture MPAA, and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.), and origin Valenti, Jack, and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) (U. S.), and appeals process voluntarism MPAA, and voluntarism public relations public relations, and rating system (U. S.) public relations, and MPAA MPAA, and public relations MPAA, and Jack Valenti Valenti, Jack, and MPAA MPAA, and international markets reference works CARA censorship and ratings motion pictures MPAA public relations Valenti, Jack rating system (U. S.), and origin LB - 29080 PB - Film and Television Daily PY - 1969 SP - 625-30 ST - The Motion Picture Code and Rating Program: A System of Self Regulation T2 - The 1969 Film Daily Year Book of Motion Pictures TI - The Motion Picture Code and Rating Program: A System of Self Regulation ID - 2687 ER - TY - CHAP AU - America, Motion Picture Association of CY - New York KW - reference works Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) Classification and Rating Administration MPAA self-regulation reports, MPAA rating system (U. S.) CARA Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) motion pictures and popular culture MPAA, and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.), and origin Valenti, Jack, and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.), and appeals process voluntarism MPAA, and voluntarism public relations public relations, and rating system (U. S.) public relations, and MPAA MPAA, and public relations MPAA, and Jack Valenti Valenti, Jack, and MPAA MPAA, and international markets reference works CARA censorship and ratings CARA, and appeals motion pictures MPAA public relations Valenti, Jack rating system (U. S.), and origin LB - 29090 PB - Film and Television Daily PY - 1969 SP - 630 ST - Code and Rating Appeals Board T2 - The 1969 Film Daily Year Book of Motion Pictures TI - Code and Rating Appeals Board ID - 2688 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This article looks at the experiences of those who have used word processors. It uses two case studies to explain how to handle this new technology, and it also is a guide to installing and operating world processors. It appeared originally in the British publication Data Processing (May 1978). AU - Analyzer, EDP CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers labor communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution archives office office, and information technology microelectronics libraries information technology libraries, and +information storage Information Age +computers and the Internet word processing information processing information storage microelectronics revolution information technology, and office office, and new media office, and microelectronics LB - 2920 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 232-43 ST - The Experience of Word Processing T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Experience of Word Processing ID - 1684 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Schatz, Thomas AB - This chapter dealing with Hollywood and television during the 1940s, appears in Volume 6 of Scribner's History of American Cinema, Charles Harpole, ed. AU - Anderson, Christopher CY - New York KW - World War II television, and war war +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures +television motion pictures, and television television, and motion pictures World War II, and television television, and World War II LB - 20290 PB - Charles Scribner's Sons PY - 1997 SP - 422-44 ST - Television and Hollywood in the 1940s T2 - Boom and Bust: The American Cinema in the 1940s TI - Television and Hollywood in the 1940s ID - 848 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Teresa De Lauretis and Stephen Heath, eds. AB - Andrew discusses the French effort to develop color films during the post-World War II era. The French resented the American attempt to dominate the French market through Technicolor. Alternatives included Agfacolor, but “at the close of the war Technicolor was able to dominate the market largely because Agfa fell with the Third Reich.... While France did indeed avoid an American takeover in color, adopting the Belgian Geva system after the failure of its two most promising indigenous methods, this should not be seen as the victory of vision and intelligence over crass American money.... The French situation did not fully deteriorate until 1956 when cinema admissions began dropping enormously due to the impact of television and other leisure time alternatives.” This paper, delivered at a conference at UW-Milwaukee in February, 1978, has good information about Germany and the development of color film (e.g., on Agfa scientists), and changes in Technicolor: “... a momentous change had occurred in the color world. Technicolor abandoned its cumbersome camera, and entered into a pact with the Eastman Kodak Company. From 1953 on, Technicolor would process only Eastman Color negative stock using its peerless imbibition process.” AU - Andrew, Dudley CY - New York KW - corporations corporations Eastman Kodak non-USA +motion pictures Germany +motion pictures color motion pictures, and color color, and film motion pictures, and France France, and motion pictures color, and Technicolor color, and Agfacolor Germany, and color film Eastman Kodak Company Eastman Color France Germany LB - 6100 PB - St. Martin's Press PY - 1980 SP - 61-75 ST - The Post-War Struggle for Colour T2 - The Cinema Apparatus TI - The Post-War Struggle for Colour ID - 1994 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This statement comes from a pamphlet entitled Office Technology: The Trade Union Response, issued in March, 1979 by the Association of Professional, Executive, Clerical and Computer Staff, a British office workers union. The pamphlet gives a good account of how word processing has influenced jobs -- their content, design, skills needed, and threats to health. It outlines union strategy in the event of likely unemployment. AU - APEX CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers labor communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution computers non-USA microelectronics Information Age +computers and the Internet automation microelectronics revolution Great Britain microelectronics revolution, and unemployment labor word processing information processing unions, and automation labor, and new media office, and computers computers, and labor labor, and computers labor, and word processing office LB - 3020 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 374-90 ST - A Trade Union Strategy for the New Technology T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - A Trade Union Strategy for the New Technology ID - 1694 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - The author says that "the sense of interactivity that dominates the digital media stretches as far back as we care to look into the roots of human creation." (217) Arata's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Arata, Luis O. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers and the Internet computers, and interactivity hypertext digital media computers LB - 34050 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 217-25 ST - Reflections on Interactivity T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Reflections on Interactivity ID - 3043 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - This essay is based largely on published sources. The author writes that “Alexander Graham Bell gave up his idea of the telephone as a commercial medium of entertainment and enlightenment when he solved the problem of reciprocal communication over distances, but the concept developed just the same and in a number of ways. In many communities the first to transmit news were not professional reporters or broadcasters but the telephone operators themselves. It is likely that in the role of informal broadcasters, operators illustrated the possibilities of the telephone. By the time increased telephone traffic made it impossible for them to continue that service, it was relatively easy for the enterprising to see the direction that a new medium might take.” AU - Aronson, Sidney H. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment entertainment, home news and journalism news news and journalism home entertainment news and journalism home, and new media home home, and information technology information technology +telephones telephones, and news broadcasting information technology, and home Bell, Alexander Graham news, and telephones telephones, and news journalism, and telephones telephones, and journalism journalism LB - 10150 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 15-39 ST - Bell's Electric Toy: What's the Use? The Sociology of Early Telephone Usage T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - Bell's Electric Toy: What's the Use? The Sociology of Early Telephone Usage ID - 2380 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author suggests ways in which microcomputers will be employed in office work. He is guardedly optimistic about this technology's impact on employment. Atkinson, at the time of this paper, was head of the Computers, Systems and Electronics Division of the Department of Industry, London, and had twenty years of experience using computers in government administration. This paper was delivered at a seminar near Nice, France in September, 1978. AU - Atkinson, W. Reay CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism labor computers non-USA office, and information technology information technology information processing Information Age +computers and the Internet +nationalism and communication Great Britain information processing, and Great Britain automation labor computers, and labor labor, and computers office, and computers office LB - 2990 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 345-52 ST - The Employment Consequences of Computers: A User View T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Employment Consequences of Computers: A User View ID - 1691 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed AB - The authors argue that in France, where society was based on social hierarchy, the French did not embrace the telephone's person-to-person technology, and local authorities who were most interested in protecting their own power did little to promote the spread of telephony. “Can it be that the French State is only now discovering the sorry state of the telephone situation that it created by sacrificing telephone development for many decades on the alter of communication networks run by and for the local power holders? It probably means that the French State was willing to begin promoting the telephone only when industrial interests became prominent in economic and social relationships.” AU - Attali, Jacques and Yves Stourdze CY - Cambridge, MA KW - nationalism community democracy non-USA +telephones France, and telephones democracy and media +nationalism and communication France LB - 10180 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 97-111 ST - The Birth of the Telephone and Economic Crisis: The Slow Death of Monologue in French Society T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - The Birth of the Telephone and Economic Crisis: The Slow Death of Monologue in French Society ID - 2383 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - As the use of robots increases, the authors (then at Carnegie-Mellon University) discuss the current uses of them and their future potential. The authors urge cooperation between unions, employers, and the government to lessen transition problems. This article first appeared in Technology Review (May-June 1982). AU - Ayres, Robert and Steve Miller CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers robotics labor information technology +computers and the Internet automation robots labor, and automation +artificial intelligence and biotechnology information technology, and industry labor labor, and artificial intelligence artificial intelligence, and labor LB - 3330 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 273-83 ST - Industrial Robots on the Line T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Industrial Robots on the Line ID - 1724 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - H. E. Roys, ed. AB - This article is a historical survey of sound recording, and discusses such men as Edison, Berliner, Bell, and Tainter. It covers major developments in disc recording up to 1962. The work also has a useful list of references on this topic. The articles originally appeared in IRE Proceedings, 50 (May, 1962), 738-44 (copyrighted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.). AU - Bachman, W. S., B.B. Bauer, and P. C. Goldmark CY - Stroudsburg, PA KW - CDs tape recording, magnetic magnetic recording tape recording sound recording materials materials tape recorders recording tape recording music phonograph sound, and music sound, and discs sound, and records sound, and history of phonograph Edison, Thomas Bell, Alexander Graham Berliner, Emile gramophone phonograph, and automobile (1955) sound, and high fidelity sound, and LP records sound dictating machines sound, and dictating machines sound, and books books, and sound recording bibliographies, and sound recording books bibliographies recording books, periodicals, newspapers LB - 5430 PB - Dowden, Hutchingon [sic] & Ross, Inc. PY - 1978 SP - 9-15 ST - Disk Recording and Reproduction T2 - Disc Recording and Reproduction TI - Disk Recording and Reproduction ID - 1928 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Bruce Guile, ed. AB - This volume is in the National Academy of Engineering's Series on Technology and Social Priorities. Bruce R. Guile is editor of this volume. Photocopy filed under "Guile, Bruce." AU - Baer, Walter S. CY - Washington, D.C. KW - entertainment entertainment, home home, and new media home home, and information technology information technology general studies information technology, and home home, and new media home entertainment LB - 10 PB - National Academy Press PY - 1985 SP - 123-53 ST - Information Technologies in the Home T2 - Information Technologies and Social Transformation TI - Information Technologies in the Home ID - 1397 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ian McNeil, ed. AB - An introduction to major developments. AU - Bagley, J. A. CY - London and New York KW - +aeronautics and space communication air travel satellites +transportation LB - 7530 PB - Routledge PY - 1990 SP - 609-47 ST - Aeronautics T2 - An Encyclopedia of the History of Technology TI - Aeronautics ID - 2123 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - Balides' "point is that an incorporative mode of worker subjectivity in post-Fordism finds a homologous logic in immersion in the virtual ornament. This mode of immersion characterizes both the representation of spectatorship in contemporary media and formal strategies drawing spectators into the diegetic worlds of 'movie ride' films. When these worlds are virtual are virtual, they suggest an investment not only in a synthetic reality but in an ephemeral spectacle." (328) Go figure. Balides' essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Balides, Constance CY - Cambridge, MA KW - visual communication computers special effects, and digitization interactive media motion pictures digital media motion pictures, digital digital motion pictures media convergence interactivity motion pictures, and interactivity special effects motion pictures, and special effects special effects, digital Star Wars audiences audiences, and motion pictures motion pictures, and audiences motion pictures, and fans computer graphics special effects, and computers visual culture photography computers and the Internet computers, and special effects virtual reality digitization computers LB - 34090 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 315-36 ST - Immersion in the Virtual Ornament: Contemporary 'Movie Ride' Films T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Immersion in the Virtual Ornament: Contemporary 'Movie Ride' Films ID - 3047 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Nowell-Smith, Geoffrey A2 - Ricci, Steven AB - Balio notes that between 1950 and the 1960s, the number of movie houses that played "art films (defined as foreign-language films and English-language films produced abroad without American financing)" increased from about 100 to almost 700. After 1970, "the art film market functioned as a niche business.... During the consolidation of the American film industry in the 1990s, the art film market was taken over by the Hollywood majors who either created classics divisions or acquired the leading independent art film distributors. Although such moves were reminiscent of the companies' behaviour during the 1960s, the renewed interest in speciality film in the 1990s did not spur the new Hollywood to invest in indigenous foreign film production. Like the 1960s, however, Hollywood absorbed promising foreign film-makers, thereby depriving 'other national cinemas of their major talents and thus reducing competition for its own products.'" The book in which this essays appear is part of the series UCLA Film and Television Archive Studies in History, Criticism and Theory. AU - Balio, Tino CY - London KW - audiences Hollywood foreign films law censorship and ratings censorship non-USA +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures art theaters motion pictures, and foreign films foreign films, and U. S. theaters theaters, and foreign films Europe, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Europe Hollywood, and foreign films censorship, and foreign films Europe LB - 21090 PB - BFI Publishing [British Film Institute] PY - 1998 SP - 63-73 ST - The art film market in the new Hollywood T2 - Hollywood and Europe: Economics, Culture, National Identity: 1945-95 TI - The art film market in the new Hollywood ID - 910 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The use of such new information technology as personal computers and distributed processing have made computer crime much easier for all levels of workers. The exact extent of such crime (in 1982) is hard to estimate precisely, but quick action is needed to prevent further losses. At the time of this piece, the author was an assistant professor at Babson College in Wellesley, MA. This article first appeared in Technology Review (April 1982). AU - Ball, Leslie D. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers +computers and the Internet computers, personal computers +computers and the Internet computers and society computers, and crime crime, and computers personal computers, and crime computers, personal computers crime personal computers LB - 3540 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 533-45 ST - Computer Crime T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Computer Crime ID - 1744 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Everett M. Rogers and Francis Balle, eds. AB - According to Balle, the “central issue of mass communication policy throughout the world has been the freedom of expression. On one hand, communicators should have complete independence to write and say what they wish, without having to consider what the State wishes. In reality, the State often constrains such complete freedom of expression, so as to ensure that the mass media act in a way that is socially responsible. In this chapter, the historical background of the freedom of expression is traced, both in America and Europe, leading up to the current concern with the new media (that represent the Communication Revolution).” New communication technologies “represent a basic change in who can communicate with whom (and what content is transmitted),” and therefore “force a basic reexamination of the conditions for the freedom of expression.” This work is Volume 2 in the Paris-Stanford Series, edited by Everett M. Rogers and Francis Balle. AU - Balle, Francis CY - Norwood, NJ KW - communication revolution freedom law censorship and ratings non-USA general studies communication revolution freedom of expression Europe, and censorship censorship Europe censorship, and new media communication revolution, and censorship LB - 30 PB - Ablex Publishing Corp. PY - 1985 SP - 80-91 ST - The Communication Revolution and Freedom of Expression Redefined SV - 2 T2 - The Media Revolution in America and in Western Europe: Volume II in the Paris-Stanford Series T3 - Paris-Stanford Series TI - The Communication Revolution and Freedom of Expression Redefined ID - 1399 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Manuel Castells, ed. AU - Baran, Barbara CY - Beverly Hills, CA KW - women, and new media labor office, and information technology information technology general studies women automation labor insurance industry women labor, and new media labor, and women women, and new media women office LB - 2140 N1 - See also: office PB - Sage Publications PY - 1985 SP - 143-71 ST - Office Automation and Women’s Work: The Technological Transformation of the Insurance Industry T2 - High Technology, Space, and Society TI - Office Automation and Women’s Work: The Technological Transformation of the Insurance Industry ID - 1610 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Barber offers four caveats in this essay: 1) He is not a technological determinist. 2) People often overestimate how much of "new technology" is actually new. 3) "We need to remind ourselves that spectrum abundance (the multiplication of conduits and outlets) is not the same thing as pluralism of content, programming, and software. When we distinguish content from the conduits that convey it, the consequences of monopolistic ownership patterns become much more obvious. For as the ownership of content programming, production, and software grows more centralized, the multiplication of outlets and conduits becomes less meaningful." (34) 4) Barber discusses the "generational fallacy, which is at play in the history of technology generally. Those who create and first use new technologies take for granted the values and frameworks of previous eras and previous technologies and assume that new generations will have those same values and frameworks. Wrapped in the cocoon of presentness, they forget that for a new generation introduced to th world only via the new technologies, the values and frameworks that conditioned and tempered tose who invented the technologies will be absent. For the second generation of users, this can be corrupting in ways invisible to the pioneers and inventors." (35) The volume in which Barber's chapter appears is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectives on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organized by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." (ix-x) AU - Barber, Benjamin R. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology present mindedness democracy freedom technological determinism critics, and new media history and new media capitalism democracy, and new media presentism critics history technology and society LB - 34150 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 33-47 ST - Which Technology and Which Democracy? T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Which Technology and Which Democracy? ID - 3053 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Günter Friedrichs and Adam Schaff, eds. AB - The author, who was a former Director of Stockholm International Peace Research Institute, Hampshire England, looks at possible applications of microelectronics to warfare. He discusses strategic submarine-launched ballistic missiles, anti-submarine warfare, cruise missiles, the automated battlefield including sensors, electronic warfare, global military communication, deterrence, and more. AU - Barnaby, Frank CY - Oxford, Eng. KW - R & D nationalism sensors research and development war communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution war non-USA rocketry microelectronics +military communication +nationalism and communication global communication microelectronics revolution rocketry, and microelectronics miniaturization microelectronics, and military military communication, and microelectronics sensors, and military microelectronics, and rocketry LB - 4380 PB - Pergamon Press PY - 1982 SP - 243-72 ST - Microelectronics in War T2 - Microelectronics and Society: For Better or for Worse: A Report to the Club of Rome TI - Microelectronics in War ID - 1826 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Philip Rosen, ed. AB - Part of the 1980s French invasion of deconstructionists and post-structuralists, this short essay is, typical of the genre, all but incomprehensible. It addresses squarely the impact of technology upon the ideological content of movies, but in a less than enlightening manner. It seems to be a strange hybrid of Marxism, and its notion that the dominant bourgeois ideology inevitably determines the content of so major a form of mass communication as the movies, with postmodernism and its sense that meaning is determined entirely by the individual observer. The mobility of the camera and the ability of the film maker to position it so many different ways makes film an unusually good medium in which to explore the postmodern sensibilities, Baudry seems to be saying. A short reflective exercise in theory, this essay makes reference only to secondary sources. --Gordon Jackson French film theorist Jean-Louis Baudry here concerns himself with how one might account for ideology in the cinema. Drawing on a model of ideology developed by French philosopher Louis Althusser, in which the term 'ideology' refers to a compelling force that places individuals (or 'subjects') into a predefined set of relationships with one another to give one social group power over another, Baudry tries to account for how film technology has developed historically to place the film viewer into a specific relationship with the image that supports the dominant order. This essay also draws freely from the psychoanalytic studies of Jacques Lacan, especially his research of the 'mirror stage,' in which infants begin to see themselves as distinct entities within a larger world (Baudry will claim in this essay that film viewing reproduces certain conditions of the mirror stage). Overall, this work attempts to give a historical account of film technology that explains how film might be said to advance ideology. --Matt Lavine AU - Baudry, Jean-Louis CY - New York KW - communism Marx, Karl theory values postmodernism motion pictures Marxism ideology Jackson, Gordon +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and ideology ideology, and motion pictures values, and motion pictures values motion pictures, and values motion pictures, and bias values, and technology postmodernism, and motion pictures motion pictures, and postmodernism Marxism, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Marxism motion pictures, and theory theory, and motion pictures values Lavine, Matt motion pictures, and ideology Lacan, Jacques Althusser, Louis motion pictures, and technology LB - 1500 PB - Columbia University Press PY - 1986 SP - 286-98 ST - Ideological Effects of the Basic Cinematic Apparatus T2 - Narrative, Apparatus, Ideology: A Film Theory Reader TI - Ideological Effects of the Basic Cinematic Apparatus ID - 238 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Martin Bauer, ed. AB - This introductory essay sets out the issues to be considered in this work. The focus, as the title suggests, is on three base technologies in the post-1945 era: nuclear power, information technology, and biotechnology. Here Bauer points to similarities in the development of these three technologies, and the forms that resistance to each has taken. AU - Bauer, Martin CY - New York KW - technology computers USSR interactivity modernism modernity modernism communication revolution genetics community democracy non-USA values semiconductors progress Luddism Information Age Industrial Revolution +artificial intelligence and biotechnology biotechnology information age, and resistance to technology, and resistance to Luddism Great Britain Japan Australia Switzerland Soviet Union, and Chernobyl Germany Europe France, resistance to technology semiconductors, and France interactive media biotechnology, and regulation (1970-86) Industrial Revolution, and Great Britain progress, and history of Luddism, and Great Britain genetic engineering communication revolution values, and biotechnology values, and information technology values, and nuclear energy Ford, Henry technology and society culture, and resistance to technology democracy and media modernity Soviet Union culture Japan France semiconductors, and Japan critics +computers and the Internet biotechnology, and regulation LB - 4290 PB - Cambridge University Press PY - 1995 SP - 1-41 ST - Resistance to new technology and its effects on nuclear power, information technology and biotechnology T2 - Resistance to new technology: nuclear power, information technology and biotechnology TI - Resistance to new technology and its effects on nuclear power, information technology and biotechnology ID - 1817 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This statement by two members of the Meese Commission disagreed with the conclusions of the majority. Becker, a behavior scientists, and Levine, a journalist, while noting the arrival of new media that easily delivered pornography to a wide public, nevertheless questioned whether researchers had established a causal link between watching pornography and violent acts. They also questioned the way in which the Commision defined pornography and categorized different types of pornography. AU - Becker, Judith AU - Levine, Ellen CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment computers video cassette recorders (VCRs) surveillance post office government hearings entertainment, home magnetic recording photography women, and new media social science research values privacy archives primary sources sexuality home entertainment government magnetic tape First Amendment media effects crime color freedom values religion censorship and ratings law cable home home, and new media home Meese Commission reports primary sources hearings pornography reports reports, Messe Commission +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography law, and pornography pornography, and law pornography, and new media home entertainment revolution pornography, and home home, and pornography +television +postal service television, and cable cable television, and pornography +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and television television, and satellites +computers computers, and pornography pornography, and computers VCRs VCRs, and pornography pornography, and VCRs magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines +photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography color, and pornography pornography, and color media effects media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects pornography, defined children media effects, and children children, and pornography pornography, and children women women, and pornography pornography, and women religion, and pornography pornography, and religion personal computers personal computers, and pornography primary sources primary sources, Maryland primary sources, College Park primary sources, Meese Commission media effects, and pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research First Amendment, and Meese Commission First Amendment, and pornography pornography, and legal pornography, and First Amendment pornography, and opponents pornography, and harmful effects crime, and pornography pornography, and crime privacy, and pornography pornography, and privacy Meese Commission, and critics +computers and the Internet magazines satellites children, and media LB - 23010 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - 540-46 ST - Statement of Dr. Judith Becker and Ellen Levine T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Statement of Dr. Judith Becker and Ellen Levine ID - 1026 ER - TY - CHAP AB - Here three women members of the Meese Commission conclude on the basis of the evidence they have seen "that those who exploit women's vulnerability in the production or consumption of pornography are inflicting harm that profoundly violates the rights of women, damages the integrity of the American family and threatens the quality of life for all men and women." AU - Becker, Judith AU - Levine, Ellen AU - Tilton-Durfee, Deanne CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment computers video cassette recorders (VCRs) surveillance post office government hearings entertainment, home magnetic recording photography women, and new media social science research values privacy archives primary sources sexuality home entertainment government magnetic tape First Amendment media effects crime color freedom values religion censorship and ratings law cable home home, and new media home Meese Commission reports primary sources hearings pornography reports reports, Messe Commission +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography law, and pornography pornography, and law pornography, and new media home entertainment revolution pornography, and home home, and pornography +television +postal service television, and cable cable television, and pornography +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and television television, and satellites +computers computers, and pornography pornography, and computers VCRs VCRs, and pornography pornography, and VCRs magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines +photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography color, and pornography pornography, and color media effects media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects pornography, defined children media effects, and children children, and pornography pornography, and children women women, and pornography pornography, and women religion, and pornography pornography, and religion personal computers personal computers, and pornography primary sources primary sources, Maryland primary sources, College Park primary sources, Meese Commission media effects, and pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research First Amendment, and Meese Commission First Amendment, and pornography pornography, and legal pornography, and First Amendment pornography, and opponents pornography, and harmful effects crime, and pornography pornography, and crime privacy, and pornography pornography, and privacy Meese Commission, and critics +computers and the Internet magazines satellites children, and media LB - 23000 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - 540 ST - Statement of Judith Becker, Ellen Levine and Deanne Tilton-Durfee T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Statement of Judith Becker, Ellen Levine and Deanne Tilton-Durfee ID - 1025 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Beerbohm, Max AB - This essay, or better broadcast, was originally delivered on Sunday, October 8, 1945. Beerbohm says that “Actors and actresses were certainly regarded with far greater interest than they are nowadays. The outstanding ones inspired something deeper than interest. It was with excitement, with wonder and with reverence, with something akin even to hysteria, that they were gazed upon. Some of the younger of you listeners would, no doubt, interrupt me if they could at this point by asking, “But surely you don’t mean, do you, that our parents and grandparents were affected by them as we are by cinema stars?’ I would assure you that 52/53 those idols were even more ardently worshipped than are yours. Yours after all, are but images of idols, mere shadows of glory. Those others were their own selves, creatures of flesh and blood, there before your eyes. They were performing in our presence. And of our presence they were aware. Even we, in all our humility, acted as stimulants to them. The magnetism diffused by them across the footlights was in some degree our own doing. You, on the other hand, having nothing to do with the performances of which you witness the result. These performances or rather these innumerable rehearsals took place in some faraway gaunt studio in Hollywood or elsewhere, months ago. Those moving shadows will be making identically the same movements at the next performance or rather at the next record; and in the inflexions of those voice enlarged and preserved for you there by machinery not one cadence will be altered. Thus the theatre has certain advantages over the cinema, and in virtue of them will continue to survive. But the thrill of it is not quite what it was in my young days.” (52-53) Beerbohm noted that anti-theatrical bias existed. "In those piping days of yore, there was in playgoing a spice of adventure, of audacity. The theatre was frowned on by quite a large part of the community. The Nonconformist Churches were, without exception, dead against it. Ministers of even the Church of England were very dubious about it and never attended it. Players were no longer regarded in the eighteen-eighties and 'nineties as rouges and vagabonds, but the old Puritan prejudice against them still flourished." (53) He notes that his brother Herbert Beerbohm Tree had been a well-known actor and only when he became a manager in 1887 did his status rise. "An actor-manager could be mentioned quite frankly, and even with awe." (54) Beerbohm made a perceptive observation about the difference in reading a book and watching a play. "Indeed, I have a sort of feeling that one can appreciate ideas, is more susceptible to them and better able to grapple with them, when they are set forth in a book that one is reading by one's own fireside than when they are mooted to an auditorium. One can pause, can linger.... I have a notion that the drama is, after all, essentially a vehicle for action (for drama, as the Greeks quite frankly called it), is essentially, or at least mainly, a think to cause the excitement of pity and awe, or of terror, or of laughter, rather than to stimulate one's ratiocinative faculties. The theatre, I would say, is a place for thrills. You may, of course, be thrilled at your fireside by a book of philosophy or of history. You are still more likely to be so by a fine work of fiction. But the characters in a novel are not there before your very eyes, saying and doing things in your very presence. The novelist's power to startle you, or to hold you in breathless suspense, is a slight one in comparison with the dramatist's. All ... my memories of the theatre are memories of stark 'situations' -- the 59/60 appearance of the Ghost on the battlements at Elsinore; or the knocking at the gate while Duncan is murdered, and the repetition of that knocking...." (59-60) AU - Beerbohm, Max CY - London KW - theater children critics critics, and actors critics, and theater critics, and acting critics, and degenerate theater motion pictures Great Britain, and motion pictures Great Britain, and audiences audiences Great Britain non-USA non-USA, and audiences audiences, and motion pictures motion pictures, and audiences theater and stage motion pictures, and theater theater, and motion pictures movie stars actors, and status of motion pictures, and movie stars theater and stage, and stars children and media media effects children, and motion pictures motion pictures, and sociology media effects, and children children, and media effects motion pictures, and children quotations quotations, and status of actors audiences, and actors audiences, and movie stars motion pictures, and art quotations, movies as shadows ref, secondary images vs. words words vs. images quotations, and images vs. words quotations, and stage vs. words ref, book acting actors theater LB - 38640 PB - Heinemann PY - 1946 SP - 52-60 ST - Playgoing T2 - Mainly on the Air TI - Playgoing ID - 3963 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Beerbohm, Max AB - In this chapter, Max Beerbohm discusses actors. The actor, "having to devote all his time to the development of his emotions, is the least logical creature in the world, and the least likely to be comforted by nice distinction. He cannot detach himself, as you detach him, from his work. ... So far as he is concerned -- and I am here concerned for him and his feelings -- 'in criticising his work, you criticse, also, him.' Wonder not at his sensitiveness!" (30) Beerhohm comments on the actor and fame. "As a matter of act, actors are no more desirous of irrelevant fame than are any other artists. It is the public which wishes quite naturally, to know all about them. The journalists, quite naturally, seek to gratify the public." (31) The author notes that the way actors perform has much to do with the how they are received by the public. "At first, the actor was but an inanimate medium, a masked convention.... But, as time went on, the Athenians began to listen not merely to the words, but also to the manner of their recital. One actor was preferred to another by reason of his ampler gesture or his more significant appeal. We know that, in the decadence, he overshadowed the dramatist, and had plays 'written round' him, quite in the modern way...." (32) In a time before actors had become immortalized on film, Beerhohm comments on the nature of the actor's fame. "The actor's art is evanescent, and he must needs, therefore, be rather hectic in his desire for fame. Good books and good pictures are monuments, which, once made, are always there and may take fresh garlands; but the actor's finest impersonation, repeated night after night, is a thing of no substance, exists not but from his lips, perishes with him. Other artists can afford to wait. It is not only that they, as men who work not in the actual presence of the public, value praise less highly; it is also that their art will endure. For them the immediate verdict is not irrevocable. Time turns their rude public into a polite posterity. But it is 'now or never' with the actor. One know knows how the gayest assemblage of youth may be chilled by a reference to Macready or Edmund Kean. Theatrical reminiscences is the most awful weapon in the armoury of old age.... it is curiously exasperating to hear about a great actor whom we have 33/34 not seen. So far from honouring, we abominate, his memory. Actors are like pet-birds. When a pet-bird dies, there may be, for those who knew it in the day of its song and it ruffling plumage, some poor comfort in the sight of its stuffed body. For others, there is only a sense of depression. The most unsuccessful 'super' on the stage may always console himself with the thought that he is, as least, a cut above David Garrick." (33-34) Beerbohm says that "Their art dies with them, but I think that in the immediateness, the directness of their fame, they are supremely recompensed." (34) "Even the writings of William Shakespeare will perish in the next ice-age. The whole history of this world is but as a moment in eternity, and happy is that man whose fame is the accompaniment of his own life. Such a man is the actor. Do not grudge him his honours. Do not blame him for his love of them. Ponder my formula, 'and, look you! mock him not!'" (35) AU - Beerbohm, Max CY - New York KW - theater stage journalism fame celebrity critics critics, and actors critics, and theater critics, and acting critics, and degenerate theater ref, secondary celebrity culture theater and stage motion pictures, and stage stage, and motion pictures celebrity, and actors actors, and celebrity fame, and actors actors, and fame actors acting actors, and fame before movies quotations quotations, and actors fame actors, and status of news and journalism actors, and journalists journalism, and actors personality actors, and personality personality, and actors ref, book motion pictures LB - 38700 PB - John Lane Company PY - 1899 SP - 29-35 ST - Actors T2 - More TI - Actors ID - 3969 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Bell questions the abilities of computers and raises several ethical issues regarding their use. Of particular interest is Bell’s section on “Intellectual foundations of the revolution in communications,” in which he discusses Harold Innis and Claude Shannon’s theories. See Joe Weizenbaum’s rejoinder and Bell’s response (pp. 571-74) in ibid. This essay originally appeared in Michael L. Dertouzos and Joel Moses, eds., The Computer Age: A Twenty-Year View (Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 1979). AU - Bell, Daniel CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers information theory nationalism values preservation communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution history, and new media community democracy communication revolution, and second industrial revolution history values microelectronics human nature history +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology democracy and media values, and computers postindustrial society Weizenbaum, Joseph Innis, Harold Shannon, Claude microelectronics revolution second industrial revolution history, break with human nature, and computers communication revolution, and intellectual foundations information age +nationalism and communication critics communication revolution LB - 3140 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 500-49, 571-74 ST - The Social Framework of the Information Society T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Social Framework of the Information Society ID - 1706 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Lisa Gitelman and Geoffey B. Pingree, eds. AB - In the early ninteenth century, Americans "anxious about accurate representation seized upon a new mechnical invention -- the physiognotrace -- as the answer to their concerns. The physiognotrace was a drawing machine.... Literally used, as the name suggests, to trace an individual's physiognomy, the physiognotrace produced four identical, miniature silhouettes or profiles. The device and the images it yielded were praised in the descriptive terms of actual representation, a period rhetoric that optimistically imagined political representation to be direct, particular, and true." The invention "equipped any willing citizen to enact a fantasy of Jeffersonian political subjectivity." (31) Blake's essay appears in a volume that is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. This volume offers a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. These ten essays examine media that were new in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and early twentieth centuries. The expore "momemts of transition when each new medium was not yet fully defined, its significance in flux...." They attempt to put these media into their "specific material and historical environment" and explain the "ways in which habits and structures of communication are naturalized or normalized." (viii) AU - Bellion, Wendy CY - Cambridge, MA KW - nationalism presidents and new media Jefferson, Thomas physiognotrace nationalism and communication LB - 34360 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 31-59 ST - Heads of States: Profiles and Politics in Jeffersonian America T2 - New Media, 1740-1915 TI - Heads of States: Profiles and Politics in Jeffersonian America ID - 3074 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Anne G. Keatley, ed. AB - Bement's essay notes that materials science in 1985 was in "transition" (111) and that this field and engineering were "burgeoning -- so much so, that it is difficult to distinguish between future developments and near-term applications." (113) Bement the importance of research and development in the area of materials and the importance that this field has to foreign relations. AU - Bement, Arden L., Jr. CY - Washington, D. C. KW - technology R & D computers computers technology and society materials, and silicon Reagan administration Reagan, Ronald nationalism nationalism and communication artificial intelligence and biotechnology capitalism research and development computers, and nationalism nationalism, and computers materials nationalism, and materials materials, and nationalism foreign relations, and technology technology, and foreign relations computers, and software computers, and hardware space shuttle silicon semiconductors presidents and new media Reagan, Ronald, and technology Reagan administration, and technology Reagan administration, and foreign relations foreign relations, and Reagan administration computers and the Internet Reagan administration space communication aeronautics and space communication LB - 33190 PB - National Academy Press PY - 1985 SP - 110-64 ST - Materials Sector Profile T2 - Technological Frontiers and Foreign Relations TI - Materials Sector Profile ID - 2959 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jennings, Marcus Bullock and Michael W. AB - Walter Benjamin discusses children and color during the period around 1914-15. AU - Benjamin, Walter CY - Cambridge, MA KW - children ref, secondary color Benjamin, Walter color, and modernity modernity modernity, and color children and media color, and children children, and color media effects children, and media effects media effects, and children Benjamin, Walter, and color children LB - 15290 PB - Belknap Press of Harvard University Press PY - 1996 SP - 50-51 ST - A Child’s View of Color T2 - Walter Benjamin: Selected Writings. Volume I: 1913-1926 TI - A Child’s View of Color ID - 3685 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Moogk, Edward B. AB - Berliner talks about the origins of the phonograph in a paper read before the Franklin Institute of Philadelphia, May 21, 1913. AU - Berliner, Emile CY - Ottawa KW - +sound recording sound recording, and phonograph Berliner, Emile Edison, Thomas phonograph gramophone LB - 4000 PB - National Library of Canada PY - 1975 RP - (May 21 (1913)) SP - 375-79 ST - The Development of the Talking Machine T2 - Roll Back the Years: History of Canadian Recorded Sound and Its Legacy: Genesis to 1930 TI - The Development of the Talking Machine ID - 1788 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This paper gives an overview of the diffusion of microelectronics in industry. While microelectronics bring advantages in terms of flexibility, cost, size, and reliability, there are also complex social factors to be weighed. These include relationships between labor and management, and the fear of unemployment. AU - Bessant, John, Ernest Braun, and Russell Moseley CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution +future and science fiction non-USA microelectronics information technology +computers and the Internet automation microelectronics revolution labor microelectronics, and industry control revolution information technology, and industry information technology, and labor capitalism future Great Britain +artificial intelligence and biotechnology labor, and new media LB - 2900 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 198-218 ST - Microelectronics in Manufacturing Industry: The Rate of Diffusion T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Microelectronics in Manufacturing Industry: The Rate of Diffusion ID - 1682 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Cook, David A. AB - This chapter in Volume 9 of Scribner's History of the American Cinema Series, edited by Charles Harpole, discuss avant garde and underground films during the 1970s. Many of these works used 16mm and 8mm cameras. AU - Blaetz, Robin CY - New York KW - underground cinema underground media underground films +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and history of motion pictures, and avant-garde films underground films, and motion pictures 16mm 16mm, and avant-garde films 8mm 8mm, and avant-garde films LB - 18560 PB - Charles Scribner's Sons PY - 2000 SP - 453-87 ST - Avant-Garde Cinema of the Seventies T2 - Lost Illusions: American Cinema in the Shadow of Watergate and Vietnam, 1970-1979 TI - Avant-Garde Cinema of the Seventies ID - 748 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Pingree, Lisa Gitelman and Geoffrey B. AB - The author notes that "3-D viewing technology has a very long history." On 3-D device was manufactured in England durng the 1740s. "Between the mid-1740s and the mid-1750s, zograscopes and zograscope prints appeared regularly in English magazine copy and newspaper advertisements, as did hundreds of different engraved, hand-colored images designed for use with the device. Curiously, almost every one of the know engravings from that period has the same subject. Zograscope prints depict the manmade environment, particularly urban topography." (1) The author asks why this was so and why other scenery set in nature were not used. Blake's essay appears in a volume that is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. This volume offers a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. These ten essays examine media that were new in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and early twentieth centuries. The expore "momemts of transition when each new medium was not yet fully defined, its significance in flux...." They attempt to put these media into their "specific material and historical environment" and explain the "ways in which habits and structures of communication are naturalized or normalized." (viii) AU - Blake, Erin C. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - Great Britain non-USA zograscopes virtual reality camera obscura 3-D cameras LB - 34350 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 1-29 ST - Zograscopes, Virtual Reality, and the Mapping of Polite Society in Eighteenth-Century England T2 - New Media, 1740-1915 TI - Zograscopes, Virtual Reality, and the Mapping of Polite Society in Eighteenth-Century England ID - 3073 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - eds., Lynn Spigel and Michael Curtin AB - Boddy writes that Senator Thomas J. Dodd’s intermittent public hearings between 1961 and 1964 produced no new legislation or reform of regulations but “the thousands of pages of testimony and exhibits, including material generated by the unprecedented subpoena of hundreds of confidential business documents, provide a valuable portrait of the commercial television industry and its contested place in American life.” This piece is based on published sources and the published hearings, although apparently not on archival research in Dodd’s papers or related collections. The author concludes that “Dodd’s investigation marks an instance of the tendency of large television institutions to create what John Hartley calls paedocratic regimes, where the presence of children in the television audience is construed to rule all judgments of programmers and regulators.... Whether permissive or censorious, ... discourses construed the television audience as irresponsible and fundamentally childlike.” AU - Boddy, William CY - New York and London KW - entertainment government hearings entertainment, home media effects media violence home entertainment government law censorship and ratings law censorship and ratings censorship home, and new media home home, and information technology information technology +television regulation television, and regulation Dodd, Thomas J. children, and media television, and children information technology, and home children television, and censorship censorship, and television children, and television violence violence, and television television, and violence hearings hearings, and Sen. Dodd hearings, and TV violence LB - 6590 PB - Routledge PY - 1997 SP - 161-83 ST - Senator Dodd Goes to Hollywood: Investigating Video Violence T2 - The Revolution Wasn’t Televised: Sixties Television and Social Conflict TI - Senator Dodd Goes to Hollywood: Investigating Video Violence ID - 440 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - This essay examines "the introduction of a new consumer product in the U. S., the digital 'personal video recorder' or PVR in the late 1990s." Boddy's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Boddy, William CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers video cassette recorders (VCRs) television VCRs computers and the Internet screens digital media video recorders, digital VCRs, and digitization audiences advertising and public relations advertising, and new media future and science fiction future, and advertising advertising, and future VCRs, and advertising advertising, and VCRs television VCRs, and television television, and VCRs VCRs, and digital media personal video recorder digital media, and personal video recorder advertising future video recording LB - 34030 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 191-200 ST - Redefining the Home Screen: Technological Convergence as Trauma and Business Plan T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Redefining the Home Screen: Technological Convergence as Trauma and Business Plan ID - 3041 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - At the time of the paper, Boden was a professor pf Philosophy and Psychology at the University of Sussex, England. Here she provides a review of scholarship on the ethical and social issues raised by artificial intelligence. Microelectronics is likely to make intelligent machines much more widespread, which poses a threat to our concept of self. This piece appeared first in The Radio and Electronic Engineer, Vol. 47, No. 8/9 (Aug./Sept. 1977), and is based on chapter 15 in Boden's book Artificial Intelligence and Natural Man (Hassocks, Sussex: Harvester Press, 1977). AU - Boden, Margaret A. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers values communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution communication revolution, and second industrial revolution values microelectronics human nature +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology values, and computers values, and artificial intelligence human nature, and artificial intelligence microelectronics revolution microelectronics revolution, and artificial intelligence communication revolution second industrial revolution LB - 3090 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 439-52 ST - The Social Implications of Intelligent Machines T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Social Implications of Intelligent Machines ID - 1701 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Boden offers a sober reflection on research in artificial intelligence, looking at medical diagnosis systems, and legal advice and education in finance. She takes exception to sensationalistic claims for artificial intelligence. This paper was first published in Futures (Feb. 1984). AU - Boden, Margaret A. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers +future and science fiction information technology +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology future information technology, and medicine information technology, and finance artificial intelligence, and medicine artificial intelligence, and education artificial intelligence, and law LB - 3230 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 95-103 ST - The Social Impact of Thinking Machines T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Social Impact of Thinking Machines ID - 1715 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - The author notes that unlike many other inventions that require some expertise in their use lest they be dangerous, the telephone is different. Its "uniquely phenomenal growth and pervasiveness in our lives can in large measure be ascribed to its ease and safety of use." AU - Boettinger, Henry M. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment entertainment, home home entertainment community democracy home, and new media home home, and information technology information technology +telephones information technology, and home democracy and media home, and telephones LB - 10210 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 200-07 ST - Our Sixth-and-a-Half Sense T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - Our Sixth-and-a-Half Sense ID - 2386 ER - TY - CHAP A3 - Irving Kristol, et al. AB - Boorstin delivered this address in October, 1973 as part of the Distinguished Lecture Series on the Bicentennial, sponsored by the American Enterprise Institute. This, the ninth volume in a series, was edited by Irving Kristol, et al. “A hallmark of the great technological changes is that they tend not to be reversible,” he said. “What is most significant ... about technology in modern times (the eras of most of the widely advertised ‘revolutions’) is not so much any particular change, but rather the dramatic and newly explosive phenomenon of change itself. And American history, more perhaps than that of any other modern nation, has been marked by changes in the human condition -- by novel political arrangements, novel products, novel forms of manufacturing, distribution, and consumption, novel ways of transporting and communicating. To understand ourselves and our nation, then, we must grasp these processes of change and reflect on our peculiarly American ways of viewing these processes.” AU - Boorstin, Daniel J. CY - Washington, D.C.: KW - preservation communication revolution history, and new media community democracy history general studies democracy and media history, idea of change, and America communication revolution critics change American Enterprise Institute LB - 110 PB - American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research PY - 1975 SP - 161-80 ST - Political Revolutions and Revolutions in Science and Technology T2 - America’s Continuing Revolution TI - Political Revolutions and Revolutions in Science and Technology VL - 9 ID - 1407 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Balio, Tino AB - This chapter appears in Volume 5 of Scribner's History of the American Cinema, Charles Harpole, editor. Much of the material for this chapter comes from trade publications. A more extended discussion of the chapter's theme is found in David Bordwell, Janet Staiger, and Kristin Thompson, The Classical Hollywood Cinema: Film Style and Mode of Production to 1960 (New York: Columbia University Press, 1985), chapters 19-23, and 27-29. AU - Bordwell, David and Kristin Thompson CY - New York KW - +motion pictures +motion pictures motion pictures, and technology motion pictures, and classical style Hollywood Hollywood, and classical system motion pictures, and new technology LB - 9540 PB - Charles Scribner's Sons PY - 1993 SP - 109-41 ST - Technological Change and Classical Film Style T2 - Grand Design: Hollywood as a Modern Business Enterprise, 1930-1939 TI - Technological Change and Classical Film Style ID - 2321 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Raymond Fielding, ed. AB - This article originally appeared in Journal of the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers, 54 (Sept. 1955). AU - Bowen, Edward G. CY - Berkeley KW - +motion pictures +motion pictures motion pictures, and origins Edison, Thomas Edison, Thomas, and motion pictures LB - 6600 PB - University of California Press PY - 1967 SP - 90-96 ST - Thomas Alva Edison’s Early Motion Picture Experiments T2 - A Technological History of Motion Pictures and Television TI - Thomas Alva Edison’s Early Motion Picture Experiments ID - 2038 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - This essay was written four years prior to the 2000 U. S. presidential election. Bowie speculates about the consequences new media's impact on politics and culture. He argues that the 2004 election was (would be) a crisis for democracy and lead to fundamental changes in pinion . The public would call for major changes in the political system. The volume in which Bowie's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Bowie, Nolan A. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality Internet community future democracy, and future future, and democracy future and science fiction presidents and new media democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet LB - 34230 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 143-67 ST - Voting, Campaigns, and Elections in the Future: Looking Back from 2008 T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Voting, Campaigns, and Elections in the Future: Looking Back from 2008 ID - 3061 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - New information technology may eventually create new jobs but it will be a while before the losses in traditional industries are offset by gains. This is from a British-backed study, Monitoring New Technology and Employment (Sheffield, Eng.: Manpower Services Commission, 1983). AU - Brady, Tim and Sonia Liff CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers labor +computers and the Internet automation, and Great Britain labor, and automation automation Great Britain labor, and new media labor non-USA LB - 3440 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 381-89 ST - Job Losses Now, Maybe Some Later T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Job Losses Now, Maybe Some Later ID - 1734 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Bill Nichols, ed. AB - Branigan examines how four scholars have dealt with the historical question of why color film stock, which has been available since the early 1900s, but has only been in use widely since the late 1930s, was introduced into Hollywood moviemaking. In each case, he points out, the conclusions reached by the scholar conducting the study have been largely determined by the way in which the question has been asked. --Matt Lavine This article was reprinted from Film Reader 4 (Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press, 1979), 16-34. AU - Branigan, Edward CY - Berkeley KW - cinema motion pictures celluloid motion pictures Lavine, Matt color color, and motion pictures film, and color film materials LB - 11170 PB - University of California Press PY - 1985 SP - 121-43 ST - Color and Cinema: Problems in the Writing of History T2 - Movies and Methods: Volume II TI - Color and Cinema: Problems in the Writing of History VL - 2 ID - 2478 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - An account of development from the invention of the transistor in late 1947 to the microprocessor in 1971. AU - Braun, Ernest CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers microprocessing transistors, and integrated circuits communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution microprocessors microelectronics +computers and the Internet microprocessors transistors integrated circuits microelectronics revolution microprocessors, and history of materials LB - 2800 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 72-82 ST - From Transistor to Microprocessor T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - From Transistor to Microprocessor ID - 1672 ER - TY - CHAP A3 - Everett M. Rogers and Francis Balle, eds. AB - Although written before the appearance of the Internet, this piece describes a system of communication not unlike the Internet. “A basic shift in the locus of power is occurring in society, as the new communication technologies are empowering the audience with an active control over the flows of information. This shift is a Communication Revolution. The old media of mass communication, like television, radio, and print, are means by which a relatively few creative individuals prepare and transmit various kinds of expensive messages to a large audience through a relatively few scarce channels. These old technologies will continue, but are increasingly being supplemented with a set of new communication technologies that center around the semiconductor chip, which provides a communication system with low-cost, high-speed memory. As a result, the new technologies have a higher degree of interactivity, the ability to engage in an ‘conversation’ with a human participant who is using the technology. An example is the newer cable television systems, especially their interactive channels through which individuals can make information requests, go ‘teleshopping’, etc. Such a television of abundance (a) carries the idea of paying for information (which runs counter to the prevailing custom of the past), and (b) raises policy issues concerning privacy.” This is the second volume in the Paris-Stanford Series, edited by Everett M. Rogers and Francis Balle. AU - Breitrose, Henry CY - Norwood, NJ KW - computers surveillance interactivity values law, and privacy law print communication revolution materials materials community democracy computers +computers and the Internet communication revolution, and second industrial revolution values religion general studies Internet communication revolution television radio print culture semiconductors chips, computer interactive media television, and cable privacy teleshopping computer chips second industrial revolution media convergence interactive media +television cable television, and cable democracy and media LB - 140 PB - Ablex Publishing Corporation PY - 1985 SP - 68-79 ST - The New Communication Technologies and the New Distribution of Roles SV - 2 T2 - The Media Revolution in America and in Western Europe: Volume II in the Paris-Stanford Series T3 - Paris-Stanford Series TI - The New Communication Technologies and the New Distribution of Roles ID - 1410 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - Briggs notes that many first thought of the telephone as a medium to broadcast entertainment. “Once it became possible to transmit sound along telephone wires in both directions–a very early achievement of 1876 itself–it might have seemed inevitable that the telephone would establish itself mainly as an instrument of person-to-person or organization-to-organization communication rather than broadcast communication. Yet....it continued to be publicized as a device to transmit music and news as much as or more than speech.” --SV Briggs uses the phrase pleasure telephone to explore one of its uses as it was disseminated across the globe - for entertainment. To understand this use, we must understand the complexity of communication at the time. Briggs writes: “The newspapers and periodicals that prophesied what the future of communications would be like were themselves a part of the same complex within which electronic communications were changing. ‘We take it that everything which can knit a community together,’ one of the new specialized periodicals put in 1884, ‘and which can cause a rapid interchange of sentiment and ideas, annihilate, isolation, and prejudices of the greatest happiness to the greatest number,’ ... To consider the history of the ‘pleasure telephone,’ therefore, we must first study it in the light of a longer history of communications and then relate it to a cluster of other inventions patented during the last quarter of the nineteenth century." --Catharine Gartelos AU - Briggs, Asa CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment entertainment, home journalism home entertainment news and journalism home, and new media home home, and information technology news information technology +telephones news, and telephones telephones, and news broadcasting information technology, and home telephones, and entertainment Gartelos, Catharine LB - 10160 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 40-65 ST - The Pleasure Telephone: A Chapter in the Prehistory of the Media T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - The Pleasure Telephone: A Chapter in the Prehistory of the Media ID - 2381 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - The author examines how the telephone has appeared in literature. Such authors as James Joyce, Marcel Proust, Carl Sandburg, F. Scott Fitzgerald, Robert Frost, Dorothy Parker, J. D. Salinger, and several more are surveyed. AU - Brooks, John CY - Cambridge, MA KW - non-USA values +telephones telephones, and literature Sandburg, Carl, and telephones Fitzgerald, F. Scott, and telephones Proust, Marcel, and telephones values, and telephones Frost, Robert, and telephones Parker, Dorothy, and telephones Salinger, J. D, and telephones Sandburg, Carl, and telephones Proust, Marcel LB - 10230 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 208-24 ST - The First and Only Century of Telephone Literature T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - The First and Only Century of Telephone Literature ID - 2388 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author maintains that one cannot predict what influence new information technology will have on the quality of work simply from the technology's technical features. This work appeared earlier in the European Management Journal, Vol 1, (No. 2, 1982). A fuller version of this research is in David A. Buchanan and David Boddy, Organisations in the Computer Age (Aldershot, Eng.: Gower Press, 1983). AU - Buchanan, David A. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers non-USA labor +computers and the Internet automation Great Britain labor, and automation labor, and new media LB - 3490 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 454-65 ST - Using the New Technology T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Using the New Technology ID - 1739 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ian McNeil, ed. AB - This survey deals with such themes as water and power supplies, waste disposal, roads and postal services, and telegraph and telephone services. AU - Buchanan, R. A. CY - London and New York KW - post office References, Statistics, Timelines, Maps +electricity +telegraph reference works +telephones +postal service +transportation public utilities waste disposal water power networks LB - 4880 PB - Routledge PY - 1990 SP - 949-66 ST - Public Utilities T2 - An Encyclopedia of the History of Technology TI - Public Utilities ID - 1875 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Anne G. Keatley, ed. AB - Bucy covers, among other topics, developments relating to software and artificial intelligence. Bucy notes that "although the potential applications of AI are numerous and exciting, much work remains to be done in refining the generic rules of logic (i.e., how the human mind learns and reasons) and in transferring this knowledge to the computer system for each field of application." (56) AU - Bucy, J. Fred CY - Washington, D. C. KW - technology R & D computers computers technology and society materials, and silicon Reagan administration Reagan, Ronald nationalism nationalism and communication artificial intelligence and biotechnology capitalism research and development computers, and nationalism nationalism, and computers materials nationalism, and materials materials, and nationalism foreign relations, and technology technology, and foreign relations computers, and software computers, and hardware space shuttle silicon semiconductors presidents and new media Reagan, Ronald, and technology Reagan administration, and technology Reagan administration, and foreign relations foreign relations, and Reagan administration computers and the Internet Reagan administration space communication aeronautics and space communication LB - 33200 PB - National Academy Press PY - 1985 SP - 46-78 ST - Computer Sector Profile T2 - Technological Frontiers and Foreign Relations TI - Computer Sector Profile ID - 2960 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Martin Bauer, ed. AB - This piece surveys efforts to regulate biotechnology in Japan, Europe, and the United States. The author concludes that the "attempt to cope with anxiety over technology has ... not been merely a retarding force, rather it has helped to steer, to power and even, at first, to constitute its development." AU - Bud, Robert CY - New York KW - technology nationalism censorship and ratings genetics community democracy law non-USA values regulation +artificial intelligence and biotechnology regulation, and biotechnology Japan Europe +nationalism and communication values, and biotechnology genetic engineering technology and society democracy and media critics LB - 4320 PB - Cambridge University Press PY - 1995 SP - 293-309 ST - In the engine of industry: regulators of biotechnology, 1970-86 T2 - Resistance to new technology: nuclear power, information technology and biotechnology TI - In the engine of industry: regulators of biotechnology, 1970-86 ID - 1820 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Bailyn, Bernard and John B. Hench, eds. AB - Buel writes that the “breakdown of effective control over the press in America owed something to the demand for printed matter and the increase in printers; it owed more to the geographic diffuseness of American society. Though England had her provincial presses, most publishers, up through the seventeenth century, were in London and therefore the more easily controlled. The colonies lacked both an obvious center for the trade and a common legal system, so that people wishing to publish matter that might offend the authorities in one place could usually find a neighboring jurisdiction which took a more tolerant attitude.” AU - Buel, Richard CY - Worcester, MA KW - nationalism freedom law censorship and ratings +books, periodicals, newspapers freedom of the press censorship, and press First Amendment prior restraint censorship +nationalism and communication LB - 9600 PB - American Antiquarian Society PY - 1980 SP - 59-97 ST - Freedom of the Press in Revolutionary America: The Evolution of Libertarianism, 1760-1820 T2 - The Press and the American Revolution TI - Freedom of the Press in Revolutionary America: The Evolution of Libertarianism, 1760-1820 ID - 2327 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen H. Cutliffe and Terry S. Reynolds, eds. AB - Burke argues that the steam engine changed attitudes toward government regulation. “The introduction of steam power was transforming American culture, and while Thoreau despised the belching locomotives that fouled his nest at Walden, the majority of Americans were delighted with the improved modes of transportation and the other benefits accompanying the expanding use of steam. However, while Americans rejoiced over this awesome power that was harnessed in the service of man, tragic events that were apparently concomitant to its use alarmed them -- the growing frequency of disastrous boiler explosions, primarily in marine service. At the time, there was not even a governmental agency that could institute a proper investigation of the accidents. Legal definitions of the responsibility or negligence of manufacturers or owners of potentially dangerous equipment were in an embryonic state. The belief existed that the enlightened self-interest of an entrepreneur sufficed to guarantee the public safety. This theory militated against the enactment of any legislation restricting the actions of the manufacturers or users of steam equipment.” AU - Burke, John G. CY - Chicago KW - nationalism law regulation +nationalism and communication engines, steam +railroads transportation, and steam regulation, and federal government +transportation engines steam power censorship and ratings LB - 2080 PB - University of Chicago Press PY - 1997 SP - 105-27 ST - Bursting Boilers and the Federal Power T2 - Technology & American HistoryA Historical Anthology from Technology & Culture TI - Bursting Boilers and the Federal Power ID - 1604 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Burnham, a journalist then with the New York Times, argued that "cheap computing power makes it possible to keep masses of 'transactional information' -- records of phone calls, credit card payments, and so on -- in huge data bases and to transmit it across the country at low cost. The danger... is that these new computer networks increase the power of big organizations over the individual -- and they are wide open to abuse." This piece is the third chapter in the author's book The Rise of the Computer State (New York: Random House, 1983). AU - Burnham, David CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism corporations corporations, multinational values law, and privacy law archives community democracy non-USA values +telephones surveillance political economy multinational corporations +computers and the Internet computers, and society values, and computers privacy computers, and data bases multinational corporations, and data bases democracy and media surveillance, and data bases +nationalism and communication telephones, and computer data bases critics computers +information storage information storage, and computers LB - 3550 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 546-60 ST - Data Protection T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Data Protection ID - 1745 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This piece discusses new technology available in 1977 that would enable office manager to improve efficiency. While there may be dramatic changes in store, many problems also have to be worked out. This piece, who at the time was a research for international consultant Arthur D. Little, Inc., first appeared in Datamation (April 1977). AU - Burns, J. Christopher CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers labor communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution office, and information technology microelectronics information technology +computers and the Internet automation microelectronics revolution microelectronics, and office, and new media labor, and new media labor labor, and computers office LB - 2910 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 220-31 ST - The Automatic Office T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Automatic Office ID - 1683 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - Science writer Bylinsky argues that “the strategic importance of the semiconductor industry can hardly be overestimated, so the arrival of new material for making chips will have major implications for manufacturer nations and user nations. The synthetic compound gallium arsenide is being used increasingly in certain types of chips and chip applications,” although critics are skeptical about its future application for chips. The growth of optoelectronics, though, is giving a significant boost to this material. This piece appeared originally in Fortune (June 24, 1985). AU - Bylinsky, Gene CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers materials, and silicon nationalism values materials materials computers values religion materials general studies +computers and the Internet materials revolution optoelectronics electronic media, and optoelectronics chips, computer, gallium arsenide gallium arsenide +nationalism and communication chips, computer computer chips electronic media silicon materials LB - 2660 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 193-202 ST - What’s Sexier and Speedier Than Silicon? T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - What’s Sexier and Speedier Than Silicon? ID - 1658 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro AB - This piece was the first full-length feature on the microelectronics revolution to appear in a nonspecialist publication. “In its impact, the microcomputer promises to rival its illustrious predecessors, the vacuum tube, the transistor, and the integrated-circuit logic chip," Bylinsky writes. The discussion by Everett Rogers and Judith K. Larsen in their book Silicon Valley Fever’s (1984)on the revolutionary impact of the microprocessor (invented in 1971) draws on this article. Bylinsky’s article first appeared in Fortune (Nov. 1975). AU - Bylinsky, Gene CY - Cambridge, MA; and Oxford, Eng. KW - computers microprocessing transistors, and integrated circuits values communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution materials materials computers communication revolution, and second industrial revolution values religion microelectronics +computers and the Internet communication revolution microprocessors microelectronics vacuum tubes transistors integrated circuits second industrial revolution microelectronics revolution electronic media chips, computer computer chips LB - 2740 PB - MIT Press; and Blackwell Publisher PY - 1980 SP - 3-15 ST - Here Comes the Second Computer Revolution T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Here Comes the Second Computer Revolution ID - 1666 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The authors argue that the next stage in automating factors is FMS, or flexible manufacturing systems. This development moves society in the direction of a workerless factory, something the Japanese appear to have the lead in. This piece appeared first in Fortune (Feb. 21, 1983). AU - Bylinsky, Gene with Alicia Hills Moore CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism non-USA labor +computers and the Internet computers and society Japan +nationalism and communication automation labor, and automation +artificial intelligence and biotechnology computers labor labor, and computers LB - 3340 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 284-94 ST - Flexible Manufacturing Systems T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Flexible Manufacturing Systems ID - 1725 ER - TY - CHAP AB - The authors evaluate the effectiveness of rating systems in light of a study done at the University of Wisconsin, Madison. AU - Cantor, Joanne AU - Harrison, Kristen AU - Krcmar, Marina CY - Studio City, CA KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) Classification and Rating Administration MPAA CARA Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) Cantor, Joanne National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) Surgeon General social science research NATO CARA Heffner, Richard Valenti, Jack Johnston, Eric MPAA motion pictures media effects media violence censorship and ratings children +television +motion pictures and popular culture media effects television, and violence motion pictures, and violence media effects, and violence social science research, and violence Surgeon General's Report (1972) Donnerstein, Edward Cantor, Joanne, reports MPAA ratings, and television MPAA ratings, and critics television, and rating system (U. S.) children, and media censorship and ratings LB - 26900 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Mediascope, Inc. SP - 41-47 ST - Ratings and Advisories for Television Programming: University of Wisconsin, Madison Study T2 - National Television Violence Study: Executive Summary, 1994-1995 TI - Ratings and Advisories for Television Programming: University of Wisconsin, Madison Study ID - 1249 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Innis, Harold A. AB - In this Introduction to this new edition of Harold A. Innis's book, Carey sets the Canadian political economist's work into historical context. He discusses Innis's participation in a "Values Discussion Group" in 1949 with other University of Toronto faculty that included Marshall McLuhan. With regard to the idea of monopoly of knowledge, a theme in Innis's work, Carey writes: "those in political power exercised a monopoly of knowledge over the public domain. They were exclusively present-minded, seeking the satisfaction of their own interests, driven by shortsighted hatred and desires for revenge that they systematically implanted and exploited in public discourse. Power was indifferent to the long run and the larger interests of humankind. The voice of the scholar was silenced or, even worse, co-opted by power into a tool of the state. This monopoly of knowledge was founded on the media of print and broadcast, which reinforced the tendency to live exclusively in the present, in a world defined by the news cycle: the day or increasingly the hour or quarter-hour. We are kept waiting for the news as a substitute for participation in politics. The temporarl horizon collapsed into the present, and forethought, planning for the future, thinking in terms of posterity, became obsolete." (xv) AU - Carey, James W. CY - Lanham, MD KW - nationalism time and timekeeping writing time history and new media preservation power history information storage history, and new media non-USA history Innis, Harold McLuhan, Marshall political economy present mindedness history, break with communication, and empire nationalism and communication Innis, Harold, and nationalism nationalism, and Harold Innis time space (spatial) power, and temporal bias power, and spactial bias alphabet, and technology writing, and technology alphabet history, and present mindedness Wiener, Norbert military communication news and journalism Great Britain Canada LB - 34580 PB - Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc. PY - 2004 SP - vii-xx ST - Introduction to the Rowman & Littlefield Edition T2 - Changing Concepts of Time TI - Introduction to the Rowman & Littlefield Edition ID - 3097 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Roger Horowitz and Arwen Mohnun, eds. AB - This chapter, based on a paper presented at an April, 1994, conference on gender and technology at the Hagley Library in Wilmington, Delaware, seeks to outline advertising strategies employed by RCA and other radio manufactures as they marketed radio receivers for the home market in the 1920s and early 1930s. Carlat argues that gender played a deciding factor in both the physical appearance of radio hardware and in the appeals evident in advertisements from the period. Radio in the 1920s underwent a “transition from male toy to a component of domestic space,” which required the “recasting of radio hardware as a feminine object and listening as a feminine activity.” Part of this transition involve repositioning the radio as an elegant and practical piece of home furnishing, rather than an ugly and erratic contraption that men and boys tinkered with in basements and garages. New radio sets on the market in the 1920s were artfully designed to reflect contemporary styles and were engineered to be as simple to use as turning a single knob, which reflects in many ways the image of the female consumer as motivated by form over function and unable to grasp the workings of anything complicated or mechanical. As Carlat observes, ads for radios in the 1930s were pitched to the more affluent consumer, who was both more likely to be able to afford the “new luxury” and also served as trend-setters in many communities. Perhaps more interesting is Carlat’s claim that radio advertisements were directed at both men and women. Due to the relatively high cost, the purchase of a radio set was seen as a man’s decision, something the woman would not be willing to purchase on her own. Therefore radio ads had to appeal to women in the sense that they created demand among those who controlled the domestic space and also to the men who controlled the household finances. This is described as “cultivating female users as a route to the wallets of male purchasers.” The chapter is based largely on magazine advertisements as primary sources and a smattering of the secondary literature on radio and advertising history. Much of this material was taken from Carlat’s PhD dissertation on classical music and radio during the 1920s and 1930s. -- Rob Rabe AU - Carlat, Louis CY - Charlottesville KW - Rabe, Rob advertising and public relations radio advertising, and radio radio, and advertising women women, and radio radio, and women home and new media radio, and home home, and radio advertising home LB - 28910 PB - University of Virginia Press PY - 1998 ST - 'A Cleanser for the Mind': Marketing Radio Receivers for the American Home, 1922-1932 T2 - His and Hers: Gender, Consumption, and Technology TI - 'A Cleanser for the Mind': Marketing Radio Receivers for the American Home, 1922-1932 ID - 2668 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - John H. Dessauer and Harold E. Clark, eds. AB - Carlson was the primary inventor of electrostatic recording. His essay deals in a straightforward manner with the scientific developments over time. Pages 41-49 concern “Recent Developments, 1950-1962.” Carlson provides an interesting look at how this process was viewed just as it was beginning to gain widespread use. AU - Carlson, Chester F. CY - London and New York KW - +duplicating technologies +duplicating technologies photocopying electrostatic recording Carlson, Chester photocopying, and history of LB - 5630 PB - Focal Press PY - 1965 SP - 15-49 ST - History of Electrostatic Recording T2 - Xerography and Related Processes TI - History of Electrostatic Recording ID - 1948 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Manuel Castells, ed. AB - Castells wrote in 1985 that “we are in the middle of a major technological revolution that is transforming our ways of producing, consuming, organizing, living, and dying. Cities and regions are also changing under the impact of new technologies.” Two features characterized this technological innovation. One was that “the object of technological discoveries, as well of their applications, is information.” The second feature concerned “the fact that the outcome is process-oriented, rather than product-oriented.” Castells went on to argue that the “most important global process conditioning the relationship between new technologies and spatial dynamics is the economic restructuring that U.S. capitalism is currently undergoing, superseding the structural crisis of the 1970s.” (italics in original text) AU - Castells, Manuel CY - Beverly Hills, CA KW - computers nationalism labor communication revolution consumerism communication revolution, and second industrial revolution geography office, and information technology information technology Information Age +nationalism and communication general studies space (spatial) capitalism communication revolution second industrial revolution information processing urban studies consumers capitalism labor urban studies office, and new media +computers and the Internet office LB - 2090 N1 - See also: office PB - Sage Publications PY - 1985 SP - 11-40 ST - High Technology, Economic Restructuring, and the Urban-Regional Process in the United States T2 - High Technology, Space, and Society TI - High Technology, Economic Restructuring, and the Urban-Regional Process in the United States ID - 1605 ER - TY - CHAP AU - Cate, Phillip Dennis CY - New York KW - posters, late 19th century photography non-USA posters +photography and visual communication posters, and France (late 19th century) posters, and history of color, and French posters (late 19th century) color posters, and France France LB - 1470 PB - Metropolitan Museum of Art; Distributed by Harry N. Abrams, Inc. PY - 1987 SP - 57-69 (text); 70-96 (posters) ST - The French Poster, 1868-1900 T2 - American Art Posters of the 1890s TI - The French Poster, 1868-1900 ID - 1543 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Frederic Cople Jaher, ed. AB - Cawelti argues that world fairs bring together into one setting many innovations and achievement and give insight into how Americans viewed “the unity of their culture.” (319) He examines world fairs held in Philadelphia (1876) and Chicago (1893, 1933-34) and argues that these exhibitions reflect changing political and cultural values. “American culture defined itself in traditional political terms in 1976,” he writes, “in terms of leadership of a special business-artistic elite in 1893, and as a system of corporate institutions in 1933.” (320) The discussion of the Century of Progress in Chicago in 1933-34 is interesting. Such people as film censorship Joseph Breen and future U.S. president Ronald Reagan attended this world’s fair. The author writes that “in 1933, planning meant not only a conscious rejection of the past, but an acceptance of the impermanence and fluidity of the present. The exposition’s designers tried to create a flexible, dynamic, and technologically advanced environment that was capable of continuous change and motion and therefore responsive to the modern imperative of continuous scientific progress and technological development. The future had become the locus of value.” (357) AU - Cawelti, John G. CY - New York KW - technology nationalism progress preservation history, and new media history World Fairs Industrial Revolution values, and Industrial Revolution Industrial Revolution, and values +nationalism and communication nationalism, and World Fairs Century of Progress (1933-34) progress, and technology technology and society values, and progress values, and technology history, break with history, and world's fairs values LB - 2160 PB - Free Press PY - 1968 SP - 317-63 ST - America on Display: The World's Fairs of 1876, 1893, 1933 T2 - The Age of Industrialism in America: Essays on Social Structure and Cultural Values TI - America on Display: The World's Fairs of 1876, 1893, 1933 ID - 304 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Offices need to communicate with other offices and sources of information; they are not isolated. The "information revolution" brought innovation in computing, electronics, and telecommunications converge. Cawkell gives a "comprehensive review of the technological forces and social factors shaping the new electronic office information systems," and discusses electronic mail, teleconferencing, and Prestel. It calls for a new type of "sociotechnologists." Some sociologists should be "able to master the technology, and some engineers who are prepared to study the social issues and politics," he writes. This piece originally appeared in Wireless World in 1978, in the July and August issues. AU - Cawkell, A. E. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers microprocessing email labor communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution materials office paper office, and information technology microprocessors microelectronics media information technology Information Age +computers and the Internet information technology, and office microelectronics revolution information processing paperless revolution media convergence telecommunications teleconferencing Prestel electronic mail communication revolution automation capitalism microprocessors, and office electronic media office, and new media paper, and office media convergence materials LB - 2930 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 244-74 ST - Forces Controlling the Paperless Revolution T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Forces Controlling the Paperless Revolution ID - 1685 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joseph J. Corn, ed. AB - Ceruzzi wrote in 1986 that "there are perhaps half a million large computers in use in America today, 7 or 8 million personal computers, 5 million programmable calculators, and millions of dedicated microprocessors built into other machines of every description. "The changes these machines are bringing to society are profound, if not revolutionary. And, like many previous revolutions, the computer revolution is happening very quickly. The computer as defined today did not exist in 1950. Before World War II, the word computer meant a human being who worked at a desk with a calculating machine, or something built by a physics professor to solve a particular problem,...." AU - Ceruzzi, Paul CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology computers +future and science fiction community democracy computers +computers and the Internet future technology and society democracy and media future, and computers computers, and future computers, personal computers, and revolution LB - 7760 PB - MIT Press PY - 1986 SP - 188-201 ST - An Unforeseen Revolution: Computers and Expectations, 1935-1985 T2 - Imagining Tomorrow: History, Technology, and the American Future TI - An Unforeseen Revolution: Computers and Expectations, 1935-1985 ID - 2145 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Pool, Ithiel de Sola, ed. AB - Cherry considers how inventions such as the telephone produce change. He wrote that there are rare occasions "in history when, through some remarkable human insight, discovery, creative work, or invention, human life and social institutions take a great leap.” Inventions such as the telephone are not in themselves revolutionary, nor do they cause revolutions. "Their powers for change lie in the hands of those who have the imagination and insight to see that the new invention has offered them new liberties of action, that old constraints have been removed, that their political will, or their sheer greed, are no longer frustrated, and that they can act in new ways.” The author drew parallels between the early use of the telephone and the computer. Both were at first seen as "adult toys." He noted, though, that person-to-person communication which the telephone enhanced was important to democracy. AU - Cherry, Colin CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution inventions innovation community democracy +telephones communication revolution telephones, and change +computers and the Internet democracy and media inventions, and unintended consequences LB - 10190 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 112-26 ST - The Telephone System: Creator of Mobility and Social Change T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - The Telephone System: Creator of Mobility and Social Change ID - 2384 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - New information technology is rapidly changing jobs in banking, health care, and retailing. This piece was presented to the annual meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, at the University of Sussex, England, in August, 1983, and appeared in the conference's proceedings New Technology and The Future of Work and Skills (London: Frances Pinter, 1984). AU - Child, John, Ray Loveridge, Janet Harvey, and Anne Spencer CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers non-USA information technology +computers and the Internet Great Britain information technology,and capitalism information technology, and health care labor automation capitalism LB - 3470 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 419-38 ST - The Quality of Employment in Services T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Quality of Employment in Services ID - 1737 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - The authors, who at the time were at MIT, argue that “materials science sets limits to the rate of economic growth but that advanced materials have the potential to solve basic problems such as the finiteness of nature resources.” Computers can make complicated decisions about which materials and production processes should be used, but using advanced materials may pose hazards to the environment and to health. This article originally appears in Scientific American, Vol. 255, no. 4 (Oct. 1986). AU - Clark, Joel P. and Merton C. Flemings CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers materials computers non-USA materials information technology +computers and the Internet general studies materials revolution information technology, and health information technology, and environment Japan computers, fifth generation Japan, and supercomputers LB - 2640 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 163-78 ST - Advanced Materials and the Economy T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - Advanced Materials and the Economy ID - 1476 ER - TY - CHAP AB - Clark provides examples of the use of computer technology, especially, e-mail for union activity. He noted that the United Food and Commercial Workers used e-mail in 1997 to establish communication between workers trying to organize at a Borders bookstore in West Des Moines, Iowa, and workers who successfully organized a store in Chicago. The same union used e-mail in another organizing campaign in Manhattan and set up an Internet web site on how to organize. The International Association of Machinists also used e-mail and a web site to communicate during a United Airlines organizing campaign in 1998. “An increasing number of unions are mounting ‘cybercampaigns’ to get information out about, and mobilize support for, their disputes with employers.” He noted that the International Federation of Chemical, Energy, Mine, and General Workers used a cybercampaign in a dispute with General Tire, a multinational company based in Germany. --Phil Glende AU - Clark, Paul F. CY - Ithaca, NY KW - computers email electronic mail computers non-USA Glende, Phil labor +computers and the Internet labor, and computers computers, and labor electronic mail, and labor labor, and electronic mail labor, and Germany electronic media LB - 1060 N1 - See also: office PB - ILR Press PY - 2000 SP - 119-22 T2 - Building More Effective Unions ID - 194 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - UNESCO AB - This essay was prepared in 1965, on the twentieth anniversary of Clarke’s “Extra-terrestrial Relays” article (May, 1945). Here Clarke predicts that “low-powered orbital shuttle vehicles” will be available by 1975 to service communication satellites. He also accepts the view that satellites will help lead to a world community. “‘Comsats’ will end ages of isolation, making us all members of a single family, teaching us to read and speak, however imperfectly, a single language,” he says. Clarke sees the communication satellites as perhaps more of a new historical development than Wilbur Schramm, who also has an article in this volume. No group will “be more than a few milliseconds from any other. The social consequences of this, for good or evil, may be as great as those brought about by the printing press or the internal combustion engine.” He predicts much letter writing, “teaching English on a global basis," that we shall argue less and sleep less, and that the city will decline. “The traditional role of the city as a meeting-place is coming to an end; Megapolis may soon go the way of the dinosaurs in now resembles in so many respects.” This volume was produced by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). AU - Clarke, Arthur C. CY - Paris KW - nationalism space (spatial) and communication aeronautics and space communication United Nations communication revolution +future and science fiction non-USA +television space communication +aeronautics and space (spatial) communication satellites space shuttle global communication satellite television television, and satellites global village +nationalism and communication urban studies space (spatial) communication revolution future UNESCO future, and space (spatial) exploration satellites, and global village urban studies satellites, and cities rocketry LB - 7580 PB - Place de Fontenoy PY - 1968 SP - 30-38 ST - Prediction, realization and forecast T2 - Communication in the Space Age: The use of satellites by the mass media TI - Prediction, realization and forecast ID - 2127 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester,  ed. AB - The potential shortage of critical materials (e.g., because of disruptions in politically unstable countries) will not shut down American industries and will, in fact, serve as a catalyst to find completely new materials. Ceramics and plastics, the authors believe, have especially promising potential. This piece appeared first in Technology Review (Aug.-Sept., 1985). AU - Clarke, Joel P., and Frank R. Field III with John V. Busch, Thomas B. King, Barbara Poggiali, and Elaine P. Rothman CY - Cambridge, MA KW - nationalism communication revolution materials communication revolution, and second industrial revolution materials +nationalism and communication materials revolution ceramics plastics second industrial revolution communication revolution LB - 8720 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 273-86 ST - How Critical Are Critical Materials? T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - How Critical Are Critical Materials? ID - 2241 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Bruce Guile, ed. AB - Cleveland examines five hierarchies and how new information technologies may weaken them. These hierarchies include power grounded in control, influence dependent on secrecy, class requiring ownership, privilege gained by early access, and politics grounded in geography. He concludes that the “informatization of society will force dramatic changes in some long-standing hierarchic forms of social organization.” AU - Cleveland, Harlan CY - Washington, D.C. KW - nationalism power community democracy non-USA general studies global communication +nationalism and communication control revolution secrecy class politics geography hierarchy democracy and media nationalism, and new media power, and new media LB - 270 PB - National Academy Press PY - 1985 SP - 55-80 ST - The Twilight of Hierarchy: Speculations on the Global Information Society T2 - Information Technologies and Social Transformation TI - The Twilight of Hierarchy: Speculations on the Global Information Society ID - 1423 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - J. B. S. Hardman and Maurice F. Neufeld, eds. AB - Cole argues that union leaders must work to generate favorable news coverage on the radio and in print. “If we are going to get our story to our neighbors outside the labor movement, we must aim at the newspapers and the magazines they read and the radio stations they listen to.” Cole, editor of the weekly publication of the International Association of Machinists, noted that labor unions could not afford to compete with management interests through advertising. Union officials must work to “aim our story at the news and feature columns and the special events broadcasts.” Good public relations, he argued, requires labor unions to have good contacts with newspaper and radio reporters. “A union’s chance for favorable publicity can be improved by personal contact between union officers and the editor.” He urged union public relations officials to work to get positive stories about labor into the paper and on the radio. “As many union leaders have learned, it isn’t only what you do that counts, but what people think you’re doing.” -- Phil Glende AU - Cole, Gordon H. CY - Englewood Cliffs, NJ; Westport, CT KW - advertising, and public relations propaganda advertising Glende, Phil labor public relations labor, and public relations public relations, and labor labor, and radio +radio radio, and labor labor, and print media LB - 1020 N1 - See also: office PB - Prentice Hall; Greenwood Press PY - 1970 SP - 205-08 ST - The Union's Public Relations T2 - The House of Labor: Internal Operations of American Unions TI - The Union's Public Relations ID - 190 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Snow, C. P. AB - Collini devotes a few pages to “the micro-electronic revolution” which has taken place since Snow wrote and lectured. Snow’s lectures originally were published in 1959, and has been reprinted several times. AU - Collini, Stefan CY - Cambridge, Eng. KW - science general studies science and society microelectronics Snow, C. P. LB - 280 PB - Cambridge University Press PY - 1993 SP - vii-lxxi ST - Introduction T2 - The Two Cultures TI - Introduction ID - 1424 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Nichols, Bill, ed. AB - Comolli, a Marxist film theorist and historian, focuses on how film style and technology create and sustain relationships between individual works and society that reflect capitalist ideology. Comolli draws on Louis Althusser's ideas about the nature of ideology. In this essay, Comolli considers how one particular aspect of style, depth of field (the extent to which a filmed image conveys a sense of three-dimensional depth, often by keeping several planes within the image in focus at the same time) has developed throughout history to articulate and reinforce a capitalist worldview. After briefly discussing how film scholar have defined ideology in the cinema, Comolli moves to a historical account of the invention of cinema. He argues that the birth of cinema can be linked to economics more than pure scientific inquiry. Hence, film ideology is largely a matter of the capitalist principles in accordance with which the medium was invented. --Matt Lavine AU - Comolli, Jean-Louis CY - Berkeley KW - Marx, Karl Marxism ideology communism capitalism +motion pictures +motion pictures Lavine, Matt motion pictures, and ideology motion pictures, and capitalism ideology, and motion pictures capitalism, and motion pictures Althusser, Louis motion pictures, and origins capitalism communism, and motion pictures marxism, and motion pictures motion pictures, and marxism motion pictures, and communism LB - 11200 PB - University of California Press PY - 1985 SP - 40-57 ST - Technique and Ideology: Camera, Perspective, Depth of Field T2 - Movies and Methods: Volume II TI - Technique and Ideology: Camera, Perspective, Depth of Field VL - 2 ID - 2481 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Benjamin M. Compaine, ed. AB - This piece originally appeared in Daedalus. Compaine argues that it is likely that "society is on the verge of a new step in the evolution of its concept of literacy. Early indicators of the change are the 7 million people [as of 1984] in the work force who use video display screens attached to computers for reading and interacting with information; the rapid proliferation and use of video games at home and in arcades, and the growing application of personal computers at home and in the schools; and the trend of higher costs for paper and physical delivery contrasted to growing availability and lower costs for electronic delivery of information. Thus the skills required to store, retrieve, and manipulate information using a computer are becoming increasingly requisite proficiencies to be added to the existing bundle of skills we call literacy." AU - Compaine, Benjamin CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment computers entertainment, home seeing at a distance preservation labor postmodernism modernism new way of seeing communication revolution home entertainment history, and new media community democracy history home, and new media home office computers, personal computers paper office, and information technology home, and information technology new way of seeing, and computers literacy information technology Information Age history +computers and the Internet new way of seeing, and computers computers, personal personal computers video games communication revolution literacy, new literacy, and computers information technology, and home information technology, and office paper, and higher cost of information processing democracy and media history, break with literacy computers, and literacy home, and video games office, and new media paper home, and new media materials LB - 4750 PB - Ballinger Publishing Company PY - 1984 SP - 329-42 ST - The New Literacy: Or How I Stopped Worrying and Learned to Love Pac-Man T2 - Understanding New Media: Trends and Issues in Electronic Distribution of Information TI - The New Literacy: Or How I Stopped Worrying and Learned to Love Pac-Man ID - 1862 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Benjamin M. Compaine, ed. AB - This piece originally appeared in An Information Agenda for the 1980s (pp. 67-89), published by the American Library Association in 1981. According to Compaine, "It describes the need for each of the traditional pieces of this business to refine its role in view of fundamental policy questions raised, including: Who will pay? Who will have access? Who will profit? How will conflicts be resolved?" AU - Compaine, Benjamin M. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers archives community democracy libraries information technology libraries, and information storage +information storage information storage Information Age +computers and the Internet +information storage American Library Association libraries information processing information technology, and business information technology, and knowledge democracy and media LB - 4760 PB - Ballinger Publishing Company PY - 1984 ST - Shifting Boundaries in the Information Marketplace T2 - Understanding New Media: Trends and Issues in Electronic Distribution of Information TI - Shifting Boundaries in the Information Marketplace ID - 1863 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tino Balio, ed. AB - In this chapter, Conant re-examines the 1948 Paramount case in which the U. S. Supreme Court required studios to divest themselves of their large theater chains. This case helped to weakend the industry's system of self-regulation as exercised through the Production Code Administration. AU - Conant, Michael CY - Madison KW - United States v. Paramount Pictures (1948) Paramount Pictures context +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and antitrust motion pictures, and business context, and antitrust motion pictures, and studio system Paramount Pictures case (1948) motion pictures LB - 20480 PB - University of Wisconsin Press PY - 1976 SP - 537-73 ST - The Paramount Decrees Reconsidered T2 - The American Film Industry (Revised Edition) TI - The Paramount Decrees Reconsidered ID - 861 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen H. Cutliffe and Terry S. Reynolds, eds. AU - Cooper, Gail CY - Chicago KW - technology materials home, and new media home home, and information technology networks +motion pictures information technology +electricity air conditioning networks, electrical technology and society motion pictures, and theaters engineering, electrical information technology, and home engineering materials LB - 4900 PB - University of Chicago Press PY - 1997 SP - 239-69 ST - Custom Design, Engineering Guarantees, and Unpatentable Data: The Air Conditioning Industry, 1902-1935 T2 - Technology & American History: A Historical Anthology from Technology & Culture TI - Custom Design, Engineering Guarantees, and Unpatentable Data: The Air Conditioning Industry, 1902-1935 ID - 1877 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Anne G. Keatley, ed. AB - Among the "key technological developments" (230) Richard N. Cooper and Ann L. Hollick consider are energy, new materials, computers, telecommunications, aviation and aerospace, and biotechnology. They attempt to assess the likely future political, social, and economic implications of these technologies, and their significance of national policy. The authors cite four secondary sources in their bibliography. AU - Cooper, Richard N. AU - Hollick, Ann L. CY - Washington, D. C. KW - technology R & D computers computers technology and society materials, and silicon Reagan administration Reagan, Ronald Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism nationalism and communication artificial intelligence and biotechnology capitalism research and development computers, and nationalism nationalism, and computers materials nationalism, and materials materials, and nationalism foreign relations, and technology technology, and foreign relations aeronautics and space communication OTA satellites biotechnology telephones telephones, and foreign relations telephones, and nationalism nationalism, and telephones transistors digital media digital media, and foreign relations computers, and software computers, and hardware space shuttle silicon semiconductors presidents and new media Reagan, Ronald, and technology Reagan administration, and technology Reagan administration, and foreign relations foreign relations, and Reagan administration Cold War Cold War, and technology computers and the Internet Reagan administration space communication war LB - 33240 PB - National Academy Press PY - 1985 SP - 227-65 ST - International Relations in a Technologically Advanced Future T2 - Technological Frontiers and Foreign Relations TI - International Relations in a Technologically Advanced Future ID - 2964 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - ed., Robert Brent Toplin AB - Courtwright, a historian of violence, compared director Oliver Stone and his movie Natural Born Killers (1994) to a baseball batter who had just “beaned some kids in the cheap seats” with a “low,” hard, line drive. This essay also discusses the film and copycat killers. AU - Courtwright, David T. CY - Lawrence, KS KW - Classification and Rating Administration classification self-regulation sexuality sexuality motion pictures, and sexuality motion pictures, and sexuality Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) sexuality advertising, and public relations advertising, and motion pictures sex censorship and ratings rating system (U.S.) rating system (U. S.) propaganda public relations propaganda advertising sexuality motion pictures media effects media violence law censorship and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) censorship classification CARA CARA +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and sex motion pictures, and violence public relations public relations, and motion pictures public relations, and Natural Born Killers motion pictures, and sex motion pictures, and violence violence violence, and motion pictures sex, and motion pictures nudity, and motion pictures CARA, and rating controversies rating system (U. S.), and controversies NC-17 NC-17, and exploitation advertising, and NC-17 advertising language motion pictures, and language nudity CARA, and nudity motion pictures, and nudity Stone, Oliver public relations, and Oliver Stone Stone, Oliver, and public relations media effects media effects, and violence +television television, and violence LB - 26370 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - University Press of Kansas PY - 2000 SP - 188-201 ST - Way Cooler Than Manson: Natural Born Killers T2 - Oliver Stone's USA: Film, History, and Controversy TI - Way Cooler Than Manson: Natural Born Killers ID - 1220 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen H. Cutliffe and Terry S. Reynolds, eds. AU - Cowan, Ruth Schwartz CY - Chicago KW - technology entertainment entertainment, home home entertainment home, and new media home values home, and information technology networks information technology +electricity information technology, and home networks, electrical Industrial Revolution technology and society values, and technology home, and new media LB - 4920 PB - University of Chicago Press PY - 1997 SP - 321-43 ST - The 'Industrial Revolution' in the Home: Household Technology and Social Change in the 20th Century T2 - Technology & American History: A Historical Anthology from Technology & Culture TI - The 'Industrial Revolution' in the Home: Household Technology and Social Change in the 20th Century ID - 1879 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Lisa Gitelman and Geoffrey B. Pingree, eds. AB - "Originally fashioned to teach the London poor, [Joseph] Lancaster's 'monitorial' system was widely adopted for missionary projects, particularly those of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. And in 1821 the Bureau of Indian Affairs, then a branch of the war department, promoted it for teaching American Indians," Crain writes. (61-62) Crain's essay appears in a volume that is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. This volume offers a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. These ten essays examine media that were new in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and early twentieth centuries. The expore "momemts of transition when each new medium was not yet fully defined, its significance in flux...." They attempt to put these media into their "specific material and historical environment" and explain the "ways in which habits and structures of communication are naturalized or normalized." (viii) AU - Crain, Patricia CY - Cambridge, MA KW - children native Americans telegraph telegraph, optical optical telegraph education education, and native Americans education, and optical teleegraph telegraph, and education education, and telegraph children, and native Americans children, and media LB - 34370 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 61-89 ST - Children of Media, Children as Media: Optical Telegraphs, Indian Pupils, and Joseph Lancaster's System for Cultural Replication T2 - New Media, 1740-1915 TI - Children of Media, Children as Media: Optical Telegraphs, Indian Pupils, and Joseph Lancaster's System for Cultural Replication ID - 3075 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - Crane writes that "as a specialist in classical Greek literature and especially as a classicist at a university [Tufts University] largely dominated by engineers, MD-Ph.D.s, social scientists and 'humanists' deeply suspicious of the label 'humanism' and of all traditional culture, I understand the position of marginalized intellectual all too well, but I am, in many ways, more interested in the general public than I am in my professional colleagues." (118) Later he says that "as a humanist, I see little to lose from electronic media. ...Artificial dichotomies between paper and electronic media only distract us from the question of who does what." (136) Crane's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Crane, Gregory CY - Cambridge, MA KW - information processing books, periodicals, newspapers information storage information retrieval books, history of history and new media audiences books history Information Age LB - 34000 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 117-36 ST - Historical Perspectives on the Book and Information Technology T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Historical Perspectives on the Book and Information Technology ID - 3038 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Leo Charney and Vanessa R. Schwartz, eds. AB - Crary's essay is part of a collection that attempts to show cinema’s connection to modern life. “It may be unnecessary to emphasize that when I use the word ‘modernization’ I mean a process completely detached from any notions of progress or development, one which is instead a ceaseless and self-perpetuating creation of new needs, new production, and new consumption.” Elsewhere Crary writes that “Even before the actual invention of cinema in the 1890s, though, it is clear that the conditions of human perception were being reassembled into new components.” AU - Crary, Jonathan CY - Berkeley KW - photography seeing at a distance postmodernism modernism modernity new way of seeing motion pictures new way of seeing, and motion pictures modernity photography and visual communication motion pictures, and modernity motion pictures, and new way of seeing modernism, and motion pictures modernity ref, secondary ref, book LB - 1520 PB - University of California Press PY - 1995 SP - 46-71 ST - Unbinding Vision: Manet and the Attentive Observer in the Late Nineteenth Century T2 - Cinema and the Invention of Modern Life TI - Unbinding Vision: Manet and the Attentive Observer in the Late Nineteenth Century ID - 3686 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jowett, Garth S. A2 - Jarvie, Ian C. A2 - Fuller, Kathryn H. AB - This unpublished study of movie theaters and the community was original to have been part of the Payne Fund Studies. It is published here in a volume devoted to the theme of movies, children, and the Payne Fund Studies. The editors of this work attempt to rehabilitate the Studies which were the target of a major effort to discredit them by the Hays Office during the 1930s. The Payne Fund Studies were also strongly criticized by such intellectuals as Mortimer Adler in Art and Prudence (1937). Here Cressey gives a fascinating picture of the role that movie theaters had come to occupy in the community. AU - Cressey, Paul G. CY - New York KW - audiences theaters community censorship and ratings children +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and children children, and motion pictures theaters, and motion pictures motion pictures, and theaters Payne Fund Studies, and Paul Cressey Payne Fund Studies media effects theaters, and the community motion pictures, and social science +motion pictures community, and movie theaters audiences children, and media LB - 12700 PB - Cambridge University Press PY - 1996 RP - (1933?) SP - 133-216 ST - The Community -- A Social Setting for the Motion Picture T2 - Children and the Movies: Media Influence and the Payne Fund Controversy TI - The Community -- A Social Setting for the Motion Picture ID - 448 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - "The subject of this essay," the author says, "is fiction writing on the Internet, specifically, the erotica written by women in the context of fan culture..... I examine the way in which women are using the paradox of cyberspace -- personal privacy in a public forum -- to explore feelings and ideas that were considered risky or inappropriate for women in the past. I will suggest that the protection and freedom of cyberspace is enabling these writers to defy many of the social taboos that have inhibited self-exploration and self-expression before the emergence of the Internet." (261) Cumberland's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Cumberland, Sharon CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers surveillance women computers and the Internet sexuality women, and sexuality pornography cyberspace audiences audiences, and Internet audiences, and women women, and audiences censorship and ratings freedom computers, and erotica values women, and values values, and women women, and erotica women, and pornography pornography, and women privacy Internet, and privacy privacy, and Internet Internet computers LB - 34070 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 261-79 ST - Private Uses of Cyberspace: Women, Desire, and Fan Culture T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Private Uses of Cyberspace: Women, Desire, and Fan Culture ID - 3045 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Lynn Spigel and Michael Curtin, eds. AB - This work deals with the possibilities of satellite television envisioned by the Kennedy administration after the 1962 launching of Telstar. The author has done research in the Kennedy Presidential Library. Curtain says that this new communication technology is striking in part because of “its profoundly contradictory nature. Global television seemed to offer the prospect of enhancing both global community and superpower struggle. The new medium was characterized as a technology that would encourage mutual understanding, but also as a means of strategic persuasion. It was envisioned as a collective undertaking that would lead to a free exchange of ideas, and yet it was also a technology developed with proprietary corporate interests in mind. In these contradictions, we find important links between television policy and the foreign policy of the New Frontier. For the discourse that emerged with the new technology did not simply produce statements about the national agenda for television, the land of the vast wasteland, it also generated discussions about forging a Free World alliance under the leadership of the United States.” AU - Curtain, Michael CY - New York and London KW - R & D entertainment nationalism imperialism entertainment, home presidents, and new media research and development war Kennedy administration home entertainment war non-USA home, and new media home satellites home, and information technology information technology +nationalism and communication +aeronautics and space communication global communication satellites, and television Telstar television, and satellites +television information technology, and home +military communication Kennedy administration, and satellite television cultural imperialism, and satellite television cultural imperialism culture Kennedy, John F. home, and new media satellites global communication global communication, and satellites satellites, and global communication nationalism, and satellites LB - 2150 PB - Routledge PY - 1997 SP - 245-62 ST - Dynasty in Drag: Imagining Global TV T2 - The Revolution Wasn’t Televised: Sixties Television and Social Conflict TI - Dynasty in Drag: Imagining Global TV ID - 1611 ER - TY - CHAP AB - Diane D. Cusack was a member of the Meese Commission during 1985-86. President Ronald Reagan had appointed the Commission to study pornography and to make recommendations for regulating it. Cusack had served on the City Council of Scottsdale, AZ, and was convinced that pornography, if left unchecked, would “undermine our social fabric.” She favored vigorous prosecution of pornographers. AU - Cusack, Diane D. CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment computers video cassette recorders (VCRs) post office government hearings entertainment, home magnetic recording photography women, and new media social science research values archives primary sources sexuality home entertainment government magnetic tape First Amendment +computers and the Internet color freedom values religion censorship and ratings law cable home home, and new media home Meese Commission reports primary sources hearings pornography reports reports, Messe Commission +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography law, and pornography pornography, and law pornography, and new media home entertainment revolution pornography, and home home, and pornography +television +postal service television, and cable cable television, and pornography +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and television television, and satellites +computers computers, and pornography pornography, and computers VCRs VCRs, and pornography pornography, and VCRs magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines +photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography color, and pornography pornography, and color media effects media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects, pornography, defined children media effects, and children children, and pornography pornography, and children women women, and pornography pornography, and women religion, and pornography pornography, and religion personal computers personal computers, and pornography primary sources primary sources, Maryland primary sources, College Park primary sources, Meese Commission media effects, and pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research First Amendment, and Meese Commission First Amendment, and pornography pornography, and legal pornography, and First Amendment pornography, and opponents magazines satellites children, and media LB - 22920 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - 486-87 ST - Statement of Diane D. Cusack T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Statement of Diane D. Cusack ID - 1017 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Allan M. Din, ed. AB - This paper grew out of a 1986 workshop sponsored by the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute. The abstract for Dale's piece describes it as follows: "The research area of artificial intelligence is described in terms of its programming languages, like Lisp and Prolog, and of various techniques, such as search and knowledge representation. A number of application areas are discussed with particular mention of some important expert-system techniques and their practical relevance." AU - Dale, Robert CY - New York KW - R & D computers computers Soviet Union simulations strategic defense initiative (SDI) Reagan administration nationalism microprocessing Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) computers and the Internet artificial intelligence and biotechnology artificial intelligence strategic computing initiative aeronautics and space communication Reagan administration, and artificial intelligence Reagan, Ronald Reagan, Ronald, and computers military communication nationalism, and communication computers, and artifical intelligence military communication, and artificial intelligence nationalism, and computers DARPA Japan computers, and chips research and development USSR microelectronics microprocessors personal computers computers, personal war war, and artificial intelligence computers, and war war, and computers SDI Reagan administration, and SDA satellites computers, and simulations simulations, and computers non-USA LB - 33770 PB - Oxford University Press PY - 1987 SP - 33-46 ST - An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence T2 - Arms and Intelligence: Weapon and Arms Control Applications of Advanced Computing TI - An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence ID - 3015 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Davies, at the time of this piece, was Chief Scientist and Engineer at the Department of Industry, London. He raises questions about the impact of the microprocessor on employment. This piece originally appeared in Chartered Mechanical Engineer (June 1978). AU - Davies, Duncan S. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution computers non-USA microelectronics information technology +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology automation information technology, and industry microelectronics revolution microelectronics revolution, and unemployment labor Great Britain computers, and unemployment labor labor, and computers LB - 2980 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 334-44 ST - The Computer Revolution, Industry and People T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Computer Revolution, Industry and People ID - 1690 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - The author writes that "during the transition to democracy after 1990, South Africa faced the pressing question of how to transform" te South African Broadcasting Corpration, "this organ of racist ideology into a forum for the advancement of national unity and equality." (225) The volume in which Dawson's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Dawson, Ashley CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality nationalism Internet global communication community news and journalism non-USA nationalism and communication democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization South Africa race, and South Africa South Africa, and race news and journalism censorship and ratings news, and censorship news, and South Africa South Africa, and news freedom nationalism and communication nationalism, and South Africa news race LB - 34270 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 225-44 ST - Documenting Democratization: New Media Practices in Post-Apartheid South Africa T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Documenting Democratization: New Media Practices in Post-Apartheid South Africa ID - 3065 ER - TY - CHAP A3 - McNeil, Ian AB - An introduction to this area. Ian McNeil is the Encyclpaedia's editor. AU - Day, Lance CY - London and New York KW - print non-USA general studies printing writing language visual communication LB - 360 PB - Routledge PY - 1990 SP - 665-85 ST - Language, Writing, Printing and Graphic Arts T2 - An Encyclopaedia of the History of Technology TI - Language, Writing, Printing and Graphic Arts ID - 1432 ER - TY - CHAP AB - De Forest, who invented the vacuum tube, here observes that some have compared the electron tube’s impact on civilization to that of the discovery of the wheel and early use of fire. While De Forest does not go that far, he does say that “the 3-electrode tube and its descendants have made possible in spreading over the entire face of the globe an invisible network of international, inter-continental, telephonic communication, whereby the ancient barriers of unlike languages no longer persist. Coupled with this all important development comes now radio’s sister development, television, linking distant sight with the voice.” Interestingly, De Forest notes that 1957 may be the year that the first man-made satellite will be put into orbit. However, he says, “to place a man in a multi-stage rocket and project him into the controlling gravitational field of the moon, where the passenger can make scientific observation, perhaps land alive, and then return to earth -- all that constitutes a wild dream worthy of Jules Verne.” Only a dozen years later, of course, that became a reality. AU - De Forest, Lee CY - Washington, D.C. KW - materials materials +future and science fiction non-USA space communication general studies vacuum tubes +telephones global communication +radio +television space travel rocketry future +aeronautics and space communication vacuum tubes, and 3-electrode tube television, and vacuum tubes LB - 370 PB - Public Affairs Press PY - 1957 SP - 113-15 ST - Our Changing Communications T2 - New Frontiers of Knowledge: A Symposium by Distinguished Writers, Notable Scholars & Public Figures TI - Our Changing Communications ID - 1433 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This piece appeared first in Programmed Learning and Educational Technology (Nov. 1981). The author, then a professor of Education and Futures Research at the University Houston, analyzes the changes, intended and unintended, brought by computer technology. AU - Dede, Christopher CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers information technology +computers and the Internet computers and society information technology, and education education, and computers computers education computers, and education computers, and unintended consequences LB - 3300 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 242-57 ST - Educational and Social Implications T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Educational and Social Implications ID - 1721 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This article examines what happens when a factory converts to microcomputer-controlled production. It helped productivity but had a large impact on management, maintenance works, and the employment of assembly-line workers who were not unionized and who were unskilled. AU - Dickson, Keith CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers +future and science fiction labor information technology +computers and the Internet labor, and automation automation, and microcomputers future control revolution information technology, and labor information technology, and industry capitalism +artificial intelligence and biotechnology automation labor capitalism, and computers labor, and computers LB - 2890 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 174-83 ST - Petfoods by Computer: A Case Study of Automation T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Petfoods by Computer: A Case Study of Automation ID - 1681 ER - TY - CHAP AB - Park Elliott Dietz, an M.D. and Ph.D., was a member of the Meese Commission in 1985-86. He taught courses at the University of Virginia on Law and Psychiatry, and Crimes of Violence, and had published research in the Journal of Forensic Sciences about sexual sadism in detective magazines, a theme he traced back to the 17th century. Dietz thought most forms of pornography were “immoral” and corrupted the family and society’s moral fabric. But he stopped short of supporting a Commission resolution that called the family society’s most important unit because he believed that the government should not try to dictate ideal living arrangements. Attached to this Statement is Dietz's article on "Detective Magazines: Pornography for the Sexual Sadists?" (Jan. 1986). AU - Dietz, Park Elliott CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment computers video cassette recorders (VCRs) post office government hearings entertainment, home magnetic recording photography women, and new media social science research values archives primary sources sexuality news and journalism +books, periodicals, newspapers home entertainment government magnetic tape First Amendment media effects crime +computers and the Internet color freedom values religion censorship and ratings law cable home home, and new media home Meese Commission reports primary sources hearings pornography reports reports, Messe Commission +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography law, and pornography pornography, and law pornography, and new media home entertainment revolution pornography, and home home, and pornography +television +postal service television, and cable cable television, and pornography +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and television television, and satellites +computers computers, and pornography pornography, and computers VCRs VCRs, and pornography pornography, and VCRs magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines +photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography color, and pornography pornography, and color media effects media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects, pornography, defined children media effects, and children children, and pornography pornography, and children women women, and pornography pornography, and women religion, and pornography pornography, and religion personal computers personal computers, and pornography primary sources primary sources, Maryland primary sources, College Park primary sources, Meese Commission media effects, and pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research First Amendment, and Meese Commission First Amendment, and pornography pornography, and legal pornography, and First Amendment pornography, and opponents pornography, and harmful effects crime, and pornography pornography, and crime magazines critics satellites children, and media LB - 22930 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - 487-92 ST - Statement of Park Elliott Dietz, M.D., M.P.H., Ph.D. T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Statement of Park Elliott Dietz, M.D., M.P.H., Ph.D. ID - 1018 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Allan M. Din, ed. AB - This opening chapter offers an overview of artificial intelligence. "Most of this technology is new and many of its consequences, either beneficial or ptentially dangerous, still await detailed assessment," Nin says. Nin discusses the connection with the civilian sector and the weapon applications. He then covers computer hardware and software, and expert systems and AI. Nin notes that in 1986 that computer research was progressing much faster in the United States and NATO countries than in the USSR and Warsaw Pact nations. Advanced microelectronics accounted for this trend. In discussing weapon projects, Nin notes with the Strategic Computing Initiative, which in 1983 was to have a budget of $600 million, there were hopes that AI "could completely change many concepts of land warfare and the army force structure." (15) Nin also discusses AI relationship to the strategic defense initiative, weapons verification, and modeling and simulation programs. Nin's 72 endnotes give readers a good introduction to other published literature that existed in 1987 on artificial intelligence. AU - Din, Allan M. CY - New York KW - R & D computers computers Soviet Union simulations strategic defense initiative (SDI) Reagan administration nationalism microprocessing Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) computers and the Internet artificial intelligence and biotechnology artificial intelligence strategic computing initiative aeronautics and space communication Reagan administration, and artificial intelligence Reagan, Ronald Reagan, Ronald, and computers military communication nationalism, and communication computers, and artifical intelligence military communication, and artificial intelligence nationalism, and computers DARPA Japan computers, and chips research and development USSR microelectronics microprocessors personal computers computers, personal war war, and artificial intelligence computers, and war war, and computers SDI Reagan administration, and SDA satellites computers, and simulations simulations, and computers non-USA LB - 33760 PB - Oxford University Press PY - 1987 SP - 3-29 ST - The Prospects for Artificial Intelligence in Weapon and Arms Control Applications T2 - Arms and Artificial Intelligence: Weapon and Arms Control Applications of Advanced Computing TI - The Prospects for Artificial Intelligence in Weapon and Arms Control Applications ID - 3014 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Nancy Signorielli and Michael Morgan, eds. AB - This piece contains useful information of VCR use from the 1960s through 1980s. The author seeks to answer the question whether VCR use, like television viewing, "tends to cultivate mainstream perspectives." The author does not define "mainstream." The study is based on two sets of interviews with VCR owners in the greater Boston area--one yielded a "total of more than 50 viewer profiles," the other of more than 500 people "interviewed through a random digital telephone survey, stratified by exchange." This is a rather thin piece, although the bibliography is of some value. AU - Dobrow, Julia R. CY - Newbury Park KW - entertainment video cassette recorders (VCRs) entertainment, home magnetic recording materials materials magnetic tape home, and new media home values home, and information technology information technology +television television, and video recorders VCRs values, and VCRs information technology, and home television, and VCRs home, and VCRs home entertainment LB - 6720 PB - Sage Publications PY - 1990 SP - 71-83 ST - Patterns of Viewing and VCR Use: Implications for Cultivation Analysis T2 - Cultivation Analysis: New Directions in Media Effects Research TI - Patterns of Viewing and VCR Use: Implications for Cultivation Analysis ID - 2050 ER - TY - CHAP AB - James C. Dobson, who held a Ph.D. in child development, was a member of the Meese Commission in 1985-86. He was a licensed psychologist and family counselor, and president of Focus on the Family, a California-based organization that produced a syndicated radio program. Dobson had written several books including Dare to Discipline (1970) and Hide or Seek (1979), the latter about self-respect in children. A devout Christian, he considered pornography harmful in many ways and felt that it threatened the “future of the family itself.” AU - Dobson, James CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment computers video cassette recorders (VCRs) post office government hearings entertainment, home magnetic recording photography women, and new media social science research values archives primary sources sexuality home entertainment government magnetic tape First Amendment media effects crime color freedom values religion censorship and ratings law cable home home, and new media home Meese Commission reports primary sources hearings pornography reports reports, Messe Commission +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography law, and pornography pornography, and law pornography, and new media home entertainment revolution pornography, and home home, and pornography +television +postal service television, and cable cable television, and pornography +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and television television, and satellites +computers computers, and pornography pornography, and computers VCRs VCRs, and pornography pornography, and VCRs magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines +photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography color, and pornography pornography, and color media effects media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects, pornography, defined children media effects, and children children, and pornography pornography, and children women women, and pornography pornography, and women religion, and pornography pornography, and religion personal computers personal computers, and pornography primary sources primary sources, Maryland primary sources, College Park primary sources, Meese Commission media effects, and pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research First Amendment, and Meese Commission First Amendment, and pornography pornography, and legal pornography, and First Amendment pornography, and opponents pornography, and harmful effects crime, and pornography pornography, and crime critics computers and the Internet magazines satellites children, and media LB - 22940 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - 504-09 ST - Personal Comments by Commissioner James Dobson T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Personal Comments by Commissioner James Dobson ID - 1019 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Schatz, Thomas AB - This chapter is in Volume 6 in the History of American Cinema series, Charles Harpole, ed. Doherty discusses documentary films and also newsreels during the 1940s. In addition, he considers World War II and the use of 16mm cameras. AU - Doherty, Thomas CY - New York KW - newsreels journalism news and journalism war motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures motion pictures, and newsreels 16mm 16mm, and newsreels 16mm, and World War II World War II World War II, and 16mm film World War II, and newsreels news, and 16mm film television television, and newsreels newsreels, and television news LB - 20280 PB - Charles Scribner's Sons PY - 1977 SP - 397-421 ST - Documenting the 1940s T2 - Boom and Bust: The American Cinema in the 1940s TI - Documenting the 1940s ID - 847 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joseph J. Corn, ed. AB - Many predictions about radio at the turn-of-the-century did not come true, Douglas says. "They had been based on a misunderstanding of how the invention worked, and they assumed that radio, by itself, could change the world. Yet even dreams that do not come true can have an effect. By encouraging and romanticizing the amateurs' hobby, these visions fostered experimentation among members of a subculture who had neither a corporate nor a political agenda. The predictions also articulated and reinforced the belief that this technology could and should be accessible to the greatest number of Americans." AU - Douglas, Susan J. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment entertainment, home home entertainment +future and science fiction community democracy non-USA home, and new media home values radio home, and information technology information technology +radio radio, and amateur operators future democracy and media capitalism, and radio values, and amateur radio information technology, and home global communication +aeronautics and space communication Marconi, Guglielmo wireless communication wireless telegraphy capitalism future, and radio democracy and media democracy, and radio radio, and democracy LB - 6460 PB - MIT Press PY - 1986 SP - 35-57 ST - Amateur Operators and American Broadcasting: Shaping the Future of Radio T2 - Imagining Tomorrow: History, Technology, and the American Future TI - Amateur Operators and American Broadcasting: Shaping the Future of Radio ID - 2029 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - Drexler contends that “the old style of technology is bulk technology, where we handle atoms in unruly herds. Nanotechnology, on the other hand, will allow us to handle individual atoms and molecules, so we can build up complex structures one atom at a time. Nanotechnology... will completely transform information technology, biotechnology, and materials science, enabling us to build self-replicating engines of abundance, engines of healing, and engines of destruction.” This piece first appeared in Whole Earth Review, No. 54 (Spring, 1987). Tom Forester, the book’s editor, acknowledges that this essay approaches science fiction. AU - Drexler, K. Eric CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers science materials +future and science fiction computers materials general studies miniaturization nanotechnology biotechnology materials revolution future science fiction +artificial intelligence and biotechnology +computers and the Internet computers, and nanotechnology LB - 420 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 361-73 ST - The Coming Era of Nanotechnology T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - The Coming Era of Nanotechnology ID - 1438 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jacobs, Lewis AB - The author, a Danish film director, notes that color film during the 1960s could not capture all the complexity of color in real life. "The tiny color differences, the semi-tones, all those nuances the eye receives without discrimination, are missing in color films. To demand that color in color films should be natural is to misunderstand all that is involved. Indeed, the spectator can have a much greater aesthetic experience because color in film differs from that in nature." (198) Dreyer's article originally appeared in Films in Review (April, 1955). AU - Dreyer, Carl CY - New York KW - technology corporations corporations motion pictures color cameras motion pictures, and cameras motion pictures, and color color, and motion pictures sound recording motion pictures, and sound recording sound recording, and motion pictures photography technology and society materials materials cinema motion pictures celluloid non-USA motion pictures and popular culture photography and visual communication cameras, and motion pictures film Technicolor Eastman Kodak Cinemascope celluloid technology, and motion pictures motion pictures, and technology color, and Eastman Kodak color, and Technicolor technological determinism media literacy motion pictures, and media literacy media literacy, and motion pictures LB - 36670 PB - Farrar, Straus & Giroux PY - 1970 SP - 197-200 ST - Color and Color Films T2 - The Movies As Medium TI - Color and Color Films ID - 3300 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Earl examines the potential impact of microelectronics on employment. The new technology should make possible greater employee participation, smaller units, and improved information flows. Earl was a Fellow at the Oxford Centre for Management Studies, Oxford, England, and this piece appeared earlier in Management Today (Dec. 1978). AU - Earl, Michael J. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution non-USA microelectronics labor +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology automation control revolution microelectronics revolution labor, and automation Great Britain microelectronics revolution, and unemployment labor labor, and new media labor, and microelectronics LB - 3000 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 356-66 ST - What Micros Mean for Managers T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - What Micros Mean for Managers ID - 1692 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Chris Hables Gray, ed. AB - C. Wilson Markle, an engineer at Image Transform in Los Angeles, first created color imaging in 1971. This article looks at the controversy over colorization of black and white movies. At the time this article appeared (1996), Ted Turner had colorized only 270 videotapes. This piece has a useful four-page bibliography on this topic. It also has a list of the first 100 “national treasures,” films that cannot be “materially altered” (including colorization) without adding a label saying that the changes have been made without the permission of the principal creators of the movies. Another appendix contains copyright information on the 270 colorized videotapes registered through the end of 1993. Appendix 3 gives the number of copyrighted colorized videotapes each year between 1985 and 1993. There is also a list of the number of colorized videotapes films that were shown on television between 1985 and 1993. AU - Edgerton, Gary CY - Malabar, FL KW - magnetic recording photography motion pictures materials materials videotape magnetic tape television, and color +motion pictures and popular culture +photography and visual communication digital media color, and digital imaging motion pictures, and colorization (1985-93) Turner, Ted, and colorization video tapes, colorized (list) television, and colorized videotapes shown color +television motion pictures, and digitization motion pictures, and color Turner, Ted digitization LB - 1540 PB - Krieger Publishing Company PY - 1996 SP - 5-32 ST - Digital Color Imaging and the Colorization Controversy: Culture, Technology, and the Popular as Lightning Rod T2 - Technohistory: Using the History of American Technology in Interdisciplinary Research TI - Digital Color Imaging and the Colorization Controversy: Culture, Technology, and the Popular as Lightning Rod ID - 1550 ER - TY - CHAP AB - In Canada, American movies and television programs dominated the market – more than 90 percent of the films for which Canadian paid rental fees came from the United States. In 1977, Ontario’s Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry concluded that the “great weight of research into the effects of violent media contents indicates potential harm to society.” In Volume 1, this Report concluded that Canadians – including children – were watching increasing amounts of American-made TV which had “much higher levels of violence” than programs produced in Canada or elsewhere, and television’s “escalation of violence” was “drawing other sections of the media along like the tail of a comet.” This essay appears in Volume 7 of the Royal Commission's Report. It discusses economic factors in television and movie violence and their relationship to new technologies. AU - Edmunds, Hugh H. and John Strick CN - See filed under Report of the Royal Commission... Volume 7. CY - Toronto, Ontario KW - video cassette recorders (VCRs) magnetic recording television, and media effects syntheses (of research) Surgeon General social science research fiber optics optical fibers news and journalism news media effects media violence media effects news and journalism satellites materials video games VCRs magnetic tape materials fiber optics censorship and ratings children news and journalism non-USA Canada +television violence television, and violence violence, and television violence, and social science research social science research, and violence children, and media +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and television television, and motion pictures Surgeon General's Report (1972) violence children, and TV violence media effects, and television violence, and syntheses syntheses media effects, and violence violence, and media effects reports social science research, and TV violence television, and social science television, and violence violence, and television media effects, and television children, and media children, and TV violence social science research, synthesis (violence) Canada, and media violence reports journalism, and Canada journalism journalism, and violence news, and Canada news, and violence bibliographies, annotated bibliographies, and journalism and violence journalism, and violence (bibliography) video games, and Canada video games, and violence violence, and video games cable, and Canada VCRs, and Canada optical fibers, and Canada satellites, and Canada +aeronautics and space communication violence, and new media +bibliographies cable LB - 2790 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Royal Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry SP - 71-184 ST - Economic Determinants of Violence in Television and Motion Pictures and the Implications of Newer Technologies T2 - Report of The Royal Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry: Volume 7: The Media Industries: From Here to Where? TI - Economic Determinants of Violence in Television and Motion Pictures and the Implications of Newer Technologies ID - 367 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Bill Nichols, ed. AU - Edward, Buscombe CY - Berkeley KW - Marked ref, secondary color color, and sound LB - 41150 PB - University of California Press PY - 1985 SP - 83-92 ST - Sound and Color T2 - Movies and Methods: Volume II: An Anthology TI - Sound and Color ID - 4214 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - America, Film Council of AB - This essays deals with the theatrical uses of 16mm film and appears in a collection devoted to examining the different facets of this medium. Hollywood resisted using 16mm film and it had an association with "amateurism." But during and after World War II, many more people used 16mm cameras for a wide range of purposes. AU - Ellis, Jack C. CY - Des Plaines, IL KW - libraries nationalism Film Council of America magnetic recording World War II values preservation media effects materials materials magnetic tape cinema motion pictures celluloid film education community democracy values religion war 16mm government history +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures motion pictures, and 16mm film 16mm film magnetic tape recording magnetic tape recording, video values, and society democracy, and media education, and 16mm film religion, and 16mm film 16mm film, and education 16mm film, and religion +nationalism and communication government, and 16mm film public libraries, and 16mm film 16mm film, and public libraries 16mm film, as paperback books +television television, and 16mm film history, and new media history, and 16mm film values, and 16mm film +sound recording sound recording, and magnetic tape World War II, and 16mm film 16mm film, and World War II 16mm film, and museums media effects, and 16mm films Film Council of America, values libraries +information storage LB - 18100 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Film Council of America (Evanston, IL) PY - 1954 SP - 176-82 ST - Theatrical Film on 16mm T2 - Sixty Years of 16mm Film, 1923-1983: A Symposium TI - Theatrical Film on 16mm ID - 719 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Everett M. Rogers and Francis Balle, eds. AB - Ellul considered nine “preconceived ideas” that intellectuals and most media professionals accept. A severe critic of new media, he argued that they create an information overload that often makes society and its citizens dysfunctional. Ellul had grave reservations about the optimistic claims often promoted by computer-based information systems. Arguing from a humanistic perspective, he believed that the nature of human relationships could not be effectively transmitted through mass media. Thus, an essential element in communication was missing. The world could not become a global village nor could it be one through the new media. Instead, Ellul saw a wedge being driven ever more deeply between the “information-aristocrats and their plebeian masses.” This piece might be read in conjunction with such other thoughtful critics of new media as Langdon Winner (see his chapter “Mythinformation” in The Whale and the Reactor) and William J. Donnelly (The Confetti Generation). AU - Ellul, Jacques CY - Norwood, NJ KW - computers advertising, and public relations propaganda public relations propaganda advertising values communication revolution community democracy Information Age general studies democracy and media myth computers computers, and humanistic perspective information processing information v. knowledge information age communication revolution critics +computers and the Internet computers, and public relations public relations, and new media advertising, and new media advertising public relations democracy, and new media values values, and new media LB - 480 PB - Ablex Publishing Corp. PY - 1985 SP - 95-107 ST - Preconceived Ideas About Mediated Information SV - 2 T2 - The Media Revolution in America and in Western Europe: Volume II in the Paris-Stanford Series T3 - Paris-Stanford Series TI - Preconceived Ideas About Mediated Information ID - 1444 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - The author begins by writing that "the late D. F. McKenzie ... defined bibiography [in 1985] as 'the discipline that studies texts as recorded forms, and the processes of their transmission, including their production and reception.' He went on to define texts to include 'verbal, visual, oral, and numeric data, in the form of maps, prints, and music, of archives of recoorded sound, of films, videos, and an computer-stored information, everything in fact from epigrapy to te latest forms of discography. There is no evading the challenge which those new forms have created.' This essay will discuss the ways in which bibliography and its sibling discipline, the history of the book -- the study of the physical, technological, economic, and cultural conditions of reading, authorship, and publishing -- have in many respects evaded the very challenges for the discipline that McKenziee raised over sixteen years ago." (95) Erickson's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Erickson, Paul CY - Cambridge, MA KW - books, periodicals, newspapers print culture print v. nonprint digital media books, electronic books, and new media bibliographies books, history of bibliography, as a discipline printing audiences audiences, and books books print LB - 33990 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 95-116 ST - Help or Hindrance? The History of the Book and Electronic Media T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Help or Hindrance? The History of the Book and Electronic Media ID - 3037 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - When this piece appeared in Scientific American (Sept. 1982), the world of commerce was much more automated than the manufacture of goods. The electronics revolution was already changing banking and transportation, what with credit cards and electronic airline reservations. Ernst, notes though, that this transformation has not been without problems. AU - Ernst, Martin L. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers information technology +computers and the Internet +transportation +aeronautics and space communication electronics revolution air travel, and electronics revolution finance, and electronics revolution information technology, and finance capitalism, and electronics revolution automation air travel capitalism electronic media finance labor LB - 3380 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 336-49 ST - Electronics in Commerce T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Electronics in Commerce ID - 1729 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Etzioni asks "whether communities and democracy can thrive in the new world in cyberspace." This question requires consideration of whether or not "there can be virtual communities" and second "can these -- and other (including offline) communities -- govern themselves in a democratic way by drawing on new developments in cyberspace?" (85) The volume in which Etzioni's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Etzioni, Amitai CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality community democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace Internet LB - 34190 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 85-100 ST - Are Virtual and Democratic Communities Feasible? T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Are Virtual and Democratic Communities Feasible? ID - 3057 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Such "process industries" as pulp paper, chemical, and food have been growth industries in recent years, the author notes, and have also been on the cutting edge of new developments in automation, particularly "new control technology." Evans, then a professor of Chemical Engineering at MIT, discusses "how the revolutionary advances in electronics will greatly accelerate evolutionary change in industrial process control." This piece appeared first in Science magazine (March 18, 1977). AU - Evans, Lawrence B. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers microprocessing communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution microprocessors microelectronics +computers and the Internet control revolution microelectronics revolution microprocessors, and industry automation +artificial intelligence and biotechnology microprocessors capitalism, and microprocessors labor labor, and microprocessors capitalism LB - 2850 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 138-51 ST - Industrial Uses of the Microprocessor T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Industrial Uses of the Microprocessor ID - 1677 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This article details Japan's effort to create artificial intelligence, setting out its weaknesses and strengths. This is an excerpt from the authors' book, The Fifth Generation: Artificial Intelligence and Japan's Computer Challenge to the World (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley, 1983). This piece was originally published in High Technology (June 1983). At the time of this piece, Feigenbaum was a professor of Computer Science at Stanford, and McCorduck was a journalist. AU - Feigenbaum, Edward and Pamela McCorduck CY - Cambridge, MA KW - R & D computers nationalism presidents, and new media research and development war +future and science fiction war non-USA computers +military communication Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration Japan +computers and the Internet +nationalism and communication +artificial intelligence and biotechnology Japan Japan, and artificial intelligence strategic computing initiative Reagan administration, and computers supercomputers future Japan, and supercomputers LB - 3200 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 71-83 ST - Land of the Rising Fifth Generation T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Land of the Rising Fifth Generation ID - 1712 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author argued that Japan had caught up with the United States in computer software and surpassed the U. S. in certain key areas of hardware. The author at the time of this article was with IBM. He maintained that Japan rivaled America ink chip production because the American microelectronics industry was hindered by an outdated structure. This piece first appeared in Technology Review (Aug. - Sept., 1983). AU - Ferguson, Charles H. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism corporations corporations labor communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution materials materials computers non-USA office office, and new media office microelectronics +computers and the Internet microelectronics revolution chips, computer Japan +nationalism and communication infrastructure IBM computers, and software computer chips nationalism, and computers Japan, and supercomputers LB - 3170 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 45-55 ST - Chips: The US versus Japan T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Chips: The US versus Japan ID - 1709 ER - TY - CHAP AB - Finlay notes that book and magazine publishers readily accepted the poster style during the 1890s and this helps to explains the prevalence of book and magazine posters during this decade. But color printing and photomechanical reproductive techniques may have been even more important in the spread of posters. Magazines as well as paper and clothbound books reflected the poster style. “To understand the poster’s rise and fall in popularity requires some knowledge of how book and magazine posters were distributed and collected, a phenomenon that has never been adequately studied,” the author says. AU - Finlay, Nancy CY - New York KW - photography print printing news and journalism +books, periodicals, newspapers magazines posters +photography and visual communication posters, and United States (1890s) color, and posters color color, and printing printing, and color +duplicating technologies duplicating technologies, and posters books, and posters magazines, and posters +books, periodicals, newspapers books LB - 1550 PB - Metropolitan Museum of Art; Distributed by Harry N. Abrams, Inc. PY - 1987 SP - 45-55 ST - American Posters and Publishing in the 1890s T2 - American Art Posters of the 1890s TI - American Posters and Publishing in the 1890s ID - 1551 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Manuel Castells, ed. AB - Fischer attempted to “describe ... the sorry state of the sociology of technology -- examine its decline, theoretical confusion, and empirical vacuum -- and argue for new efforts to understand how technology influences social life.” Drawing on his research on the social impact of telephones and automobiles, he is concerned with how such technologies affect “daily personal and social life rather than with large economic and institutional domains and with changes across one or two generations rather than across epochs of history.” AU - Fischer, Claude S. CY - Beverly Hills, CA KW - technology nationalism labor home, and new media home office office, and new media office, and information technology home, and information technology information technology general studies nationalism and communication telephones transportation automobiles technology, and sociology of information technology, and home information technology, and office technology and society home office sociology, and technology office, and new media sociology LB - 2100 PB - Sage Publications PY - 1985 SP - 284-300 ST - Studying Technology and Social Life T2 - High Technology, Space, and Society TI - Studying Technology and Social Life ID - 1606 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen H. Cutliffe and Terry S. Reynolds, eds. AU - Fischer, Claude S. CY - Chicago KW - technology entertainment entertainment, home labor home entertainment home, and new media home values office, and information technology home, and information technology networks information technology +telephones technology and society values, and telephones networks, and telephones information technology, and home information technology, and office anthology office LB - 5340 PB - University of Chicago Press PY - 1997 SP - 271-300 ST - ‘Touch Someone’: The Telephone Industry Discovers Sociability T2 - Technology & American History: A Historical Anthology from Technology & Culture TI - ‘Touch Someone’: The Telephone Industry Discovers Sociability ID - 1919 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - This work contains a useful bibliography on materials science, superconductors, new materials such as ceramics, optical fibers, plastics, cements, superglues, alloys, and semiconductors. It also has works on computers and telecommunications, aerospace, energy, transport and manufacturing, medicine, space processing of materials, and future applications of various materials. AU - Forester, Tom CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers superconductivity nationalism supercomputers fiber optics communication revolution materials +future and science fiction fiber optics communication revolution, and second industrial revolution non-USA space communication materials information technology +bibliographies +aeronautics and space communication +nationalism and communication superconductors plastics optical fibers cement alloys semiconductors second industrial revolution communication revolution +computers and the Internet telecommunications information technology, and medicine space communication, and materials processing future nanotechnology materials revolution general studies materials revolution, bibliography Japan Japan, and supercomputers supercomputers, bibliography future, and materials revolution satellites LB - 2730 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 375-86 ST - [Bibliography: Materials Revolution] T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - [Bibliography: Materials Revolution] ID - 1665 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This collection of previously published essays has bibliographies at the end of each section pulling together literature (as of 1980) on microelectronics, microprocessors, computers and their social impact, the influence of the microelectronics revolution on industry, employment, the office and industrial relations, town planning, politics, and artificial intelligence. AU - Forester, Tom CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers microprocessing labor community democracy office, and information technology microprocessors microelectronics information technology +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology microelectronics +bibliographies microelectronics, and bibliography microprocessors, and bibliography computers and social impact, bibliography artificial intelligence, bibliography industry automation labor urban studies democracy and media computers office, and new media labor, and new media office LB - 2780 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publishers; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 62-64, 103-04, 159-61, 219, 288-89, 353-55, 414-15, 497-99, 575-76 ST - [Bibliography: Microelectronics Revolution] T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - [Bibliography: Microelectronics Revolution] ID - 1670 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author visited Santa Clara valley, or Silicon Valley, in June, 1978, and wrote this account of life there. AU - Forester, Tom CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers materials, and silicon microprocessing materials silicon communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution microelectronics +computers and the Internet Silicon Valley +artificial intelligence and biotechnology microelectronics revolution microprocessors capitalism LB - 2790 PB - Basil Blackwell Publishers; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 65-71 ST - The Microelectronics Industry: The Jelly Bean People of Silicon Valley T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Microelectronics Industry: The Jelly Bean People of Silicon Valley ID - 1671 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Forester's work not only assembles papers and articles on the information technology revolution, but it also has a "Guide to Further Reading" at the end of each section. These guides pull together some of the best literature (as of 1985) on the topic of this anthology. AU - Forester, Tom CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers video cassette recorders (VCRs) magnetic recording women, and new media values labor communication revolution home, and new media materials materials magnetic tape community democracy non-USA women videotex VCRs values telecommunications radio radio, and bibliography computers and the Internet computers, personal computers office, and information technology information technology +bibliographies information technology revolution, and bibliography +artificial intelligence and biotechnology artificial intelligence, bibliography telecommunications, and bibliography cable, bibliography videotex, bibliography radio, cellular, bibliography information technology, and home, bibliography information technology, and education, bibliography information technology, and industry, bibliography information technology, and office, bibliography information technology, and finance, bibliography information technology, and health, bibliography automation, bibliography women, and automation (bibliography) information technology, and labor, bibliography democracy and media, bibliography global communication, and bibliography communication revolution, and history of (bibliography) values, and information technology (bibliography) VCRs, and bibliography personal computers, and bibliography automation bibliographies, and information technology bibliographies, and artificial intelligence cable communication revolution democracy and media global communication information technology, and office personal computers computers, personal values, and information technology office home LB - 3180 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 56-59, 104-05, 162-66, 216-17, 258-59, 295-97, 334-35, 372-73, 417-18, 466-67, 528-29, 569-70, 617-19, 663-64 ST - [Bibliography: Information Technology Revolution] T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - [Bibliography: Information Technology Revolution] ID - 1710 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - When this piece appeared in the Harvard Business Review (Jan. - Feb. 1984), both authors were at the Human Resources Policy Institute at Boston University. Their article is based on case studies of companies that have moved to use robots. "Managers who successfully introduce robots carefully select their sites, move slowly, retrain displaced workers, and educate and keep informed both line managers and the unions." AU - Foulkes, Fred K. and Jeffrey L. Hirsch CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers robotics information technology +computers and the Internet labor automation information technology, and industry robots +artificial intelligence and biotechnology labor, and new media labor, and artificial intelligence labor, and automation LB - 3500 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 468-79 ST - Management and Labor: the Organization of Work T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Management and Labor: the Organization of Work ID - 1740 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - The author notes that "the modern state created powerful apparati, purposefully devised to provide mass, uniform, transparent and ostensibly authorless fact, befitting 'the age of information;' for instance, the national census." He explains that "rather than offer a master narrative on ascendance of the state through the dispensation of knowledge, in what follows I will demonstrate the inevitable dissonance and cracks in the informative performances of the state in the context of my particular historical episode -- mid-nineteenth century production of reports and other documents by the federal government. Two arguments are central to my analysis. Without neglecting [Geoffrey] Nunberg's important insights, I will argue first that the material facets of state publications -- the physical properties that rendered them books and artifacts -- often eclipsed any information purpose, or at least never ceased calling attention to themselves; and second, that the making of government documents actually aggrandized rather than diminished individual authors and authorship." Frankel's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Frankel, Oz CY - Cambridge, MA KW - nationalism books, periodicals, newspapers nationalism and communication print cutlure printing, and government nationalism, and government printing print LB - 34010 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 137-62 ST - Potholes on the Information Superhighway: Congress as a Publisher in Nineteenth-Century America T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Potholes on the Information Superhighway: Congress as a Publisher in Nineteenth-Century America ID - 3039 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - H. E. Roys, ed. AB - This article is reprinted from the Society of Motion Pictures Engineers Journal, 18 (Feb. 1932), 141-52. It discusses progress recently made in mechanical records of sound cut on wax disks. Laboratory experiments note marked increases in volume, frequency range, and faithfulness to the original sound that is being recorded. AU - Frederick, H. A. CY - Stroudsburg, PA KW - +sound recording sound recording, and wax disks sound recording, and improvements (1932) LB - 5460 PB - Dowden, Hutchingon [sic] & Ross, Inc. PY - 1978 SP - 38-49 ST - Vertical Sound Records: Recent Fundamental Advances in Mechanical Records on ‘Wax’ T2 - Disc Recording and Reproduction TI - Vertical Sound Records: Recent Fundamental Advances in Mechanical Records on ‘Wax’ ID - 1931 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This essay examines microelectronics technology and unemployment. The author contends that Great Britain has failed to appreciate the significance of the microelectronics revolution, and has failed to keep pace with other nations. The author, at the time, was head of the Science Policy Research Unit at Sussex University, and this paper was the foundation of a lecture given at the University of London in May, 1978. AU - Freeman, Chris CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution non-USA microelectronics information technology Great Britain +computers and the Internet microelectronics revolution Great Britain, and microelectronics labor information technology, and industry capitalism microelectronics revolution, and unemployment automation labor, and microelectronics Great Britain LB - 2960 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 308-17 ST - Unemployment and Government T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Unemployment and Government ID - 1688 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author maintains that the "depression of the 1980s is part of a long-term cycle first identified by Kondratiev. Information technology will provide the engine of renewed economic growth, but new post-Keynesian policies are also needed to help get us out of the mess." At the time of this paper, Freeman was with the Science Policy Research Unit at Sussex University in England. This piece was part of his address to the annual meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science in August, 1983, and was first published in the Symposium's proceedings, New Technology and the Future of Work and Skills (London: Frances Pinter, 1984). AU - Freeman, Chris CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution +future and science fiction non-USA microelectronics information technology +computers and the Internet +nationalism and communication capitalism, and microelectronics revolution microelectronics revolution Great Britain capitalism, restructuring of Kondratieff, Nikolai Kondratieff cycles information technology, and industry communication revolution future capitalism LB - 3600 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 602-16 ST - Long Waves of Economic Development T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Long Waves of Economic Development ID - 1750 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - The author notes that "as the twentieth century ended, new systems of circulation and transmission began to replace the projection screen, and to link the screens of the computer and television with the dialogic interactivity of the telephone. This paper -- part of a larger project called The Virtual Window: A Cultural History of Windows and Screens -- is, in many ways, both a pre-quel and sequel to my book Window Shopping. It means to expand an account of the emergence of a mobilized and virtual visuality backward, in a thicker history of the framed visuality of the window, and forward, to the window's ever more virtual functions. Along the way, we will reconsider a history of what used to be called 'spectatorship': because, I will argue, the very term 'spectatorship' has lost its theoretical pinions, as screens have changed,as has our relation to them." (338) Friedberg's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Friedberg, Anne CY - Cambridge, MA KW - visual communication computers interactive media computers and the Internet screens computers, and screens screen, and computers virtual reality television interactivity media convergence audiences computers, and audiences television, and audiences television, and computers computers, and television digital media screens, as windows telephones visual culture computers LB - 34100 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 337-53 ST - The Virtual Window T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - The Virtual Window ID - 3048 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Pornography, Commission on Obscenity and AB - This essay, which appears in the fifth volume in the Report of the President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography, discusses how federal agencies have regulated pornography. AU - Friedman, Jane CY - Washington, D. C. KW - Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) social science research values sexuality values media effects values community law censorship and ratings censorship pornography censorship, and pornography pornography, and censorship motion pictures, and pornography +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture Commission on Obscenity and Pornography pornography, and social science social science research, and pornography pornography, and government pornography, and Johnson administration pornography, and Nixon administration obscenity, and pornography censorship, and obscenity obscenity, and censorship pornography, and foreign censorship, and foreign obscenity pornography, and antisocial behavior media effects, and pornography pornography, and effects community standards, and pornography pornography, and community standards censorship, and citizen action groups pornography, and citizen action groups citizen action groups, and pornography citizen action groups, and censorship censorship, and antiporn groups pornography, and Post Office +postal service Post Office, and pornography pornography, and Customs Bureau pornography, and federal control post office LB - 19380 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - U. S. Government Printing Office SP - 15-34 ST - Regulation of Obscenity by Federal Agencies SV - 5 T2 - Technical Report of The Commission on Obscenity and Pornography: Volume V: Societal Control Mechanisms TI - Regulation of Obscenity by Federal Agencies ID - 776 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Anne G. Keatley, ed. AB - Frieman observes that "the world today [1985] is entering the second decade of a new energy regime following the Arab oil embargo of 1973 and the economic shock of the oil price explosion." (185) Frieman sees energy policy closely bound up with energy technology, but concludes that "energy planning has fallen into disrepute, and much of the apparatus for examining these issues is being dismantled. The base of support for R & D in energy-related technology has also been whittled away. The world survived the major economic dislocation of the energy-related shocks of the 1970s, but perhaps not as well as some would like to believe." (190) AU - Frieman, Edward A. CY - Washington, D. C. KW - R & D nationalism energy nationalism and communication military communication research and development LB - 33230 PB - National Academy Press PY - 1985 SP - 165-90 ST - The Energy Sector T2 - Technological Frontiers and Foreign Relations TI - The Energy Sector ID - 2963 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Fry, Roger AB - This essay, which appeared originally in 1909 in the New Quarterly, begins by taking a common definition of painting which said "The art of painting ... is the art of imitating solid object upon a flat surface by means of pigments," and then asks "It that all?" (16) Fry says that humans have "the peculiar faculty of calling up again" in their minds "the echo of past experiences" and "of going over it again, "'in 17/18 imagination' as we say." Human being have, "therefore, the possibility of a double life; one the actual life, the other the imaginative life." (17-18) Fry says that "the graphic arts are the expression of the imaginative life rather than a copy of actual life might be guessed from observing children." (20) Fry considers photography and cinema. "We can get a curious side glimpse of the nature of this imaginative life from the cinematograph. This resembles actual life in almost every respect, except that what the psychologists call the cognitive part of our reaction to sensations, that is to say, the appropriate resultant action is cut off." (18) We may be able to see the runaway horse and cart more clearly than in the heat and heightened emotions of the actual event, but our response to this event when seen in a moving picture or a photograph is less strong. Fry says that "with regard to the visions of the cinematograph, one notices that whatever emotions are aroused by them, though they are likely to be weaker than those of ordinary life, are presented more clearly to the consciousness. If the scene present be one of an accident, our pity and horror, though weak, since we know that no one is really hurt, are felt quite purely, since they cannot, as they would in life pass at once into actions of assistance." (19) Later he says the following about the impact of the graphic arts: "But it is different, I think, with the emotional aspect. We have admitted that the emotions of the imaginative are generally weaker than those of actual life. The picture of a saint being slowly flayed alive, revolting as it is, will not produce the same physical sensations of sickening disgust that a modern man would feel if he could assist at the actual event; but they have a compensating clearness of presentment to the consciousness. The more poignant emotions of actual life have, I think, as kind of numbing effect analogous to the paralysing influence of fear in some animals; but even if this experience be not generally admitted, all will admit that the need for responsive action hurries us along and prevents us from ever realising fully what the emotion is that we feel, from co-ordinating it perfectly with other states. In short, the motives we actually 26/27 experience are too close to us to enable us to feel them clearly. They are in a sense unintelligible. In the imaginative life, on the contrary, we can both feel the emotion and watch it. When we are really moved at the theatre we are always both on the stage and in the auditorium." (26-27) Fry comments on the relationship between the life of the imagination and morality. "What then is the justification for this life of the imagination which all human beings live more or less fully? To the pure moralist, who accepts nothing but ethical values, in order to be justified, it must be shown not only not to hinder but actually to forward right action, otherwise it is not only useless but, since it absorbs our energies, positively harmful. To such a one two views are possible, one the Puritanical view at its narrowest, which regards the life of the imagination as no better or worse than a life of sensual pleasure, and therefore entirely reprehensible The other view is to argue that the imaginative life does subserve morality. And this is inevitably the view taken by moralists like Ruskin, to whom the imaginative life leads to some very hard special pleading, even to a self-deception which is in itself morally undesirable." (21) Fry says that "Morality, then, appreciates emotion by the standard of resultant action. Art appreciates emotion in and for itself." (27) Fry argues that "Art ... is ... the chief organ of the imaginative life; it is by art that it is stimulated and controlled within us, and, as we have seen, the imaginative life is distinguished by the greater clearness of it perception, and the greater purity and freedom of its emotion." (24) In discussing the ways in which the artists influences our emotion, Fry comments briefly on the significance of light and color. "The Fourth element is that of light and shade. Our feelings toward the same object become totally different according as we see it strongly illuminated against a black background or dark against light. "A fifth element is that of colour. That this has a direct emotional effect is evident from such words as gay, dull, melancholy in relation to colour." (34) Later he says of color: "Colour is the only one of our elements which is not of critical or universal importance to life, and its emotional effect is neither so deep nor so clearly determined as the others...." (35) With regard to art exactly reflecting Nature, Fry concludes by saying: "We may, then, dispense once and for all with the idea of likeness to Nature, of correctness or incorrectness as a test, and consider only whether the emotional elements inherent in natural form are adequately discovered, unless, indeed, the emotional idea depends at any point upon likeness, or completeness of representation." (38) The book in which this essay appears, contains several other pieces written by Fry prior to 1924. AU - Fry, Roger CY - New York KW - psychology history censorship censorship ref, secondary photography photography and visual communication motion pictures history and new media photography, and history history, and photography motion pictures, and history history, and motion pictures media effects media effects, and photography photography, and media effects motion pictures, and media effects media effects, and motion pictures photography, and psychology motion pictures, and psychology psychology, and motion pictures psychology, and photography emotion, and photography photography, and emotion emotion, and motion pictures motion pictures, and emotion values values, and photography values, and imagination values, and motion pictures motion pictures, and values censorship and ratings censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship censorship, and photography photography, and censorship quotations quotations, and art and imagination color color, and emotion emotion, and color lighting, and emotion emotion, and lighting censorship ref, book emotion lighting LB - 39450 PB - Brentano's ST - An Essay on Aesthetics T2 - Vision and Design TI - An Essay on Aesthetics ID - 4043 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Renate Mayntz and Thomas Hughes, eds. AB - Galambos has three goals. One is to discover how technology and politics shaped the American telephone system. A second objective is to ascertain to what extent the telephone system “became a technological system or systems which acquired the type of socio-economic momentum that Thomas P. hugees found in electrical power systems.” Finally, he tries to explain the strategies of the state and others who used the telephone in a way that will further comparative analysis of this technology. AU - Galambos, Louis CY - Boulder, CO KW - technology nationalism labor office office, and new media office +telephones +nationalism and communication technical systems networks technology and society infrastructure nationalism, and telephones telephones, and nationalism LB - 2310 PB - Westview Press PY - 1988 SP - 135-53 ST - Looking for the Boundaries of Technological Determinism: A Brief History of the U.S. Telephone System T2 - The Development of Large Technical Systems TI - Looking for the Boundaries of Technological Determinism: A Brief History of the U.S. Telephone System ID - 1624 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This piece originally appeared in the British alternative technology magazine Undercurrents (No. 27, 1978). The editor of the volume (Forester) says the authors represent a "romantic" school, "yet they say the romantics of the radical technology movement have concentrated too much on windmills and solar panels and have ignored other technologies with an equally liberating potential -- like microelectronics. The new telecommunication technology, they argue, makes possible a decentralized, self-managed anarchist utopia." AU - Garrett, John and Geoff Wright CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution +future and science fiction non-USA microelectronics +computers and the Internet computers and society utopianism future microelectronics revolution microelectronics revolution, and decentralization +nationalism and communication Great Britain Luddism microelectronics revolution, and government computers miniaturization nationalism, and microelectronics LB - 3130 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 488-96 ST - Micro is Beautiful T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Micro is Beautiful ID - 1705 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Lisa Gitelman and Geoffrey B. Pingree, eds. AB - The author writes that "as literary critics have long noted, authors inevitably leave a surplus of meaning, sometimes obvious as ambiguity, which readers maneuver within, or scoop up, glean, and reuse. And just as authors cannot nail meaning to a fixed spot, neither can they or their publishers control the circulation and ordering or reordering of meaning. Even when copyright locks down the right to reproduce texts, readers have the option of moving those old texts to new contexts, creating a new tier of private circulation: clipping texts our of newspapers, pasting them into scrapbooks, or today onto Web pages, and circulating this new compiled version. Nineteenth-century scrapbook makers were part of an elaborate circuit of recirculation, one that trespassed or found easements across the enclosure of authorship and publication." (208) Garvey's essay appears in a volume that is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. This volume offers a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. These ten essays examine media that were new in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and early twentieth centuries. They explore "moments of transition when each new medium was not yet fully defined, its significance in flux...." They attempt to put these media into their "specific material and historical environment" and explain the "ways in which habits and structures of communication are naturalized or normalized." (viii) AU - Garvey, Ellen Gruber CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers books, periodicals, newspapers audiences reading print culture print culture, and scrapbooks newspapers, and reading reading, and newspapers reading, and scrapbooks audiences, and scrapbooks copyright copyright, and scrapbooks Internet, and scrapbooks computers and the Internet newspapers Internet news print news and journalism LB - 34430 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 207-27 ST - Scissorizing and Scrapbooks: Nineteenth-Century Reading, Remaking, and Recirculating T2 - New Media, 1740-1915 TI - Scissorizing and Scrapbooks: Nineteenth-Century Reading, Remaking, and Recirculating ID - 3081 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Earl Kemp, ed. AB - The legalization of pornography in Denmark, Gilmore predicted, spelled “the doom of a multi-million dollar industry.” This short piece appeared in an unauthorized version -- with pictures -- of the 1970 Report of President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography. AU - Gilmore, Donald H. CY - San Diego, CA KW - illustrations sexuality motion pictures mass media media effects crime pornography media effects +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and pornography Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects reports primary sources mass media, and pornography pornography, and supporters pornography, and crime crime, and pornography reports illustrations reports, unauthorized LB - 22340 N1 - See also: media See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Greenleaf Classics, Inc. PY - 1970 SP - 8-9 ST - Preface T2 - Illustrated Presidential Report of the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography TI - Preface ID - 962 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - Gitelman beings this piece by writing that "the production/ consumption dichotomy" that is often central to historical interpretations of new media and technology "harbors a particular determinism: within it lurks a tendency to use technology as a sufficient explanation of social and cultural change. It uts production first and has helped orient the history of technology away from the experience of any but white, middle-class men; rendering a history, according to one observer, in which 'inventing the telephone is manly; talking on it is womanly.' An unreflected reliance of the same dichotomy" has influenced much writing about the phonograph. Gitelman concludes that "Phonographs only 'worked' when they got women's voices right, just as home phonographs only 'worked' according to the ways they interlocked with existing tensions surrounding music and home, with ongoing constructions of shopping as something women do, and with the ways in which users of all sorts wanted, heard, and played recorded sounds." (75) Gitelman's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Gitelman, Lisa CY - Cambridge, MA KW - sound recording phonograph women women, and new media telephones history and new media Berliner, Emile advertising and public relations phonograph, and advertising advertising, and phonograph home and new media phonograph, and home home, and phonograph phonographs, and women women, and phonographs advertising history home LB - 33970 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 61-79 ST - How Users Define New Media: A History of the Amusement Phonograph T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - How Users Define New Media: A History of the Amusement Phonograph ID - 3035 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Lisa Gitelman and Geoffrey B. Pingree, eds. AB - Gitelman examines the meaning of tinfoil records that accompanied early phonographs. "Aided by the surrounding publicity, tinfoil records offered a profound and self-conscious experience of what 'speaking' on paper might mean" in the late nineteenth century. (158) "Recorded sound eventually prospered, of course, but the newspapers of 1878 remain the best record of its public introduction. Into the circulation of the newsprint and the circuits of the American lyceum entered the touring phonograph exhibitors. With their own modest circuits of mail, of revenue, and of foil they immodestly boosted the phonograph in public, promoting it to, as well as via, newly recordable Americans." (170) Gitelman's essay appears in a volume that is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. This volume offers a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. These ten essays examine media that were new in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and early twentieth centuries. They explore "moments of transition when each new medium was not yet fully defined, its significance in flux...." They attempt to put these media into their "specific material and historical environment" and explain the "ways in which habits and structures of communication are naturalized or normalized." (viii) AU - Gitelman, Lisa CY - Cambridge, MA KW - sound recording print culture sound recording, and print media print, and sound recording phonograph Edison, Thomas phonograph, and Thomas Edison Edison, Thomas, and phonograph newspapers, and phonograph phonograph, and newspapers books, periodicals, newspapers home and new media advertising and public relations phonograph, and home home, and phonograph advertising, and phonograph phonograph, and advertising advertising newspapers home news print news and journalism LB - 34410 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 157-73 ST - Souvenir Foils: On the Status of Print at the Origin of Recorded Sound T2 - New Media, 1740-1915 TI - Souvenir Foils: On the Status of Print at the Origin of Recorded Sound ID - 3079 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This article contends that the "office is the primary locus of information-handling, the activity that is coming to dominate the US economy." The author, then a consultant for Arthur D. Little, Inc., discusses the evolution of the office through its pre-industrial and industrial periods. The new information technology, he argues, can improve job satisfaction, replace paperwork, increase productivity, and better consumer service. This piece appeared first in Scientific American (Sept. 1982). AU - Giuliano, Vincent E. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers labor future and science fiction capitalism office, and information technology information technology Information Age Industrial Revolution computers and the Internet computers and society information age office, history of information processing future computers office, and new media capitalism, and new media labor labor, and new media office LB - 3350 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 298-311 ST - The Mechanization of Office Work T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Mechanization of Office Work ID - 1726 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - A new generation of computer-literate children has been created by the information technology revolution. Critics divide over whether this development is good or bad. Golden considers why children gravitate to computers so readily and what is happening in American schools. This piece appeared first in Time (May 3, 1982). AU - Golden, Frederic CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers education censorship and ratings information technology +computers and the Internet information technology, and education children,and media children, and computers children education, and new media LB - 3290 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 218-28 ST - Here Come the Microkids T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Here Come the Microkids ID - 1720 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Vincent Mosco and Janet Wasko, eds. AB - Goldhaber notes that the creation and dissemination of information is becoming increasingly important in the economy, and he argues that new technologies to handle this information are creating new opportunities for working class organization. “New possibilities of intercommunication and of consciousness may in turn lead to significant new forms of working-class organization.” Specifically, Goldhaber argues that e-mail and other sophisticated new communication technologies give white collar workers the tools and the power to communicate about workplace issues. Goldhaber argues that the increased ability to amass and use information in business has created a need for a growing number of white collar workers who share a common experience, similar to the experience shared by industrial workers. “Every industrialized country now has millions of information workers, including clerical workers, programmers, technologists, scientists, analysts, and managers. Relatively few are organized into unions, in part because their close involvement with management prevents them from being seen, even by themselves, as wage workers.” But the common elements of information management jobs “will mean that many workers will come to share a set of experiences.” Because of the ability to intercommunicate, using the information network, “common experience may lead to a unified and powerful class.” --Phil Glende AU - Goldhaber, Michael CY - Norwood, NJ KW - email electronic mail Glende, Phil labor labor, and new media labor, and electronic media electronic mail, and labor labor, and electronic mail electronic media LB - 1120 N1 - See also: office PB - Ablex Publishing PY - 1983 SP - 211-43 ST - Microelectronic Networks: A New Workers' Culture in Formation T2 - The Critical Communications Review, Vol. I: Labor, the Working Class, and the Media TI - Microelectronic Networks: A New Workers' Culture in Formation ID - 200 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This piece is a condensed version of the script of BBC 2 Television's documentary "Now the Chips are Down." It first appeared in print form in The Listener (April 6, 1978). AU - Goldwyn, Ed CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers microprocessing transistors, and integrated circuits values communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution materials materials computers values religion microelectronics +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology microprocessors microelectronics revolution transistors Bell Laboratories integrated circuits communication revolution chips, computer computer chips LB - 2950 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 297-307 ST - Now the Chips are Down T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Now the Chips are Down ID - 1687 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tino Balio, ed. AB - Gomery describes the introduction of widely available sound in U.S. motion pictures during a relatively short period late in the 1920s and early in the 1930s. He describes this introduction in three phases: invention, innovation and diffusion. While sound for film had been under experimentation for some time, it required two industry powerhouses, RCA and AT&T, to develop the technology, and two movie studios, Fox and Warner Brothers, to spur its universal development. Once introduced, other producers and exhibitors rushed to follow the lead. --Phil Glende AU - Gomery, Douglas CY - Madison KW - corporations corporations corporations inventions innovation +motion pictures +motion pictures +sound recording Glende, Phil motion pictures, and sound technology AT & T RCA inventions, and diffusion LB - 9780 PB - University of Wisconsin Press PY - 1985 SP - 229-51 ST - The Coming of Sound: Technological Change in the American Film Industry T2 - The American Film Industry TI - The Coming of Sound: Technological Change in the American Film Industry ID - 2345 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Good, Irving John, Alan James Mayne, and John Maynard Smith, eds. AB - Of work on artificial intelligence, Good wrote in 1962: "It is true that the programs so far have not produced much really original 'thought', but the work is being greatly accelerated both by improvements in computers, and in programming techniques, especially the latter. The elementary instructions in these programs are being built up into larger and more intuitively appealing units, and they enable the human to communicate with the machine with greater and greater flexibility. Programs can be quickly modified, in minutes rather than weeks, and consequently the work on artificial intelligence can be expected to expand exponentially during say the next eight years. The variety of applications will likewise increase rapidly and it is not easy to see where the saturation point will be." Arthur C. Clarke cited Good's work in a 1967 Playboy article on artificial intelligence. AU - Good, I. J. CY - New York KW - computers values +future and science fiction +artificial intelligence and biotechnology +computers and the Internet progress future artificial intelligence, and 1960s Clarke, Arthur C. artificial intelligence future, and artificial intelligence LB - 4720 PB - Basic Books, Inc. PY - 1962 SP - 192-98 ST - The Social Implications of Artificial Intelligence T2 - The Scientist Speculates: An Anthology of Partly-Baked Ideas TI - The Social Implications of Artificial Intelligence ID - 1859 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Toulet, Emmanuelle AB - Novelist Maksim Gorky’s observation on seeing his first Lumière movie July 4, 1896: “Last evening, I was in the Kingdom of the Shadows. “If one could only convey the strangeness of this world. A world without color and sound. Everything here -- the earth, water, and air, the trees, the people -- everything is made of a monotone gray. Gray rays of sunlight in a gray sky, gray eyes in a gray face, leaves as gray as cinder. Not life, but the shadow of life. Not life’s movement, but a sort of mute specter. “Here I must try to explain myself before the reader thinks I have gone mad or become too indulgent toward symbolism. I was at Aumont’s Cinématographe, the moving pictures. This spectacle creates an impression so complex that I doubt I am able to describe all its nuances. I will however try to convey the essentials. “When the lights are extinguished in the hall where we are to be shown the Lumière brothers’ invention, a great gray image, the shadow of a poor engraving, suddenly appears on the screen; it is A Paris Street. Examining it, one sees carriages, buildings, people, all immobile, and you predict that the spectacle will have nothing new: views of Paris, who has not seen them so many times? And suddenly, with a curious click on the screen, the image is 132/133 brought to life. The carriages that were in the background of the image come right toward you. Somewhere in the distance people appear, and the closer they get, the more they grow. In the foreground children play with a dog, bicyclists turn and pedestrians seek to cross the street. It all moves, breathes with life, and suddenly, having reached the edge of the screen, disappears one knows not where. “This is all strangely silent. Everything takes place without your hearing the noise of the wheels, the sound of footsteps or of speech. Not a sound, not a single note of the complex symphony which always accompanies the movement of a crowd. Without noise, the foliage, gray as cinder, is agitated by the wind and the gray silhouettes of people condemned to a perpetual silence, cruelly punished by the privation of all the colors of life these silhouettes glide in silence over the gray ground. “Their movements are full of vital energy and so rapid that you scarcely see them, but their smiles have nothing of life in them. You see their facial muscles contract but their laugh cannot be heard. A life is born before you, a life deprived of sound and the specter of color a gray and noiseless life a wan and cut-rate life. “It is terrible to see, this movement of shadows, nothing but shadows, the specters, these phantoms; you think of the legends in which some evil genius causes an entire town to be seized by a perpetual sleep and you think you have seen some Merlin work his sorcery in front of your eyes. He has bewitched the whole street, compressed the high buildings; from roof to foundations, they are squeezed into a space that seems to be only a meter wide; the people were shrunk proportionally at the same time as their ability to speak was stolen, and as the earth and the sky were plundered of their colored pigment and draped in the same gray monotone. “This grotesque creation is presented to us in a sort of niche at the back of a restaurant. Suddenly, you hear something click; everything disappears, and a train occupies the screen. It heads straight for us watch out! You could say that it wants to bear down into the dark where we are, to make of us an unspeakable heap of torn flesh and broken bones, and reduce to dust this hall and the whole edifice filled with wine, music, women, and vice. “But no! It is only a cortege of shadows.” Maksim Gorky Nijegorodskilistok 4 July 1896 Source: Maksim Gorky, Nijegorodskilistok, July 4, 1896, reprinted in Emmanuelle Toulet, Birth of the Motion Picture (New York: Harry N. Abrams, Inc., 1995) (translated from the French by Susan Emanuel, Cinématographie, invention du siècle (Paris: Ed. Gallimard, 1988), 132-33. At publication Emmanuelle Toulet was curator in the Department of Entertainment Arts at the Bibliothèque Nationale in Paris. AU - Gorky, Maksim CY - New York KW - theater stage history photography ref, secondary motion pictures modernity modernity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and modernity new way of seeing motion pictures, and space and time space and time motion pictures, and time motion pictures, and space theater and stage motion pictures, and stage stage, and motion pictures history and new media motion pictures, and history history, and motion pictures photography and visual communication photography, and history history, and photography Gorky, Maksim, and silent film ref, book Gorky, Maksim quotations quotations, and Maksim Gorky color color, and motion pictures motion pictures, and color sound recording sound recording, and motion pictures motion pictures, and sound recording color, and Maksim Gorky Gorky, Maksim, and color LB - 41480 PB - Harry N. Abrams, Inc. PY - 1988 SP - 132-33 ST - [Kingdom of the Shadows] T2 - Birth of the Motion Picture (ranslated from the French by Susan Emanuel) TI - [Kingdom of the Shadows] ID - 4247 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - This essay examines the telephone and its relation to the design of the modern city. AU - Gottmann, Jean CY - Cambridge, MA KW - +telephones urban studies space (spatial) telephones, and urban design geography LB - 10280 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 303-17 ST - Megalopolis and Antipolis: The Telephone and the Structure of the City T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - Megalopolis and Antipolis: The Telephone and the Structure of the City ID - 2393 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - Ceramics are lightweight and strong materials that can boost efficient in many electronic and mechanical devices from computer chips to diesel engines. But they have disadvantages -- they are brittle and prone to sudden failures. This piece originally appeared in High Technology Magazine (Dec. 1983). AU - Graff, Gordon CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers materials computers materials +computers and the Internet general studies materials revolution electronic media ceramics engines, diesel chips, computer general studies chips, computer computer chips engines LB - 2650 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 179-92 ST - Ceramics Take on Tough Tasks T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - Ceramics Take on Tough Tasks ID - 1657 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - According to Graff, “A new generation of tough and durable plastics is being rapidly adopted by makers of cars, computers, and food packaging. New composites created by mixing and matching existing polymers like nylon and polyester -- or combining them with ceramics, glass, or carbon fibers -- can be made stronger, lighter, and tougher than steel. The boom in optical storage discs such as CD-ROMs is boosting demand for the polycarbonate plastic from which they are made. But plastics still have to overcome prejudice and an image of cheapness....” This article originally appeared in High Technology Magazine (Oct. 1986). AU - Graff, Gordon CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers archives materials computers materials libraries libraries, and information storage information storage information storage general studies materials revolution +computers and the Internet +transportation automobiles plastics chips, computer polymers CD-ROMs discs, computer computers, discs information storage, and computer discs chips, computer computer chips +information storage discs, optical storage optical storage discs LB - 2670 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 203-13 ST - High-Performance Plastics T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - High-Performance Plastics ID - 1659 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Everett M. Rogers and Francis Balle, eds. AB - This essay provides a glimpse into the media environment of the typical American family during the 1980s, and into such television-related technologies as interactive cable, optical fiber, satellites, videocassette/disc units, and electronic text. This work is Volume 3 in the Paris-Stanford Series. AU - Greenberg, Bradley S. CY - Norwood, NJ KW - entertainment video cassette recorders (VCRs) interactivity entertainment, home magnetic recording video cassettes fiber optics materials videotape magnetic tape materials fiber optics home, and new media home home, and information technology information technology general studies information technology and home cable interactive media optical fibers satellites VCRs video cassettes video discs electronic media home, and new media home, and VCRs home entertainment +aeronautics and space communication LB - 580 PB - Ablex Publishing Corp. PY - 1985 SP - 43-67 ST - Mass Media in the United States in the 1980s T2 - The Media Revolution in America and in Western Europe: Volume II in the Paris-Stanford Series TI - Mass Media in the United States in the 1980s ID - 1454 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - In 1981, Japan began a major research and development initiative in new materials, which they believed would be on the same level as biotechnology and microelectronics. At the time of this article, the author maintained that “Japan already dominates world production of carbon-fiber-reinforced plastics and holds a commanding position in high-performance engineering plastics, polymer membrane materials, and amorphous alloys.” Gregory also argued that Japan was also ready “to take the lead in perhaps the single most important area of new materials technology -- fine ceramics,” thus reducing that nation’s need to import basic materials. The United States, he believed, had squandered its opportunities and Japan would be the “world’s greatest economic power in the last decade of the twentieth century.” This article originally appeared in The International Journal of Materials and Product Technology, Vol. 2 (no. 1, 1987). AU - Gregory, Gene CY - Cambridge, MA KW - R & D computers nationalism +military communication materials +future and science fiction non-USA research and development materials +computers and the Internet materials revolution Japan ceramics plastics alloys +nationalism and communication research and development, and Japan Japan, and research and development nationalism, and materials revolution Japan, and materials revolution future, and Japan future LB - 2620 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 119-40 ST - New Materials Technology in Japan T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - New Materials Technology in Japan ID - 1655 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - The article notes that "since the mid-1980s, electronic media have assumed an ever-greater presence in museums of science, technology, natural history, and art." (375) The presence of digital media have "provoked a sustained and sharp debate within museum circles." (376) Griffiths's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Griffiths, Alison CY - Cambridge, MA KW - history and new media digital media digital media, and museum museums, and digital media museums, and electronic media history museums LB - 34120 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 375-89 ST - Media Technology and Museum Display: A Century of Accommodation and Conflict T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Media Technology and Museum Display: A Century of Accommodation and Conflict ID - 3050 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ian McNeil, ed. AB - This piece provides a useful overview. AU - Griffiths, John CY - London and New York KW - R & D USSR science research and development war +future and science fiction war non-USA space communication reconnaissance +aeronautics and space communication satellites Space Shuttle Sputnik Cold War Soviet Union reconnaissance, satellite satellites, and reconnaissance rocketry space travel science fiction future +military communication LB - 7620 PB - Routledge PY - 1990 SP - 648-62 ST - Spaceflight T2 - An Encyclopedia of the History of Technology TI - Spaceflight ID - 2131 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - John A. Tennant, ed. AB - The author maintains that "An illustrated article will always have a preference, not only that the picture adds to the attractiveness of the article and to the publication, but the mission of the illustration is explanatory as well. It often tells much in little. Seeing is believing and feeling, and feeling represents the naked truth which is demonstrated in the proof of the fact by the truthful photograph." (137) AU - Gross, J. Ellsworth CY - New York KW - journalism magazines, and photography magazines photography ref, secondary photography and visual communication news and journalism photography, and journalism journalism, and photography photography, and newspapers newspapers, and photography magazines, and photography photography, and magazines cameras cameras, and availability cameras, portable cameras, and journalism books, periodicals, newspapers ref, book LB - 16320 PB - Tennant and Ward PY - 1907 SP - 137-39 ST - Illustrating a Story T2 - The American Annual of Photography: 1908 TI - Illustrating a Story VL - 22 ID - 3785 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - “A revolution has begun in the technology of transmitting information,” this article begins. “The rebel force is optical fiber -- a thread of purest glass, five-thousandths of an inch in diameter, about the size of a human hair -- through which laser light of high purity and intensity can be transmitted.” We have only just started to tap the full potential of this technology. “Many now think that the development of so-called ‘photonics’ will inevitably lead to fully fledged optical computing, in which light pulses replace electrons as the basic method of transmitting information. The photonics revolution has been made possible by the development of optical fibers.... This new material is already transforming telecommunications and data networks, vastly increasing our capacity to move digitized information around.” The authors at the time of this article were employed by Corning Glass. This piece originally appeared in Technology Review (May-June 1983). AU - Gunderson, Les C. And Donald B. Keck CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers second industrial revolution communication revolution history and new media preservation) optical fibers fiber optics microelectronics revolution history information storage history, and new media materials film cinema motion pictures celluloid computers communication revolution, and second industrial revolution history telecommunications materials information technology Information age history general studies +computers and the Internet optical fibers materials revolution photonics information processing optical fibers telecommunications, and optical fibers computers, and optical fibers Corning Glass Company digital media, and optical fibers history, break with information technology, and optical fibers digital media digitization microelectronics LB - 2680 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 214-29 ST - Optical Fibers: Where Light Outperforms Electrons T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - Optical Fibers: Where Light Outperforms Electrons ID - 1660 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - Gunning writes that the "introduction of new technology in the modern era employs a number of rhetorical tropes and discursive practices that constitute our richest source for excavating what the newness of technology entailed." (39) He goes on to say that "every new technology has a utopian dimension that imagines a future radically transformed by the implications of the device or practice. The sinking of technology into a reified second nature indicates the relative failure of this transformation, its fitting back into the established grooves of power and exploitation. Herein lies the imortance of the cultural archeology of technology, the grasping again of the newness of old technologies." (56) Gunning's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Gunning, Tom CY - Cambridge, MA KW - modernity novelty metaphors sound recording duplicating technologies typewriters motion pictures gramophone phonograph history and new media history modernism LB - 33960 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 39-60 ST - Re-Newing Old Technologies: Astonishment, Second Nature, and the Uncanny in Technology from the Previous Turn-of-the-Century T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Re-Newing Old Technologies: Astonishment, Second Nature, and the Uncanny in Technology from the Previous Turn-of-the-Century ID - 3034 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Manuel Castells, ed. AB - Hall examines the problems associated with deindustrialization in Great Britain. Research on this topic reveals, he maintains, that “the new high technology industries are growing up in regions and in places very different from those in which the older industries are declining. "Britain’s declining basic industries -- coal, shipbuilding, heavy engineering, textiles -- are strongly concentrated in the regions in which they were originally established in the nineteenth century: Central Scotland around Glasgow, Northeast England around Newcastle upon Tyne and Sunderland, the Northwest around Liverpool and Manchester, and South Wales focused on Sawnsea and Cardiff.... “The new high technology growth, in contrast, has been limited to a few areas outside these major industrial regions, notably, the belt along the M4 motorway from London to Bristol and the region around Cambridge, which Britain’s regional policy makers, located in the Department of Trade and Industry, have traditionally considered to be zones of restraint.” AU - Hall, Peter CY - Beverly Hills, CA KW - technology nationalism communication revolution communication revolution, and second industrial revolution non-USA general studies +nationalism and communication space (spatial) Great Britain communication revolution, and Great Britain second industrial revolution urban studies geography, and communication communication revolution geography space (spatial) geography technology and society LB - 2110 PB - Sage Publications PY - 1985 SP - 41-52 ST - Technology, Space, and Society in Contemporary Britain T2 - High Technology, Space, and Society TI - Technology, Space, and Society in Contemporary Britain ID - 1607 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Halton attempts to explain how computing works. He discusses the significance of information processing and then the workings (both hardware and software) of the microcomputer. He was once a professor of Computing Science at the University of Wisconsin, Madison. This piece was taken from a series of articles that appeared between April, 1982 and April, 1983 in the Wisconsin Medical Journal. AU - Halton, John CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution archives libraries libraries, and information storage Information Age +computers and the Internet microcomputers information processing +information storage computers, and programming computers, and society communication revolution computers, and software computers LB - 3150 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 3-26 ST - The Anatomy of Computing T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Anatomy of Computing ID - 1707 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Raymond Fielding, ed. AB - This article, which is reprinted in Fielding's book, explains that Cooper Hewitt mercury lamps installed at Biograph as early as 1905. “In the earlier serious attempts to set lighting the cameraman worked with old-type, street-lighting carbon arcs and banks of Cooper-Hewitt mercury tubes placed directly overhead and at angles in an attempt to obtain a flat, diffused light all over the set. Cooper-Hewitt mercury lamps were installed in the Biograph Studios, New York, as early as 1905. Overall exposure requirements, lack of adequate equipment and economics made anything but flat lighting difficult, if not impossible to attain. “It was known by the cameramen that added interest, improved perspective, increased illusion of depth and much greater dramatic effect would be obtained if they could skillfully utilize powerful light sources that would give them the effect of a one-source lighting such as could be obtained from the sun under ideal conditions, but the industry had not yet attained the position where such specialized equipment could be properly designed and made. “The time finally arrived when the public had accepted the silent pictures and fortunes were being made in production. This brought competition, which in turn opened the door for the cameraman to take some chances, to try anything he could get his hands on, to use his creative ability without fear of sudden replacement by a penny-wise management. In 1912, white flame carbon arcs replaced the low-intensity enclosed arcs at Biograph. “One of the cameraman’s first demands was for a controllable light source that would give him twice the power and twice the penetration capacity of anything he had. His only source of equipment was to follow precedent and adapt from other field as had been done with the street-lighting carbon arcs and the Cooper-Hewitt mercury banks. “Carbon-arc floodlamps, better adapted to floor light than the other equipment, were obtained from the graphic-arts and still-photographic fields….” (p. 121) Handley originally presented this work as a paper on May 4, 1954, at the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers convention in Washington, D. C. AU - Handley, Charles W. CY - Berkeley KW - theater stage fame fame celebrity celebrity culture words vs. images actors acting ref, secondary motion pictures motion pictures, and technology motion pictures motion pictures, and studio lighting modernity modernity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and modernity new way of seeing motion pictures, and space and time space and time motion pictures, and time motion pictures, and space theater and stage motion pictures, and stage stage, and motion pictures images vs. words motion pictures, and new art form electricity lighting mercury vapor electric light lighting, and Cooper Hewitt lighting, and mercury vapor motion pictures, and lighting motion pictures, and Cooper Hewitt lighting acting, and lighting lighting, and acting motion pictures, and stars motion pictures, and celebrity motion pictures, and fame fame, and motion pictures celebrity, and motion pictures celebrity culture lighting, and flame carbon arcs Hewitt, Peter Cooper ref, book LB - 15420 PB - University of California Press PY - 1967 SP - 120-24 ST - History of Motion Picture Studio Lighting T2 - A Technological History of Motion Pictures and Television: An Anthology from the Pages of the Journal of the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers TI - History of Motion Picture Studio Lighting ID - 3701 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Anne G. Keatley, ed. AB - Hardy writes that many describe biotechnology as "an infant to be king technology," and view it "as the next major technological opportunity." (191) He discusses new developments in biotechnology and related ethical concerns. He considers the impact on health care products and on agriculture. He emphasize the importance of developing world leadership in this area and it potential impact on international relations. Goverment support for research and development in this area will be important. This essay is based on published sources. AU - Hardy, Ralph W. F. CY - Washington, D. C. KW - R & D Reagan administration Reagan, Ronald nationalism values values, and biotechnology nationalism and communication artificial intelligence and biotechnology capitalism research and development biotechnology Reagan, Ronald, and technology Reagan administration, and technology Reagan administration, and foreign relations foreign relations, and Reagan administration Cold War Cold War, and technology Reagan administration war LB - 33220 PB - National Academy Press PY - 1985 SP - 191-226 ST - Biotechnology: Status, Forecast, and Issues T2 - Technological Frontiers and Foreign Relations TI - Biotechnology: Status, Forecast, and Issues ID - 2962 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The British Socialist Workers Union called for full-scale opposition to microelectronic technology. This an excerpt from their pamphlet, New Technology and the Struggle for Socialism (1979). It give activists detailed steps to block new technology. AU - Harman, Chris CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution non-USA microelectronics labor +computers and the Internet automation Great Britain Luddism socialism microelectronics revolution labor, and socialism microelectronics revolution, and unemployment critics labor labor, and new media labor, and microelectronics LB - 3030 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 391-407 ST - How to Fight the New Technology T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - How to Fight the New Technology ID - 1695 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Harper writes that "online journalism stands to alter dramatically the traditional role of the reporter and editor. First, online journalism places far more power in the hands of the user, allowing the user to challenge the traditional role of the publication as the gatekeeper of news and information.... Second, online journalism opens up new ways of strorytelling, primarily through the technical components of the new medium.... Third, online journalism can provide outlets for nontraditional means of transmitting news and information." (272) The author concludes that "a variety of defining moments lies ahead for online journalism." (279) The volume in which Harper's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Harper, Christopher CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality present mindedness nationalism Internet global communication community news and journalism nationalism and communication democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization censorship and ratings news, and censorship news, and time time and timekeeping time, and news television television, and news history and new media presentism nationalism and communication journalism, and nationalism nationalism, and journalism news, and television nationalism, and digital media digital media, and journalism journalism, and digital media gatekeeping history journalism news LB - 34290 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 271-80 ST - Journalism in a Digital Age T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Journalism in a Digital Age ID - 3067 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - "The conjunction of time and journalism was thought to be significant to national identity," the author writes. "The 'frequency' of new is thus a weighty matter." (248) He goes on to say that over its long history, American "journalism has shown a consistent tendency to drift upward in frequency." (251) He discusses the frequency with with different types of news appear. These range from a second or less to magazines that appear weekly or quarterly, to academic writing that has a longer time frame. Hartley concludes: "In public address, speed is of the essence. Frequency (rather than ostensible content) may be a major determinant of what a give piece of writing means. Over the longue durée of history, public communication has exploited differences in frequency to articulate different types of meaning. Apparently revolutionary periods may be explicable by reference to changes in communicative speed and also by investigating changes in the balance between temporal and spatial coordinates of national and personal identity. To understnad what is happening to journalism in the current era of change from spatial (national) to temporal (network) communication, the frequency of public writing is a crucial but somewhat neglected component. It determines what kind of public is called into being for given communicative forms and therefore has a direct bearing on the development of democracy. Changes to technologies of the public have historically tended to increase speed or frequency of communication; democracy itself may be migrating from space-based technologies to faster, time-based ones." (268) The volume in which Hartley's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Hartley, John CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality present mindedness nationalism Internet global communication community news and journalism nationalism and communication democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization censorship and ratings news, and censorship news, and time time and timekeeping time, and news television television, and news history and new media presentism nationalism and communication journalism, and nationalism nationalism, and journalism news, and television nationalism, and time-based media nationalism, and spatially based media nationalism, and digital media history journalism news LB - 34280 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 247-69 ST - The Frequencies of Public Writing: Tomb, Tome, and Time as Technologies of the Public T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - The Frequencies of Public Writing: Tomb, Tome, and Time as Technologies of the Public ID - 3066 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Thomas K. McCraw, ed. AB - This insightful essay places Hollywood's efforts at self-regulation into the context of other similar efforts by such businesses as aviation and lumber. AU - Hawley, Ellis CY - Cambridge, MA KW - context law law censorship and ratings censorship +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and self-regulation context, and self-regulation regulation, and motion pictures motion pictures, and regulation censorship, and motion pictures censorship, and self-regulation associationalism, Hooverian regulation LB - 13340 PB - Harvard University Press, distributed by PY - 1981 SP - 95-123 ST - Three Faces of Hooverian Associationalism: Lumber, Aviation, and Movies, 1921-1930 T2 - Regulation in Perspective: Historical Essays TI - Three Faces of Hooverian Associationalism: Lumber, Aviation, and Movies, 1921-1930 ID - 506 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - J. G. S. Hardman and Maurice F. Neufeld, eds. AB - At the dawn of the television age, Hedges, a longtime labor activist and former research director for the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, argued that there was still hope for the century-old labor press. Hedges asserted that labor publications remained necessary to the labor movement to overcome the influence of the daily mainstream press. “Labor unions should seek new editorial talent, raise up great editors, give recognition to the services that they perform for the movement and the community.” He noted that readership of the 650 weekly and 250 monthly labor publications in 1950 was estimated at about 20 million. He argued “labor editors should recognize that there is an increasingly broad readership potential outside the unions. Such circulation should be encouraged as a means of extending the understanding of labor’s problems and points of view.” --Phil Glende AU - Hedges, Marion H. CY - Englewood Cliffs, NJ; Westport, CT KW - journalism news and journalism Glende, Phil labor newspapers labor, and newspapers newspapers, and labor news, and labor labor, and news news LB - 1010 N1 - See also: office PB - Prentice Hall; Greenwood Press PY - 1951 ST - Why a Labor Press? T2 - The House of Labor: Internal Operations of American Unions TI - Why a Labor Press? ID - 189 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Merritt Roe Smith and Leo Marx, eds. AB - This piece first appeared in Technology and Culture, 8 (July 1967), 335-45. Of the writers in this anthology, Heilbroner perhaps is closest to be a technological determinist, although in this essay he embraces technological determinism only with qualification that are carefully worded. Here the author tries to explain "the extent to which technology determines 'the nature of the socioeconomic order.'" He sees "technology as a strong 'mediating factor' rather than as the determining influence on history...." He expands on this point an a follow-up essay entitled "Technological Determinism Revisited" that follows in this anthology (pp. 67-78). AU - Heilbroner, Robert L. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology values preservation history, and new media history technology and society technological determinism progress history, and technological determinism LB - 4680 PB - MIT Press PY - 1994 SP - 53-65 ST - Do Machines Make History? T2 - Does Technology Drive History? The Dilemma of Technological Determinism TI - Do Machines Make History? ID - 1855 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Michael Kammen, ed. AB - Hertzberg commented on the post-World War II baby boomers, the "now" generation as she called them, and speculated on why they seemed uninterested in history. Part of the explanation was television and advertising which focused attention intensely on the present. "Following World War II, the 'now' model emerged. Its growth was due partially to affluence because only an affluent society could afford to delay the entrance of large numbers of persons into the labor market or to underemploy them, and to support the widespread experimentation and the variety of institutions, many of them temporary, in which nowness found its home; partially to the rapid pace of change, so rapid that traditional social institutions had great difficulty in adjusting to it; and partially to television, with its intense focus on the new and its sudden temporal reversibilities. Adolescents and youth, whose numbers increased as a result of the post-World War II baby boom, were the groups most affected." (493) Hertzberg, born in 1918, was then a professor of history and education at the Teachers College of Columbia University. AU - Hertzberg, Hazel Whitman CY - Ithaca KW - present mindedness television television, and history history, and break with advertising, and history history, and advertising time presentism history, and presentism history, as linear children and media history and new media media effects media effects, and television advertising children history advertising and public relations time and timekeeping LB - 19480 PB - Cornell University Press PY - 1980 SP - 474-504 ST - The Teaching of History T2 - The Past Before Us: Contemporary Historical Writing in the United States TI - The Teaching of History ID - 2889 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Beck, Bob AB - Dr. Henry Hill's erotic psychedelic art was used in Roger Corman's movie The Trip (1967) to intensify the nude love-making scenes between actors Peter Fonda and Susan Strasberg. In this essay, Hill "color interacts deeply and emotionally," especially on schizophrenics. In general, Hill believed that "dynamic, ever-changing color is more than beautiful and stirring. It can be psychological dynamite." Robert Beck also believed that light and color could be used to influence audiences subliminally and by-pass people's internal censors. Beck helped create the special effects on The Trip, about the experience of taking LSD. AU - Hill, Henry CY - Los Angeles KW - censorship motion pictures, and sexuality sexuality motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures motion pictures, and drugs motion pictures, and drugs censorship and ratings special effects cameras cameras, and motion pictures motion pictures, and cameras lighting, and motion pictures motion pictures, and lighting color lighting color, and motion pictures motion pictures, and color motion pictures, and LSD sexuality motion pictures, and sexuality sexuality, and motion pictures Corman, Roger Beck, Robert, and special effects special effects, and Robert Beck color, and censorship censorship, and color censorship, and lighting lighting, and censorship censorship LB - 32330 PB - Pericles Press PY - 1966 SP - 18-20 ST - Color Game Traps T2 - Color Games: Light Show Manual TI - Color Game Traps ID - 2895 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen H. Cutliffe and Terry S. Reynolds, eds. AB - The authors observe that “electric utility executives and several business analysts claim that the American electric utility system began to change in the 1970s. They argue that the system, which binds together massive turbines, transmission lines, nuclear reactors, human decision makers, millions of customers, and countless other components, has somehow been transformed, even though its physical nature remains much the same.” While Hirsh and Serchuk acknowledge that major changes were underway and that permanent restructuring had occurred, they see these changes up though the early 1990s as largely “conservative..., intended to maintain vital aspects of the current system, rather than as a radical deconstruction of the way the nation supplies, distributes, and consumes electricity.” AU - Hirsh, Richard F. and Adam H. Serchuk CY - Chicago KW - technology preservation history, and new media history networks history +electricity public utilities networks, electrical technology and society history, break with electricity, and history of LB - 4940 PB - University of Chicago Press PY - 1997 SP - 413-44 ST - Momentum Shifts in the American Electric Utility System: Catastrophic Change -- or No Change at All? T2 - Technology & American History: A Historical Anthology from Technology & Culture TI - Momentum Shifts in the American Electric Utility System: Catastrophic Change -- or No Change at All? ID - 1881 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joel A. Tarr, ed. AB - The authors note that the Atlantic cable "was important in defusing crisis situations. It was often used to dispel rumors, defuse potentially dangerous situations, and control the execution of policy overseas. Nevertheless, rapid communications promoted almost continuous crisis situations at the seats of government by virtue of capability to communicate as events developed. "The most accurate forecasts were made by the seasoned British diplomats, who were well aware of how foreign policy evolved..... "The least accurate forecasts were made in the U.S. Congress and at the celebrations of the cable's success...." This essay came out of a conference held at Seven Springs Moutain Resort, Champion, PA, Dec. 1-4, 1976. AU - Hitchcock, Henry H. and Thomas F. Jaras CY - San Francisco KW - technology R & D nationalism time and timekeeping time technology and society research and development war journalism +future and science fiction news and journalism war non-USA news +telegraph +military communication +nationalism and communication cable, transatlantic cable, and diplomacy time news, and transatlantic cable cable, as cause of crisis reporting news, and crisis reporting future technology assessment forecasting Great Britain cable news, and telegraph cable, Atlantic LB - 3840 PB - San Francisco Press, Inc. PY - 1977 SP - 107-30 ST - The Impact of the Atlantic Cable on Diplomacy: Implications for Forecasting T2 - Retrospective Technology Assessment -- 1976 TI - The Impact of the Atlantic Cable on Diplomacy: Implications for Forecasting ID - 1772 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Philip Nobile, ed. AB - The historian E. J. Hobsbawm argued that there was “no good grounds” for the belief that “permissiveness in public sexual or other personal behavior” led to “social-revolutionary movements,” or that “a narrow sexual morality” was “an essential bulwark of the capitalist system.”This essay appeared at about the same time that the President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography made recommendations that pornography was not necessarily harmful and that legal restrictions on it should be loosened. Hobsbawm's essay first appeared in the British publication, New Society, a weekly review of social sciences. AU - Hobsbawm, E. J. CY - New York KW - presidents and new media sexuality Hobsbawm, Eric pornography President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) Hobsbawm, E. J., and pornography LB - 26750 PB - Random House PY - 1970 SP - 36-40 ST - Revolution is Puritan T2 - The New Eroticism: Theories, Vogues and Canons TI - Revolution is Puritan ID - 1237 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Chris Hables Gray, ed. AU - Hochfelder, David CY - Malabar, FL KW - print nonprint media nonprint culture print culture +electricity language print media v. electronic media LB - 4950 PB - Krieger Publishing Company PY - 1996 SP - 119-39 ST - Electrical Communication, Language, and Self T2 - Technohistory: Using the History of American Technology in Interdisciplinary Research TI - Electrical Communication, Language, and Self ID - 1882 ER - TY - CHAP AB - In Canada, American movies and television programs dominated the market – more than 90 percent of the films for which Canadian paid rental fees came from the United States. In 1977, Ontario’s Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry concluded that the “great weight of research into the effects of violent media contents indicates potential harm to society.” In Volume 1, this Report concluded that Canadians – including children – were watching increasing amounts of American-made TV which had “much higher levels of violence” than programs produced in Canada or elsewhere, and television’s “escalation of violence” was “drawing other sections of the media along like the tail of a comet.” This essay appears in Volume 7 of the Royal Commission's Report. It discusses the British North America Act and legal restrictions on mass media. AU - Hogg, Peter W. CY - Toronto, Ontario KW - video cassette recorders (VCRs) microprocessing magnetic recording television, and media effects syntheses (of research) Surgeon General social science research fiber optics optical fibers news and journalism news microprocessors media effects media violence media effects news and journalism satellites materials video games VCRs magnetic tape materials +future and science fiction fiber optics censorship and ratings children law news and journalism non-USA Canada +television violence television, and violence violence, and television violence, and social science research social science research, and violence children, and media +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and television television, and motion pictures Surgeon General's Report (1972) violence children, and TV violence media effects, and television violence, and syntheses syntheses media effects, and violence violence, and media effects reports social science research, and TV violence television, and social science television, and violence violence, and television media effects, and television children, and media children, and TV violence social science research, synthesis (violence) Canada, and media violence reports journalism, and Canada journalism journalism, and violence news, and Canada news, and violence bibliographies, annotated bibliographies, and journalism and violence journalism, and violence (bibliography) video games, and Canada video games, and violence violence, and video games cable, and Canada VCRs, and Canada optical fibers, and Canada satellites, and Canada +aeronautics and space communication violence, and new media future, and Canada future, and new media microprocessors, and violence law, and Canada law, and media violence law, and new media British North America Act future +bibliographies cable LB - 2810 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Royal Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry SP - 299-325 ST - Constitutional Jurisdiction Over Violence in the Mass Media Industries T2 - Report of The Royal Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry: Volume 7: The Media Industries: From Here to Where? TI - Constitutional Jurisdiction Over Violence in the Mass Media Industries ID - 369 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - Hondros, who at the time of this article was director of the Joint Research Center of the Patten Establishment in the Netherlands, stresses the important role that materials play in technological innovation. They are precursors to innovations expected in the not-too-distant future. The authors notes that governments are becoming increasingly aware of the importance of materials. Hondros assesses the world’s reserves of essential industrial materials and is cautiously optimistic as he advocates increased conservation, recycling, reclamation endeavors. This article originally appeared in The International Journal of Materials and Product Technology, Vol. 1 (no. 1, 1986). AU - Hondros, E. D. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - R & D computers +military communication materials +future and science fiction research and development materials +computers and the Internet materials revolution research and development, and government support natural resources, and conservation future, and materials future LB - 2610 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 61-84 ST - Materials, Year 2000 T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - Materials, Year 2000 ID - 1654 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joseph J. Corn, ed. AB - This essay discusses General Electric, Westinghouse, and electricity. Horrigan notes that during the years covered in this essay, the term "home of tomorrow" attracted serious interest at world's fairs, in advertising and magazines, and led to numerous predictions about homes of the future. AU - Horrigan, Brian CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology home entertainment corporations corporations corporations entertainment, home home entertainment +future and science fiction home, and new media home home, and information technology networks information technology +electricity General Electric Company Westinghouse Corporation networks, electrical future information technology, and home technology and society home, and electricity future, and home LB - 4960 PB - MIT Press PY - 1986 SP - 137-63 ST - The Home of Tomorrow, 1927-1945 T2 - Imagining Tomorrow: History, Technology, and the American Future TI - The Home of Tomorrow, 1927-1945 ID - 1883 ER - TY - CHAP AB - The 1970 Report of the President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography argued that repeated exposure to pornography led to satiation or to declining interest in erotic materials. Critics charged that this conclusion rested on slim evidence. This study in the Report, for example, used fewer than three dozen college-age males. AU - Howard, James L. AU - Reifler, Clifford B. AU - Liptzin, Myron B. CY - Washington, D. C. KW - sexuality motion pictures mass media pornography media effects +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and pornography Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects reports primary sources mass media, and pornography LB - 22720 N1 - See also: media See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - U. S. Government Printing Office PY - 1970 SP - 97-132 ST - Effects of Exposure to Pornography T2 - Technical Report of the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography TI - Effects of Exposure to Pornography VL - 8 ID - 997 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - At the time of this article, computers were already widely used in factories and in the coming decade, the author predicts their use will be even more widespread. The author gives an account of problems involved in automation, and of CNC, CAD, and CAM. When this appeared, the author worked for Westinghouse Electric. This piece was first published in Science magazine (Feb. 12, 1982). AU - Hudson, C. A. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers corporations corporations corporations labor information technology +computers and the Internet automation information technology, and industry labor, and automation Westinghouse Corporation +artificial intelligence and biotechnology labor labor, and new media LB - 3320 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 260-72 ST - Computers and Manufacturing T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Computers and Manufacturing ID - 1723 ER - TY - CHAP AB - Henry E. Hudson chaired the Meese Commission that studied and made recommendation on pornography in 1985-1986. Hudson was a Republican in his late 30s was an attorney who had successfully prosecuted pornography in Arlington County, Virginia. President Ronald Reagan lauded his work at a meeting with leaders of Morality in Media in March, 1983, and later nominated him to be U. S. attorney for the Eastern District of Virginia. Hudson’s main interest on the Commission lay in developing legal strategies to proscribe pornography. He doubted the ability of social science research to measure fully the effects of pornography. AU - Hudson, Henry E. CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment computers video cassette recorders (VCRs) post office government hearings entertainment, home magnetic recording photography women, and new media social science research values archives primary sources sexuality home entertainment government magnetic tape First Amendment computers and the Internet color freedom values religion censorship and ratings law cable home home, and new media home Meese Commission reports primary sources hearings pornography reports reports, Messe Commission motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography law, and pornography pornography, and law pornography, and new media home entertainment revolution pornography, and home home, and pornography television postal service television, and cable cable television, and pornography +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and television television, and satellites computers computers, and pornography pornography, and computers VCRs VCRs, and pornography pornography, and VCRs magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines +photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography color, and pornography pornography, and color media effects media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects, pornography, defined children media effects, and children children, and pornography pornography, and children women women, and pornography pornography, and women religion, and pornography pornography, and religion personal computers personal computers, and pornography primary sources primary sources, Maryland primary sources, College Park primary sources, Meese Commission media effects, and pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research First Amendment, and Meese Commission First Amendment, and pornography pornography, and legal pornography, and First Amendment pornography, and opponents critics magazines satellites children, and media LB - 22910 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - 484-86 ST - Statement of Henry E. Hudson, Chairman T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Statement of Henry E. Hudson, Chairman ID - 1016 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ralph Negrine, ed. AB - Hudson surveys the development of satellites from the creation of NASA in 1958 through the early post-Challenger explosion (early 1986). She discusses satellites and cable TV programming, news gathering, teleconferencing, radio broadcasting, voice and data services, and direct broadcasting satellites. She concludes by speculating on the future and notes while the role of satellites will undoubtedly continue to change, "communication satellites will remain an important element in U.S. telecommunications of the foreseeable future...." AU - Hudson, Heather E. CY - New York and London KW - National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) nationalism journalism +future and science fiction news and journalism non-USA +television satellites +nationalism and communication telecommunications global communication +aeronautics and space communication nationalism, and satellites NASA satellites, and television television, and satellites +radio radio, and satellites future, and satellites satellites, and news gathering news, and satellites satellites, and telecoferencing satellites, and cable TV cable television, and satellites future news cable LB - 6940 PB - Routledge PY - 1988 SP - 216-33 ST - Satellite Broadcasting in the United States T2 - Satellite Broadcasting: The Politics and Implications of the New Media TI - Satellite Broadcasting in the United States ID - 2065 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - "The purpose of this chapter is to explore the particular changes of hypertext theories to narrative forms and practices of journalism by examining the interactions of news readers and hypertexts. Specifically, it reports the findings of a qualitatitve study of online news users who read both an original news story that appeared on the Los Angeles Times Web site and a redesigned, hypertext version of the same material." (281) The volume in which the chapter by Huesca and Dervin appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Huesca, Robert AU - Dervin, Brenda CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality present mindedness nationalism Internet global communication community news and journalism nationalism and communication democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization censorship and ratings news, and censorship news, and time time and timekeeping time, and news television television, and news history and new media presentism nationalism and communication journalism, and nationalism nationalism, and journalism news, and television nationalism, and digital media digital media, and journalism journalism, and digital media gatekeeping hypertext hypertext, and journalism journalism, and hypertext history journalism news LB - 34300 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 281-307 ST - Hypertext and Journalism: Audiences Respond to Competing News Narratives T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Hypertext and Journalism: Audiences Respond to Competing News Narratives ID - 3068 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - “Cellular radio now makes it possible to use public telephones on the move. Soon high-quality, hand-held mobile phones will be widely available for use in taxis, trains, buses, planes, and private cars," Huff predicts. "Industries like construction and fast-food will greatly benefit.” This piece appeared originally in Technology Review (Nov.-Dec., 1983). See also the article in this anthology, “Will mobile telephones move?” by Ithiel de Sola Pool (pp. 144-46). AU - Huff, Duane L. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - telephones cell phones networks +telephones telephones, cellular cellular telephones Pool, Ithiel de Sola networks, and telephones telephones, and transportation LB - 5350 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 137-46 ST - The Magic of Cellular Radio T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Magic of Cellular Radio ID - 1920 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Merritt Roe Smith and Leo Marx, eds. AB - Hughes develops the idea of "technological momentum," and argues that "younger developing systems tend to be more open to sociocultural influences while older, more mature systems prove to be more independent of outside influences and therefore more deterministic in nature." He sees "technological momentum" a more useful concept than "technological determinism or social constructivisim." AU - Hughes, Thomas P. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology values preservation history, and new media history technology and society history, and technological determinism technological momentum progress technological determinism LB - 4690 PB - MIT Press PY - 1994 SP - 101-13 ST - Technological Momentum T2 - Does Technology Drive History? The Dilemma of Technological Determinism TI - Technological Momentum ID - 1856 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Hume writes that "in a media culture dominated by journalists, some are doing important and courageous work, such as the international reporting from Bosnia during the ethnic cleansing of 1993-1996. The uses of faxes, videocassettes, and the Internet help keep outlawed democracy movements alive in repressive countries like China. "But in the United States, the world's most important incubator for democracy, these tools are largely squandered. It is the message, not the medium, which is the problem. If the content is wrong, it is wrong in all its media forms. All the gorgeous streaming video and razzle-dazzle delivery systems won't make it any better for our civic culture. America's media-driven culture is saturated with entertainment, much of it violent. We've cleaned up the air but toxified the airwaves. A mounting body of scholarship demonstrates the deleterious impact of this material is having on children and on democracy in general." (331) The volume in which Hume's chapter appears is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectives on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organizied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Hume, Ellen CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment, and journalism computers computers children virtual reality present mindedness nationalism Internet global communication community news and journalism nationalism and communication democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization censorship and ratings news, and censorship news, and time time and timekeeping time, and news television television, and news history and new media presentism nationalism and communication journalism, and nationalism nationalism, and journalism news, and television nationalism, and digital media digital media, and journalism journalism, and digital media gatekeeping news, and entertainment entertainment, and news entertainment, and journalism journalism, and entertainment media effects television, and media effects media effects, and news media effects, and television children children, and media effects media effects, and children entertainment history journalism news children, and media LB - 34320 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 331-64 ST - Resource Journalism: A Model for New Media T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Resource Journalism: A Model for New Media ID - 3070 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Hurwitz writes that "the heroic landscape of cyberspace as an electronic frontier or commons should be repainted as an area contested by state and society or perhaps as a shopping mall where politics does not matter until one's credit care is rejected. Cyberspace does, however, resemble a frontier in one important respect: It lacks a tradition of governance that can be generalized to the world beyond it." (110) The volume in which Hurwitz's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Hurwitz, Roger CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality community democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors Internet, as frontier Internet LB - 34200 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 101-12 ST - Who Needs Politics? Who Needs People? The Ironies of Democracy in Cyberspace T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Who Needs Politics? Who Needs People? The Ironies of Democracy in Cyberspace ID - 3058 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Kurt Nassau, ed. AB - This essay notes that color is important in creating a sexual environment for many animals, including man. Hutchings devotes attention to melanin skin pigmentation (241-43). He notes that "areas of sexual interest are accentuated by higher concentrations of melanin. When looking at an object, our eyes do not remain on one fixed area but tend to scan over the surface. When we look at a face we seek to communicate and gain information; that is, we look more at the eyes and mouth, those parts which contain higher melanin concentrations. We assist nature in emphasizing particular regions of sexual interest. For example, the larger fleshier lips of the female are further accentuated by the use of lipstick. The routine has been practiced for at least 4000 years. From time to time in different cultures, emphasis has been placed on different features as releasers of sexual interest. An example is the evolution of protruding buttocks among the Hottentot and Bushmen females." (242-43) AU - Hutchings, John B. CY - Amsterdam KW -, color color, and science color, and reproduction color, and art color, and sexuality sexuality, and color sexuality color, and sexual desire LB - 32530 PB - Elsevier PY - 1998 SP - 221-46 ST - Color in Plants, Animals and Man T2 - Color for Science, Art and Technology TI - Color in Plants, Animals and Man ID - 2912 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Günter Friedrichs and Adam Schaff, eds. AB - Here is an accessible and reasonably brief history of the development of microelectronics starting with vacuum tubes, through the transistor, integrated circuit, and microprocessor. The author relates developments to information and society. AU - Ide, Thomas Ranald CY - Oxford, Eng. KW - computers microprocessing transistors, and integrated circuits fiber optics communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution archives materials materials fiber optics communication revolution, and second industrial revolution satellites computers and the Internet computers, personal computers microelectronics libraries information technology libraries, and information storage Information Age +computers and the Internet +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and microelectronics microelectronics, and history of optical fibers microprocessors computers, micro transistors integrated circuits vacuum tubes information storage information processing second industrial revolution information technology, and finance computers, personal personal computers microelectronics revolution Club of Rome communication revolution LB - 4390 PB - Pergamon Press PY - 1982 SP - 37-88 ST - The Technology T2 - Microelectronics and Society: For Better or for Worse: A Report to the Club of Rome TI - The Technology ID - 1827 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This piece first appeared in May, 1983 in Popular Computing. The author notes that while word processing has gained acceptance in the office, that video conferencing and electronic mail have not. Immel calls for a reexamination of the idea of office "productivity." AU - Immel, A. Richard CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers email labor office, and information technology information technology Information Age +computers and the Internet electronic mail video conferencing word processing information processing information technology, and office electronic media office, and automation office, and computers office LB - 3360 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 312-21 ST - The Automated Office: Myth Versus Reality T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Automated Office: Myth Versus Reality ID - 1727 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - J. B. S. Hardman and Maurice F. Neufeld, eds. AB - Jackman, director the film division of the United Auto Workers, details the number of labor films available in 1950 and lists the UAW equipment available for showing films. He noted that about 30 16mm sound films had been produced by various U.S. labor unions. Those films, and hundreds of others that were of interest to labor, were available from film libraries, including four big libraries operated by unions: the UAW-CIO Film Library, the CIO Film Division, the ILGWU Film Library, and the Amalgamated Clothing-Textile Workers Film Library. The UAW library had 650 prints of 400 titles. Local UWA unions owned 195 sound projectors and about 375 locals used films regularly for meetings, classes and other occasions, according to Jackman. The UAW also distributed films to schools, churches, public libraries and community groups. “The importance of showing films with a labor message outside our unions can hardly be overestimated. Many local unions are called upon to bring their projectors and films to the rescue of a community program.” During World War II, Jackman noted, the UAW worked with the 16mm National Advisory Committee and more than 15 million people saw films presented under the auspices of the UAW. He noted that 450 prints of the cartoon Brotherhood of Man had been sold to film libraries, schools and other places. The UAW was also working in 1950 on Workers’ Security Through Collective Bargaining, a report on collective bargaining demands prepared using a new “automatic sound filmstrip” medium. --Phil Glende AU - Jackman, Herbert B. CY - Englewood Cliffs, NJ; Westport, CT KW - motion pictures Glende, Phil labor labor, and 16mm film 16mm film, and labor +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and labor labor labor, and motion pictures labor, and education films (1950) labor, and United Auto Workers United Auto Workers, and education films (1950) 16mm 16mm film LB - 1030 N1 - See also: office PB - Prentice Hall; Greenwood Press PY - 1970 SP - 471-73 ST - The Union Educational Film T2 - The House of Labor: Internal Operations of American Unions TI - The Union Educational Film ID - 191 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jacobs, Lewis AB - In this essay, Jacobs argues that "color stirs the mind and feelings and amplifies responses that would be toned down or be nonexistent without color." (189) He notes that "recent color films, styled from the painter's palette, emphasize the sensual qualities of color to serve the foundation of film." (193) Jacobs discusses work by such film makers as Fellini and Antonioni. Lewis concludes by saying that "when made relevant to the picture's subject, color offers an immediate resonance that vivifies mood, delineates character, enhances meaning." (196) AU - Jacobs, Lewis CY - New York KW - technology corporations corporations motion pictures color cameras motion pictures, and cameras motion pictures, and color color, and motion pictures sound recording motion pictures, and sound recording sound recording, and motion pictures photography technology and society materials materials cinema motion pictures celluloid non-USA motion pictures and popular culture photography and visual communication cameras, and motion pictures film Technicolor Eastman Kodak Cinemascope celluloid technology, and motion pictures motion pictures, and technology color, and Eastman Kodak color, and Technicolor technological determinism media literacy motion pictures, and media literacy media literacy, and motion pictures color, and media effects media effects media effects, and color sexuality, and color film color, and sexuality sexuality LB - 36650 PB - Farrar, Straus & Giroux PY - 1970 SP - 189-96 ST - The Mobility of Color T2 - The Movies As Medium TI - The Mobility of Color ID - 3298 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - The author writes that "although race had entered the lexicon of cyberanalysts, much of the focus has been on the domestic politics of race within North America, the creation of virtual identity communities, or the activities of racist organizations on the Internet. Although these analyses offer valuable counterpoints to the dominance of white masculinity as the lingua franca of cyberdiscourse, they fall short of an analysis that links race practices in cyberspace to the wider race issues of globalization. This chapter then seeks to locate race in cyberspace within a global political economy of new media...." (203) The volume in which Jakubowicz's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Jakubowicz, Andrew CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality nationalism Internet global communication community news and journalism non-USA nationalism and communication democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization race race, and new media ethnicity ethnicity, and new media cyberspace cyberspace, and race race, and cyberspace political economy race, and Internet Internet, and race globalization, and race race, and globalization LB - 34260 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 203-24 ST - Ethnic Diversity, 'Race,' and the Cultural Political Economy of Cyberspace T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Ethnic Diversity, 'Race,' and the Cultural Political Economy of Cyberspace ID - 3064 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - A statement by a British Cabinet minister saying that it is not automation that risks jobs but the failure to automate that puts them at risk. This statement appeared first in New Scientist (Feb. 24, 1983). Jenkins was then Secretary of State for Industry. AU - Jenkin, Patrick CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers non-USA labor +computers and the Internet computers and society automation Great Britain labor, and automation computers LB - 3430 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 377-89 ST - Automation is Good for Us T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Automation is Good for Us ID - 1733 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Raymond Fielding, ed. AB - This piece first appeared in Transactions in the Society of Motion Picture Engineers, 13 (Oct. 1920). AU - Jenkins, Charles Francis CY - Berkeley KW - television, and history of +motion pictures +motion pictures motion pictures, and origins +television television, and origins LB - 6950 PB - University of California Press PY - 1967 SP - 1-4 ST - History of Motion Pictures T2 - A Technological History of Motion Pictures and Television TI - History of Motion Pictures ID - 2066 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - Jenkin's perspective views "media fans as active participants within the current media revolution and their cultural products as an important aspect of the digital cinema movement. If many advocates of digital cinema have sought to democratize the means of cultural production, to foster grassroots creativity by opening up the tools of media production and distribution to a broader segment of the general public, then the rapid proliferation of fan-produced Star Wars films may represent a significant early success story for that movement.... "In this essay, I will explore how and why Star Wars became, according to Jason Wishnow, a 'catalyst' for amateur digital filmmakingand what this case study suggests about the future directions popular culture may take." (282-3) Jenkin's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Jenkins, Henry CY - Cambridge, MA KW - special effects, and digitization interactive media motion pictures digital media motion pictures, digital digital motion pictures media convergence interactivity motion pictures, and interactivity special effects motion pictures, and special effects special effects, digital Star Wars audiences audiences, and motion pictures motion pictures, and audiences motion pictures, and fans audiences digitization LB - 34080 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 281-312 ST - Quentin Tarantino's Star Wars? Digital Cinema, Media Convergence, and Participatory Culture T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Quentin Tarantino's Star Wars? Digital Cinema, Media Convergence, and Participatory Culture ID - 3046 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Thorburn, Henry Jenkins and David AB - The authors write that at "its most excessive, the rhetoric of the digital revolution envisioned a total displacement of centralized broadcast media by a trackless web of participatory channels. Netcitizens spoke of the major networks, for example, as dinosaurs slinking off to the tar pits as they confronted the realities of the new economy. The decline of the dot-coms makes clear, however, that such predictions were premature. The power of movies and television to speak to a vast public is immensely greater than the diffused reach of the new media, through which many messages can be circulated but few can ensure a hearing. This dramatic reversal of economic fortunes suggests that similar arguments for the decline of powerful governmental institutions in the face of cyber-democracy may be equally premature and simple-minded." (12-13) This volume in which this essay appears is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, and it tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." (ix-x) AU - Jenkins, Henry AU - Thorburn, David CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers democracy democracy, and new media digital media computers and the Internet values computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet democracy, and computers Internet LB - 34130 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 1-17 ST - Introduction: The Digital Revolution, the Informed Citizen, and the Culture of Democracy T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Introduction: The Digital Revolution, the Informed Citizen, and the Culture of Democracy ID - 3051 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen H. Cutliffe and Terry S. Reynolds, eds. AB - Jenkins notes that until the 1870s, the process of taking photographs was so complex that "only professional photographers and a very few avid amateurs chose to pursue the practice." Jenkins discusses George Eastman and changes in photography from dry plates to the system of role film. "During the decade 1879-89," he writes, "photography passed through two significant revolutions: the introduction of gelatin emulsions and the creation of mass amateur photography." AU - Jenkins, Reese V. CY - Chicago KW - photography preservation communication revolution history, and new media community democracy history +photography and visual communication photography, amateur democracy and media communication revolution Eastman, George history, and media photography, and portable (late 19th century) photography, and 19th century cameras cameras, and portable (19th century) photography, and gelatin emulsions photography, and roll film photography, and dry plate LB - 1640 PB - University of Chicago Press PY - 1997 SP - 197-215 ST - Technology and the Market: George Eastman and the Origins of Mass Amateur Photography T2 - Technology & American History: A Historical Anthology from Technology & Culture TI - Technology and the Market: George Eastman and the Origins of Mass Amateur Photography ID - 1560 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Renate Mayntz and Thomas P. Hughes, eds. AB - This essay as well as the collection in which it is published relates to such other large themes as electricity, transportation (railroads), telephones, and aeronautics. AU - Joerges, Bernward CY - Bolder, CO and Frankfurt am Main KW - labor networks office office, and new media office general studies +electricity technical systems infrastructure networks, and large systems LB - 690 PB - Westview Press and Campus Verlag PY - 1988 SP - 5-36 ST - Large Technical Systems: Concepts and Issues T2 - The Development of Large Technical Systems TI - Large Technical Systems: Concepts and Issues ID - 1465 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Claudia Carlen, ed. AB - Pope John Paul II notes "the progress of science and technology can produce not only new material goods but also a wider sharing of knowledge. The extraordinary progress made in the field of information and data processing, for instance, will increase man's creative capacity and provide access to the intellectual and cultural riches of other peoples. New communication techniques will encourage greater participation in events and a wider exchange of ideas." (287) AU - John Paul II, Pope CY - Releigh, NC KW - technology values Christianity technology and society science values Third World non-USA values critics Catholic Church, and new media Third World, and new media Third World, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and technology technology, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and science science, and Catholic Church Catholic Church LB - 28390 PB - McGrath Publishing Company PY - 1981 SP - 287 ST - Dives in Misericordia: Encyclical of Pope John Paul II on the Mercy of God, November 30, 1980 T2 - The Papal Encyclicals, 1958-1981 TI - Dives in Misericordia: Encyclical of Pope John Paul II on the Mercy of God, November 30, 1980 ID - 477 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - J. Michael Miller, ed. and intro. AB - Pope John Paul II says that "with the new prospects opened by scientific and technological progress there arise new forms of attacks on the dignity of the human being." He condemns a "new cultural climate" which endorses abortion in the name of individual freedom. (794) With regard to the mass media, he says that "aside from intentions, which can be varied and perhaps can seem convincing at times, especially if presented in the name of solidarity, we are in fact faced by an objective 'conspiracy against life,' involving even international institutions engaged in encouraging and carrying out actual campaigns to make contraception, sterilization, and abortion widely available. Nor can it be denied that the mass media are often implicated in this conspiracy, by lending credit to that culture which presents recourse to contraception, sterilization, abortion and even euthanasia as a mark of progress and a victory of freedom, while depicting as enemies of freedom and progress those positions which are unreservedly pro-life." (806) The Pope speaks of a struggle between the "culture of life" and the "culture of death" (810) and urges those working in the mass media to encourage "a new culture of life" (883) that reestablishes the vital link between freedom and life. (884, 887) See also the editor's (J. Michael Miller) Introduction to this encyclical (772-89). AU - John Paul II, Pope CY - Huntington, IN KW - technology values Christianity technology and society progress archives primary sources cyberspace culture freedom values religion law censorship and ratings censorship Catholic Church Catholic Church non-USA primary sources papal encyclicals Pope John Paul II Pope John Paul II, and 1995 encyclical Pope John Paul II, and Evangelium Vitae Catholic Church, and motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Catholic Church motion pictures, and censorship Christianity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Christianity +television +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures television, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and television +radio radio, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and radio culture of death, and Pope John Paul II Catholic Church, and modern media Catholic Church, and culture of death critics values progress, and Catholic Church progress, and technology technology, and progress abortion, and freedom freedom, and abortion abortion LB - 20710 PB - Our Sunday Visitor, Inc. PY - 1996 SP - 792-892 ST - Encyclical Letter Evangelium Vitae Addressed by the Supreme Pontiff John Paul II to the Bishops, Priests, and Deacons, Men and Women Religious, Lay Faithful, and All People of Good Will on the Value and Inviolability of Human Life, March 25, 1995 T2 - The Encyclicals of John Paul II TI - Encyclical Letter Evangelium Vitae Addressed by the Supreme Pontiff John Paul II to the Bishops, Priests, and Deacons, Men and Women Religious, Lay Faithful, and All People of Good Will on the Value and Inviolability of Human Life, March 25, 1995 ID - 873 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - J. Michael Miller, ed. and intro. AB - Speaking of developing nations, Pope John Paul II says that in "social communications, which, being run by centers mostly in the northern hemisphere, do not always give due consideration to the priorities and problems of such countries or respect their cultural make-up. They frequently impose a distorted vision of life and of man, and thus fail to respond to the demands of true development." AU - John Paul II, Pope CY - Huntington, IN KW - imperialism values Christianity values archives primary sources Third World values religion law censorship and ratings censorship Catholic Church non-USA primary sources papal encyclicals Pope John Paul II Pope John Paul II, and 1987 encyclical Pope John Paul II, and Sollicitudo Rei Socialis Catholic Church, and motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Catholic Church motion pictures, and censorship Christianity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Christianity +television +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures television, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and television +radio radio, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and radio Catholic Church, and modern media Third World, and new media critics cultural imperialism values, and Third World values Catholic Church LB - 20720 PB - Our Sunday Visitor, Inc. PY - 1996 SP - 443 ST - Encyclical Letter Sollcitudo Rei Socialis of the Supreme Pontiff John Paul II for the Twentieth Anniversary of Populorum Progressio, Dec. 30, 1987 [publ. Feb. 19, 1988] T2 - The Encyclicals of John Paul II TI - Encyclical Letter Sollcitudo Rei Socialis of the Supreme Pontiff John Paul II for the Twentieth Anniversary of Populorum Progressio, Dec. 30, 1987 [publ. Feb. 19, 1988] ID - 874 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - J. Michael Miller, ed. and intro. AB - In this encyclical, Pope John Paul II says that "since the very evangelization of modern culture depends to a great extent on the influence of the media, it is not enugh to use the media simply to spread the Christian message and the Church's authentic teaching. It is also necessary to integrate that message into the 'new culture' created by modern communications. This is a complex issue, since the 'new culture' originates not just from whatever content is eventually expressed, but from the very fact that there exist new ways of communicating, with new languages, new techniques and a new psychology. Pope Paul VI said that 'the split between the Gospel and culture is undoubtedly the tragedy of our time,' and the field of communications fully confirms this judgment." AU - John Paul II, Pope CY - Huntington, IN KW - values Christianity values archives primary sources values religion law censorship and ratings censorship Catholic Church non-USA primary sources papal encyclicals Pope John Paul II Pope John Paul II, and 1990 encyclical Pope John Paul II, and Redemptoris Missio Catholic Church, and motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Catholic Church motion pictures, and censorship Christianity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Christianity +television +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures television, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and television +radio radio, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and radio Catholic Church, and modern media communication, and new culture values, and new culture critics values Catholic Church LB - 20750 PB - Our Sunday Visitor, Inc. PY - 1996 SP - 525-27 ST - Encyclical Letter Redemptoris Missio of the Supreme Pontiff John Paul II on the Permanent Validity of the Church's Missionary Mandate [Dec. 7, 1990] TI - Encyclical Letter Redemptoris Missio of the Supreme Pontiff John Paul II on the Permanent Validity of the Church's Missionary Mandate [Dec. 7, 1990] ID - 877 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - J. Michael Miller, ed. and intro. AB - John Paul II here speaks of obstacles to freedom and personal growth: "A person who is concerned solely or primarily with possessing and enjoying, who is no longer able to control his instincts and passions, or to subordinate them by obedience to the truth, cannot be free...." While "the ownership of things may become an occasion of personal growth," the Pope says, this "growth can be hindered as a result of manipulation by the means of mass communication, which impose fashions and trends of opinion through carefully orchestrated repetition, without its being possible to subject to critical scrutiny the premises on which these fashions and trends are based." AU - John Paul II, Pope CY - Huntington, IN KW - values Christianity advertising, and public relations propaganda public relations values media effects values Catholic Church values critics Catholic Church, and new media advertising, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and advertising values, and advertising religion, and new media media effects, and Catholic Church advertising religion LB - 28400 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Our Sunday Visitor, Inc. PY - 1996 SP - 631 ST - Encyclical Letter Centesimum Annus: Addressed by the Supreme Pontiff John Paul II To His Venerable Brothers in the Episcopate, the Priests and Deacons, Familes of Men and Women Religious, All the Christian Faithful, and to All Men and Women of Good Will on the Hundredth Anniversary of Rerum Novarum [May, 1991] T2 - The Encyclicals of John Paul II TI - Encyclical Letter Centesimum Annus: Addressed by the Supreme Pontiff John Paul II To His Venerable Brothers in the Episcopate, the Priests and Deacons, Familes of Men and Women Religious, All the Christian Faithful, and to All Men and Women of Good Will on the Hundredth Anniversary of Rerum Novarum [May, 1991] ID - 1378 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Claudia Carlen, ed. AB - Pope John XXIII turning new media toward wholesome ends. "We must fight immoral and false literature with literature that is wholesome and sincere. Radio broadcasts, motion pictures, and television shows which make error and vice attractive must be opposed by shows which defend truth and strive to preserve the integrity and safety of morals. Thus these new arts, which can work much evil, will be turned to the well-being and benefit of men, and at the same time will supply worthwhile recreation. Health will come from a source which has often produced only devastating sickness." AU - John XXIII, Pope CY - Raleigh, N. C. KW - values Christianity values archives primary sources values religion law censorship and ratings censorship Catholic Church non-USA primary sources papal encyclicals Pope John XXIII Pope John XXIII, and 1959 encyclical Pope John XXIII, and Ad Petri Cathedram Catholic Church, and motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Catholic Church motion pictures, and censorship Christianity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Christianity +television +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures television, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and television +radio radio, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and radio Catholic Church, and modern media Catholic Church, and new media values critics Catholic Church LB - 20760 PB - McGrath Publishing Company PY - 1981 SP - 5-20 ST - Ad Petri Cathedram: Encyclical of Pope John XXIII on Truth, Unity and Peace, in a Spirit of Charity, June 29, 1959 T2 - The Papal Encyclicals, 1958-1981 TI - Ad Petri Cathedram: Encyclical of Pope John XXIII on Truth, Unity and Peace, in a Spirit of Charity, June 29, 1959 VL - 5 ID - 878 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jacobs, Lewis AB - The author notes that during the 1960s, "many" movie makers -- not just "some" -- tried to use color in motion pictures. "Instead of balking at this heightened awareness of colors, many viewers reveled in it for its own sake. And if theater managers are to be believed, a majority of moviegoers in America today [1966] look upon color as a decorative wrapping that adds pleasure to an film." (221) The author comments on how black-and-white film had come to represent the past while color "has more immediacy." (232) This article originally appeared in Film Quarterly (Fall, 1966). AU - Johnson, William CY - New York KW - technology corporations corporations motion pictures color cameras motion pictures, and cameras motion pictures, and color color, and motion pictures sound recording motion pictures, and sound recording sound recording, and motion pictures photography technology and society materials materials cinema motion pictures celluloid non-USA motion pictures and popular culture photography and visual communication cameras, and motion pictures film Technicolor Eastman Kodak Cinemascope celluloid technology, and motion pictures motion pictures, and technology color, and Eastman Kodak color, and Technicolor technological determinism media literacy motion pictures, and media literacy media literacy, and motion pictures history and new media history, and color film history, and black-and-white film history LB - 36660 PB - Farrar, Straus & Giroux PY - 1970 SP - 210-42 ST - Coming to Terms with Color T2 - The Movies As Medium TI - Coming to Terms with Color ID - 3299 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This report on the impact of erotica was part of the work of the 1970 President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography. Alfred Kinsey and his associates during the 1950s noted that people often reacted differently according to the medium (e.g., text, still pictures, moving pictures) through which they received erotic stimuli. Some years later, the 1970 Report pointed to research that showed erotic films tended to produce more sexual arousal among viewers than photographs or written text. AU - Johnson, Weldon T. AU - Kupperstein, Lenore R. AU - W. Cody Wilson, et al. CY - Washington, D.C. KW - eroticism social science research values sexuality values media effects crime law censorship and ratings censorship pornography censorship, and pornography pornography, and censorship motion pictures, and pornography +motion pictures motion pictures and popular culture Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) pornography, and social science social science research, and pornography pornography, and government pornography, and Johnson administration pornography, and Nixon administration obscenity, and pornography censorship, and obscenity obscenity, and censorship pornography, and foreign censorship, and foreign obscenity media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects eroticism, and media effects media effects, and eroticism pornography, and supporters, +bibliographies bibliographies, and pornography (effects) bibliographies, annotated, and pornography (effects) crime, and pornography pornography, and crime media effects bibliographies LB - 23020 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - U. S. Government Printing Office PY - 1970 SP - 139-263 ST - The Impact of Erotica: Report of the Effects Panel to the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography T2 - Report of the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography TI - The Impact of Erotica: Report of the Effects Panel to the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography ID - 1027 ER - TY - CHAP AB - In early 1958, President Dwight Eisenhower asked Eric Johnston to organize a bipartisan conference of opinion leaders. The goal was "to inform a large spectrum of citizen opinion leaders about the value of American aid to foreign countries with the expectation “that they would then carry the message to an every large circle of U. S. citizensAmong those who attended were Eisenhower, Richard Nixon, Harry Truman, Adlai Stevenson, Lyndon Johnson, and John Foster Dulles. In his remarks, Johnston called the conference "the beginning, only a beginning. It is a moment in which we might plant seeds. The seeds, if we wish to plant them, will need our devoted care and cultivation in the days, the months, and the years ahead." AU - Johnston, Eric CY - Washington, D. C. KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) addresses, Eric Johnston archives addresses speeches motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures motion pictures, and education education education, and motion pictures MPAA MPAA, and Eric Johnston Johnston, Eric motion pictures, and freedom freedom, and motion pictures Johnston, Eric, and capitalism capitalism, and Eric Johnston motion pictures, and capitalism motion pictures, and foreign policy motion pictures, and anticommunism motion pictures, and U.S. films abroad capitalism freedom LB - 36120 N1 - ProCite field[8]: Committee for International Economic Growth PB - Committee for International Economic Growth PY - 1958 SP - 20-21 ST - Opening Remarks, Feb. 25, 1958, T2 - Foreign Aspects of U. S. National Security: Conference Report and Proceedings TI - Opening Remarks, Feb. 25, 1958, ID - 3113 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Francis G. Couvares, ed. AB - This essay is based largely on published court decisions, newspaper accounts (e.g., the New York Times), and secondary sources. It is most interesting in discussing the movie industry’s slow start in challenging the 1915 Mutual case. Indeed, during the Miracle case, “Burstyn had received no real support from the American film industry. Instead, the industry threw its weight behind the Gelling case, a similar censorship appeal which involved the movies produced in Hollywood -- Pinky....” Jowett does note that Eric Johnston was much more aggressive than Will Hays had been in challenging legal censorship. The Court did not foreclose further censorship of obscene pictures in the Miracle case. Jowett cites Richard Corliss’s article that this case was “the first great defeat for Catholic motion picture pressure and perhaps the beginning of a ‘new’ legion [of Decency]....” This article is also interesting in discussing the fact that the U.S. Supreme Court heard six licensing cases in the nine years after the Miracle case. Each one further eroded the power of censors. “It was not until 1961 that the fundamental constitutional question of the permissibility of local censorship of motion pictures finally reached the Supreme Court in the case of Times Film Corp. v. Chicago.” “The very threat of television was ... a major impetus in the drive to ‘modernize’ the Production Code” during the 1950s and 1960s. The Code was dead by 1966 and the new rating systems was adopted on Nov. 1, 1968. “The way was open for greater specialization of movies for people of all ages, but in a desperate bid to recover some of the tremendous financial losses the movie studios had sustained, much of this freedom was squandered on cheap sexual exploitation and gratuitous violence.” AU - Jowett, Garth CY - Washington, D. C. KW - self-regulation Production Code PCA Burstyn v. Wilson Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) freedom law values religion law censorship and ratings values television Production Code (1930) motion pictures First Amendment motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship First Amendment, and motion pictures Production Code Administration (PCA) Burstyn, Joseph Miracle case Times Film Corp. v. Chicago (1961) television, and film censorship values, and motion pictures Mutual case (1915) motion pictures, and rating system (1968) censorship motion pictures, and regulation regulation regulation, and motion pictures Johnston, Eric, and censorship Hays, Will H., and censorship television television, and Production Code (motion pictures) Hays, Will H. Johnston, Eric LB - 6270 PB - Smithsonian Institution Press PY - 1996 SP - 258-76 ST - ‘A Significant Medium for the Communication of Ideas’: The Miracle Decision and the Decline of Motion Picture Censorship, 1952-1968 T2 - Movie Censorship and American Culture TI - ‘A Significant Medium for the Communication of Ideas’: The Miracle Decision and the Decline of Motion Picture Censorship, 1952-1968 ID - 2010 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Raymond Williams, ed. AB - Jowett surveys the use of visual images in communication from their use on coins in pre-Christian Rome, through early printed illustrations in the fifteenth century, through photography in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. He also examines motion pictures and television, “the massive medium.” In this clearly written and informative essay, Jowett discusses such improvements in television technology as better cameras and the use of color. AU - Jowett, Garth S. CY - London KW - illustrations photography print television +motion pictures popular culture +photography and visual communication cameras cameras, and television printing illustrations printing, and woodcuts daguerreotype color color, and television television, and color television, and cameras LB - 11670 PB - Thames and Hudson PY - 1981 SP - 184-98 ST - Extended Images T2 - Contact: Human Communication and Its History TI - Extended Images ID - 2518 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - Joyce discusses interactive fiction in this essays. It is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Joyce, Michael CY - Cambridge, MA KW - interactive media books, periodicals, newspapers digital media books, digital interactivity future and science fiction future, and digital media books future LB - 34060 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 227-38 ST - Forms of Future T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Forms of Future ID - 3044 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - Cable TV, according to the authors, was in the midst of bringing important changes in the way Americans received entertainment and information. A fully-fledged cable network could revolutionize the way we work and conduct our affairs. Kahn and Ernst discuss the "cable revolution" up to 1983 and developments in this American industry. This piece originally appeared in Technology Review (Jan. 1983). AU - Kahn, Robert D. and Martin L. Ernst CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment entertainment, home communication revolution communication revolution home entertainment community democracy home, and new media home home, and information technology information technology information processing Information Age +television television, and cable cable television information technology, and home information revolution democracy and media cable home, and cable television LB - 7010 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 147-54 ST - The Impact of Cable T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Impact of Cable ID - 2072 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Raymond Fielding, ed. AB - This piece is a reprint of a paper presented by Herbert T. Kalmus of the Technicolor Motion Picture Corporation at a Fall, 1938 meeting in Detroit, MI. AU - Kalmus, H. T. CY - Berkeley KW - Marked ref, secondary Technicolor color, and Technicolor Kalmus, Herbert color LB - 41130 PB - University of California Press PY - 1967 SP - 52-59 ST - Technicolor: Adventures in Cinemaland T2 - A Technological History of Motion Pictures and Television TI - Technicolor: Adventures in Cinemaland ID - 4212 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen Watts, ed. AB - In this chapter, Natalie Kalmus makes many of the same points she argued in her 1935 article "Color Consciousness." She does go further in explaining some of the technical problems associated with filming outdoors, for example, for the film The Trail of the Lonesome Pine as compared to shooting color films at the studio. (126-27) Again, Kalmus insists that color usage must follow the rules of Nature. "In the study of colour appreciation we have two classes of objects. On the one hand, we have Nature, with its flowers, skies, trees, etc.; on the other hand, we have man-made objects of all kinds, including artists' pictures. In the first class, the colour is already created, and it remains for us only to enjoy and appreciate. In the second class we can exercise a certain amount of selectivity. Because of the general lack of colour knowledge, that selectivity is not always tempted with wisdom. If the colour schemes of natural objects were used as guides, less flagrant mistakes in colour would occur. The use of black and white, however, to the complete exclusion of all colour, is decidedly not in keeping with Nature's rules. (117) "Natural colours and lights do not tax the eye nearly as much as man-made colours and artificial lights. Even when Nature indulges in a riot of beautiful colours, there are subtle harmonies which justify those colours. These harmonies are often overlooked by the casual observer. The most brilliant flower has leaves and stem of just the right ue to accompany or complement its gay colour." (117) Kalmus argued that "A superabundance of colour is unnatural, and has a most unpleasant effect not only upon the eye itself, but upon the mind as well. On the other hand, the complete absence of colour is unnatural. The mind strives to supply the missing chromatic sensations...." (118) Kalmus commented on the psychological impact of color. "From a broader point of view," she said, "the psychology of colour is of immense value to a director. His prime motive is to direct and control the thoughts and emotions of his audience. The director strives to indicate a fuller significance than is specifically shown by the action and dialogue... We have found that by the understanding use of colour we can subtly convey dramatic moods and impressions to the audience, making them more receptive to whatever emotion effect the scenes, action, and dialogue may convey." (120) As in her article "Color Consciousness," Kalmus is certain about what colors convey. "The usual reaction of a colour upon a normal person has been definitely determined," she said. (120) [my emphasis] She then rehashed her view about "warm" and "cool" colors made in her 1935 article. (120-21) Kalmus also reiterated her account of how for each film a color chart was prepared and the great detail with which each scene was treated. As earlier, she said color were selected to adhere "to literary laws and story values." (121) [my emphasis] In considering the use of color, she explained that the "synthesis of all these factors entails many conferences with directors, art directors, writers, cameramen, designers, and others." (123) As in her 1935 article, she said that "We must constantly practice colour restraint." (123) [my emphasis] Color was also used to enhance personality. "We plan the colours of the actor's costumes with especial care. Whenever possible, we prefer to clothe the actor in colours that build up his or her screen personality." (121) Kalmus discussed the way color photography at Technicolor is made and its impact on the viewer. "The first fundamental fact of all motion picture photography is physiological." (124) AU - Kalmus, Natalie M. CY - London KW - Kalmus, Herbert censorship censorship Marked motion pictures motion pictures, and Technicolor color color, and motion pictures color, and Technicolor Technicolor Kalmus, Herbert, and Technicolor cameras, and Technicolor cameras Technicolor, and sexuality sexuality sexuality, and Technicolor color, and sexuality sexuality, and color Kalmus, Natalie Technicolor, and Natalie Kalmus Technicolor, and color advisory service color, and emotions motion pictures, and color values values, and color color, and values color, and nature censorship and ratings color, and censorship censorship, and color censorship, and Natalie Kalmus ref, secondary color, and primitives color, and cinematographers color, and novelty color, and music Kalmus, Natalie, and color music color, and sound films sound recording sound recording, and color ref, secondary color, and Nature color, and personality personality, and color personality LB - 41270 PB - Arthur Barket Ltd. PY - 1938 SP - 116-27 ST - Colour T2 - Behind the Screen: How Films Are Made TI - Colour ID - 4226 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Susan Mossman, ed. AB - Morris Kaufman’s “Other Technologies and Plastics” is richly illustrated with color photographs. He discusses plastics use in radio with such innovations as the phenolic plug and circuit board, as well as the Ekco radio cabinet. He also offers brief observations about celluloid’s significance in motion pictures and plastics important to the transmission of electricity. Kaufman, who died in 1988, also wrote The First Century of Plastics (1963). AU - Kaufman, Morris CY - London and Washington, D. C. KW - technology illustrations photography public address systems loudspeakers non-USA +photography and visual communication +radio radio, and plastics loudspeakers, and plastic illustrations +electricity electricity, and plastics plastics, and electricity technology and society Great Britain Great Britain, and celluloid Great Britain, and plastics plastics materials LB - 12360 PB - Leicester University Press PY - 1997 SP - 148-59 ST - Other Technologies and Plastics T2 - Early Plastics: Perspectives, 1850-1950 TI - Other Technologies and Plastics ID - 2583 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - America, Film Council of AB - The author discusses the use of 16mm cameras in World War II and after. He notes that this format was long associated with "amateurism." AU - Keehn, Neal CY - Des Plaines, IL KW - libraries nationalism Film Council of America magnetic recording World War II values preservation media effects materials materials magnetic tape cinema motion pictures celluloid film education community democracy values religion war 16mm government history +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures motion pictures, and 16mm film 16mm film magnetic tape recording magnetic tape recording, video values, and society democracy, and media education, and 16mm film religion, and 16mm film 16mm film, and education 16mm film, and religion +nationalism and communication government, and 16mm film public libraries, and 16mm film 16mm film, and public libraries 16mm film, as paperback books +television television, and 16mm film history, and new media history, and 16mm film values, and 16mm film +sound recording sound recording, and magnetic tape World War II, and 16mm film 16mm film, and World War II 16mm film, and museums media effects, and 16mm films Film Council of America, values LB - 18070 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Film Council of America (Evanston, IL) PY - 1954 SP - 24-36 ST - Production T2 - Sixty Years of 16mm Film, 1923-1983: A Symposium TI - Production ID - 716 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - Keller says that even though the telephone is so central to our lives, its impact on society has been little studied. "In fact," she says, "few of the machines that have transformed modern life -- the elevator, the motor car -- have been adequately studied for future record." Her essay tries to show how telecommunications have assisted in creating links among people, and "what these links imply about the nature of modern communities." She predicts a coming information society, a "second industrial revolution." “Even more dramatic projected developments in science and society will transform life as we know it today. They also will help usher in the ‘second industrial revolution,’ the electronic society, or the automated world. This society of tomorrow, according to many serious observers, will be a society of communications, moving information and images as we now move people and goods.” AU - Keller, Suzanne CY - Cambridge, MA KW - communication revolution community communication revolution, and second industrial revolution values information processing Information Age +telephones values, and telephones telephones, and community information age second industrial revolution community, and telephones telecommunications communication revolution democracy LB - 10270 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 281-98 ST - The Telephone in New (and Old) Communities T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - The Telephone in New (and Old) Communities ID - 2392 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - H.E. Roys, ed. AB - Kellogg developed the electromagnetic pickup which "opened the door for further improvements: an all electrical reproducing system, allowing for greater output, electrical compensation, and control of the volume. The electrodynamic speaker, a co-invention with Chester W. Rice, permitted a further extension of the low frequency range and, since a horn was not needed, simplified the design of the cabinet." This piece appeared originally in the American Institute of Electrical Engineers Transactions, 46 (1927), 903-11. AU - Kellogg, Edward W. CY - Stroudsburg, PA KW - +sound recording +sound recording +electricity electricity, and sound recording sound recording, and electromagnetic pickup sound recording, and electricity phonograph sound recording, and records LB - 5490 PB - Dowden, Hutchingon [sic] & Ross, Inc. PY - 1978 SP - 29-37 ST - Electrical Reproduction from Phonograph Records T2 - Disc Recording and Reproduction TI - Electrical Reproduction from Phonograph Records ID - 1934 ER - TY - CHAP AB - See also David W. Kiehl, “A Catalogue of American Art Posters of the 1890s in the Metropolitan Museum of Art,” ibid., 97-193. AU - Kiehl, David W. CY - New York KW - photography posters +photography and visual communication posters, and United States (1890s) color, and posters (1890s) color color, and posters posters, and color LB - 1660 PB - Metropolitan Museum of Art; Distributed by Harry N. Abrams, Inc. PY - 1987 SP - 11-20 (text); 21-44 (posters) ST - American Art Posters of the 1890s T2 - American Art Posters of the 1890s TI - American Art Posters of the 1890s ID - 1562 ER - TY - CHAP AU - Kiehl, David W. CY - New York KW - photography posters +photography and visual communication +bibliographies posters, and United States (1890s) museums color, and posters (1890s) color color, and posters LB - 1670 PB - Metropolitan Museum of Art; Distributed by Harry N. Abrams, Inc. PY - 1987 SP - 97-193 ST - A Catalogue of American Art Posters of the 1890s in the Metropolitan Museum of Art T2 - American Art Posters of the 1890s TI - A Catalogue of American Art Posters of the 1890s in the Metropolitan Museum of Art ID - 1563 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joseph J. Corn, ed AB - Kihlstedt studied the iconography of two American world’s fairs -- the Century of Progress Exposition of 1933-34, held in Chicago, and the New York World’s Fair of 1939-40 -- and demonstrated how these exhibition “projected utopian images.” AU - Kihlstedt, Folke, T. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - photography iconography +future and science fiction World Fairs +photography and visual communication utopianism World Fairs, and Century of Progress (1933-34) World Fairs, and New York (1939-40) future iconography, and World Fairs utopias, and World Fairs World Fairs, and utopias LB - 1680 PB - MIT Press PY - 1986 SP - 97-118 ST - Utopia Realized: The World’s Fair of the 1930s T2 - Imagining Tomorrow: History, Technology, and the American Future TI - Utopia Realized: The World’s Fair of the 1930s ID - 1564 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Günter Friedrichs and Adam Schaff, eds. AB - This anthology assesses the significance of microelectronics. Observing that the National Academy of Sciences in the United States has compared the arrival of modern electronics to a "second industrial revolution" of perhaps greater import than the first industrial revolution, King says that the authors of this volume ask if such statements are exaggerated. They conclude that they are not. "We are inclined to accept that the impact of the integrated circuit is revolutionary. No other single invention or discovery since the steam engine has had a broad impact on all the sectors of the economy. Even the availability of electric power merely gave a further, if powerful, impulse to the process of mechanisation initiated by steam power.... the first Industrial Revolution enormously enhanced the puny muscular power of man and animals in production; the second will similarly extend human mental capacity to a degree which we can hardly envisage now." A primary concern of this book is how the microelectronics revolution will affect the Third World, which has been unable to take advantage of many benefits coming from the first industrial revolution. Another question involves whether industrialized society can assimilate these impending changes or will they hasten the breakdown of society. Microelectronics could lead to unemployment as well as create a better society for workers. AU - King, Alexander CY - Oxford, Eng. KW - R & D computers nationalism microprocessing transistors, and integrated circuits labor research and development war communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution archives Third World communication revolution, and second industrial revolution war non-USA office, and information technology microelectronics libraries labor information technology libraries, and information storage Information Age +computers and the Internet microelectronics revolution Third World, and microelectronics second industrial revolution Industrial Revolution +military communication information processing automation labor, and microelectronics microprocessors integrated circuits transistors miniaturization +information storage +nationalism and communication microelectronics, and history of Club of Rome communication revolution materials office LB - 4400 N1 - See also: office PB - Pergamon Press PY - 1982 SP - 1-36 ST - Introduction: A New Industrial Revolution or Just Another Technology? T2 - Microelectronics and Society: For Better or for Worse: A Report to the Club of Rome TI - Introduction: A New Industrial Revolution or Just Another Technology? ID - 1828 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - This work predicted a ten-fold growth in the market for high-technology ceramics in the coming decade, and “that user needs will continue to drive the development of new, improved devices like sensors, insulators, cutting tools, and optical systems” used by a large number of industries. The author argues that nations that fall behind in the use of high-tech ceramics will fall behind in many other areas. This piece first appeared in High-Technology Ceramics, Past, Present, and Future (Volume 3, published by the American Ceramic Society. AU - Kingery, W. David CY - Cambridge, MA KW - nationalism materials +future and science fiction materials +nationalism and communication materials revolution ceramics future nationalism, and materials nationalism, and ceramics LB - 2710 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 315-28 ST - Looking to the Future of Ceramics T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - Looking to the Future of Ceramics ID - 1663 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Mark R. Levy, ed. AB - This article has a short history of the VCR as well as a short “Chronology of Events” back to 1927. AU - Kloppenstein, Bruce C. CY - Newbury Park, CA KW - reference works entertainment video cassette recorders (VCRs) entertainment, home magnetic recording References, Statistics, Timelines, Maps home entertainment materials materials magnetic tape home, and new media home values home, and information technology information technology +television information technology, and home values, and VCRs VCRs television, and VCRs VCRs, and history VCRs home, and VCRs +timelines timelines, and VCRs LB - 7040 PB - Sage Publications PY - 1989 SP - 21-39 ST - The Diffusion of the VCR in the United States T2 - The VCR Age: Home Video and Mass Communication TI - The Diffusion of the VCR in the United States ID - 2075 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Mayer, Michael F. AB - Many of those who attended foreign films in the United States during the 1950s and early 1960s were highly educated and articulate. Many were also young. A large percentage of those who watched movies in art theaters were under 30. The “outstanding fact” about European cinema, wrote film critic Arthur Knight in 1965, and we might add, what attracted many young intellectuals to it, was “its readiness to permit experimentation both in themes and techniques.” (vii) Knight goes to write that "curiously, although European pictures are seldom made for a mass audience (not in the Hollywood sense, at any rate), their influence upon American production has been enormous. And beneficial." (viii) AU - Knight, Arthur CY - New York KW - motion pictures censorship and ratings motion pictures, and Europe foreign films motion pictures, and foreign film LB - 31860 PB - Arco PY - 1965 SP - vii-viii ST - Introduction T2 - Foreign Films on American Screens TI - Introduction ID - 2865 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This essays deals with the "shift in medical futurism in the year surrounding the discovery of x rays in 1895." Before this time, medicine had focused on preventing illness. After 1895, many people hoped that the x-ray machine "might transcend traditional healing powers and that solutions to disease and death were as close as the nearest patent office." The author provides an interesting discussion of how x rays entered into the public's imagination through the press, novels, and short stories. AU - Knight, Nancy CY - Cambridge, MA KW - photography news and journalism +books, periodicals, newspapers magazines +future and science fiction information technology +photography and visual communication information technology, and medicine X-rays future future, and medicine magazines, and technology future, and x-rays LB - 1700 N1 - ProCite field[8]: Joseph J. Corn, ed. PB - MIT Press PY - 1986 SP - 10-34 ST - ‘The New Light’: X Rays and Medical Futurism T2 - Imagining Tomorrow: History, Technology, and the American Future TI - ‘The New Light’: X Rays and Medical Futurism ID - 1566 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jasia Reichardt, ed. AB - This piece notes that the first computer movies produced at Bell Labs appeared in 1963. AU - Knowlton, Kenneth C. CY - New York KW - computers corporations corporations , motion pictures computers and the Internet computers, and animated films motion pictures, and computers (1960s) computers, and motion pictures (1960s) motion pictures, and animated films Bell Laboratories Bell Laboratories, and computer movies computers LB - 32690 PB - Frederick A. Praeger PY - 1969 ST - Computer-Animated Movies T2 - Cybernetic Serendipity: The Computer and the Arts TI - Computer-Animated Movies ID - 2871 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Robert Allen, ed. AB - Kozloff writes that "we must not underestimate the importance of narrative theory as a critical vantage point, because American television is as saturated in narrative as a sponge in a swimming pool. Most television shows ... are narrative texts.” AU - Kozloff, Sarah CY - Chapel Hill KW - values +television television, and narrative values, and television television, and values LB - 9890 PB - University of North Carolina Press PY - 1992 SP - 68-91 ST - Narrative Theory and Television T2 - Channels of Discourse Reassembled TI - Narrative Theory and Television ID - 2356 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Bruce Guile, ed. AB - Kranzberg believed in 1984 that the Information Age had “revolutionized the technical elements of industrial society,” The “internationalization of production” had already assumed “revolutionary dimensions.” He criticized writers such as Alvin Toffler who seemed to assume that new technologies replaced older technology quickly and completely. While old technology would remain for quite some time, and while new technology would arrive in an evolutionary fashion, the long-term impact of these changes would be revolutionary. AU - Kranzberg, Melvin CY - Washington, D.C. KW - technology communication revolution general studies capitalism communication revolution information age communication revolution, and industry Toffler, Alvin technology and society LB - 770 PB - National Academy Press PY - 1985 SP - 35-54 ST - The Information Age: Evolution or Revolution? T2 - Information Technologies and Social Transformation TI - The Information Age: Evolution or Revolution? ID - 1473 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - The authors provide a chronology that includes the Stone, Bronze, and Iron Ages through Roman times, which was “famous for cement,” and the Middle Ages, which gave us gunpowder and printing. The story follows developments to World War II. This article originally appeared in Morris Cohen, ed., “Materials and Engineering: Its Evolution, Practice and Prospects,” a special issue of Materials Science and Engineering, vol. 37, no. 1 (Jan. 1979). AU - Kranzberg, Melvin and Cyril Stanley Smith CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology print materials war materials general studies technology and society materials revolution Stone Age Bronze Age Iron Age cement gunpowder printing World War II engineering, and materials engineering LB - 760 PB - MIT Pres PY - 1988 SP - 85-118 ST - Materials in History and Society T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - Materials in History and Society ID - 1472 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Renate Mayntz and Thomas P. Hughes, eds. AB - La Porte writes that the “United States air traffic system (USATS) providing both air navigation and traffic separation became a nationwide governmental service in 1936 after two decades of expanding private and public activity. Within fifty years, this system has grown into an extraordinary matrix of 600 airports and 300,000 miles of airways in continuous flux and motion as millions of people and mountains of freight (and air mail) are shepherded throughout the U.S. It has been a remarkable development of a very large-scale, publicly owned technical system with quite different properties than the other systems discussed in this book [railroads, electricity, telephones, videotex]. It is at once, more far-flung and complex, and less integrated and dependent upon technologies as a means of coordination. It has a different relationship to the national state....” AU - La Porte, Todd CY - Bolder, CO; and Frankfurt am Main KW - post office nationalism technical systems labor office office, and new media office transportation nationalism and communication +aeronautics and space communication transportation, and air travel technical systems, large-scale air traffic system (US), USATS postal service air travel infrastructure nationalism, and air travel air power LB - 2280 PB - Westview Press; and Campus Verlag PY - 1988 SP - 215-44 ST - The United States Air Traffic System: Increasing Reliability in the Midst of Rapid Growth T2 - The Development of Large Technical Systems TI - The United States Air Traffic System: Increasing Reliability in the Midst of Rapid Growth ID - 1621 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - The authors try to place the materials revolution into historical and world perspective. They “identify a ‘cycle’ of demand for materials and argue that economic growth is no longer accompanied by increased consumption of basic materials. Indeed, we are moving from an Age of Materials to an Age of Information, this fundamental and perhaps irreversible shift being brought about by materials substitution, design changes, saturated markets, and a shift to high-tech goods with a low materials content." At the time of this article, Larson and Williams were at Princeton’s Center for Energy and Environmental Studies, while Ross was a the Argonne National Laboratory and the University of Michigan. Their article first appeared in Scientific American (June 1986). Critiques of their position can be found in the October, 1986 issue of Scientific American. AU - Larson, Eric D., Marc H. Ross, and Robert H. Williams CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers preservation communication revolution history, and new media materials communication revolution, and second industrial revolution history materials history +computers and the Internet materials revolution information age second industrial revolution communication revolution Industrial Revolution general studies capitalism history, break with LB - 2630 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 141-59 ST - Beyond the Era of Materials T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - Beyond the Era of Materials ID - 1656 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Chris Hables Gray, ed. AB - This essay explores "the role of analogy in space policy in the 1950s and the 1990s." It examines the part played by ideas about adventure and discovery during the 1950s, as well as popular beliefs about space travel. The author notes that "the decade following World War II brought a sea change in perceptions, as most American went from skepticism about the probilities of space flight to an acceptance of it as a near-term reality." Launius discusses how consideration of foreign policy and national security influenced the debate during the 1950s. During the 1990s, the debate over space policy reflected the declining influence of the frontier metaphor in public dicussions. There was a widening gap between popular beliefs about space flight and reality. National security and foreign policy are again related to the debate. He argues that by the 1990s, the "gap between reality and popular ideas of space flight" was so great "that a new campaign will be required to link the two once again." AU - Launius, Roger D. CY - Malabar, FL KW - R & D National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) preservation research and development war history, and new media war history +aeronautics and space communication satellites NASA +military communication military, and satellites history, and analogies Sputnik analogies, historical LB - 6030 PB - Krieger Publishing Company PY - 1996 SP - 215-32 ST - NASA Retrospect and Prospect: Space Policy in the 1950s and the 1990s T2 - Technohistory: Using the History of American Technology in Interdisciplinary Research TI - NASA Retrospect and Prospect: Space Policy in the 1950s and the 1990s ID - 1987 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This study of the cereal and snacks industry in northwest England points to the problems facing trade unions as they try to resist technological change. This paper was presented to the annual meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science at the University of Sussex, England in August, 1983, and it was first published in the Symposium's proceedings, New Technology and the Future of Work (London: Frances Pinter, 1984). AU - Leach, Bernard and John Shutt CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers non-USA information technology +computers and the Internet automation information technology, and industry labor Great Britain labor, and new media Great Britain, and labor critics LB - 3510 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 480-95 ST - Chips and Crisps: Labor Faces a Crunch T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Chips and Crisps: Labor Faces a Crunch ID - 1741 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Levin, G. Roy AB - Documentary filmmaker Richard Leacock gave this interview at his home in Cambridge, MA, Aug. 13, 1970. Preceeding it is a condensed version of "Dogma of One Film-Maker" that Leacock wrote for the screening of his films at MIT in 1969. In it, he says that "with the advent of sound, far from being freed, we were paralyzed by the complexity and size of equipment. We still went out to the real world and proceeded to destroy, by our own impact, the very thing we wen to record." (195-6) AU - Leacock, Richard CY - Garden City, N. Y. KW - underground cinema motion pictures 16mm sound recording motion pictures, and 16mm Leacock, Richard underground media underground films motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and history of motion pictures, and avant-garde films underground films, and motion pictures 16mm 16mm, and avant-garde films documentaries motion pictures, and documentaries television videotape magnetic recording magnetic recording, and documentaries cinéma vérité cameras cameras, 16mm 16mm cameras documentary films, and 16mm motion pictures, and 16mm motion pictures, and documentaries lighting lighting, and 16mm cameras lighting, and portable cameras sound recording sound recording, and 16mm cameras 16mm cameras, and sound recording news and journalism television television, and 16mm cameras television news, and 16mm cameras photography and visual communication Great Britain France Belgium non-USA non-USA, and documentary filmmaking Great Britain, and documentary filmmaking France, and documentary filmmaking Belgium, and documentary filmmaking videofreex television, and videotape videotape, and television television, and videofreex sound recording, and 16mm 16mm, and sound recording 8mm sound recording, and 8mm 8mm, and sound recording photography magnetic tape magnetic recording LB - 34680 PB - Doubleday & Company, Inc. PY - 1971 SP - 195-221 ST - [Interview, Aug. 13, 1970] T2 - Documentary Explorations: 15 Interviews with Film-Makers TI - [Interview, Aug. 13, 1970] ID - 3106 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Richard Wightman Fox and T.J.Jackson Lears, eds. AB - Lears writes that “‘On or about December 1910,’ Virginia Woolf once said, ‘human character changed.’ This hyperbole contains a kernel of truth....The older culture was suited to a production-oriented society of small entrepreneurs; the newer culture epitomized a consumption-oriented society dominated by bureaucratic corporations.” “The shift toward sensational tactics for attracting attention was accelerated by a broader movement from print to visual modes of expression. Technical advances in photography, film, and printing promoted a proliferation of images and made an exclusively verbal medium seem dull by comparison....Advertising was part of a new visual environment, where innumerable images jostled for the attention of a mass audience.” AU - Lears, T. J. Jackson CY - New York KW - photography advertising, and public relations propaganda public relations modernism modernity communication revolution values modernity communication revolution general studies +photography and visual communication advertising capitalism, and culture values, and advertising values, and capitalism Industrial Revolution modernism +motion pictures +books, periodicals, newspapers consumerism general studies color capitalism advertising, and visual communication LB - 9970 PB - Pantheon Books PY - 1983 SP - 3-38 ST - From Salvation to Self-Realization T2 - Culture of Consumption: Critical Essays in American History, 1880-1980 TI - From Salvation to Self-Realization ID - 2362 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author, who at the time was a independent planning consultant based in Paris, suggests here that microelectronics could make possible decentralization of social activity and help to “mop up regional unemployment and greatly improve accessibility to education. It could also lead to dramatic reduction in travel time and transport costs and reduce the pressures on cities.” This paper originally appeared in Impact of Science on Society, Vol. 27 (No. 2, 1977). AU - Lefèvre, Bruno CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism time and timekeeping time communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution communication revolution, and second industrial revolution geography microelectronics +computers and the Internet space (spatial) time +transportation microelectronics revolution urban studies microelectronics revolution, and town planning +nationalism and communication microelectronics revolution, and government communication revolution second industrial revolution microelectronics revolution, and decentralization LB - 3120 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 473-87 ST - The Impact of Microelectronics on Town Planning T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Impact of Microelectronics on Town Planning ID - 1704 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - This article, written by a journalist, first appeared in Time (May 11, 1987). The editor of this volume, Tom Forester, called it “the best popular account ... of the search for superconductivity....” Recent breakthroughs had occurred in this field in late 1985, but had not been picked up by the press until a meeting at the New York Hilton in March, 1987. AU - Lemonick, Michael D., with Thomas McCarroll, J. Madeleine Nash, and Dennis Wyss CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers superconductivity nationalism corporations corporations corporations materials non-USA materials +computers and the Internet superconductors Bell Laboratories Japan IBM materials revolution Japan, and superconductors +nationalism and communication nationalism, and superconductors LB - 2600 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 35-39 ST - Superconductors! The Startling Breakthrough That Could Change Our World T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - Superconductors! The Startling Breakthrough That Could Change Our World ID - 1653 ER - TY - CHAP AB - The author selected "a single issue of each [Underground Press Syndicate] periodical from every second month in the period from September 1967 to August 1968." (90) "Despite implicit and explicit acceptance of unconventional sexual practices and standards, there was also some emphasis on the negative aspects of sexual intercourse (such as venereal disease) and upon the availability of medical services for sex-related health problems" in these underground publications. "Several sex-related articles in the underground papers involved erotic art and literature, particularly movies, books, and plays in which sex played a dominant role...." (95) AU - Levin, Jack CY - Washington, D. C. KW - underground films pornography motion pictures, and sexuality sexuality Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures Commission on Obscenity and Pornography motion pictures, and sex motion pictures, and history of sex nudity motion pictures, and nudity censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship censorship and ratings motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and underground newspapers newspapers underground newspapers, and motion pictures pornography, and underground films pornography, and underground newspapers underground press, and underground cinema underground cinema, and underground press Underground Press Syndicate news underground media censorship news and journalism underground cinema underground newspapers underground press LB - 31780 PB - U. S. Government Printing Office PY - 1972 SP - 89-97 ST - Sex-Related Themes in The Underground Press T2 - Technical Report of The Commission on Obscenity and Pornography: Volume IX: The Consumer and the Community TI - Sex-Related Themes in The Underground Press VL - 9 ID - 2863 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Carroll W. Pursell, Jr., ed. AU - Lewis, W. David CY - Cambridge, MA KW - public address systems public address systems loudspeakers +sound recording microphones Jensen, Peter public address systems loudspeakers LB - 5250 PB - MIT Press PY - 1981 SP - 000-00 ST - Peter L. Jensen and the Amplication of Sound T2 - Technology in America: A History of Individuals and Ideas TI - Peter L. Jensen and the Amplication of Sound ID - 1912 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Libby, C. Earl, ed. (prepared under the direction of the Joint Textbook Committee of the Paper Industry) AB - This straight-forward account offers a clear introduction into the history of paper and pulp. It is one of sixteen essays in a volume devoted to the science and technology of pulp and paper, and it is the most historically oriented piece in this collection. AU - Libby, C. E. CY - New York KW - materials paper materials papermaking paper, and wood pulp LB - 28290 PB - McGraw-Hill Book Company PY - 1962 SP - 1-19 ST - History of Pulp and Paper T2 - Pulp and Paper: Science and Technology: Volume I: Pulp TI - History of Pulp and Paper ID - 907 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This paper originally appeared in IEEE Transactions On Communications, Vol. COM-23, No. 10 (Oct. 1975). The editor of this volume considered it "one of the earliest -- and still one of the most valuable -- discussions of the political implications of developments in microelectronics-based information technology....." As with most new inventions, Lowi demonstrates that improvements in information technology are double-edged. "Either the new telecommunications systems will spread information more widely and thus enhance the power of the individual, or they will greatly increase man's susceptibility to manipulation. It is up to us," he says. Decision must be made about government secrecy, centralizing the state's power, and personal privacy. At the time of this piece, the author was professor of American Institutions as Cornell University. He notes "that technological change -- 'The Xerox and magnetic tape explosion' -- figured prominently in the Pentagon Papers and Watergate scandals. Heaven knows what microelectronics might bright." AU - Lowi, Theodore J. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers tape recording, magnetic nationalism tape recording recording law, and privacy law communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution community democracy freedom xerography recording, and magnetic tape recorders sound recording, and magnetic sound recording surveillance duplicating technologies microelectronics computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology nationalism and communication photocopying magnetic tape recording sound recording, and magnetic democracy and media microelectronics revolution microelectronics revolution, and government secrecy privacy surveillance civil liberties, and microelectronic revolution Xerox revolution Pentagon Papers, and photocopying Watergate, and tape recording photocopying, and Pentagon Papers civil liberties Watergate nationalism, and new media nationalism, and microelectronics nationalism, and magnetic recording nationalism, and photocopying magnetic recording magnetic tape Xerox Corporation LB - 3110 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 453-72 ST - The Political Impact of Information Technology T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Political Impact of Information Technology ID - 1703 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Raymond Fielding, ed. AB - This article appeared originally in Journal of the Society of Motion Picture Engineers, 27 (Dec. 1936). AU - Lumiere, Louis CY - Berkeley KW - Lumiére, Louis non-USA motion pictures motion pictures motion pictures, and origins LB - 7100 PB - University of California Press PY - 1967 SP - 49-51 ST - The Lumiere Cinematograph T2 - A Technological History of Motion Pictures and Television TI - The Lumiere Cinematograph ID - 2081 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Robert K. Baker and Sandra J. Ball, eds. AB - This essays notes that inn 1945, 93 percent of the 377 films released in the United States were produced in America. In 1967, American movies made up 39 percent of the 462 new feature films. This report appears in Volume 9 of Mass Media and Violence: A Report to the National Commission on the Causes and Prevention of Violence. AU - Lyle, Jack CY - [Washington, D. C.] KW - social science research media effects media violence non-USA +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and violence social science research, and violence violence violence, and motion pictures violence, and social science research National Commission on Causes and Prevention of Violence motion pictures, and foreign films foreign films motion pictures, and U.S. films made abroad media effects LB - 16500 PB - [U. S. Government Printing Office] PY - 1969 SP - 187-216 ST - Contemporary Functions of the Mass Media: Appendix II-B T2 - Mass Media and Violence: Vol. IX: A Report to the National Commission on the Causes and Prevention of Violence TI - Contemporary Functions of the Mass Media: Appendix II-B ID - 602 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Rubinstein, Eli A. A2 - Comstock, George A. A2 - John P. Murray, eds. AB - Lyle work was among the studies in this report from the Surgeon General that indicated that what children learned from television could be good or bad, and that the effects of this learning could be strongly influenced by parents. The studies showed that even though parents were uneasy about what their children learned from TV, they often failed to provide supervision for even the youngest child. The thrust of this research conducted in experimental settings confirmed that overt aggressiveness was more likely to follow exposure to violent programs than to nonviolent programs. AU - Lyle, Jack CY - Rockville, MD KW - television, and media effects Surgeon General social science research media effects media violence media effects censorship and ratings children +television violence television, and violence violence, and television violence, and social science research social science research, and violence children, and media +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and television television, and motion pictures Surgeon General's Report (1972) television, and Surgeon General's Report (1972) violence children, and TV violence media effects, and television LB - 20050 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - National Institute of Mental Health SP - 1-32 ST - Television in Daily Life: Patterns of Use Overview SV - 4 T2 - Television and Social Behavior: Reports and Papers. Volume IV: Television in Day-to-Day Life: Patterns of Use: A Technical Report to the Surgeon General's Scientific Advisory Committee on Television and Social Behavior T3 - Television and Social Behavior: Reports and Papers TI - Television in Daily Life: Patterns of Use Overview ID - 829 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author argues that Japan will soon threaten seriously American global domination in microelectronics. This was the keynote address to the 1978 International Solid-State Circuits Conference in San Francisco. It originally appeared the Microelectronics Journal, Vol. 9 (No. 2, 1978). AU - Mackintosh, Ian M. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism integrated circuits transistors communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution microelectronics non-USA +computers and the Internet Japan microelectronics revolution integrated circuits +nationalism and communication Japan, and microelectronics LB - 2810 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 83-102 ST - Micros: The Coming World War T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Micros: The Coming World War ID - 1673 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - This essay looks at the role of women in the workforce needed for telephone service, as well as what the telephone meant to the lives of women. AU - Maddox, Brenda CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment entertainment, home women, and new media labor home entertainment home, and new media home women office, and information technology home, and information technology information technology +telephones women, and telephones telephones, and women information technology, and home information technology, and office office, and telephones home, and telephones women, and telephones office LB - 10260 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 262-80 ST - Women and the Switchboard T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - Women and the Switchboard ID - 2391 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - This piece is a transcript of a talk that Magaziner delivered May 8, 1998, at a time when he was Senior Advisor for Policy Development to President Bill Clinton. As the editors of the volume note, Magaziner's "report to the president in that year defined U. S. government strategy for promoting global commerce on the Internet and confirmed his role as the chief architect of digital policy in the Clinton White House." (113) The volume in which Magaziner's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Magaziner, Ira CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers Clinton, Bill virtual reality Internet global communication community Clinton, William Jefferson presidents and new media Clinton, William Clinton, William, and Internet Clinton, William, and democracy democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization capitalism, and globalization Clinton administration, and Internet Clinton administration, and globalization Clinton administration, and capitalism Clinton Administration LB - 34210 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 113-31 ST - Democracy and Cyberspace: First Principles T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Democracy and Cyberspace: First Principles ID - 3059 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - ed., Leonard Berkowitz AB - Malamuth and Donnerstein deal with the research on the effects of the aggressive forms of pornography that had appeared since the writing of the 1970 Report put out by the President Commission on Obscenity and Pornography. Because violent pornography was relatively rare before the late 1960s, the 1970 Report had made little assessment of its effects, but during the 1970s, aggression in sexually explicit movies and publications (both in hard-core and in such soft-core magazines as Playboy and Penthouse) increased dramatically. Malamuth and Donnerstein argued that in hard-core paperbacks, the depiction of rape doubled between 1968 and 1974. AU - Malamuth, Meil M. and Ed Donnerstein CY - New York KW - presidents and new media syntheses meta-analyses syntheses (of research) syntheses social science research sexuality motion pictures news and journalism +books, periodicals, newspapers media effects crime motion pictures and popular culture television pornography pornography, and harmful effects social science research, and pornography syntheses, and pornography research media effects media effects, and pornography aggression, and pornography pornography, and aggression crime, and pornography pornography, and crime pornography, and paperback books books, paperbacks, and pornography magazines pornography, and magazines Playboy Penthouse media effects, and Playboy media effects, and Penthouse President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970), and critics critics +books, periodicals, newspapers books President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) violence LB - 22730 PB - Academic Press PY - 1982 SP - 104-130 ST - The Effects of Aggressive-Pornographic Mass Media Stimuli T2 - Advances in Experimental Social Psychology TI - The Effects of Aggressive-Pornographic Mass Media Stimuli VL - 15 ID - 998 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Even though microchip-based computers at the time of this article were then less than a decade old, the United States and Japan were in a race to build the next of "fifth" generation of computers -- so-called "supercomputers" that have "artificial intelligence." The authors say that whoever when this race will strengthen their control of the information revolution and enhance their geo-political power. AU - Marbach, William D., et al. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - R & D computers nationalism presidents, and new media values research and development war communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution materials materials +future and science fiction values religion war non-USA +military communication Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration microelectronics +computers and the Internet +nationalism and communication +artificial intelligence and biotechnology Japan supercomputers strategic computing initiative microcomputers microelectronics revolution chips, computer, micro computers, fifth generation computers and society Reagan administration, and computers future chips, computer computer chips computers nationalism, and artificial intelligence nationalism, and computers Japan, and fifth generation computers LB - 3190 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 60-70 ST - Artificial Intelligence and the Fifth Generation T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Artificial Intelligence and the Fifth Generation ID - 1711 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author poses questions regarding the so-called communication revolution. He tries to avoid unduely optimistic or pessimistic preconceptions as well as a superficial middle ground which says the information society has a capacity for good or evil. At the time, the author edited Future Survey, a monthly that abstracted material on topics related to the future. This article appeared first in World Future Society Bulletin (Sept.-Oct. 1983). AU - Marien, Michael CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution +future and science fiction microelectronics Information Age +computers and the Internet future communication revolution information age microelectronics revolution critics, information age information age, and critics of critics future, and new media LB - 3610 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 ST - Some Questions for the Information Society T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Some Questions for the Information Society ID - 1751 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Anne G. Keatley, ed. AB - Mark offers a historical survey of aviation and space exploration from before World War II military communication through the space shuttle. The essay is based on secondary sources. AU - Mark, Hans CY - Washington, D. C. KW - technology R & D computers technology and society Reagan administration Reagan, Ronald Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism nationalism and communication capitalism research and development computers, and nationalism nationalism, and computers materials nationalism, and materials materials, and nationalism foreign relations, and technology technology, and foreign relations aeronautics and space communication OTA satellites space shuttle presidents and new media Reagan, Ronald, and technology Reagan administration, and technology Reagan administration, and foreign relations foreign relations, and Reagan administration computers and the Internet Reagan administration space communication computers LB - 33210 PB - National Academy Press PY - 1985 SP - 79-109 ST - Aerospace T2 - Technological Frontiers and Foreign Relations TI - Aerospace ID - 2961 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Manuel Castells, ed. AB - The authors argue “that military spending in the United States has been a powerful industrial and regional policy that has profoundly affected the patterning of human settlements in the United States. Drawing high tech production toward the ‘defense perimeter,’ military procurement has spurned the industrially diverse manufacturing belt to create extensive, low-density, industrial park suburbs (Southwest Los Angeles, Silicon Valley, Dallas-Fort Worth’s ‘Silicon Prairie,’ and Anaheim) adjacent to, but with relatively few political or cultural links to, older metropolitan areas. It has also created a newer generation of medium-sized detached metropolitan areas where, in a reversal of twentieth century urbanization tendencies, the local economy is highly dependent on one or a few sectors and demonstrates few tendencies toward diversification. The resulting geopolitical map is one in which highly military-dependent, relatively homogeneous and conservative cultural enclaves are counterposed to the strong industrial working class and bourgeois traditions of our large, mature manufacturing belt cities.” The authors also maintain “not only that the image of high tech production has been laundered (i.e., that its military roots and sustenance have been obscured), but that our most economically troubled communities have little prospect of capturing a share of this type of economic growth.” AU - Markusen, Ann Roell and Robin Bloch CY - Beverly Hills, CA KW - technology R & D materials, and silicon nationalism materials silicon values research and development war communication revolution communication revolution, and second industrial revolution war values +nationalism and communication +military communication Silicon Valley Route 128 Silicon Prairie (Dallas) urban studies second industrial revolution values, and information technology microelectronics geography space (spatial) technology and society values, and military technology military-industrial complex space (spatial) nationalism, and new media military, and new media communication revolution LB - 2120 PB - Sage Publications PY - 1985 SP - 106-20 ST - Defensive Cities: Military Spending, High Technology, and Human Settlements T2 - High Technology, Space, and Society TI - Defensive Cities: Military Spending, High Technology, and Human Settlements ID - 1608 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - “The zero gravity of space makes possible the creation of special alloys, crystals, and perfect spheres that are literally out of this world. Chemical reactions and biological processes take on a different form and cheap solar energy is more abundant about the earth’s atmosphere. All this suggests that ‘space factories’ will soon get into orbit... and in the next century we will be buying goods stamped ‘Made in Space.’” The editor notes that the author of this piece, who is a journalist, wrote a similar article about space processing in 1978. This article originally appeared in The Space Business (London: Penguin Books, 1985), 130-37. AU - Marsh, Peter CY - Cambridge, MA KW - nationalism materials +future and science fiction space communication materials materials revolution +aeronautics and space communication space communication, and materials processing future +nationalism and communication nationalism, and materials satellites rocketry LB - 2720 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 329-37 ST - Materials Processing in Space T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - Materials Processing in Space ID - 1664 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - New information technology will change dramatically how people shop and conduct their financial affairs. When this report appeared in 1982, there was much uncertainty about what would happen in banking and retailing and the authors attempt to explain the social implications of the new technology. AU - Marti, John and Anthony Zeilinger CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers capitalism information technology Information Age +computers and the Internet information technology, and finance information processing capitalism, and new media computers and society capitalism computers capitalism, and information technology LB - 3410 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 350-58 ST - New Technology in Banking and Shopping T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - New Technology in Banking and Shopping ID - 1731 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Raymond Williams, ed. AB - Martin surveys the history of printing from the introduction of paper into Spain and Italy by the Arabs in the 12th century, through craft printing before Gutenberg, through printing with movable metal type and the evolution of the book. He discusses the growth of the book trade as well as the rise of the newspaper and periodical press. The latter pages deal with the popular press of the late 19th and early 20 centuries, and the “image explosion.” He concludes by discussing the revolution in book publishing the 20th century and print culture in the age of electronic media. AU - Martin, Henri-Jean CY - London KW - photography print news and journalism +books, periodicals, newspapers news and journalism non-USA +books, periodicals, newspapers books newspapers magazines printing presses Gutenberg, Johann newspapers, and illustrations newspapers, and photography +photography and visual communication paper news materials LB - 11650 PB - Thames and Hudson PY - 1981 SP - 128-50 ST - Printing T2 - Contact: Human Communication and Its History TI - Printing ID - 2516 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joseph J. Corn, ed. AB - "This chapter," Marvin writes, "is an attempt to reconstruct the forgotten dimension of the social history of electricity by tracing some early contributions that began with the telegraph, proceeded through the electronic mass media, and continues at the present moment in computing technology." Most of this work deals with the nineteenth century. AU - Marvin, Carolyn CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology home entertainment computers entertainment, home advertising, and public relations propaganda public relations labor home entertainment +future and science fiction home, and new media home values office, and information technology home, and information technology networks lighting information technology +electricity future networks, electrical technology and society information technology, and home values, and electricity information technology, and office advertising, and electricity lighting, electrical advertising home, and electricity +computers and the Internet +television television, and electric light office LB - 5120 PB - MIT Press PY - 1986 SP - 202-17 ST - Dazzling the Multitude: Imagining the Electric Light as a Communications Medium T2 - Imagining Tomorrow: History, Technology, and the American Future TI - Dazzling the Multitude: Imagining the Electric Light as a Communications Medium ID - 1899 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jean L. Marx, ed. AB - This essay provides an introduction to research concerning heredity and genetic manipulation. The author ends by noting concerns during the mid-1970s to suspend certain types of biotechnological research until international guidelines can be established. AU - Marx, Jean L. CY - New York KW - values genetics values +artificial intelligence and biotechnology biotechnology DNA genetic engineering heredity values, and biotechnology LB - 2550 PB - Cambridge University Press PY - 1989 SP - 1-14 ST - Heredity, Genes and DNA T2 - A Revolution in Biotechnology TI - Heredity, Genes and DNA ID - 1648 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Merritt Roe Smith and Leo Marx, eds. AB - Marx contends that the unbounded optimism and faith in progress that characterized American culture prior to World War II has now waned and has been replaced by "widespread social pessimism." A complex set of causes explains this change in attitude. "They are to be found in specific technological disasters (Chernobyl and Three Mile Island), in national traumas (the Vietnam War), and more generally in a loss of faith in technology as 'the driving force of progress.'" Marx tries to set these development into a historical context. He examines "the role of mechanical arts in the progressive world view" and shows how "'both the character and the representations of "technology" changed in the nineteenth century' from discrete, easily identifiable artifacts (such as steam engines) to abstract, scientific, and seemingly neutral systems of production and control. With its 'endless reification' in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the nearly refurbished concept of 'technology' became invested with a 'host of metaphysical properties and potencies' that invited a belief in it as an autonomous agent of social change. By mystifying technology and attributing to it powers that bordered on idolatry, mid-twentieth-century Americans set themselves up for a fall that prepared 'the way for an increasingly pessimistic sense of the technological determination of history.'" Marx argues "that postmodernist criticism, with its ratification of 'the idea of the domination of life by large technological systems,' perpetuates the credibility of technological determinism." AU - Marx, Leo CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology nationalism values preservation history, and new media history technology and society progress history, and progress +nationalism and communication Industrial Revolution history, and technological determinism technological determinism postmodernism postmodernism, and technology postmodernism progress, and technology technology, and progress LB - 4710 PB - MIT Press PY - 1994 SP - 237-57 ST - The Idea of 'Technology' and Postmodern Pessimism T2 - Does Technology Drive History? The Dilemma of Technological Determinism TI - The Idea of 'Technology' and Postmodern Pessimism ID - 1858 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author argues that "the emerging information society will be completely different from industrial society," and that we can anticipate a "Computopia" on this planet, "if only we understand and direct the underlying social forces." Masuda authored the Japanese Plan for an Information Society: A National Goal Toward the Year 2000 which appeared as early as 1971. The author gives a glimpse into Japanese thinking about the future. This piece came from Masuda's book, The Information Society as Post-Industrial Society (Bethesda, MD: World Future Society, 1981, 1983). AU - Masuda, Yoneji CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism preservation communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution history, and new media +future and science fiction communication revolution, and second industrial revolution non-USA history microelectronics history +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology +nationalism and communication Japan future future, and Japan communication revolution microelectronics revolution history, break with second industrial revolution Industrial Revolution postindustrial society nationalism, and new media LB - 3620 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 620-34 ST - Computopia T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Computopia ID - 1752 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jack D. Flam, trans. AB - “Beautiful blues, reds, yellows,” the artist Henri Matisse maintained, were “matter to stir the sensual depths of men.” AU - Matisse, Henri CY - London KW - photography painting law censorship and ratings censorship non-USA +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures color motion pictures, and color censorship, and color color, and censorship Matisse, Henri, and color +photography and visual communication photography, and color painting, and color color, and painting LB - 17940 PB - Phaidon Press, Ltd. PY - 1973 SP - 74 ST - Statements to Tériade, 1936 [The Purity of Means] T2 - Matisse on Art TI - Statements to Tériade, 1936 [The Purity of Means] ID - 703 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jack D. Flam, trans. AB - “Above all,” Henri Matisse said, color was “a means of liberation... the freeing of conventions, old methods being pushed aside by the contributions of the new generation.” AU - Matisse, Henri CY - London KW - photography painting law censorship and ratings censorship non-USA +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures color motion pictures, and color censorship, and color color, and censorship Matisse, Henri, and color +photography and visual communication photography, and color painting, and color color, and painting LB - 17950 PB - Phaidon Press, Ltd. PY - 1973 SP - 100 ST - The Role and Modalities of Colour, 1945 T2 - Matisse on Art TI - The Role and Modalities of Colour, 1945 ID - 704 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - H. E. Roys, ed. AB - The authors made improvements in the development and design of the phonograph. "Analogous electrical filter circuit theory was applied to the mechanical design of the recorder and the acoustic reproducer, called the 'sound box.' The cabinet was designed to serve as a long folded horn of the logarithmic type. The result was a quality record and an all acoustic phonograph having an overall response range essentially flat from 100 to 5000 Hz, a vast improvement over earlier records and instruments." This piece appeared originally in the American Institute Electrical Engineering Transactions, 45 (1926), 334-46. AU - Maxfield, J. P. and H. C. Harrison CY - Stroudsburg, PA KW - +sound recording +sound recording +telephones phonograph sound recording, and records LB - 5530 PB - Dowden, Hutchingon [sic] & Ross, Inc. PY - 1978 SP - 16-28 ST - Methods of High Quality Recording and Reproducing of Music and Speech based on Telephone Research T2 - Disc Recording and Reproduction TI - Methods of High Quality Recording and Reproducing of Music and Speech based on Telephone Research ID - 1938 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - Mayer, a journalist, argues that “banks, retailers, and publishers have begun services that enable people to undertake financial transactions, purchase goods, and keep up with the news -- all without leaving their homes or talking to a human. But progress with the Videotext revolution will largely depend on whether businessmen can find ways of making money out of it....” This piece originally appeared in Fortune (Nov. 14, 1983). AU - Mayer, Martin CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment computers entertainment, home magnetic recording journalism home entertainment materials materials magnetic tape news and journalism home, and new media home home, and information technology news information technology +computers and the Internet +television videotex information technology, and home news, and videotex home, and videotex LB - 7910 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 155-66 ST - The Videotex Revolution T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Videotex Revolution ID - 2160 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - The author examines how telephone has altered our use of time. He is especially interested in its use in business. He quotes Charles Ramond's The Art of Using Science in Marketing (1974) that "the telephone has changed the behavior of Western man more than any technology in history." While this statement goes somewhat further than the author does, Mayer nevertheless sees the telephone's impact as tremendously significant. AU - Mayer, Martin CY - Cambridge, MA KW - time and timekeeping time labor timekeeping, and clocks office, and information technology information technology +telephones change, acceleration of information technology, and office time timekeeping capitalism, and telephones capitalism change office, and telephones telephones, and time office LB - 10240 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 225-45 ST - The Telephone and the Uses of Time T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - The Telephone and the Uses of Time ID - 2389 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Bruce Guile, ed. AB - Mayo discusses information technologies and forces that operate as a "social gate" that are tremendously influential in "selecting the innovations that actually succeed." Technologies that survive the "gating forces" usually have "three types of impacts on the society they enter, depending heavily upon their character." The largest influence come from so-called "killer" innovations such as the engine and transistor (the former displacing animal power; the later the vacuum tube). Second, "new domain" technology may not completely replace older technology but "do open up entirely new areas of opportunity." Speech recognition programs are one example of this kind of innocation. Third, so-called "niche" technologies, such as broadcast television, may initially be mistaken for "killer technologies" but actually serve on a sector of society. Mayo discusses such things as the silicon integrated circuit, "the most powerful force in technology today," and photonics, "the key Information Age technology for transmitting large amouts of digital information." He also considers possible future innovations such as "integrated optics," which he believed was "a potential killer technology lurking at the gate." He then considers such "gating forces" as marketplace economics, the economics of research and development, the influence of regulation, and technical standards. Ernest S. Kuh, then a professor of electrical engineering at the University of Califonia, Berkeley, comments at the end of Mayo's essay. AU - Mayo, John S. CY - Washington, D.C. KW - R & D computers materials, and silicon integrated circuits transistors materials silicon +military communication communication revolution innovation digital media computers general studies information age communication revolution +computers and the Internet integrated circuits computers, and gating forces computers, and software digital media, and photonics photonics, and digital media digitization silicon circuits digital media, and integrated optics lasers research and development inventions LB - 940 PB - National Academy Press PY - 1985 SP - 7-34 ST - The Evolution of Information Technologies T2 - Information Technologies and Social Transformation TI - The Evolution of Information Technologies ID - 1490 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This work covers the development of the modern telephone network between 1876 and 1951 and gives "background to the new revolution in telecommunications. Mayo believes that microelectronics has made it possible to create "intelligent" digital networks which support many new services and has potential for even greater expansion. (Direct distance dialing was introduced in 1951.) Mayo at the time of this essay was executive vice-president with Bell Laboratories, New Jersey. The article originally appeared in Science, Feb. 12, 1982. AU - Mayo, John S. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment entertainment, home labor communication revolution home entertainment digitization home, and new media home values office, and information technology home, and information technology microelectronics information technology +telephones telecommunications communication revolution values, and telephones information technology, and home information technology, and office digital media digital media, and telephones telephones, digital telephones, and long distance microelectronics, and telephones office, and telephones home, and telephones office LB - 5380 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 106-19 ST - Evolution of the Intelligent Network T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Evolution of the Intelligent Network ID - 1923 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This introduction to and summary of the Meese Commission Report discusses ways in which technology by the mid-1980s had made pornography more available. McManus believed that the press had done a poor job of reporting the findings of this Commission. Members of the Meese Commission argued that there had been major changes in communication technology since the publication of the 1970 Report of the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (started during the Lyndon B. Johnson administration). These changes made pornography much more available in the home. (The Meese Commission also argued that pornography had become much more pervasive and violent.) Cable television and satellite broadcasts, not regulated by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), were broadcasting sexually explicit films. Many X-rated movie theaters were closing because video cassette recorders were becoming increasingly commonplace. By 1986, 38 percent of American homes had at least one VCR. Videos, McManus also noted, were cheaper to produce than films. Dial-A-Pron, a new form of pornography, had become available in large volume and was often accessible to children. AU - McManus, Michael J. CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment video cassette recorders (VCRs) corporations corporations entertainment, home magnetic recording advertising, and public relations presidents, and new media Reagan administration propaganda advertising values sexuality news and journalism home entertainment magnetic tape First Amendment regulation freedom censorship and ratings law censorship and ratings news and journalism home home, and new media home values +aeronautics and space communication satellites +telephones home, and information technology information technology +motion pictures +television values, and information technology values, and pornography information technology, and home telephones, and pornography VCRs Dial-a-Porn cameras, and pornography Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Meese Commission television, and cable cable, television television, and satellites and pornography pornography values, and technology censorship, and pornography freedom of expression information technology, and pornography FCC cable cameras censorship children, and media children television, and satellites home, and new media home, and pornography pornography, and home +television television, and pornography pornography, and television journalism, and pornography journalism, and inadequate reporting journalism, and critics public relations home entertainment revolution pornography, and home entertainment Gray & Company public relations, and Gray & Company First Amendment, and public relations public relations, and First Amendment First Amendment, and Gray & Company Reagan administration, and pornography, critics critics, and journalism journalism critics FCC LB - 2530 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - ix-l ST - Introduction T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General’s Commission on Pornography TI - Introduction ID - 1646 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - At the time this article first appeared in Science (Feb. 12, 1982), microcomputers already were widely used in medicine -- for research, decision-making, and in private practice. The new information technology speeds diagnostic tests and lab analysis, and provides hope for the disable, blind, and deaf. The author at the time was a professor of electrical engineering at Stanford University. AU - Meindl, James D. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers medicine +future and science fiction computers microcomputers information technology +computers and the Internet information technology, and medicine future microcomputers, and medicine medicine, and new media medicine, and computers future, and medicine computers, and medicine LB - 3420 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 359-71 ST - Micros in Medicine T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Micros in Medicine ID - 1732 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Mekas, Jonas AB - Filmmaker Jonas Mekas wanted the underground press of the 1960s to give more space to underground cinema. AU - Mekas, Jonas CY - New York KW - pornography underground newspapers underground media underground press underground films news and journalism +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and underground newspapers newspapers underground newspapers, and motion pictures pornography, and underground films pornography, and underground newspapers underground press, and underground cinema underground films, and underground press underground cinema underground films news LB - 17650 PB - Macmillan Company PY - 1972 SP - 344 ST - Underground Press and Underground Cinema [May 7, 1969] T2 - Movie Journal: The Rise of the New American Cinema, 1959-1971 TI - Underground Press and Underground Cinema [May 7, 1969] ID - 684 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Mekas, Jonas AB - This essay is part of a collection by film maker Jonas Mekas. He wrote about the revolutionary potential of these media for The Village Voice. He estimated that there were eight million 16mm and 8mm cameras in the United States by late 1967, and almost all underground films were made in these formats. AU - Mekas, Jonas CY - New York KW - entertainment underground cinema pornography entertainment, home underground newspapers underground media underground press underground films news and journalism news news and journalism 8mm home, and new media home +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and underground newspapers newspapers underground newspapers, and motion pictures pornography, and underground films pornography, and underground newspapers 16mm film 8mm films underground films, and 8mm underground films, and 16mm news, and underground film home entertainment home, and new media home, and 8mm film 8mm film, and home motion pictures, and home underground films, and home home entertainment, and 8mm film motion pictures, and critics motion pictures, and reform home, and 8mm film home, and 16mm film 16mm LB - 18140 PB - Macmillan Company PY - 1972 SP - 300-01 ST - On 'Editing' as an Intuitive Process [Dec. 1967] T2 - Movie Journal: The Rise of the New American Cinema, 1959-1971 TI - On 'Editing' as an Intuitive Process [Dec. 1967] ID - 723 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Mekas, Jonas AB - Film maker Jonas Mekas wrote about the revolutionary potential of these media for The Village Voice. In 1964, he predicted that 16mm and 8mm would soon provide “private home cinema” and thus give avant-garde films an entrée into American living rooms. AU - Mekas, Jonas CY - New York KW - entertainment underground cinema pornography nationalism entertainment, home underground newspapers underground media underground press underground films journalism law censorship and ratings censorship news and journalism home, and new media home motion pictures motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and underground newspapers newspapers underground newspapers, and motion pictures pornography, and underground films pornography, and underground newspapers censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship motion pictures, and morality +nationalism and communication 8mm 8mm film, and newsreels 16mm 16mm films, and newsreels news, and 8mm film news, and underground film home entertainment home, and new media home, and 8mm film 8mm film, and home motion pictures, and home underground films, and home home entertainment, and 8mm film motion pictures, and critics motion pictures, and reform home, and 8mm film home, and 16mm film news 16mm film LB - 18150 PB - Macmillan Company PY - 1972 SP - 132-36 ST - On Law, Morality, and Censorship [April 23, 1964] T2 - Movie Journal: The Rise of the New American Cinema, 1959-1971 TI - On Law, Morality, and Censorship [April 23, 1964] ID - 724 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Mekas, Jonas AB - By 1965, filmmaker Jonas Mekas wrote, private individuals were providing “a completely new market” for underground pictures. Almost all of those underground films were in either 16mm or 8mm format. AU - Mekas, Jonas CY - New York KW - home entertainment underground cinema pornography entertainment, home underground newspapers underground media underground press underground films new media home entertainment law censorship and ratings censorship news and journalism home, and new media home +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and underground newspapers newspapers underground newspapers, and motion pictures pornography, and underground films pornography, and underground newspapers censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship motion pictures, and morality motion pictures, and home entertainment new media, and home underground films, and home home, and underground films home, and motion pictures home, and 8mm film home, and 16mm film news LB - 18160 PB - Macmillan Company PY - 1972 SP - 186-88 ST - On Fly-by-Night Fellows, or How the Underground Film Is Invading the Beautiful American Home [May 13, 1965] T2 - Movie Journal: The Rise of the New American Cinema, 1959-1971 TI - On Fly-by-Night Fellows, or How the Underground Film Is Invading the Beautiful American Home [May 13, 1965] ID - 725 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Mekas, Jonas AB - Film maker Jonas Mekas proposed using 8mm film to develop an alternative journalism that would expose American involvement in Vietnam, combat Southern racism, and unmask inhumane conditions in prisons and asylums. AU - Mekas, Jonas CY - New York KW - entertainment underground cinema pornography nationalism entertainment, home underground newspapers underground media underground press underground films news and journalism news news and journalism law censorship and ratings censorship news and journalism home, and new media home motion pictures motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and underground newspapers newspapers underground newspapers, and motion pictures pornography, and underground films pornography, and underground newspapers censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship motion pictures, and morality +nationalism and communication 8mm 8mm film, and newsreels 16mm 16mm films, and newsreels news, and 8mm film news, and underground film home entertainment home, and new media home, and 8mm film 8mm film, and home motion pictures, and home underground films, and home home entertainment, and 8mm film journalism, and 8mm film journalism, and 16mm films home, and 8mm film home, and 16mm film journalism 16mm film LB - 18170 PB - Macmillan Company PY - 1972 SP - 235-36 ST - On Film Journalism and Newsreels [1966] T2 - Movie Journal: The Rise of the New American Cinema, 1959-1971 TI - On Film Journalism and Newsreels [1966] ID - 726 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joel A. Tarr, ed. AB - The author concludes that "the values of retrospective technology assessments depends on four related factors: the extent to which 1) historical processes can be identified with or connected to policy decisions, 2) the processes in contrast to events are transferrable, 3) the experience in generalizable, and 4) parties at conflict can be identified and isomophic conflict situations can be modelled." This paper came from a conference held at Seven Spring Mountain Resort, Champion, PA, Dec. 1-4, 1976. AU - Menkes, Joshua CY - San Francisco KW - technology NSF preservation history, and new media history technology and society history, and technology assessment National Science Foundation (NSF) LB - 3900 PB - San Francisco Press, Inc. PY - 1977 SP - 321-24 ST - Is there a Future in History: The Applicability of Historical Analysis to Policy Research T2 - Retrospective Technology Assessment -- 1976 TI - Is there a Future in History: The Applicability of Historical Analysis to Policy Research ID - 1778 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joel A. Tarr, ed. AB - This paper discusses the evolution of the airport. The author notes the growth in air travel following World War II. In 1950, it account for 2 percent of domestic travel. Twenty years later it accounted for 10 percent of the total, surpassed only by the automobile. The author considers problems and political responses to deal with the growth in airports, including federal and state intervention, and citizen participation. He focuses on three consequences of this growth-- financial problems caused by increasing costs of airport construction; economic incentives related to this growth; and inequalities that beset neighboring communities as a result of noise. This paper was part of a conference at Seven Springs Mountain Resort, Champion, PA, Dec. 1-4, 1976. AU - Milch, Jerome E. CY - San Francisco KW - war World War II +transportation +aeronautics and space communication air travel World War II, and air travel airports, and problems air travel LB - 3870 PB - San Francisco Press, Inc. PY - 1977 SP - 217-43 ST - Coping with Technological Change: Political Responses to the Evolution of the Airport T2 - Retrospective Technology Assessment -- 1976 TI - Coping with Technological Change: Political Responses to the Evolution of the Airport ID - 1775 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joel A. Tarr, ed. AB - This piece tries to quantify what impact the space race has had on attitudes toward science and technology. It was part of a conference at Seven Springs Mountain Resort, Champion, PA, Dec. 1-4, 1976. AU - Miller, Jon D. CY - San Francisco KW - technology R & D USSR nationalism research and development war war non-USA values +aeronautics and space communication +military communication +nationalism and communication Soviet Union technology and society values, and science and technology Sputnik satellites values, and science values, and technology LB - 3890 PB - San Francisco Press, Inc. PY - 1977 SP - 265-90 ST - The Impact of Two Decades of Space Exploration on the Development of American Attitudes toward Science and Technology T2 - Retrospective Technology Assessment -- 1976 TI - The Impact of Two Decades of Space Exploration on the Development of American Attitudes toward Science and Technology ID - 1777 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - Mitchell discusses the advantages and disadvantages of online books, a virtual "City of Bits online." He regards "it as a kind of extended live performance in a vast virtual theater. Eventually, that performance will end. The site that remains will not instantly disappear, but will slowly fade away like an abandoned stage set -- as link-rot- sets in and as additions and updates are no longer made. As time goes by, there will be fewer and fewer visitors. "In the end, the City of Bits will be an electronic ruin. Like Troy, it will cease to function and to live -- becoming, instead, part of the archaeology of cyberspace." (215) Mitchell's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Mitchell, William J. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - books, periodicals, newspapers books digital media books, digital hypertext books, and hypertext audiences books, and audiences audiences, and books history and new media archives archives, and electronic books information storage archives, and electronic media digital media, and archives archives, and digital media information storage, and digital media history LB - 34040 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 203-15 ST - Homer to Home Page: Designing Digital Books T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Homer to Home Page: Designing Digital Books ID - 3042 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Everett M. Rogers and Arnold Picot, eds. AB - Mody points out the problem of applying “first world” communication solutions to “third world” countries. He argues that communication researchers often make the mistake of studying isolated “variables” and overlook the context within which the communication being studied is located. This leads to the erroneous assumption that many third world problems could be solved with western technologies (telephone, television, computers, etc.). --Mark Tremayne AU - Mody, Bella CY - Norwood, NJ KW - computers cultural imperialism Third World non-USA imperialism +telephones +television +computers and the Internet Third World, and new media imperialism, cultural global communication Tremayne, Mark LB - 10090 PB - Ablex Publishing Corp. PY - 1985 ST - First World Communication Technologies in Third World Contexts T2 - The Media Revolution in America and Western Europe TI - First World Communication Technologies in Third World Contexts ID - 2374 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Earl Kemp, ed. AB - Monroe thought it unlikely that in the United States a “vast ... untapped audience” was ready to buy pornography once legal restrictions were repealed. This short pieces appeared in an unauthorized version -- with pictures -- of the 1970 Report of President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography. AU - Monroe, Eason CY - San Diego, CA KW - illustrations archives sexuality motion pictures mass media media effects crime pornography media effects +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and pornography Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects reports primary sources mass media, and pornography pornography, and supporters pornography, and crime crime, and pornography reports illustrations reports, unauthorized LB - 22350 N1 - See also: media See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Greenleaf Classics, Inc. PY - 1970 SP - 7-8 ST - Introduction T2 - Illustrated Presidential Report of the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography TI - Introduction ID - 963 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - John A. Tennant, ed. AB - This article explains that in 1910 "the two usual ways of sending photographs are by mail and by express. The common container called a 'Photo-Mailer' is absolutely useless as a safe means of transporting photographs by mail. I speak particularly of mounted prints. Many have been the nicely mounted pictures I have sent by photo-mailer to various parts of the country, only to have the editors write me: 'Photo received in a mutilated condition.'" (46) The author goes on to tell readers how to mail photographs to ensure their safety. AU - Montague, Jere CY - New York KW - journalism magazines, and photography magazines photography ref, secondary photography and visual communication news and journalism photography, and journalism journalism, and photography photography, and newspapers newspapers, and photography magazines, and photography photography, and magazines photography, and transportation transportation, and photographs ref, book ref, secondary ref, secular transportation LB - 16340 PB - Tennant & Ward PY - 1910 SP - 46-48 ST - Transportation of Photographs T2 - The American Annual of Photography: 1910 TI - Transportation of Photographs VL - 24 ID - 3787 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This piece uses four case studies to show how new information technology can cut through traditional trade union organization and expose their weaknesses on several fronts. It helps to account for why British labor unions were slow to respond to the introduction of new technology and thus lost opportunities to influence developments. When this piece appeared, the authors were with the trade union-oriented Ruskin College at Oxford. An expanded version of their research appeared in European Pool of Studies Information Bulletin, No. 8 (Brussels: European Commission, 1982). AU - Moore, Roy and Hugo Levie CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers non-USA microelectronics labor information technology +computers and the Internet capitalism information technology, and industry labor capitalism, and microelectronics revolution Great Britain labor, and microlectronics revolution microelectronics revolution, and capitalism microelectronics revolution, and labor +artificial intelligence and biotechnology labor, and microelectronics labor, and new media Great Britain, and labor LB - 3530 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 511-27 ST - New Technology and the Unions T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - New Technology and the Unions ID - 1743 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - The author says that "there is no question that the dominant communication technologies of the twentieth century have been the printing press, radio, television, and the telphone. All of us have been shaped by these technologies and by our use of them. They have been, in Ithiel Pool's phrase, 'technologies of freedom.'" (22) Yet Morrisett goes on to say that "with all their advantages, these technologies have also exercised a benevolent tyranny over us. They have favored passive reception of information and entertainment over thoughtful reaction, and the telephone has favored immediate response over considered and deliberative response." (25) The author concludes that "electronic information technology will be used for political purposes. Whether it is used for demogoguery or democracy, the choice is ours." (31) The volume in which this essay appears is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, and it tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." (ix-x) AU - Morrisett, Lloyd CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology computers books, periodicals, newspapers printing press radio television telephones democracy computers and the Internet freedom technology, and freedom values technology, and values education education, and new media democracy, and electronic media democracy, and digital media print technology and society LB - 34140 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 21-31 ST - Technologies of Freedom? T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Technologies of Freedom? ID - 3052 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Judith Trojan and Nadine Covert, comp. AB - The author of this brief and uneven essay was then manager and director of special project for Macmillan Audio Brandon. He noted in 1977 that most of the people who worked in nontheatrical distribution of 16mm films were not "really professionals, nor even career people. Most of the jobs are low paying, so the bookers, who should be the real salesmen, are more often than not just clerical workers. Booking and shipping methods haven't really changed much over the past 50 years, though some hopeful signs have appeared recently. There is something basically wrong with the business from an economic standpoint, and it probably needs a whole new approach. Whatever the causes, the result is that the independent filmmaker who tries something different may well have a very difficult time getting his film distributed in an effective way unless he himself goes out and finds or creates the market -- something he shouldn't have to do." (18) The author also notes the impact of videotape and film piracy. "Film piracy is at its peak: not just the old technique of making illegal dupes -- that's relatively expensive. Videotaping is the new vogue and it's being done by leading universities and school systems in violation of the law on a wholesale basis. Loopholes in the existing copyright law are being used by a lot if distributors to avoid paying royalties. You should know what steps you can take to protect yourself." (19) This essay came from a February, 1976, conference on 16mm film sponsored by the Education Film Library Association and International Film Seminars. AU - Morrison, Willard CY - New York KW - libraries nationalism 16mm motion pictures motion pictures, and 16mm film 16mm film magnetic tape recording magnetic tape recording, video values, and society democracy, and media education, and 16mm film religion, and 16mm film 16mm film, and education 16mm film, and religion nationalism and communication government, and 16mm film public libraries, and 16mm film 16mm film, and public libraries television television, and 16mm film history, and new media history, and 16mm film values, and 16mm film sound recording sound recording, and magnetic tape libraries information storage education law copyright 16mm film, and copyright copyright, and 16mm film motion pictures, and piracy videotape, and film piracy 16mm film, and distribution 16mm film, and Education Film Library Association motion pictures, and independent filmmakers democracy history magnetic recording values videotape magnetic tape government government religion LB - 34600 PB - Educational Film Library Association, Inc. PY - 1977 SP - 11-19 ST - The 16mm Market and the Audience -- A Brief History T2 - 16mm Distribution TI - The 16mm Market and the Audience -- A Brief History ID - 3099 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jo-Ann Mort, ed. AB - Mort describes new techniques and strategies used by the AFL-CIO in the mid-1990s to communicate with members, unorganized workers, the non-union public, opinion leaders and decision makers. Mort, a union public relations official, briefly outlines the origin of a new communication strategy adopted under the presidency of John Sweeney to improve the public image of labor. She noted, for example, that union leaders were receiving training in how to deal with the media, including coaching on how to handle television interviews. In addition, the AFL-CIO launched a new monthly magazine America@Work, “a magazine fashioned to look like a cross between Rolling Stone and Newsweek magazine Periscope front section.” The magazine was distributed to 60,000 to 75,000 union leaders, according to Mort. The old weekly publication AFL-CIO News, “a newspaper that read too often like a collection of press releases from the leadership,” was replaced by Work in Progress, distributed weekly by fax. The AFL-CIO’s World Wide Web site was also modernized as part of the communications overhaul, according to Mort. Users could download flyers, send e-mail and obtain fact sheets on specific union campaigns. --Phil Glende AU - Mort, Jo-Ann CY - London KW - advertising, and public relations propaganda advertising news and journalism +books, periodicals, newspapers magazines Glende, Phil labor public relations labor, and public relations public relations, and labor +television labor, and television television, and labor magazines, and labor labor, and magazines LB - 1090 N1 - See also: office PB - Verso PY - 1998 SP - 43-54 ST - Finding a Voice: The AFL-CIO Communicates T2 - Not Your Father's Union Movement: Inside the AFL-CIO TI - Finding a Voice: The AFL-CIO Communicates ID - 197 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This was one of three studies that Donald L. Mosher, a professor of psychology at the University of Connecticut,contributed to the 1970 Reportof the President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography. He argued that there was inadequate data on the effects of pornography, and the lack of scientific consensus made it difficult to formulate a sound national policy. He later made this same point in testimony before the Meese Commission on September 11, 1985. AU - Mosher, Donald L. CY - Washington, D. C. KW - Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) women, and new media women social science research values sexuality values Meese Commission media effects media violence violence media effects law censorship and ratings censorship pornography censorship, and pornography pornography, and censorship motion pictures, and pornography +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture Commission on Obscenity and Pornography pornography, and social science social science research, and pornography pornography, and government pornography, and Johnson administration pornography, and Nixon administration obscenity, and pornography censorship, and obscenity obscenity, and censorship pornography, and foreign censorship, and foreign obscenity pornography, and behavior media effects, and pornography pornography, and effects pornography, and violence violence, and pornography pornography, and social science women, and pornography pornography, and women Meese Commission, and critics LB - 26810 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - U. S. Government Printing Office PY - 1971 SP - 313-25 ST - Sex Callousness Toward Women T2 - Technical Report of the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography: Volume VIII: Erotica and Social Behavior T3 - Technical Report of the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography TI - Sex Callousness Toward Women ID - 1243 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This was one of three studies that Donald L. Mosher, a professor of psychology at the University of Connecticut,contributed to the 1970 Reportof the President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography. He argued that there was inadequate data on the effects of pornography, and the lack of scientific consensus made it difficult to formulate a sound national policy. He later made this same point in testimony before the Meese Commission on September 11, 1985. AU - Mosher, Donald L. CY - Washington, D. C. KW - Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) women, and new media women social science research values sexuality values Meese Commission media effects media violence violence media effects law censorship and ratings censorship pornography censorship, and pornography pornography, and censorship motion pictures, and pornography +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture Commission on Obscenity and Pornography pornography, and social science social science research, and pornography pornography, and government pornography, and Johnson administration pornography, and Nixon administration obscenity, and pornography censorship, and obscenity obscenity, and censorship pornography, and foreign censorship, and foreign obscenity pornography, and behavior media effects, and pornography pornography, and effects pornography, and violence violence, and pornography pornography, and social science women, and pornography pornography, and women Meese Commission, and critics LB - 26820 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - U. S. Government Printing Office PY - 1971 SP - 255-312 ST - Psychological Reactions to Pornographic Films T2 - Technical Report of the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography: Volume VIII: Erotica and Social Behavior T3 - Technical Report of the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography TI - Psychological Reactions to Pornographic Films ID - 1244 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This was one of three studies that Donald L. Mosher, a professor of psychology at the University of Connecticut,contributed to the 1970 Reportof the President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography. In this piece, he and Harvey Katz examined photographic films and their connection to verbal aggression by men against women. In general, Mosher argued that there was inadequate data on the effects of pornography, and the lack of scientific consensus made it difficult to formulate a sound national policy. He later made this same point in testimony before the Meese Commission on September 11, 1985. AU - Mosher, Donald L. AU - Katz, Harvey CY - Washington, D. C. KW - Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) women, and new media women social science research values sexuality values Meese Commission media effects media violence violence media effects law censorship and ratings censorship pornography censorship, and pornography pornography, and censorship motion pictures, and pornography +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture Commission on Obscenity and Pornography pornography, and social science social science research, and pornography pornography, and government pornography, and Johnson administration pornography, and Nixon administration obscenity, and pornography censorship, and obscenity obscenity, and censorship pornography, and foreign censorship, and foreign obscenity pornography, and behavior media effects, and pornography pornography, and effects pornography, and violence violence, and pornography pornography, and social science women, and pornography pornography, and women Meese Commission, and critics LB - 26800 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - U. S. Government Printing Office PY - 1971 SP - 357-79 ST - Pornographic Films, Male Verbal Aggression Against Women, and Guilt T2 - Technical Report of the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography: Volume VIII: Erotica and Social Behavior TI - Pornographic Films, Male Verbal Aggression Against Women, and Guilt VL - 8 ID - 1242 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Mossman, Susan AB - Susan Mossman’s chapter “Perspectives on the History and Technology of Plastics," provides a scientific overview of the development of plastics. She devotes pages to cellulose-based plastics such as Xylonite/Ivoride and Celluloid, and also cellulose acetate. She discusses John Wesley Hyatt’s work and early uses of celluloid. The chapter contains interesting advertisements and illustrations for celluloid toothbrushes and collars. There is also some discussion of celluloid’s use in film. At the time this volume appeared, Mossman was curator at the Science Museum in London. AU - Mossman, Susan CY - London and Washington, D.C. KW - photography materials materials non-USA +photography and visual communication plastics Hyatt, John Wesley celluloid Xylonite Great Britain Great Britain, and celluloid Great Britain, and plastics plastics LB - 12340 PB - Leicester University Press PY - 1997 SP - 15-71 ST - Perspectives on the History and Technology of Plastics T2 - Early Plastics: Perspectives, 1850-1950 TI - Perspectives on the History and Technology of Plastics ID - 2581 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - The author notes that during the late nineteenth century, "the telephone altered communication costs for both individuals and firms, leading to locational changes." He asks: "What effect did widespread telephone service have on the decentralization of cities?" AU - Moyer, J. Alan CY - Cambridge, MA KW - +telephones urban studies telephones, and decentralization telephones, and suburbs telephones, and urban studies urban studies, and telephones cities LB - 10300 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 342-69 ST - Urban Growth and the Development of the Telephone: Some Relationships at the Turn of the Century T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - Urban Growth and the Development of the Telephone: Some Relationships at the Turn of the Century ID - 2395 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Münsterberg, Hugo, Theodore Ribot, Pierre Janet, Joseph Jastrow, Bernard Hart, and Morton Prince AU - Münsterberg, Hugo CY - Boston KW - psychology Münsterberg, Hugo Munsterberg, Hugo ref, secondary Münsterberg, Hugo Münsterberg, Hugo, and psychology psychology, and Hugo Münsterberg Münsterberg, Hugo, and subconscious LB - 40800 PB - Richard G. Badger, the Gorham Press PY - 1910 SP - 16-32 ST - The Subconscious -- Part I T2 - Subconscious Phenomena TI - The Subconscious -- Part I ID - 4177 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - Murphy looks at how some people believed that the advent of sound recording during the late nineteenth century would spell the end of the printed book. Similar concerns emerged during the twentieth century as some feared that radio and television would "steal print media's thunder." (86) Murphy's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Murphy, Priscilla Coit CY - Cambridge, MA KW - books, periodicals, newspapers print culture books sound recording sound recording, and books books, and sound recording phonograph phonograph, and books books, and phonograph information storage libraries future and science fiction future, and books radio television books, and new media digital media future print LB - 33980 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 81-93 ST - Books Are Dead, Long Live Books T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Books Are Dead, Long Live Books ID - 3036 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Thomas Elsaesser, ed. AU - Musser, Charles CY - [London] KW - history motion pictures history and new media motion pictures, and history history, and motion pictures modernity modernity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and modernity ref, secondary new way of seeing motion pictures, and space and time space and time motion pictures, and time motion pictures, and space motion pictures, and travel ref, secondary education motion pictures, and education education, and motion pictures ref, book LB - 580 PB - BFI Publishing PY - 1990 SP - 123-32 ST - The Travel Genre in 1903-04: Moving Towards Fictional Narrative T2 - Early Cinema: Space, Frame, Narrative TI - The Travel Genre in 1903-04: Moving Towards Fictional Narrative ID - 3353 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - The author writes: "In the last two decades entertainment media and our leisure spaces have undergone dramatic transformations. The movement that describes these changes is ne concerned with the traversal of boundaries -- a traversal that shares a concern with the spectacular possibilities of entertainment forms. Effects such as the water display at the Bellagio, the animatronic Fall of Atlantis at Caesar's [in Las Vagas, NV], and the interior storm in the Desert Passage are constructed by effects crews that traditionally belonged to the relam of cinema. In the film The Matrix, film technology combines with computer technology in order to construct the highly kinetic effects that were integral to the film's success. The Jurassic Park films, Terminator films and the Spiderman comic books find new media environments in the theme park attractions Terminator 2: 3-D Battle Across Time, and The Amazing Adventures of Spiderman (all three at Universal Studios, Los Angeles and Orlando). Computer and console games like the Tomb Raider and Final Fantasy series cross their game borders by incorporating film styles, genres, and human-like forms into their digital spaces. In turn, these games are reborn as cinematic spectacles. Furthermore, these potent visual entertainment forms invade our cultural spaces, shaping and informing the structures of our cinema complexes, shopping malls, casino complexes, and museum and gallery spaces. We are living in a time when our entertainment spectacles insert themselves into our urbanscapes in spatially invasive ways." (356) Ndalianis's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Ndalianis, Angela CY - Cambridge, MA KW - visual communication computers special effects, and digitization visual culture motion pictures television media convergence digital media special effects computers, and the Internet special effects, digital Universal Studios leisure video games motion pictures, special effects special effects, and leisure spaces special effects, and urban life media environment entertainment, and media environment virtual reality spectacles amusement parks, and new media new media, and amusement parks amusement parks entertainment new media digitization Universal Pictures media LB - 34110 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 355-73 ST - Architectures of the Senses: Neo-Baroque Entertainment Spectacles T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Architectures of the Senses: Neo-Baroque Entertainment Spectacles ID - 3049 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Neustadt, who advised President Jimmy Carter, offers an account of campaign with computers, noting that this technology can be used for good or bad purposes. This piece first appeared in Howard F. Didsbury, ed., Communications and the Future (Bethesda, MD: World Future Society, 1982). AU - Neustadt, Richard M. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism +future and science fiction community democracy +computers and the Internet computers, and society computers, and politics +nationalism and communication democracy and media future computers nationalism, and electronic media nationalism, and computers democracy, and computers LB - 3570 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 561-68 ST - Electronic Politics T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Electronic Politics ID - 1747 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - At the time this short piece appeared, the author was with Intel. He concisely summarizes the advantages of using microprocessors in products and predicts trends in their future applications. This piece originally appeared in Proceedings of the IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers) (June 1976). AU - Nichols, A. J. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers microprocessing communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution +future and science fiction microprocessors microelectronics information technology +computers and the Internet microcomputers microprocessors microelectronics revolution Intel Corp. information technology, and consumers capitalism microprocessors, and industry future capitalism, and microprocessors future, and microprocessors Intel Corp. LB - 2830 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 125-29 ST - An Overview of Microprocessor Applications T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - An Overview of Microprocessor Applications ID - 1675 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Vincent Mosco and Janet Wasko, eds. AB - Nielsen asserts that the history of unionism in the film industry has been largely ignored by scholars more interested famous individuals, corporate organization and film as art. Nielsen traced the history of unionism from the earliest days of silent film production and noted how unions changed with each major technological or organizational development. He noted, for example, that the International Association of Theatrical and Stage Employees, which was a major labor body throughout the history of the industry, evolved from Eastern protective associations originally created for touring company stagehands. By 1926, the IA and four other major unions, IBEW, the Carpenters, the Painters, and the Musicians reached an agreement with studios granting recognition to the unions. Nielsen noted that the introduction of sound temporarily depressed the need for extras, because sound recording techniques required production on a much smaller scale than used in silent films. Later, extras were selected for their specialized skills, such as singing, ethnic dialects and sound effects. Nielsen detailed the decline of the film industry with the introduction of television. Studio employment dropped from 24,000 to 10,000. But live television required large crews of trained stagehands, property workers, grips, gaffers and other specialists from the film industry. Nielsen concludes with a brief discussion of the importance of videotape in the future of unionism in the television and film industries. --Phil Glende AU - Nielsen, Michael CY - Norwood, NJ KW - motion pictures Hollywood Glende, Phil labor Hollywood, and labor +motion pictures and popular culture labor, and motion picture industry labor, and Hollywood LB - 1100 N1 - See also: office PB - Ablex Publishing PY - 1983 SP - 47-83 ST - Toward a Workers' History of the U.S. Film Industry T2 - The Crticial Communications Review, Vol. I: Labor, the Working Class, and the Media TI - Toward a Workers' History of the U.S. Film Industry ID - 198 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This paper grew out of a 1986 workshop sponsored by the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute. The abstract for this piece reads: "Many new developments in military technology are signalling increasing automation of tactical warfare, and artificial intelligence is becoming an important element in a number of planned weapon systems. A detailed analysis is given of the implications of these trends for dceision-making, command and control, and crisis stability in the context of new war-fighting doctrines in Europe." AU - Nikutta, Randolph CY - New York KW - R & D computers computers Soviet Union simulations strategic defense initiative (SDI) Reagan administration nationalism microprocessing Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) computers and the Internet artificial intelligence and biotechnology artificial intelligence strategic computing initiative aeronautics and space communication Reagan administration, and artificial intelligence Reagan, Ronald Reagan, Ronald, and computers military communication nationalism, and communication computers, and artifical intelligence military communication, and artificial intelligence nationalism, and computers DARPA Japan computers, and chips research and development USSR microelectronics microprocessors personal computers computers, personal war war, and artificial intelligence computers, and war war, and computers SDI Reagan administration, and SDA satellites computers, and simulations simulations, and computers non-USA LB - 33790 N1 - ProCite field[8]: Allan M. Nin, ed. PB - Oxford University Press PY - 1987 SP - 100-34 ST - Artificial Intelligence and the Automated Tactical Battlefield T2 - Arms and Artificial Intelligence: Weapon and Arms Control Applications of Advanced Computing TI - Artificial Intelligence and the Automated Tactical Battlefield ID - 3017 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This piece first appeared in Technology Review (April 1982). The author speculates that home computers might soon make long-distance commutes to the office obsolete. He sets out the advantages and disadvantages of telecommuting for employers and workers. The use of home computers is likely to increase and to have major effects on labor unions, businesses, transport systems, and the landscape. At the time of this piece, the author was with the Centre for Futures Research at the University of Southern California. AU - Niles, Jack CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment computers entertainment, home time and timekeeping time labor communication revolution home entertainment home, and new media home office, and new media geography computers, personal computers office, and information technology home, and information technology labor information technology +computers and the Internet computers and society space (spatial) time personal computers computers, personal labor, and personal computers capitalism networks infrastructure urban studies +transportation transportation, and personal computers home information technology and communication revolution computers home, and computers labor home, and computers office LB - 3270 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 202-08 ST - Teleworking from Home T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Teleworking from Home ID - 1718 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Robert W. Crandall and Kenneth Flamm, eds. AB - Noam discusses the emergence of a “second” electronics industry during and after World War II. The traditional network of post, telegraph, and telephone was split in the United States among three “near-monopolists: American Telephone and Telegraph, Western Union, and the U. S. Postal Service.” Other countries in Western Europe and Japan also gave these function state preferences and protection. Deregulation of AT&T in 1984 was meant “to give American industry a good ‘kick in the pants’ in order to get it to start a conquest of the rest of the world,” according the Le Monde. The crisis in these older communication industries was brought by the invention of the transistor in 1947 and by subsequent developments. During the next phase of microcomponents-- “integrated circuits-- different market structures evolved on the two sides of the Atlantic.” An “integrated circuit period lasted from 1959 until the 1971 beginning of a new stage -- large-scale integration (LSI) and microprocessors. Very large-scale integration (VLSI) began in the early 1980s.” AU - Noam, Eli M. CY - Washington, D.C. KW - corporations post office microprocessing transistors, and integrated circuits communication revolution war non-USA general studies telecommunications global communication communication revolution political economy capitalism World War II electronic media electronics, and second industry American Telephone and Telegraph Company ( see AT&T) Western Union +postal service Europe, Western Japan transistors microelectronics integrated circuits microprocessors integration, very large-scale (VLSI) integration, large-scale (LSI) telecommunications, international networks World War II Great Britain AT&T Europe +telephones +telegraph materials AT&T LB - 1000 PB - The Brookings Institution PY - 1989 SP - 257-97 ST - International Telecommunications in Transition T2 - Changing the Rules: Technological Change, International Competition, and Regulation in Communications TI - International Telecommunications in Transition ID - 1496 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - J. B. S. Hardman and Maurice F. Neufeld, eds. AB - Novik, a radio consultant for organized labor, details the efforts of ILGWU and the UAW to operate FM stations after World War II, and outlines an organizational structure and budget for an FM station in the late 1940s. Novik noted that there were five new FM outlets operated by labor organizations in late 1940s, three by the AFL-affiliated ILGWU: WFDR, New York; WVUN, Chattanooga; and KFMV, Los Angeles; and two by the CIO-affiliated UAW: WCUO, Cleveland; and WDET, Detroit. He noted that these stations, plus WCFM in Washington, D.C., and ILGWU’s KWIK-AM in Burbank, California, operated as a non-wired network, exchanging programs. For example: “During the organizing for the International Confederation of Free Trade Unions in London, WFDR in New York arranged with the British Broadcasting Corporation to receive a daily commentary from London and sent these programs, via tape recording, to the 5 other outlets.” Novik estimated that building and equipping an FM station in the late 1940s at $35,000 to $100,000, with an operating budget of about $78,000 annually. -- Phil Glende AU - Novik, Morris. CY - New York KW - labor office non-USA Glende, Phil +radio labor labor, and radio radio, and labor radio, FM labor, and FM radio Great Britain labor, and radio (GB) LB - 770 N1 - See also: office PB - Prentice Hall PY - 1951 SP - 327-32 ST - The Unions, Radio, and the Community T2 - The House of Labor: Internal Operations of American Unions TI - The Unions, Radio, and the Community ID - 165 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This piece is one of the best known statements on microelectronics from the founder of Intel, the manufacturer of microprocessors. Noyce’s graphs illustrating the basic ‘laws’ of microelectronics have been widely copied and quoted. This piece appeared originally in Scientific American, Vol. 237, No. 3 (Sept. 1977). AU - Noyce, Robert N. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers microprocessing communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution communication revolution, and second industrial revolution microelectronics +computers and the Internet microelectronics revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution Intel Corp. microprocessors microelectronics, and basic laws of LB - 2760 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 29-41 ST - Microelectronics T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Microelectronics ID - 1668 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Frank Kessler and Nanna Verhoeff, eds. AB - This article uses movie reviews, articles, and advertising between 1910 and 1914 in the American and British motion picture trade press to examine how the United States and Great Britain reacted to Pathé color films, and also how Pathé changed its marketing strategy in these two countries. O'Brien uses The Moving Picture World in the U. S. and The Bioscope in Britain for much of his evidence. Following Richard Abel's work, O'Brien argues that around 1907 the idea "that film style might be understood in terms of national categories" (30) began to be reflected in the trade press. Pathé dominated the market for color films in both American and Great Britain, but Pathé's color-stenciling process was labor intensive (Pathé generally made color-stencil film only if it expected to release at least 200 copies of a movie, p. 34). Pathécolor also seemed to imitate nature in an artificial and less than realistic way. (33) "Shimmering on the image's photographic surface rather than appearing organic to the representation, applied colour seemed supplemental and decorative, as if brushed onto the movie image's photographic surface like a layer of paint." (32) In the United States, movie makers who wanted to compete with Pathé began emphasizing realism, especially in Western films, and began using orthochromatic film stock which had a "vastly improved tonal range" over older black-and-white film. "Sensitive to yellow, green, and ultramarine portions of the light spectrum rather than to blue alone, orthochromatic stock yielded a detailed, sculpted image noticeably superior to ordinary black and white. Orthochromatic stock made blond heroines looked [sic] light-haired rather than dark -- and open skies showed the shadings of clouds rather than appearing uniformly bleached and empty." (33) By late 1910, Moving Picture World urged "the universal adaptation of orthochormatic film within the American film industry...." (33) Around 1912, Pathé made "a radical change" in its U.S. marketing, rarely mentioning the Pathé name in advertising its color-stencil films. (34) World War I of course damaged Pathé's production. But by the early 1910, new photographic techniques also challenged Pathécolor. Notably, "early photographic colour processes -- such as ... Kinemacolor, which drew much interest in the English-language film press" of this time -- "offered the promise of a naturalism unavailable to applied colour of any sort, including Pathécolor." (33) AU - O'Brien, Charles CY - Eastleigh, UK KW - ref, secondary color motion pictures Pathé Pathécolor color, and Pathé motion pictures, and color color, and silent films color, and motion pictures non-USA Great Britain France France, and Pathé Great Britain, and Pathé Great Britain, and color films Great Britain, and color Great Britain, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Great Britain motion pictures, and France color, and bias against motion pictures, and orthochromatic film color, and orthochromatic film color, and black-and-white film nationalism and communication color, and nationalism nationalism, and color silent film advertising, and Pathé advertising, and color films color, and Kinemacolor Kinemacolor motion pictures, and Kinemacolor Kinemacolor, and Pathé Pathé, and Kinemacolor advertising advertising and public relations nationalism LB - 41190 PB - John Libbey Publishing PY - 2007 SP - 30-37 ST - Film colour and national cinema before WWI: Pathécolor in the United States and Great Britain T2 - Networks of Entertainment: Early Film Distribution, 1895-1915 TI - Film colour and national cinema before WWI: Pathécolor in the United States and Great Britain ID - 4218 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ian McNeil, ed. AB - This survey covers such themes as timekeeping, computing, the telegraph, telephone, gramophone, radio and radar, photography, facsimile and television, satellites, and information storage. AU - Ohlman, Herbert CY - London and New York KW - computers photography time and timekeeping archives timekeeping, and clocks recording libraries libraries, and information storage general studies timekeeping calculating machines +computers and the Internet telecommunications audiovisual technology telegraph +photography and visual communication facsimile gramophone radio satellites +information storage radar recording, and gramophone +duplicating technologies +aeronautics and space communication +sound recording LB - 1020 PB - Routledge PY - 1990 SP - 686-758 ST - Information: Timekeeping, Computing, Telecommunications and Audiovisual Technologies T2 - An Encyclopaedia of the History of Technology TI - Information: Timekeeping, Computing, Telecommunications and Audiovisual Technologies ID - 1498 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - An account written for laymen that tries to explain what chips are and how they are made, all this in an effort to access “the enormous significance of the microelectronics revolution.” The editor of this volume, Tom Forester, says that “although a little technical in places, it remains the clearest and most comprehensive description of chipmaking.” This piece originally appeared in Scientific American, Vol. 237, No. 3 (Sept. 1977). AU - Oldham, William G. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers materials, and silicon silicon values communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution materials materials computers communication revolution, and second industrial revolution values religion microelectronics +computers and the Internet microelectronics revolution second industrial revolution computer chips, construction of communication revolution chips, computer computer chips silicon, and computer chips LB - 2770 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 42-61 ST - The Fabrication of Microelectronic Circuits T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Fabrication of Microelectronic Circuits ID - 1669 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Allan M. Nin, ed. AB - This paper grew out of a 1986 workshop sponsored by the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute. The abstract for this piece reads: "The state of the art of computerized image processing is reviewed and the fundamental difficulties of scene analysis and description are pointed out. The role of recent artificial intelligence research in scene analysis and the image processing requirements for a satellite monitoring agency are discussed. It is concluded that many processing tasks can be carried out almost automatically, while the fanal image analysis adapted to verification still requires considerable contribution by trained photo-interpreters and domain experts." AU - Orhaug, Torleiv CY - New York KW - R & D computers computers Soviet Union simulations strategic defense initiative (SDI) Reagan administration surveillance nationalism microprocessing Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) computers and the Internet artificial intelligence and biotechnology artificial intelligence strategic computing initiative aeronautics and space communication Reagan administration, and artificial intelligence Reagan, Ronald Reagan, Ronald, and computers military communication nationalism, and communication computers, and artifical intelligence military communication, and artificial intelligence nationalism, and computers DARPA Japan computers, and chips research and development USSR microelectronics microprocessors personal computers computers, personal war war, and artificial intelligence computers, and war war, and computers SDI Reagan administration, and SDA satellites computers, and simulations simulations, and computers surveillance satellites, and surveillance surveillance, and satellites computers, and surveillance surveillance, and computers photography satellites, and photography photography, and satellites computers, and image processing non-USA privacy LB - 33800 PB - Oxford University Press PY - 1987 SP - 165-78 ST - Computer Applications in Monitoring and Verification Technologies T2 - Weapon and Arms Control Applications of Advanced Computing TI - Computer Applications in Monitoring and Verification Technologies ID - 3018 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - O'Siadhail, Michael AB - A poem in which the author reflects on listening to the wireless. "Echo of echo.... Rumour of rumour. This feast at which I'm both host and guest." AU - O'Siadhail, Micheal [sic] CY - Newcastle upon Tyne NE99 ISN KW - audiences audiences, and radio +radio wireless communication poetry radio, and audiences LB - 4140 PB - Bloodaxe Books, Ltd. PY - 1995 SP - 65 ST - Wireless T2 - A Fragile City TI - Wireless ID - 1802 ER - TY - CHAP AB - In Canada, American movies and television programs dominated the market – more than 90 percent of the films for which Canadian paid rental fees came from the United States. In 1977, Ontario’s Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry concluded that the “great weight of research into the effects of violent media contents indicates potential harm to society.” In Volume 1, this Report concluded that Canadians – including children – were watching increasing amounts of American-made TV which had “much higher levels of violence” than programs produced in Canada or elsewhere, and television’s “escalation of violence” was “drawing other sections of the media along like the tail of a comet.” This essay appears in Volume 7 of the Royal Commission's Report. It discusses how news is defined, the role violence plays in news flow. AU - Osler, Andrew CY - Toronto, Ontario KW - television, and media effects syntheses (of research) Surgeon General social science research news and journalism news media effects media violence media effects news and journalism censorship and ratings children news and journalism non-USA Canada +television violence television, and violence violence, and television violence, and social science research social science research, and violence children, and media +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and television television, and motion pictures Surgeon General's Report (1972) violence children, and TV violence media effects, and television violence, and syntheses syntheses media effects, and violence violence, and media effects reports social science research, and TV violence television, and social science television, and violence violence, and television media effects, and television children, and media children, and TV violence social science research, synthesis (violence) Canada, and media violence reports journalism, and Canada journalism journalism, and violence news, and Canada news, and violence LB - 2780 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality See filed under Report of The Royal Commission ... Volume 7 PB - Royal Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry SP - 47-70 ST - An Analysis of Some News-Flow Patterns and Influences in Ontario T2 - Report of The Royal Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry: Volume 7: The Media Industries: From Here to Where? TI - An Analysis of Some News-Flow Patterns and Influences in Ontario ID - 366 ER - TY - CHAP AB - In Canada, American movies and television programs dominated the market – more than 90 percent of the films for which Canadian paid rental fees came from the United States. In 1977, Ontario’s Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry concluded that the “great weight of research into the effects of violent media contents indicates potential harm to society.” In Volume 1, this Report concluded that Canadians – including children – were watching increasing amounts of American-made TV which had “much higher levels of violence” than programs produced in Canada or elsewhere, and television’s “escalation of violence” was “drawing other sections of the media along like the tail of a comet.” This essay appears in Volume 7 of the Royal Commission's Report. It discusses how news is defined, the role violence plays in news, ethical questions, and it makes recommendations. it also includes an annotated bibliography. AU - Osler, Andrew M. CY - Toronto, Ontario KW - television, and media effects syntheses (of research) Surgeon General social science research news and journalism news media effects media violence media effects news and journalism censorship and ratings children news and journalism non-USA Canada +television violence television, and violence violence, and television violence, and social science research social science research, and violence children, and media +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and television television, and motion pictures Surgeon General's Report (1972) violence children, and TV violence media effects, and television violence, and syntheses syntheses media effects, and violence violence, and media effects reports social science research, and TV violence television, and social science television, and violence violence, and television media effects, and television children, and media children, and TV violence social science research, synthesis (violence) Canada, and media violence reports journalism, and Canada journalism journalism, and violence news, and Canada news, and violence bibliographies, annotated bibliographies, and journalism and violence journalism, and violence (bibliography) +bibliographies LB - 2770 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality See filed under Report of The Royal Commission ... Volume 7 PB - Royal Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry SP - 1-46 ST - A Descriptive Study of Perceptions and Attitudes Among Journalists in Ontario T2 - Report of The Royal Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry: Volume 7: The Media Industries: From Here to Where? TI - A Descriptive Study of Perceptions and Attitudes Among Journalists in Ontario ID - 365 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Papert invented the computer language LOGO. A follower of Piaget, he was a professor of Mathmatics and Education at MIT when this piece appeared in his book, Mindstorms: Children, Computers and Powerful Ideas (1980). Papert argued that it is possible to designed computers in such a way that it would become a natural process to communicate with them. When children learn to use computers, it changes the way they learn other things. AU - Papert, Seymour CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers seeing at a distance postmodernism modernism censorship and ratings new way of seeing information technology +computers and the Internet children, and media children, and computers computers, and children new way of seeing, and children and computers information technology, and education information technology, and children children computers new way of seeing, and computers children LB - 3310 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 229-41 ST - Computers and Children T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Computers and Children ID - 1722 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Pearl, [David A2 - Bouthilet, Lorraine A2 - eds.], Joyce Lazar AB - This study, to which Pardes contributed the Foreword, synthesizes ten years of research since the appearance in 1972 of the Surgeon General's Advisory Committee on Television and Behavior's Report. Pardes writes that this report "addresses such issues as cognitive and emotional aspects of television viewing; television as it relates to socialization and viewers' conceptions of social reality; television's influences on physical and mental health; and television as an American institution." This study argues that with regard to television's relation to violence, "the evidence accumulated in the 1970s seems overwhelming that televised violence and aggression are positively correlated in children." For those who argue that TV violence provides a catharsis, this work concludes that "since practically all of the evidence points to an increase in aggressive behavior, rather than a decrease, the theory is contradicted by the data." AU - Pardes, Herbert CY - Washington, D.C. KW - television, and media effects syntheses (of research) Surgeon General social science research media effects media violence media effects censorship and ratings children +television violence television, and violence violence, and television violence, and social science research social science research, and violence children, and media motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and television television, and motion pictures Surgeon General's Report (1972) television, and Surgeon General's Report (1972) violence children, and TV violence media effects, and television media effects, and TV violence (synthesis) syntheses National Institute of Health, and violence violence, and National Institute of Mental Health media effects, and violence violence, and media effects reports National Institute of Health LB - 21970 PB - U. S. Government Printing Office PY - 1982 ST - Foreword T2 - Television and Behavior: Ten Years of Scientific Progress and Implications for the Eighties. Volume I: Summary Report (2 volumes) TI - Foreword ID - 939 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This insightful report deals with the social implications of computers and telecommunication policy. The author speculates (this in 1975) that the economic crisis of the mid-1970s (stagflation) was “a symptom of a major social transition, not transitory economic dislocations," and that "Now we are undergoing a major historical upheaval.” Parker maintained that American society was “in the midst of a transition from an industrial society to an information society.” In “an information age unlimited economic growth is theoretically possible even though we reach a steady zero-growth state with respect to energy and materials.” This “transformation has profound implications for the quality and nature of human society. It promises major increases in the quality of human life, the productivity of industry (especially the service sector) and a redefinition of what constitutes the real GNP. Revolutionary impacts are likely on many areas of vital concern to governments, including: education, the transfer of funds, trade facilitation, consumer information, public administration, health services, transportation and culture.” The author devotes sections to each of these topics. “Indeed, within the financial and administrative areas the effects have already been significant even though they represent but the first ripples from the tidal wave of change that lies ahead.” This piece lists the number of people working in various information sector occupations. The author delibered this paper in Paris at a conference in Paris (?) in early February, 1975. AU - Parker, Edwin (with assistance of Marc Porat) CY - Paris KW - computers nationalism communication revolution consumerism communication revolution, and second industrial revolution information technology information technology general studies +nationalism and communication capitalism second industrial revolution microelectronics communication revolution Industrial Revolution information age information technology, and government information technology, and finance information technology, and trade information technology, and education education trade finance consumers information technology, and consumers information technology, and health information technology, and culture transportation computers telecommunications +computers and the Internet LB - 1060 PB - Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development PY - 1976 SP - 87-129 ST - 'Background Report,' OECO Informatics Studies T2 - OECO Informatics Studies, 11: Conference on Computer/Telecommunications Policy: Proceedings of the OECD Conference February 4-6, 1975 TI - 'Background Report,' OECO Informatics Studies ID - 1502 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Claudia Carlen, ed. AB - Pope Paul VI says that "everything ... in the modern means of social communication which arouses men's baser passions and encourages low moral standards, as well as every obscenity in the written word and every form of indecency on the stage and screen, should be condemned publicly and unanimously by all those who have at heart the advance of civilization and the safeguarding of the outstanding values of the human spirit. It is quite absurd to defend this kind of depravity in the name of art or culture." AU - Paul VI, Pope CY - Raleigh, N. C. KW - values Christianity values archives values religion law censorship and ratings censorship Catholic Church non-USA primary sources papal encyclicals Pope Paul VI, and 1968 encyclical Pope Paul VI, and Humanae Vitae Catholic Church, and motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Catholic Church motion pictures, and censorship Christianity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Christianity +television +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures television, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and television +radio radio, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and radio Catholic Church, and modern media values, and social communication critics values Catholic Church Pope Paul VI LB - 20740 PB - McGrath Publishing Company PY - 1981 SP - 223-36 ST - Humanae Vitae: Encyclical of Pope Paul VI on the Regulation of Birth, July 25, 1968 T2 - The Papal Encyclicals, 1958-1981 TI - Humanae Vitae: Encyclical of Pope Paul VI on the Regulation of Birth, July 25, 1968 VL - 5 ID - 876 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This piece appeared originally in Business Week (July 5, 1976), and argued that microprocessors would be incorporated increasingly into machines and products. It would provided these so-call "smart" machine with brainpower and at lower cost. The article is based on interviews with people who were doing research in new applications for computer chips. AU - Perlowski, A. A. CY - Oxford, Eng; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers microprocessing communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution materials +future and science fiction digitization computers microelectronics information technology +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology computer chips microprocessors microelectronics revolution electronic media information technology, and consumers digital media future computer chips materials LB - 2820 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 105-24 ST - The 'Smart' Machine Revolution T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The 'Smart' Machine Revolution ID - 1674 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jean L. Marx, ed. AB - The author, writing in 1989, saw a "revolution in biotechnology ... rapidly spreading across the globe," with the major participants being the United States, Japan, and Western Europe. Several factors will determine how this competition will turn out: opportunities for private investment capital, the nature of academic research institutions, how well universities and industry cooperate, and government support. Much will depend on the climate created by governmental regulation. "An ideal regulatory strategy has to preserve the safety of mankind and the environment without hindering unduly the development of new products," Perpich writes. This article discusses Japanese, European, and American strategies to foster biotechnology. In the United States, the President's Commission on Industrial Competitiveness was created in 1983, composed mainly of CEO's from high tech companies, to advise both government and industry on governmental policies relating to international competition. The author discusses the 1985 Congressional Budget Office report, Federal Financial Support for High Technology Industries, and also the roles of the National Academy of Sciences, the Office of Science and Technology Policy, the National Institutes of Health, and several other U. S. government agencies. The author sees American leadership in biotechnology emerging from five elements. "These are: [1] a quarter century of strong federal support for research in basic biology; [2] a powerful research system in the universities that is driven by a catalytic blending of research and teaching; [3] the presence of clinicians in research laboratories who knew that a better understanding of gene regulation would have an enormous impact on the diagnosis and treatment of disease; [4] the scientific community' acceptance of its responsibility to alert the public to the potential risks of recombinant DNA technology and the need for appropriate oversight of the research by the NIH and its advisory groups; and [5] the ability to conduct biotechnology research without enormous financial resources." Perpich concludes that government support and investment in research and development in biotechnology is essential for future leadership in this field. "Government, university and industry, working in collaboration under enlightened public oversight, will develop a sound data base for risk assessment. As the data base grows, speedy and effective regulatory review of biotechnology products will permit the promise of industrial biotechnology to be realized internationally, to the benefit of the industrial world and of the less developed countries." AU - Perpich, Joseph G. CY - Cambridge, Eng. KW - R & D nationalism military-industrial complex presidents, and new media law non-USA values universities science research and development regulation Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration artificial intelligence and biotechnology nationalism and communication Japan Europe research and development, and government support Office of Science and Technology National Academy of Sciences National Institute of Health Reagan administration, and biotechnology values, and biotechnology regulation, and biotechnology DNA military-industrial-university complex university-industry complex scientific research, and government support scientific revolution, and biotechnology universities research and development regulation, and biotechnology nationalism, and biotechnology military communication LB - 4260 PB - Cambridge University Press PY - 1989 SP - 197-209 ST - Biotechnology, international competition and regulatory strategies T2 - A Revolution in Biotechnology TI - Biotechnology, international competition and regulatory strategies ID - 1814 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - Perry argues that in Great Britain in a period before nationalization, the history of the telephone “serves as a reminder that inventions, like ideas, seldom encounter a neutral environment. Preexisting conditions, outlooks, and prejudices had more to do with the impact of the telephone than its intrinsic features.” --SV Perry explores the impact of the telephone Britain, a country that has little written attribution when to come to this issue, very unlike the United States. “In Britain, the telephone never became a symbol for a particular era. While in the early Victorian period if often called ‘The Age of the Railway,’ it would be a misnomer to label either the late Victorian years, or the Edwardian years ‘The Age of Telephone.’” The author explores “the failure of telephone development in Great Britain from its introduction in 1876 until the nationalization of the industry in 1912.” (69-70) --Catharine Gartelos AU - Perry, Charles R. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology non-USA Great Britain +telephones Great Britain, and telephones technology and society Gartelos, Catharine telephones, and resistance to LB - 10170 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 69-96 ST - The British Experience 1876-1912: The Impact of the Telephone During the Years of Delay T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - The British Experience 1876-1912: The Impact of the Telephone During the Years of Delay ID - 2382 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Microelectronics has opened a new era in warfare with the possibility of a new generation of "smart weapons" -- precision guided weapons that incorporate intelligence. At the time (1982), the United States was ahead in the technology while the Soviet Union, which was thought to lead in conventional weaponry, was desperately trying to keep up with the U.S. in microelectronics. At the time, both authors were at the Arms Control and Disarmament Program at Stanford University and their piece originally appeared in Technology Review (July 1982). AU - Perry, William J. and Cynthia A. Roberts CY - Cambridge, MA KW - R & D computers USSR presidents, and new media research and development war communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution war non-USA Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration microelectronics +computers and the Internet microelectronics revolution +military communication +artificial intelligence and biotechnology smart weapons Soviet Union, and microelectronic weapons Soviet Union, and collapse of Reagan administration, and microelectronics Reagan administration, and smart weapons Soviet Union military, and smart weapons LB - 3590 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 590-601 ST - 'Smart' Weapons T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - 'Smart' Weapons ID - 1749 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - The author attempts to cover much ground in this essay, looking at the telephone's "novel nature, its exploitation, the influence of the telephone systems, and the impact of telephony in our individual lives." AU - Pierce, John R. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment entertainment, home home entertainment community democracy home, and new media home values home, and information technology information technology +telephones democracy and media information technology, and home values, and telephones home, and telephones LB - 10220 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 159-95 ST - The Telephone and Society in the Past 100 Years T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - The Telephone and Society in the Past 100 Years ID - 2387 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Carlen, Claudie AB - Pope Pius XI’s 1936 encyclical on motion pictures, Vigilanti Cura, which set the tone for the Catholic response to movies during the next two decades. The Roman Catholic Church considered movie houses to be “like the school of life itself,” with far “greater influence in inciting men to virtue or vice than abstract reasoning.” Pope Pius XI warned of the moral damage that cinema could inflict. AU - Pius XI, Pope CY - Raleigh KW - values Christianity values archives motion pictures values religion law censorship and ratings censorship Catholic Church non-USA primary sources papal encyclicals Pope Pius XI Pope Pius XI, and 1936 encyclical Vigilanti Cura, and Pope Pius XI (1936) Catholic Church, and motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Catholic Church motion pictures, and censorship Christianity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Christianity LB - 13040 PB - McGrath Publishing Company, a Consortium Book PY - 1981 SP - 517-23 ST - Vigilanti Cura, 1936 T2 - The Papal Encyclicals, 1903-1939 TI - Vigilanti Cura, 1936 VL - 3 ID - 479 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Claudia Carlen, ed. AB - This 1957 encyclical on radio, television, and motion pictures is more optimistic than Pope Pius XI's dire warning in his 1936 encyclical. In 1957, Pope Pius XII said described radio “as through secret windows opening on the world” made daily contact possible with other cultures. “On winged flight, swifter than sound waves,” it passed “with the speed of light over all frontiers.” But Pius XII noted television which had become a more pervasive presence in the lives of young people than cinema. “Everyone knows well that children can often avoid an epidemic so long as the disease is outside the home,” he said, “but cannot escape it when it lurks within the home itself. It is an evil thing to bring the sanctity of the home into danger.” Television invaded with the “poisoned air of those ‘materialistic’ doctrines which diffuse empty pleasures and desires of all kinds, just as was done over and over again in motion- picture theaters,” the Pope warned. At the same time, television was a form of entertainment that the entire family could enjoy in the home -- unlike movies in 1957. The Pope urged Christians parents to emphasize good entertainment. AU - Pius XII, Pope CY - Raleigh, N. C. KW - entertainment entertainment, home values Christianity television, and home values archives home entertainment values religion law censorship and ratings censorship Catholic Church non-USA home, and new media home primary sources papal encyclicals Pope Pius XII Pope Pius XII, and 1957 encyclical Miranda Prorsus, and Pope Pius II (1957) Catholic Church, and motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Catholic Church motion pictures, and censorship Christianity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Christianity +television +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures television, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and television +radio radio, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and radio home, and television critics values, and television television, and values radio, and values home, and radio values, and radio motion pictures, and values values, and motion pictures values LB - 17420 PB - McGrath Publishing Company PY - 1981 SP - 347-64 ST - Miranda Prorsus: Encyclical of Pope Pius XII on the Communications Field: Motion Pictures, Radio, Television, September 8, 1957 T2 - The Papal Encyclicals, 1939-1958 TI - Miranda Prorsus: Encyclical of Pope Pius XII on the Communications Field: Motion Pictures, Radio, Television, September 8, 1957 VL - 4 ID - 663 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - See also related article in this volume by Duane L. Huff, “The Magic of Cellular Radio.” AU - Pool, Ithiel de Sola CY - Cambridge, MA KW - telephones cell phones networks +telephones telephones, cellular cellular telephones Pool, Ithiel de Sola networks, and telephones telephones, and transportation LB - 5400 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 144-46 ST - Will mobile telephones move? T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Will mobile telephones move? ID - 1925 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - The authors examine the years from 1876 until World War II in an effort to discover how people living in that period understood and forecast the telephone's social effects. It evaluates those forecasts that proved to be good as well as those that were not so good and attempts to explain the difference. The authors note that they were often surprised by their findings. For example, they write, “One of our working hypotheses as we began this study was that the automobile and the telephone–between them–were responsible for the vast growth of American suburbia and exurbia, and for the phenomenon of urban sprawl. There is some truth in that, but there is also truth to the reverse proposition that the telephone made possible the skyscraper and increased the congestion downtown.” AU - Pool, Ithiel de Sola, Craig Decker, Stephen Dizard, Kay Israel, Pamela Rubin, and Barry Weinstein CY - Cambridge, MA KW - urban studies +future and science fiction +telephones future future, and telephones telephones, and social effects urban studies, and telephones telephones, and demography geography space (spatial) LB - 10200 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 127-57 ST - Foresight and Hindsight: The Case of the Telephone T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - Foresight and Hindsight: The Case of the Telephone ID - 2385 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Williams, Raymond, ed. AB - Pool surveys the history of recording and transmitting sound. He examines specifically the development of the phonograph, telephone, and radio. Each of these inventions originally were conceived as refinements of the telegraph. But while all three inventions were related in their origins, in many other ways they became “polar opposites” in their social importance. Radio became a mass medium, while the telephone was essentially a form of two-way communication. The telephone had a major impact on business and urban life. For example, Pool argues that the skyscraper “would not have been possible without the telephone.” Pool discusses radio and recorded entertainment, and devotes sections to “Propaganda radio: the totalitarian model,” and the “social effects of radio.” AU - Pool, Ithiel de Sola CY - London KW - public relations advertising non-USA radio sound recording phonograph telephones urban studies telegraph Edison, Thomas propaganda audiences audiences, and radio radio, and audiences radio, and propaganda propaganda, and radio radio, and Germany Germany advertising and public relations LB - 11660 PB - Thames and Hudson PY - 1981 SP - 170-82 ST - Extended Speech and Sounds T2 - Contact: Human Communication and Its History TI - Extended Speech and Sounds ID - 2517 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This essays discusses distribution and volume of sexually oriented materials through the 1960s. This multi-volume Report, begun in 1967 under the Lyndon Johnson administration, found that there were few or no harmful effects from pornography and recommended removing restrictions for adult consumers. Report, published in 1970, issued several significant, if controversial, findings. It concluded that long-term exposure (15 days or more) to erotic materials usually resulted in satiation characterized by a marked decline in sexual arousal and interest in such stimuli. One long-term result of loosening legal controls, therefore, would be to reduce interest in pornography. The 1970 Report said that exposure to pornography seemed to have little or any effect on established attitudes toward sexual morality or sexuality, and in young people it “had no impact upon moral character over and above that of a generally deviant background.” It concluded that being exposed to explicit sexual material played no “significant role” in causing “delinquent or criminal behavior among youth or adults.” The Report was attacked by the Richard Nixon administration and by conservatives. The Meese Commission, which was established during the second Ronald Reagan administration, argued that the 1970 Report had studied pornography before it had been spread by cable and satellite television, and by video cassette recorders and dial-a-porn telephone services. The Meese Commission said that since 1970, pornography had become much more violent and pervasive. AU - Pornography, Commission on Obscenity and CY - Washington, D. C. KW - Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) social science research values sexuality values media effects values community law censorship and ratings censorship pornography censorship, and pornography pornography, and censorship motion pictures, and pornography +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture Commission on Obscenity and Pornography pornography, and social science social science research, and pornography pornography, and government pornography, and Johnson administration pornography, and Nixon administration obscenity, and pornography censorship, and obscenity obscenity, and censorship pornography, and volume of censorship, and foreign obscenity pornography, and 1960s media effects, and pornography pornography, and effects community standards, and pornography pornography, and community standards LB - 21220 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - U. S. Government Printing Office PY - 1970 SP - 7-21 ST - The Volume of Traffic and Patterns of Distribution of Sexually Oriented Materials T2 - Report of the Commission on Obscenity and Pornography TI - The Volume of Traffic and Patterns of Distribution of Sexually Oriented Materials ID - 923 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This essay concerns research on the effects of watching pornography and concludes that there are few harmful effects. It is part of a much larger study by the President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography. This multi-volume Report, begun in 1967 under the Lyndon Johnson administration, found that there were few or no harmful effects from pornography and recommended removing restrictions for adult consumers. Report, published in 1970, issued several significant, if controversial, findings. It concluded that long-term exposure (15 days or more) to erotic materials usually resulted in satiation characterized by a marked decline in sexual arousal and interest in such stimuli. One long-term result of loosening legal controls, therefore, would be to reduce interest in pornography. The 1970 Report said that exposure to pornography seemed to have little or any effect on established attitudes toward sexual morality or sexuality, and in young people it “had no impact upon moral character over and above that of a generally deviant background.” It concluded that being exposed to explicit sexual material played no “significant role” in causing “delinquent or criminal behavior among youth or adults.” The Report was attacked by the Richard Nixon administration and by conservatives. The Meese Commission, which was established during the second Ronald Reagan administration, argued that the 1970 Report had studied pornography before it had been spread by cable and satellite television, and by video cassette recorders and dial-a-porn telephone services. The Meese Commission said that since 1970, pornography had become much more violent and pervasive. AU - Pornography, Commission on Obscenity and CY - Washington, D.C. KW - archives primary sources sexuality motion pictures mass media pornography media effects +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and pornography Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects reports primary sources mass media, and pornography LB - 22270 N1 - See also: media See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - U. S. Government Printing Office PY - 1970 SP - 23-27 ST - The Effects of Explicit Sexual Materials T2 - Report of The Commission on Obscenity and Pornography T3 - Report of The Commission on Obscenity and Pornography TI - The Effects of Explicit Sexual Materials ID - 955 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Baudrillard, Jean AB - This work assembles many of Baudrillard's writings between 1968 and 1985, published originally in French. Mark Poster's "Introduction" provides an informative overview of Baudrillard's work. Poster writes: "Baudrillard has developed a theory to make intelligible one of the fascinating and perplexing aspects of advanced industrial society: the proliferation of communications through the media. This new language practice differs from both face-to-face symbolic exchange and print. The new media employ the montage principle of film (unlike print) and time-space distancing (unlike face-to-face conversation) to structure a unique linguistic reality. Baudrillard theorizes from the vantage point of the new media to argue that a new culture has emerged, one that is impervious to the old forms of resistance and impenetrable by theories rooted in traditional metaphysical assumptions. Culture is now dominated by simulations, Baudrillard contends, objects and discourses that have no firm origin, no referent, no ground or foundation. In this sense, what Walter Benjamin wrote about 'the age of mechanical reproduction,' Baudrillard applies to all reaches of everyday life." See also Jean Baudrillard's Simulacra and Simulation (translated by Sheila Faria Glaser) (Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1981, 1994). AU - Poster, Mark CY - Stanford, CA KW - technology advertising, and public relations seeing at a distance reality propaganda public relations preservation postmodernism modernism communication revolution history, and new media communication revolution, and second industrial revolution non-USA history values polling new way of seeing linguistics history general studies Enzensberger, Hans Benjamin, Walter McLuhan, Marshall advertising polling, and opinion values, and new media new way of seeing, and new media France, theory theory history, break with second industrial revolution communication revolution reality, and media technology and society linguistics, and media Baudrillard, Jean electronic media France LB - 4130 PB - Stanford University Press PY - 1988 SP - 1-9 ST - Introduction T2 - Jean Baudrillard: Selected Writings TI - Introduction ID - 1801 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Powell considers the impact of the World Wide Web and other new media on international diplomacy and news reporting. The volume in which Powell's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Powell, Adam Clayton III CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality nationalism Internet global communication community news and journalism non-USA nationalism and communication democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization LB - 34240 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 171-77 ST - Democracy and New Media in Developing Nations: Opportunities and Challenges T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Democracy and New Media in Developing Nations: Opportunities and Challenges ID - 3062 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen Prince, ed. and intro. AB - Prince notes that as movies became noticeably more violent during the late 1960s and early 1970s, advances in special effects technology often helped to make the violence more realistic and sensational. Arthur Penn’s Bonnie and Clyde (1967), set in the 1930s, was about a gang of desperados led by Clyde Barrow and his girlfriend, Bonnie Parker, and starred Warren Beatty, Faye Dunaway, and Gene Hackman. In filming the brutal machine-gun ambush of Bonnie and Clyde by Texas rangers, Penn used multiple cameras and dozens of “squibs” (actually condoms containing fake blood hidden in the actors’ clothing and rigged to explode to simulate the impact of bullet), and then showed the massacre scene in slow-motion. In The Wild Bunch (1969), a hard-edged western about outlaws set in the early 1910s starring William Holden and Robert Ryan, Sam Peckinpah tried to push Penn’s techniques further. To stylize violence, Peckinpah used slow-motion and multi-camera montage, as well as telephoto lenses. Many people believed that The Wild Bunch marked a turning point with regard to violence in films. AU - Prince, Stephen CY - New Brunswick, N. J. KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) media research MPAA self-regulation Production Code women, and new media Valenti, Jack values Production Code (motion pictures) media effects media violence lenses values religion law censorship and ratings non-USA +motion pictures and popular culture +television motion pictures motion pictures, and violence violence, and motion pictures television, and violence violence, and television media effects values censorship motion pictures, and censorship censorship, and motion pictures television, and censorship censorship, and television media research, and violence violence, and media research Valenti, Jack, and screen violence motion pictures, and slow motion motion pictures, and multicamera montage cameras, and telephoto lenses lenses, telephoto motion pictures, and squibs Peckinpah, Sam Penn, Arthur Kurosawa, Akira Production Code (motion pictures) motion pictures, and Production Code (motion pictures) women women, and screen violence violence, and cameras cameras violence LB - 19530 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Rutgers University Press PY - 2000 SP - 1-44 ST - Graphic Violence in the Cinema: Origins, Aesthetic Design, and Social Effects T2 - Screening Violence TI - Graphic Violence in the Cinema: Origins, Aesthetic Design, and Social Effects ID - 788 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen Prince, ed. and intro. AB - To stylize violence in the movie The Wild Bunch (1969), Sam Peckinpah used slow-motion and multi-camera montage, as well as telephoto lenses. Many people believed that this movie marked a turning point with regard to violence in films. AU - Prince, Stephen CY - New Brunswick, N. J. KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) media research MPAA self-regulation Production Code women, and new media Valenti, Jack values Production Code (motion pictures) media effects media violence lenses values religion law censorship and ratings non-USA +motion pictures and popular culture +television motion pictures motion pictures, and violence violence, and motion pictures television, and violence violence, and television media effects values censorship motion pictures, and censorship censorship, and motion pictures television, and censorship censorship, and television media research, and violence violence, and media research Valenti, Jack, and screen violence motion pictures, and slow motion motion pictures, and multicamera montage cameras, and telephoto lenses lenses, telephoto motion pictures, and squibs Peckinpah, Sam Penn, Arthur Kurosawa, Akira Production Code (motion pictures) motion pictures, and Production Code (motion pictures) women women, and screen violence violence cameras LB - 20410 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Rutgers University Press PY - 2000 SP - 175-201 ST - The Aesthetic of Slow-Motion Violence in the Films of Sam Peckinpah T2 - Screening Violence TI - The Aesthetic of Slow-Motion Violence in the Films of Sam Peckinpah ID - 857 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Chris Hables Gray, ed. AU - Pursell, Carroll CY - Malabar, FL KW - technology preservation history, and new media World Fairs history general studies technology and society history, and technology technology, and humanities Mumford, Lewis technology, defined World Fairs, and Century of Progress LB - 1090 PB - Krieger Publishing Company PY - 1996 SP - 1-4 ST - Introduction: Reclaiming Technology for the Humanities T2 - Technohistory: Using the History of American Technology in Interdisciplinary Research TI - Introduction: Reclaiming Technology for the Humanities ID - 1505 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Gallo, Max AB - Posters combine the image and word, and are capable of being duplicated an infinite number of times. “Mass production involved changing one’s attitude toward the value of the original print and even minimized the importance of differences between one copy and another,” Quintavalle writes. “Only later, with the advent of poster collectors, did a more traditional market for posters develop; first proofs then were treated much like paintings, engravings, lithographs, and silk-screen prints. But to understand poster art, we must consider its original function and examine the effect posters had on those for whom they were created.” AU - Quintavalle, Carlo Arturo CY - Feltham, Middlesex, England KW - Chicago, IL photography war non-USA World War II posters +photography and visual communication posters, and history of posters, and politics prints posters, and color lithographs painting capitalism, and art posters, and capitalism posters, and modern art Toulouse-Lautrec, Henri de Chéret, Jules posters, and France posters, and Europe posters, and Toulouse-Lautrec art nouveau, and posters posters, and art nouveau German expressionism, and posters posters, and German expressionism Bauhaus posters, and The Bauhaus World War II, and posters posters, and post-cubist posters, and post-World War II color capitalism art lithography color Germany LB - 1850 PB - Hamlyn PY - 1974 SP - 297-315 ST - The Development of Poster Art [trans. by Alfred and Bruni Mayor] T2 - The Poster in History TI - The Development of Poster Art [trans. by Alfred and Bruni Mayor] ID - 1581 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This paper argues that "information technology is changing the technological profile of manufacturing and the service industries. The main effect on the less developed countries will be to increase the obsolescence of their industries, services, and development strategies." At the time of this paper, Rada was with the International Management Institute in Geneva. This paper was delivered to an IFAC seminar in Vienna, Austria in March, 1983. AU - Rada, Juan CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism corporations corporations, multinational communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution Third World non-USA political economy microelectronics +computers and the Internet +nationalism and communication Third World, and new media capitalism multinational corporations microelectronics revolution LB - 3580 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 571-89 ST - Information Technology and the Third World T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Information Technology and the Third World ID - 1748 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Lisa Gitelman and Geoffrey B. Pengree, eds. AB - "This chapter dwells on events in the early 1890s, when the public identify of the phonograph was still protean," the author writes. (175) Playing recorded music was one of its function but it was perhaps best known as the "talking machine." Radick examines how evolutionist R. L. Garner used the phonograph to "aid in establishing Darwinian Theory." (176) Radick's essay appears in a volume that is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. This volume offers a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. These ten essays examine media that were new in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and early twentieth centuries. They explore "moments of transition when each new medium was not yet fully defined, its significance in flux...." They attempt to put these media into their "specific material and historical environment" and explain the "ways in which habits and structures of communication are naturalized or normalized." (viii) AU - Radick, Gregory CY - Cambridge, MA KW - sound recording print culture sound recording, and print media print, and sound recording phonograph Edison, Thomas phonograph, and Thomas Edison Edison, Thomas, and phonograph newspapers, and phonograph phonograph, and newspapers books, periodicals, newspapers home and new media advertising and public relations phonograph, and home home, and phonograph advertising, and phonograph phonograph, and advertising values phonograph, and Darwinian evolution advertising newspapers home news print news and journalism LB - 34420 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 175-206 ST - R. L. Garner and the Rise of the Edison Phonograph in Evolutionary Philology T2 - New Media, 1740-1915 TI - R. L. Garner and the Rise of the Edison Phonograph in Evolutionary Philology ID - 3080 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Martin Bauer, ed. AB - This effort to revise the history of Luddism during the British Industrial Revolution raises the following question: "Psychologists tell us that the loss of one's work, in particular the loss of a trade or career, is a devastating psychological blow to the individual's self-esteem, exceeded only by the shock of bereavement. We might wonder why this blow should be deemed less severe for a craftsman in 1793 than for one in 1993." AU - Randall, Adrian CY - New York KW - technology modernism modernity modernism non-USA Luddism Industrial Revolution Great Britain Industrial Revolution Industrial Revolution, and Great Britain Luddism Luddism, and history of technology, and resistance to Luddism, and Great Britain technology and society culture, and resistance to technology modernity culture critics Great Britain LB - 4310 PB - Cambridge University Press PY - 1995 SP - 57-79 ST - Reinterpreting 'Luddism': Resistance to New Technology in the British Industrial Revolution T2 - Resistance to new technology: nuclear power, information technology and biotechnology TI - Reinterpreting 'Luddism': Resistance to New Technology in the British Industrial Revolution ID - 1819 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Pornography, Commission on Obscenity and AB - This essay, published with the President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography's Report in 1970, gives one of the best accounts of the events leading up to the adoption of the movie rating system and then how the system operated during its first months. Randall notes the increase in violent movies during the late 1960s and calls from theater owners and others for come kind of classification system. This piece is also good on the original meaning of rating symbols -- X, for example, was for films with "adult" but not necessarily pornographic themes. Randall also discusses the Code and Rating Administration, established to apply the movie ratings, and the backgrounds of the first members of this agency. AU - Randall, Richard S. CY - Washington, D. C. KW - Classification and Rating Administration classification self-regulation Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) social science research censorship and ratings values sexuality values media effects values community law censorship and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) censorship classification censorship pornography censorship, and pornography pornography, and censorship motion pictures, and pornography +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture Commission on Obscenity and Pornography pornography, and social science social science research, and pornography pornography, and government pornography, and Johnson administration pornography, and Nixon administration obscenity, and pornography censorship, and obscenity obscenity, and censorship pornography, and foreign censorship, and foreign obscenity pornography, and antisocial behavior media effects, and pornography pornography, and effects community standards, and pornography pornography, and community standards motion pictures, and classification classification, and history of classification, and motion pictures CARA, and classification classification, and CARA CARA LB - 19350 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - U. S. Government Printing Office SP - 219-92 ST - Classification by the Motion Picture Industry T2 - Technical Report of The Commission on Obscenity and Pornography: Volume V: Societal Control Mechanisms TI - Classification by the Motion Picture Industry ID - 773 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tino Balio, ed. AB - Richard Randall discusses movie censorship from the 1952 Burstyn v. Wilson case, which gave films protection under the First Amendment for the first time, to the appearance of the hard-core movie Deep Throat (1972), which was one of the first explicit movies to be shown in mainstream theaters. AU - Randall, Richard S. CY - Madison KW - Classification and Rating Administration classification self-regulation Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) CARA Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) social science research censorship and ratings values sexuality values media effects values community law censorship and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) censorship classification censorship pornography censorship, and pornography pornography, and censorship motion pictures, and pornography +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture Commission on Obscenity and Pornography pornography, and social science social science research, and pornography pornography, and government pornography, and Johnson administration pornography, and Nixon administration obscenity, and pornography censorship, and obscenity obscenity, and censorship pornography, and foreign censorship, and foreign obscenity pornography, and antisocial behavior media effects, and pornography pornography, and effects community standards, and pornography pornography, and community standards motion pictures, and classification classification, and history of classification, and motion pictures CARA, and classification classification, and CARA CARA LB - 20470 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - University of Wisconsin Press PY - 1976 SP - 510-36 ST - Censorship: From The Miracle to Deep Throat T2 - The American Film Industry (Revised Edition) TI - Censorship: From The Miracle to Deep Throat ID - 832 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - UNESCO AB - Kay considers the technical means for transmitting the news in this interesting piece. Ray notes that there are four ways in which news is received: 1) as a printed message; 2) as signals to control typesetting machinery; 3) as a spoken message; and 4) as a facsimile. Ray considers two facilities for transmitting news recognized by the International Telecommunication Union: press telegrams and radio-communication services. He discusses equipment shortages and high-frequency radio circuits, noting that disturbances in the ionosphere may totally disrupt radio-communications. He provides an informative discussion of intercontinental telephone cables, and the effects of communication satellites on press messages. He points out that as of 1965, the effect of satellites on news transmission has not been as dramatic as the transatlantic and transpacific telephone cables, because the receiving stations for satellites were located in developed countries which already had well-developed terrestrial communications. Ray concludes by treating press broadcasts by satellite. Kay's essay appears in this volume, published by theUnited Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. AU - Ray, Ivor CY - Paris KW - nationalism United Nations journalism news and journalism non-USA telephones, international news +telephones telephones, and international cable +radio +aeronautics and space communication satellites +television telecommunications news, international news, and satellites +nationalism and communication facsimile International Telecommunication Union +duplicating technologies news, and telephone cables UNESCO LB - 7670 PB - Place de Fontenoy PY - 1968 SP - 51-57 ST - Telecommunication and the transmission of news T2 - Communication in the Space Age: The use of satellites by the mass media TI - Telecommunication and the transmission of news ID - 2136 ER - TY - CHAP AB - Read, an art critic, wrote in 1957 that the “changes during the first half of this century of ours have been bewildering, and if we go back another half-century we can say that within a hundred years -- a short time in the history of civilization -- there has occurred a revolution so fundamental that we must search many past centuries for a parallel. Possibly the only comparable change is the one that took place between the Old and the New Stone Age, when an organic animal art was replaced by an abstract geometrical art.” Read also said that some of the Impressionist painters “read scientific treatises on color harmony and tried to incorporate such scientific knowledge in their painting methods.” See this article filed under "De Forrest, Lee." AU - Read, Herbert CY - Washington, D.C. KW - photography preservation communication revolution history, and new media history history +photography and visual communication art history, break with painting color, and Impressionism color, and painting and science communication revolution art, abstract critics color LB - 1860 PB - Public Affairs Press PY - 1957 SP - 77-79 ST - New Realms of Art T2 - New Frontiers of Knowledge: A Symposium by Distinguished Writers, Notable Scholars & Public Figures TI - New Realms of Art ID - 1582 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Benjamine M. Compaine, ed. AB - Williams argues for the need to reexamine the Miami Herald and Red Lion cases, which are two legal decisions that form the foundation of contemporary case law relating to print and broadcast media. The printing press and the revolution that followed its invention helped to create the basis for the "press clause" of the First Amendment. The Gutenberg revolution is giving way, the author believes, to forms of mass communication that have different foundations. Lines are blurring between print and broadcast media, and with modern corporate communicators that are not usually considered part of the media business (e.g., large corporations that use of computerized mailing lists). AU - Read, William H. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution journalism freedom law news and journalism newspapers news media information technology Information Age +computers and the Internet First Amendment media convergence information technology, and business communication revolution +books, periodicals, newspapers newspapers, and electronic media information processing law, and new media First Amendment, and Miami Herald case First Amendment, and Red Lion case LB - 4740 N1 -; media effects See also: media convergence See also: mass media PB - Ballinger Publishing Company PY - 1984 SP - 299-318 ST - The First Amendment Meets the Second Revolution T2 - Understanding New Media: Trends and Issues in Electronic Distribution of Information TI - The First Amendment Meets the Second Revolution ID - 1861 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - This essay reviews a substantial amount of British research on how telephone contact is different from more traditional face-to-face contact. First, the telephone transcends distance. Second, it can transmit only audio information. The work is accompanied with a three-age bibliography. AU - Reid, A. A. L. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - non-USA Great Britain +telephones Great Britain, and telephones bibliographies, and telephones +bibliographies LB - 10310 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 386-414 ST - Comparing Telephone With Face-to-Face Contact T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - Comparing Telephone With Face-to-Face Contact ID - 2396 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AU - Renfro, William L. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment computers entertainment, home labor home entertainment home, and new media home office computers and the Internet computers, personal computers office, and information technology home, and information technology information technology +computers and the Internet information technology, and home information technology, and office personal computers computers, personal office, and new media home, and office home, and computers LB - 3280 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 209-15 ST - Second Thoughts on Moving the Office Home T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Second Thoughts on Moving the Office Home ID - 1719 ER - TY - CHAP AB - The Reverend Bruce Ritter, President and founder of Covenant House, an international child care agency that helped runaways and operated centers in the United States, Canada, and Guatemala, believed all forms of sexually explicit materials degraded the “very nature of human sexuality.” For Ritter, a member of the Meese Commission in 1985 and 1986, sexual privacy, no less than personal liberty, was a God-given right, fundamental to human dignity and citizenship; in his opinion, pornography’s invasion of this privacy was profoundly subversive. Ritter’s emphasis on privacy sadly assumed a new dimension a few years later when he was forced to leave Covenant House following a scandal that in involved charges that he had had homosexual relationships with some of the young men under his care. AU - Ritter, Bruce CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment video cassette recorders (VCRs) post office government hearings entertainment, home magnetic recording photography women, and new media social science research values archives sexuality home entertainment government magnetic tape First Amendment media effects crime color freedom values religion censorship and ratings law cable home home, and new media home Meese Commission reports primary sources hearings pornography reports reports, Messe Commission +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography law, and pornography pornography, and law pornography, and new media home entertainment revolution pornography, and home home, and pornography +television postal service television, and cable cable television, and pornography +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and television television, and satellites +computers computers, and pornography pornography, and computers VCRs VCRs, and pornography pornography, and VCRs magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines +photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography color, and pornography pornography, and color media effects media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects, pornography, defined children media effects, and children children, and pornography pornography, and children women women, and pornography pornography, and women religion, and pornography pornography, and religion personal computers personal computers, and pornography primary sources primary sources, Maryland primary sources, College Park primary sources, Meese Commission media effects, and pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research First Amendment, and Meese Commission First Amendment, and pornography pornography, and legal pornography, and First Amendment pornography, and opponents pornography, and harmful effects crime, and pornography pornography, and crime magazines satellites children, and media LB - 22950 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - 509-17 ST - Statement of Father Bruce Ritter T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Statement of Father Bruce Ritter ID - 1020 ER - TY - CHAP AB - The Reverend Bruce Ritter, President and founder of Covenant House, an international child care agency that helped runaways and operated centers in the United States, Canada, and Guatemala, believed all forms of sexually explicit materials degraded the “very nature of human sexuality.” For Ritter, a member of the Meese Commission in 1985 and 1986, sexual privacy, no less than personal liberty, was a God-given right, fundamental to human dignity and citizenship; in his opinion, pornography’s invasion of this privacy was profoundly subversive. Ritter’s emphasis on privacy sadly assumed a new dimension a few years later when he was forced to leave Covenant House following a scandal that in involved charges that he had had homosexual relationships with some of the young men under his care. AU - Ritter, Bruce CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment video cassette recorders (VCRs) surveillance post office government hearings entertainment, home magnetic recording photography women, and new media social science research values privacy archives sexuality home entertainment government magnetic tape First Amendment media effects crime color freedom values religion censorship and ratings law cable home home, and new media home Meese Commission reports primary sources hearings pornography reports reports, Messe Commission +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography law, and pornography pornography, and law pornography, and new media home entertainment revolution pornography, and home home, and pornography +television +postal service television, and cable cable television, and pornography +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and television television, and satellites +computers computers, and pornography pornography, and computers VCRs VCRs, and pornography pornography, and VCRs magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines +photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography color, and pornography pornography, and color media effects media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects pornography, defined children media effects, and children children, and pornography pornography, and children women women, and pornography pornography, and women religion, and pornography pornography, and religion personal computers personal computers, and pornography primary sources primary sources, Maryland primary sources, College Park primary sources, Meese Commission media effects, and pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research First Amendment, and Meese Commission First Amendment, and pornography pornography, and legal pornography, and First Amendment pornography, and opponents pornography, and harmful effects crime, and pornography pornography, and crime privacy, and pornography pornography, and privacy magazines satellites children, and media LB - 22960 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - 518-23 ST - Pornography and Privacy T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Pornography and Privacy ID - 1021 ER - TY - CHAP AB - The Reverend Bruce Ritter, President and founder of Covenant House, an international child care agency that helped runaways and operated centers in the United States, Canada, and Guatemala, believed all forms of sexually explicit materials degraded the “very nature of human sexuality.” For Ritter, a member of the Meese Commission in 1985 and 1986, sexual privacy, no less than personal liberty, was a God-given right, fundamental to human dignity and citizenship; in his opinion, pornography’s invasion of this privacy was profoundly subversive. Ritter’s emphasis on privacy sadly assumed a new dimension a few years later when he was forced to leave Covenant House following a scandal that in involved charges that he had had homosexual relationships with some of the young men under his care. AU - Ritter, Bruce CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment video cassette recorders (VCRs) surveillance post office government hearings entertainment, home magnetic recording photography women, and new media social science research values privacy archives sexuality home entertainment government magnetic tape First Amendment media effects crime color freedom values religion censorship and ratings law cable home home, and new media home Meese Commission reports primary sources hearings pornography reports reports, Messe Commission motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography law, and pornography pornography, and law pornography, and new media home entertainment revolution pornography, and home home, and pornography television postal service television, and cable cable television, and pornography +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and television television, and satellites computers computers, and pornography pornography, and computers VCRs VCRs, and pornography pornography, and VCRs magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography color, and pornography pornography, and color media effects media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects pornography, defined children media effects, and children children, and pornography pornography, and children women women, and pornography pornography, and women religion, and pornography pornography, and religion personal computers personal computers, and pornography primary sources primary sources, Maryland primary sources, College Park primary sources, Meese Commission media effects, and pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research First Amendment, and Meese Commission First Amendment, and pornography pornography, and legal pornography, and First Amendment pornography, and opponents pornography, and harmful effects crime, and pornography pornography, and crime privacy, and pornography pornography, and privacy magazines satellites children, and media LB - 22970 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - 523-34 ST - Nonviolent Sexually Explicit Material and Sexual Violence T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Nonviolent Sexually Explicit Material and Sexual Violence ID - 1022 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author reviews from an American perspective what was known in 1977 about electronic media and unemployment. He was guardedly optimistic about the future. AU - Robinson, Arthur L. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution microelectronics information technology +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology automation information technology, and industry microelectronics revolution microelectronics revolution, and unemployment electronic media labor labor, and microelectronics labor, and computers LB - 2970 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 318-33 ST - Electronics and Employment: Displacement Effects T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Electronics and Employment: Displacement Effects ID - 1689 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joel A. Tarr, ed. AB - This paper discusses efforts by electrical engineers to promote "superpower" beginning during World War I, measured against Thorstein Veblen's ideas about centralized national planning to direct technology. This paper was given at a conference at Seven Spring Mountain Resort, Champion, PA, Dec. 1-4, 1976. AU - Rockefeller, Terry Kay CY - San Francisco KW - technology nationalism technology and society +electricity +nationalism and communication Veblen, Thorstein engineering, electrical electricity, and national planning technology assessment engineering LB - 3860 PB - San Francisco Press, Inc. PY - 1977 SP - 191-216 ST - The Failure of Planning for Electrical Power Supply: The Case of the Electrical Engineers and 'Superpower,' 1915-1924 T2 - Retrospective Technology Assessment -- 1976 TI - The Failure of Planning for Electrical Power Supply: The Case of the Electrical Engineers and 'Superpower,' 1915-1924 ID - 1774 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Frank Kessler and Nanna Verhoeff, eds. AB - This essay discusses Heinrich Ernemann's home movie system, first introducedin Germany in 1903. The system used 17.5 mm film and Ernemann's small camera was called the Kino. The author uses catalogues to discuss the kinds of films that were available for home viewing. Between 1903 and 1908, about 300 films were offered under the following categories: humor, historical films, military films, technical films, sports, streets and cities, animals and ethnography, children's life, diverse, and magic. The author discusses the catalogues and the distribution strategies used for these home movies. AU - Roepke, Martina CY - Eastleigh, UK KW - magic home home home and new media home, and motion pictures motion pictures, and home censorship and ratings film film, and 17.5 mm home, and home movies non-USA Germany non-USA, and motion pictures non-USA, and home movies Germany, and home movies Germany, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Germany motion pictures, and magic magic, and motion pictures children and media children, and home movies children, and German home movies children motion pictures LB - 41770 PB - John Libbey Publishing PY - 2007 SP - 275-82 ST - Bringing movies into the home: distribution strategies for 17.5 mm film (1903-08) T2 - Networks of Entertainment: Early Film Distribution, 1895-1915 TI - Bringing movies into the home: distribution strategies for 17.5 mm film (1903-08) ID - 4275 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David D. Van Tassel and Michael G. Hall, eds. AB - Rosenberg argued that there are four interactions between science and social thought in the United States. "First, science lent American social thought a vocabulary and a supply of images. It served as a source of metaphor and, like figures borrowed from other areas, the similes of science variously suggested, explained, justified, even helped dictate social categories and values. But the role of science in social thought has been emotional as well as expository. This is the second relationship ... is, essentially, the changing position of science in the hierarchy of American values. As we shall see, one of the most important developments in the relationship between science and American social thought has been the increasing emotional relevance of science, its growing role as an absolute able to justify and motivate individual action.” Rosenberg saw “both of these relationships are pervasive, limited perhaps by class and region but otherwise widespread. Both are flexible as well, dependent for their particular configuration upon social needs and consequent intellectual and emotional manipulations. A third relationship between science and American society is much less familiar, but perhaps easier to describe in that it is more rigid and clearly structured. This is the role in social thought of the professional scientist’s values and attitudes. As is true in any work-defined reference group--and especially the professions--the scientist shares certain values and concepts with his disciplinary peers. These are different from those entertained by society at large, indeed sufficiently different and sufficiently concrete so as to have served as a uniquely creative force in the development of modern industrial society. A fourth and final relationship between science and American social thought can, in a sense, be seen as the converse of the third. That is, not the effect of the scientific community’s values in bringing an element of diversity and change to society, but that of society’s attitudes and demands on the scientist’s work and thought.” AU - Rosenberg, Charles E. CY - Homewood, IL KW - R & D science research and development science and society research and development, and government support scientific research LB - 10390 PB - Dorsey Press PY - 1966 SP - 136-62 ST - Science and American Social Thought T2 - Science and Society in the U.S TI - Science and American Social Thought ID - 2403 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - In contrast to the optimism of Yoneji Masuda (see ibid., 620-34), the authors here delved into the British Industrial Revolution from 1780 to 1830, and concluded that “we are not witnessing a social revolution of equivalent magnitude, because the new information technology is not yet bringing about a new way of living.” This essay was originally published in 1981. AU - Rosenbrock, Howard, et al. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - communication revolution community democracy communication revolution, and second industrial revolution non-USA Information Age Great Britain general studies communication revolution, and myth of myth Industrial Revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution Great Britain, and Industrial Revolution information age information age, and critics of critics, and information age democracy and media critics LB - 1150 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 635-47 ST - A New Industrial Revolution? T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - A New Industrial Revolution? ID - 1511 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Mick Eaton, ed. AB - New technology made possible the cinéma-vérité movement that sought to capture real life. Jean Rouch produced such films as The Manic Priests (Les Maitres Fous, 1955), about African religious practices; I, a Black (Moi, un Noir, 1958), about impoverished workers on the Ivory Coast; and Chronicle of a Summer (Chronique d’un Été, 1961). Rouch, who used a 16mm camera for his research in Niger, worked with French designer André Coutant to build a light-weight sound camera that fitted on one’s shoulder. AU - Rouch, Jean CY - London KW - 16mm +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and anthropology motion pictures, and 16mm film anthropology, and 16mm film 16mm film, and anthropology 16mm film LB - 18130 PB - British Film Institute PY - 1979 ST - The Camera and Man (Extract) T2 - Anthropology -- Reality -- Cinema: The Films of Jean Rouch TI - The Camera and Man (Extract) VL - 61-62 ID - 722 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Levin, G. Roy AB - French documentary filmmaker Jean Rouch discusses his work after World War II in Africa. He talks about the "essential revolution" (133) brought by 16mm cameras which were cheaper and more mobile. They gave filmmakers greater ability to capture real-life activities. AU - Rouch, Jean CY - Garden City, N. Y. KW - underground cinema Rouch, Jean 16mm motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures motion pictures, and anthropology motion pictures, and 16mm film anthropology, and 16mm film 16mm film, and anthropology underground media underground films motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and history of motion pictures, and avant-garde films underground films, and motion pictures 16mm 16mm, and avant-garde films documentaries motion pictures, and documentaries television videotape magnetic recording magnetic recording, and documentaries cinéma vérité cameras cameras, 16mm 16mm cameras documentary films, and 16mm motion pictures, and 16mm motion pictures, and documentaries 16mm film LB - 34670 PB - Doubleday & Company, Inc. PY - 1971 SP - 131-45 ST - [Interview, Dec. 17, 1960] T2 - Documentary Explorations: 15 Interviews with Film-Makers TI - [Interview, Dec. 17, 1960] ID - 3105 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - At the time of this piece, the authors worked with RCA Laboratories. The article is somewhat technical and filled with jargon, but understandable with help of the Glossary at the end of this volume. AU - Russo, Paul M., Chih-Chung Wang, Philip K. Baltzer, and Joseph A. Weisbecker CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers microprocessing communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution computers microelectronics information technology +computers and the Internet microprocessors microelectronics revolution microcomputers information technology, and consumers computers, and microprocessors microprocessors, and consumers LB - 2840 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 130-37 ST - Microprocessors in Consumer Products T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Microprocessors in Consumer Products ID - 1676 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This 1978 article looks at an experimental "unmanned" parts factory for aircraft in St. Louis, Missouri, and "argues that the acceleration of developments in microelectronics means that the completely automated manufacturing plant may not now be far off." The author, then director of the National Space Institute in Washington, D.C., believed that Japan was in the lead in this area. This article first appeared in Control Engineering (April,,1978). AU - Ruzic, Neil P. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution non-USA microelectronics +computers and the Internet Japan automation labor +nationalism and communication +aeronautics and space communication microelectronics revolution +artificial intelligence and biotechnology labor, and microelectronics nationalism, and microelectronics Japan, and microelectronics LB - 2870 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 165-73 ST - The Automated Factory T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Automated Factory ID - 1679 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author wrote Research on Automation (1968). Here he introduces six essays on automation, divided among those who are pessimistic about the process and those who are guardedly optimist. He gives an overview of this debate. AU - Sadler, Philip CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers microprocessing labor communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution office, and information technology microprocessors microelectronics information technology +computers and the Internet labor automation, and microelectronics revolution microelectronics revolution industry microprocessors, and industry capitalism +artificial intelligence and biotechnology automation labor, and microelectronics office, and microelectronics office, and computers labor, and computers critics office LB - 2940 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 290-96 ST - Welcome Back to the 'Automation' Debate T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Welcome Back to the 'Automation' Debate ID - 1686 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Renate Mayntz and Thomas P. Hughes, eds. AB - Salsbury writes that when railroads came on the American scene in the 1830s, they “represented a sharp break with the past.” They were much larger than previous enterprises, and unlike the canal and turnpike system, they were “integrated enterprises.” They “were the first large scale technical system which arose in America and as such they shaped the way Americans organized technology and had a profound impact on large scale business. In defining the way in which the United States responded to large-scale technical systems railroads may have their most significant contribution to America’s economic growth. This is a contribution that cannot be easily measured.” AU - Salsbury, Stephen CY - Bolder, CO; and Frankfurt am Main KW - nationalism technical systems preservation labor history, and new media history office office, and new media office history +transportation +nationalism and communication railroads technical systems, large-scale history, break with capitalism infrastructure nationalism, and railroads LB - 2320 PB - Westview Press; and Campus Verlag PY - 1988 SP - 37-68 ST - The Emergence of an Early Large-Scale Technical System: The American Railroad Network T2 - The Development of Large Technical Systems TI - The Emergence of an Early Large-Scale Technical System: The American Railroad Network ID - 1625 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This lengthy piece in the 1970 Report of the President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography, has a great deal of information on erotica in motion pictures, magazines, and other media. Sampson apparently uses and accepts the Playboy series on "Sex in the Cinema" by Arthur Knight and Hollis Alpert. Pages 5-69 (Part I) deal with Motion Pictures; pages 177-203 (Part IV) deal with "'Under the Counter' or 'Hard-Core Pornography'." AU - Sampson, John J. CY - Washington, D. C. KW - audiences self-regulation Production Code motion pictures, and sexuality sexuality Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) photography values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) sexuality pornography sexuality news and journalism +books, periodicals, newspapers values religion law censorship and ratings censorship government Commission on Obscenity and Pornography +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and sex motion pictures, and history of sex nudity motion pictures, and nudity censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship motion pictures, and exploitation circuit pornography, and motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography, and history of theaters motion pictures, and porn theaters Production Code, and exploitation circuit government, and pornography, 16mm 16mm film, and pornography pornography, and l6mm film 8mm 8mm film, and pornography pornography, and 8mm film magazines magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines +photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography 16mm 16mm film LB - 16430 PB - U. S. Government Printing Office SP - 3-208 ST - Commercial Traffic in Sexually Oriented Materials: In the United States (1969-1970) T2 - Technical Report of The Commission on Obscenity and Pornography: Volume III TI - Commercial Traffic in Sexually Oriented Materials: In the United States (1969-1970) ID - 595 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Manuel Castells, ed. AB - Silicon Valley symbolizes both the explosion in microelectronics and the social problems caused by economic growth in this area. Is this type of development typical of the microelectronics industry, the author asked? She then attempts to answer the question in a comparative context. The first part of the chapter “is a detailed examination of the interactions between the evolution of the semiconductor industry and the development of the region and its urban geography. Parallels with the transformation of the Route 128 region in Massachusetts -- the East Coast counterpart of Silicon Valley -- are then highlighted in the second section. Not only did analogous circumstances condition the rapid postwar growth of these two regions, but their subsequent social and urban evolutions show striking similarities. The concluding section argues that the urban problems of Silicon Valley and Route 128 are rooted in the social structure generated by science-based industry.” Although duplication of these two regions is unlikely, the history of their development should help planners in other communities hoping to attract high-tech industries to anticipate future problems. AU - Saxenian, Annalee CY - Beverly Hills, CA KW - R & D nationalism labor research and development war communication revolution communication revolution, and second industrial revolution war office office, and information technology information technology +nationalism and communication +military communication urban studies information technology,and office space (spatial) microelectronics communication revolution second industrial revolution geography office, and new media semiconductors military-industrial complex LB - 2130 PB - Sage Publications PY - 1985 SP - 81-105 ST - Silicon Valley and Route 128: Regional Prototypes or Historic Exceptions? T2 - High Technology, Space, and Society TI - Silicon Valley and Route 128: Regional Prototypes or Historic Exceptions? ID - 1609 ER - TY - CHAP AB - A law professor at the University of Michigan, Schauer had written a book for legislators, judges, and prosecuting attorneys entitled The Law of Obscenity (1976). Although earlier in his career he had defended the producers of the movie Deep Throat, he was considered a middle-of-the-roader on the Meese Commission in 1985-86. He wrote the “Overview and Analysis” section of the Final Report. In this Statement, Schauer expressed the hope that the Commission's Final Report (1986) would “ be read rather than summarized, ... be thought about rather than used as rallying cry or flag of battle, and ... be as much the beginning of serious discussion and debate rather than the end of it.” AU - Schauer, Frederick CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment video cassette recorders (VCRs) surveillance post office government hearings entertainment, home magnetic recording photography women, and new media values social science research religion law, and privacy privacy primary sources sexuality home entertainment government magnetic tape First Amendment media effects crime color freedom values religion censorship and ratings law cable home home, and new media home Meese Commission reports primary sources hearings pornography reports reports, Messe Commission motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography law, and pornography pornography, and law pornography, and new media home entertainment revolution pornography, and home home, and pornography television +postal service television, and cable cable television, and pornography aeronautics and space communication satellites, and television television, and satellites computers computers, and pornography pornography, and computers VCRs VCRs, and pornography pornography, and VCRs magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography color, and pornography pornography, and color media effects media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects pornography, defined children media effects, and children children, and pornography pornography, and children women women, and pornography pornography, and women religion, and pornography pornography, and religion personal computers personal computers, and pornography primary sources primary sources, Maryland primary sources, College Park primary sources, Meese Commission media effects, and pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research First Amendment, and Meese Commission First Amendment, and pornography pornography, and legal pornography, and First Amendment pornography, and opponents pornography, and harmful effects crime, and pornography pornography, and crime privacy, and pornography pornography, and privacy magazines satellites children, and media LB - 22980 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - 534-35 ST - Personal Statement of Commissioner Frederick Schauer T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Personal Statement of Commissioner Frederick Schauer ID - 1023 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Lisa Gitelman and Geoffrey B. Pingree, eds. AB - "During the middle decades of the nineteenth century," Schiavo writes, "the meaning of the stereoscope and stereo-viewing changed dramatically. Initially designed in 1838 to demonstrate a theory of vision, the stereoscope acquired new interpretations when it was commercialized during the 1850s and 1860s. Transforming the stereoscope into a popular amusement, photographers, retailers, and those in the optical trades not only promoted a vernacular form, the 'parlor stereoscope,' but also advanced a more positivist theory of vision that both relied upon and further reinforced the assumption that the subjects of sight were stable and that observation of those subjects led to accurate judgments. The masterful visual encounter attributed to the three-dimensional stereoscopic view, then, was not due to the medium's structure, but was rather the result of the inscription the instrument underwent as it became a consumer good." (113-14) Schiavo's essay appears in a volume that is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. This volume offers a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. These ten essays examine media that were new in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and early twentieth centuries. The expore "momemts of transition when each new medium was not yet fully defined, its significance in flux...." They attempt to put these media into their "specific material and historical environment" and explain the "ways in which habits and structures of communication are naturalized or normalized." (viii) AU - Schiavo, Laura Burd CY - Cambridge, MA KW - visual communication photography stereoscope visual culture advertising and public relations advertising, and stereoscope stereoscope, and advertising 3-D home and new media capitalism advertising home LB - 34390 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 113-37 ST - Frm Phantom Image to Perfect Vision: Physiological Optics, Commercial Photography, and the Popularization of the Stereoscope T2 - New Media, 1740-1915 TI - Frm Phantom Image to Perfect Vision: Physiological Optics, Commercial Photography, and the Popularization of the Stereoscope ID - 3077 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - UNESCO AB - Schramm compares space communication to the automobile. It does not appear to be a fundamentally new form of communication like written language, the printing press, or the electronic computer. Rather, it expands and speeds up communication much the way the automobile speeded transportation and extended a means of travel to more people. He speculates about space broadcasting directly into the home , that people will be able to call directly to almost any place on earth, and that facsimile transmissions will make possible mail delivery virtually anywhere in a matter of minutes. He notes that computers have already been linked across the United States in transmitting data and that satellite communication is likely to make possible a “networks of computers to assemble and process worldwide information....” He also comments on the falling cost of satellites communication and the diminishing size of such technology. Schramm foresaw several possible social effects. They included: 1) a reorganization of the communication industry; 2) rapid communication being used more and more as a substitute for travel; 3) as communication became international, time difference would be more troubling (obviously he did anticipate the VCR); 4) the increased availability of information would put pressure on rapid decision making, which might be detrimental to diplomacy; 5) new kinds of organizations would be needed, and organizations would be able to extend their control over wider areas. Schramm believe satellite communication would centralize decision making, and that decision-making centers “would be highly dependent on the quality and quantity of communication to and from their control points, and vulnerable to any defection in the flow.” 6) People would have a generally higher level of knowledge that before space communication. 7) The nature of libraries would change. “They will become information centres, rather than the libraries we have traditionally know.” 8) The sense of remoteness and isolation will diminish. Schramm also anticipated a number of potential long-range problems. These included 1) the allocation of frequencies; 2) making equipment and standards compatible; 3) the effect on local broadcasting; 4) difficulties involving education and development, many of which would involve language differences. 5) Finally, Schramm warned about the possible effects of satellite broadcasting on national sovereignty. Here is argument is similar to more recent speculation about the impact of the Internet and other new media on nationalism. This piece appears in a volume published by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). AU - Schramm, Wilbur CY - Paris KW - entertainment computers nationalism entertainment, home journalism archives home entertainment news and journalism non-USA home, and new media home space communication geography networks libraries libraries, and information storage +aeronautics and space communication satellites Schramm, Wilbur space communication, and historical significance facsimile networks, and computers +computers and the Internet space communication, and travel +nationalism and communication +information storage space communication, and libraries space (spatial) home, and satellites news, and satellites nationalism, and satellites news rocketry LB - 7690 PB - Place de Fontenoy PY - 1968 SP - 11-29 ST - Some Possible Social Effects of Space Communication T2 - Communication in the Space Age: The use of satellites by the mass media TI - Some Possible Social Effects of Space Communication ID - 2138 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - James Curran and Michael Gurevitch, eds. AB - This essay considers the strengths and weaknesses of three qualitative approaches to research: political economy, media sociology, and cultural studies. AU - Schudson, Michael CY - London KW - journalism news and journalism news +books, periodicals, newspapers +television news, bias political economy cultural studies culture cultural imperialism LB - 10510 PB - Arnold PY - 1996 SP - 141-51 ST - The Sociology of News Production Revisited T2 - Mass Media and Society TI - The Sociology of News Production Revisited ID - 2415 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Schudson writes that "my premise is that most popular accounts of how the digital media can enhance democracy are rooted in the same Progressive Era vision of citizenship that gave rise to te initiative and referendum, the direct election of senators, nonpartisan municipal elections, and the voter information guides that were first mandated in the 1910s and 1920s. The Progressive Era concept of democracy is centered on information. If information can be more complete, more widely disseminated, more easily tapped into by citizens at large, then democracy can flourish. This is all very well if information is at the heart of mass democracy. But it isn't. Whethere digital media will make democracy easieror harder to practice will depend on what visions and versions of democracy we have in mind. My fear is that our use of digital media may be imprisoned by a concept of democracy that is a century old and, even at its inception, was a narrow and partial understanding." (49) The volume in which Schudson's essay appears is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." (ix-x) AU - Schudson, Michael CY - Cambridge, MA KW - information processing Information Age computers computers citizenship democracy freedom democracy, and new media critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy citizenship, and new media information revolution information, and democracy democracy, and information Progressive Era, and information democracy, and Progressive Era Progressive Era, and democracy computers and the Internet computers, and democracy democracy, and computers Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet Internet LB - 34160 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 49-59 ST - Click Here for Democracy: A History and Critique of an Information-Based Model of Citizenship T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Click Here for Democracy: A History and Critique of an Information-Based Model of Citizenship ID - 3054 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Schuler notes that "cyberpundits, the digerati" expect that the Internet of the future will be "immensely democratic" and may even create a society were there is no need for government. He calls such speculation "dangerously simplistic. Certainly there is potential for wider democratic participation using the new medium. For the first time in human history, the possibility exists to establish a communication network that spans the globe, is affordable, and is open to all comers and points of view: in short, a democratic communication infrastructure. Unfortunately, the communication infrastructure of the future may turn out to be almost entirely broadcast, where the few (mostly governments and large corporations) will act as gatekeepers for the many, where elites can speak and the rest can only listen." (69) The volume in which Schuler's chapter appears is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectives on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organized by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Schuler, Douglas CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers corporations global communication democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping globalization media conglomerates Internet corporations media LB - 34180 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 69-84 ST - Reports of the Close Relationship between Democracy and the Internet May Have Been Exaggerated T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Reports of the Close Relationship between Democracy and the Internet May Have Been Exaggerated ID - 3056 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Merritt Roe Smith and Leo Marx, eds. AB - Scranton argues against "deterministic master narratives and in favor of more variegated contextual accounts that recognize the complexity and indeterminacy of historical processes. He maintains that American political-economic hegemony and American history are currently in disarray. The former, governed by visions of infinite progress through technology, reached its apogee in the post-World War II period only to erode in the face of both increasing foreign competition and national traumas such as the Vietnam War. The latter, doubtless influenced by developments in the first arena, has resulted in the ghettoization of history as scholars with 'incommensurable approaches carve out fiefdoms in the imaginary terrain of subdisciplines.' As a way of reconfiguring the discipline," the author calls for historians to set "totalizing determinism aside" in favor of studying "local determinations" in which technology is viewed as part of a larger socio-economic process. Scranton's postmodernism contrasts with essays in the anthology by Thomas Hughes and Robert Heilbroner. AU - Scranton, Philip CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology nationalism values preservation history, and new media progress history technology and society history, and technological determinism Hughes, Thomas Heilbroner, Robert progress +nationalism and communication history, and progress progress, and Vietnam postmodernism technological determinism LB - 4700 PB - MIT Press PY - 1994 SP - 143-68 ST - Determinism and Indeterminacy in the History of Technology T2 - Does Technology Drive History? The Dilemma of Technological Determinism TI - Determinism and Indeterminacy in the History of Technology ID - 1857 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen H. Cutliffe and Terry S. Reynolds, eds. AU - Seely, Bruce CY - Chicago KW - R & D research and development war military communication war science general studies engineering research and development research and development, and universities scientific research and government support research and development, and government support military-university complex military-industrial complex LB - 1180 PB - University of Chicago Press PY - 1997 SP - 345-87 ST - Research, Engineering, and Science in American Engineering Colleges: 1900-1960 T2 - Technology & American History: A Historical Anthology from Technology & Culture TI - Research, Engineering, and Science in American Engineering Colleges: 1900-1960 ID - 1514 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joseph J. Corn, ed. AB - Segal writes that “Technological utopianism derived from the belief in technology -- conceived as more than tools and machines alone -- as the means of achieving a ‘perfect’ society in the near future. Such a society, moreover, would not only be the culmination of the introduction of new tools and machines; it would also be modeled on those tools and machines in its institutions, values, and culture. “Between 1883 and 1933, twenty-five individuals published works envisioning the United States as a technological utopia. The visions differed only in minor details and may safely be treated as one collective vision, rather like a Weberian ideal type,” he concludes. This essay contains good references to utopian works between 1880 and 1930. AU - Segal, Howard P. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology technology and society values values +future and science fiction values utopianism general studies technology, and utopia future progress utopianism, and technological (1883-1933) values, and technology critics technological determinism LB - 1200 PB - MIT Press PY - 1986 SP - 119-36 ST - The Technological Utopians T2 - Imagining Tomorrow: History, Technology, and the American Future TI - The Technological Utopians ID - 1516 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - A harsh critic of microelectronic technology, the author predicted in this paper that "anyone over fifty years is unlikely ever to work again." Trade unions will oppose this new technology especially if the government's response to it is unsatisfactory. This paper was given at a conference in London in November 1978. The author at the time of this paper was Director of Research for the Association of Scientific, Technical and Managerial Staffs, a British white-collar union. AU - Sherman, Barry CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution non-USA microelectronics Great Britain +computers and the Internet labor automation microelectronics revolution microelectronics revolution and unemployment Great Britain, and microelectronics and unemployment labor, and microelectronics critics LB - 3010 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 367-72 ST - Unemployment and Technology: A Trade Union View T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Unemployment and Technology: A Trade Union View ID - 1693 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - James W. Carey, ed. AU - Silverstone, Roger CY - Newbury Park, CA KW - television, and values preservation history, and new media values history +television television, and culture myth television, and myth history, and television values, and television LB - 7340 PB - Sage Publications PY - 1988 SP - 20-48 ST - Television Myth and Culture T2 - Media, Myths, and Narratives TI - Television Myth and Culture ID - 2104 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Simon is optimistic about the impact of computers on society, and sees a leisure society emerging. Artificial intelligence superior to that of humans will do much of the work. This piece originally appeared in Science, Vol. 195 (March 1977). See Joe Weizenbaum's counter to Simon's position in ibid., and Datamation (Nov. 15, 1978). AU - Simon, Herbert A. CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution +future and science fiction community democracy communication revolution, and second industrial revolution microelectronics +computers and the Internet computers, and society future microelectronics revolution +artificial intelligence and biotechnology computers, and leisure postindustrial society second industrial revolution communication revolution automation Weizenbaum, Joseph Bell, Daniel democracy and media computers critics labor LB - 3050 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 419-33 ST - What Computers Mean for Man and Society T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - What Computers Mean for Man and Society ID - 1697 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joel A. Tarr, ed. AB - This introductory statement came from a person then with the Office of Technology Assessment, which had been created only a few years earlier by Congress. This essay was part of a conference held at Seven Springs Moutain Resort, Champion, PA, Dec. 1-4, 1976. AU - Simone, Daniel De CY - San Francisco KW - technology Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) values technology and society OTA values, and technology LB - 3820 PB - San Francisco Press, Inc. PY - 1977 SP - 1-4 ST - Technology Assessment: Where We Have Been T2 - Retrospective Technology Assessment -- 1976 TI - Technology Assessment: Where We Have Been ID - 1770 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - America, Film Council of AB - This essay is part of a work that appeared in 1954 extolling the virtues of 16mm cameras and related equipment. AU - Simonson, Harry CY - Des Plaines, IL KW - libraries nationalism Film Council of America magnetic recording World War II values preservation media effects materials materials magnetic tape cinema motion pictures celluloid film education community democracy values religion war 16mm government history +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures motion pictures, and 16mm film 16mm film magnetic tape recording magnetic tape recording, video values, and society democracy, and media education, and 16mm film religion, and 16mm film 16mm film, and education 16mm film, and religion +nationalism and communication government, and 16mm film public libraries, and 16mm film 16mm film, and public libraries 16mm film, as paperback books +television television, and 16mm film history, and new media history, and 16mm film values, and 16mm film +sound recording sound recording, and magnetic tape World War II, and 16mm film 16mm film, and World War II 16mm film, and museums media effects, and 16mm films Film Council of America, values materials LB - 18080 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Film Council of America (Evanston, IL) PY - 1954 SP - 20-24 ST - Equipment T2 - Sixty Years of 16mm Film, 1923-1983: A Symposium TI - Equipment ID - 717 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joel A. Tarr, ed. AB - This paper concludes that "without a continuation of government efforts in satellite communications, little progress will be made in further space technology integration, thus leaving undeveloped many satellite applications of potential value to the public." This paper was given at a conference at Seven Springs Mountain Resort, Champion, PA, Dec. 1-4, 1976. AU - Smith, Delbert D. CY - San Francisco KW - R & D National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) nationalism research and development war war World War II space communication satellites research and development +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and communication Clarke, Arthur C. Intelsat NASA space technology integration research and development, and government support World War II, and space program World War II, and research and development +military communication +nationalism and communication rocketry LB - 3850 PB - San Francisco Press, Inc. PY - 1977 SP - 131-48 ST - Communication Satellites from Vision to Reality T2 - Retrospective Technology Assessment -- 1976 TI - Communication Satellites from Vision to Reality ID - 1773 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Merritt Roe Smith and Leo Marx, eds. AB - Smith attempts to explain why Americans have fused their personal and national identities with technology. At some level, the idea that technology will inevitably bring social progress is a myth, yet at another level, "the idea of technology as progress gained widespread currency 'precisely because it could be depicted as carving an uncontested, inevitable path.'" Smith argues that public faith in technology is connected to how media represent it. He compares two "landscapes of progress," one a Currier & Ives lithograph from 1868 and another a Leydenfrost drawing that was reproduced in Popular Mechanics in 1952. The former depicted "technological progress as an open-ended source of economic growth and cultural integration; the latter emphasized "innovation, novelty, and power in an unimaginable future" best captured in the phrase "What will they think of next?" Yet as Popular Mechanics celebrated this view of progress, atomic energy cast a cloud over the future. AU - Smith, Michael L. CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology atomic power nationalism photography advertising, and public relations propaganda public relations +future and science fiction technological determinism progress +photography and visual communication +nationalism and communication progress advertising, and progress progress advertising progress, and advertising progress, and artists progress, and technological determinism technological determinism, and progress future atomic energy, and progress technology and society atomic energy values, and technology nationalism, and technology progress, and technology values LB - 4670 PB - MIT Press PY - 1994 SP - 37-52 ST - Recourse of Empire: Landscapes of Progress in Technological America T2 - Does Technology Drive History? The Dilemma of Technological Determinism TI - Recourse of Empire: Landscapes of Progress in Technological America ID - 1854 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Merritt Roe Smith and Leo Marx, eds. AB - Smith shows how deeply technological determinism is embedded in American culture. Its roots go back at least to the 1780s, and it grew rapidly in strength during the nineteenth century as American industry expanded and the United States emerged as a world power. Smith sees advertisers, artists, historians, and even critics of modern technological society contributing to the belief that technology is a driving force shaping society. AU - Smith, Merritt Roe CY - Cambridge, MA KW - technology nationalism photography advertising, and public relations technology and society propaganda public relations values preservation history, and new media history +nationalism and communication advertising technological determinism technological determinism, and artists technological determinism, and historians history, and technological determinism progress critics critics, and technological determinism Industrial Revolution +photography and visual communication LB - 4660 PB - MIT Press PY - 1994 SP - 1-35 ST - Technological Determinism in American Culture T2 - Does Technology Drive History? The Dilemma of Technological Determinism TI - Technological Determinism in American Culture ID - 1853 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Jacobs, Lewis AB - This essay appeared in a work, published in 1970, that was a collection of essays by directors and other film makers discussing such topics as the use of cameras, color, and sound. Solomon writes in this piece that "what is happening is not merely a change in technique but an essential transformation in the approach to visual expression." (92) Solomon also maintains that the moving camera gives the audience an enhanced "sense of participation." (93) This piece first appeared in Film Heritage (Winter 1965-66). AU - Solomon, Stanley J. CY - New York KW - technology corporations corporations motion pictures color cameras motion pictures, and cameras motion pictures, and color color, and motion pictures sound recording motion pictures, and sound recording sound recording, and motion pictures photography technology and society materials materials cinema motion pictures celluloid non-USA motion pictures and popular culture photography and visual communication cameras, and motion pictures film Technicolor Eastman Kodak Cinemascope celluloid technology, and motion pictures motion pictures, and technology color, and Eastman Kodak color, and Technicolor technological determinism media literacy motion pictures, and media literacy media literacy, and motion pictures LB - 36640 PB - Farra, Straus & Giroux PY - 1970 SP - 92-102 ST - Modern Uses of the Moving Camera T2 - The Movies As Medium TI - Modern Uses of the Moving Camera ID - 3297 ER - TY - CHAP AB - Stam's article begins with this assumption: “Let us take as our point of departure something so obvious that it is often taken for granted, but something which in reality should astonish us: the fact that television news is pleasurable. No matter ... how ‘badly’ the newscasters or their presentations might offend our individual sensitivities or ideological predilections, watching the news is pleasurable.” AU - Stam, Robert CY - Los Angeles KW - journalism news and journalism news +television news, and television television, and news critics audiences, and television television, and audiences audiences LB - 7380 PB - American Film Institute PY - 1983 ST - Television News and Its Spectator T2 - Regarding Television: Critical Approaches-- An Anthology TI - Television News and Its Spectator ID - 2108 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - This article deals with how high-tech fabrics are transforming the construction industry. Translucent Teflon-coated weaves of fiberglass strands, for example, are reviving the construction of durable tents. This author once edited Technology Illustrated. This piece appeared first in Technology Review (Jan. 1987). AU - Stewart, Doug CY - Cambridge, MA KW - materials materials materials revolution construction industry fiberglass LB - 2690 PB - MIT Press PY - 1988 SP - 230-37 ST - Skylines of Fabric T2 - The Materials Revolution: Superconductors, New Materials, and the Japanese Challenge TI - Skylines of Fabric ID - 1661 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Robert Brent Toplin, ed. AB - This book is devoted to assessing the motion pictures of Oliver Stone. Here Stone reponds to critics who say that he exploits violence and distorts history. AU - Stone, Oliver CY - Lawrence, KS KW - history Classification and Rating Administration classification self-regulation sexuality sexuality motion pictures, and sexuality motion pictures, and sexuality Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) sexuality Nixon, Richard advertising, and public relations advertising, and motion pictures sex presidents, and new media censorship and ratings rating system (U.S.) rating system (U. S.) propaganda public relations propaganda advertising preservation sexuality Nixon administration motion pictures media effects media violence history, and new media law censorship and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) censorship classification CARA CARA non-USA +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and sex motion pictures, and violence public relations public relations, and motion pictures public relations, and Natural Born Killers motion pictures, and sex motion pictures, and violence violence violence, and motion pictures sex, and motion pictures nudity, and motion pictures CARA, and rating controversies rating system (U. S.), and controversies NC-17 NC-17, and exploitation advertising, and NC-17 advertising language motion pictures, and language nudity CARA, and nudity motion pictures, and nudity Stone, Oliver public relations, and Oliver Stone Stone, Oliver, and public relations history, and motion pictures motion pictures, and history history, and Oliver Stone Stone, Oliver, and history Stone, Oliver, and Salvador Stone, Oliver, and Born on the Fourth of July JFK (1991) Nixon (1995) Stone, Oliver, and JFK (1991) Stone, Oliver, and Nixon (1995) motion pictures, and Vietnam motion pictures, and John F. Kennedy motion pictures, and foreign policy motion pictures, and Richard Nixon (1995) Stone, Oliver, and Heaven and Earth Stone, Oliver, and Wall Street history LB - 26360 PB - University Press of Kansas PY - 2000 SP - 217-98 ST - Stone Responds: On Seven Films T2 - Oliver Stone's USA: Film, History, and Controversy TI - Stone Responds: On Seven Films ID - 1219 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Lynn Spigel and Michael Curtin, eds. AB - Streeter examines parallels between the discourse used in promoting cable during the late 1960s and early 1970s with contemporary talk of an information superhighway. He examines what he calls “‘the discourse of the new technologies,’ a pattern of talk common in the policymaking arena in the late 1960s and early 1970s and remarkably similar to much of the recent talk about the information superhighway. This discourse flowed from an odd alliance of groups: 1960s media activists, traditional liberal groups, industry lobbyists, and Republican technocrats all made their contributions. As a result, government television policy was subtle transformed, and beginning in 1970, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) reversed its attitude towards cable, turning the industry from a regulatory outcast into a protected element of the media system.” AU - Streeter, Thomas CY - New York and London KW - computers nationalism Federal Communications Commission (FCC) censorship and ratings Internet regulation community democracy Information age +television democracy and media cable television television, and cable metaphors information superhighway FCC networks +nationalism and communication cable nationalism, and cable television democracy, and cable television Internet, and cable television computers and the Internet LB - 7390 PB - Routledge PY - 1997 SP - 221-42 ST - Blue Skies and Strange Bedfellows: The Discourse of Cable Television T2 - The Revolution Wasn’t Televised: Sixties Television and Social Conflict TI - Blue Skies and Strange Bedfellows: The Discourse of Cable Television ID - 2109 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Lisa Gitelman and Geoffrey B. Pingree, eds. AB - Stubbs writes that "in order to gain perspective on what lies beneath contemporary dreams abut media technology, we might find instructive the case of an earlier communication technology, the telegraph. Although at first glance it does not appear to share many features with the internet, the telegraph did in fact raise remarkably similar issues regarding the status of the body and personal identity in relation to technology. A telegraph operator was a member of a community; as many as ten or twelve operators might work on the same telegraph circuit, rapidly transmitting and receiving messagees using Morse code. The wire was akin to a party line, as every message transmitted over the wire could be read by all the operators. On certain less-trafficked rural lines, in the intervals when no official telegraph messages were being sent, operators would routinely have personal conversations with each other over the wire. Gven the nature of the technology, it was impossible to know for certain from which station a given message originated. The operators on the line were supposed to identify themselves at the beginning of each message, but therre was no way to verify definitively the identity of a given sender. The result was a form of anonymity analogous to that enabled by the internet: On the telegraph circuit, it was theoretically possible to misrepresent oneself, to engage in a cover form of masquerade, trying on a new body and a new social identity." (92) Still, the author warns not to take the parallels between the telegraph and internet too far. Stubbs' essay appears in a volume that is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. This volume offers a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. These ten essays examine media that were new in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and early twentieth centuries. The expore "momemts of transition when each new medium was not yet fully defined, its significance in flux...." They attempt to put these media into their "specific material and historical environment" and explain the "ways in which habits and structures of communication are naturalized or normalized." (viii) AU - Stubbs, Katherine CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers telegraph virtual reality telegraph, and virtual reality computers and the Internet Internet, and telegraph telegraph, and Internet women women, and telegraph telegraph, and women Internet LB - 34380 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 91-111 ST - Telegraphy's Corporeal Fictions T2 - New Media, 1740-1915 TI - Telegraphy's Corporeal Fictions ID - 3076 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Susan Mossman, ed. AB - Mark Suggitt’s chapter, “Living with Plastics.” has a brief mention of celluloid film and movies, as well as inexpensive Kodak cameras and celluloid roll film which by the late 1930s was “becoming the medium of modern memory.” Suggitt, a social historian, concentrates on Great Britain’s early celluloid industry. AU - Suggitt, Mark CY - London and Washington, D. C. KW - photography preservation history, and new media materials materials celluloid non-USA history +photography and visual communication history, and photography history, and celluloid history, and plastic photography, and history celluloid, and history plastics cameras cameras, Kodak cameras, and history of history, and cameras Great Britain Great Britain, and celluloid Great Britain, and plastics LB - 12350 PB - Leicester University Press PY - 1997 SP - 113-36 ST - Living with Plastics T2 - Early Plastics: Perspectives, 1850-1950 TI - Living with Plastics ID - 2582 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The main source of resistance to new technology was not trade unions or the socialists, but rather uninformed and uncreative management. The primary reason that jobs were lost was the failure to embrace new techniques needed to keep up with international competition. AU - Swords-Isherwood, Nuala and Peter Senker CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution capitalism non-USA microelectronics +computers and the Internet microelectronics revolution Great Britain microelectronics revolution, and unemployment microelectronics revolution, and management labor Luddism control revolution labor, and microelectronics capitalism, and new media LB - 3040 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 408-13 ST - Management Resistance to the New Technology T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Management Resistance to the New Technology ID - 1696 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Raymond Fielding, ed. AB - This piece appeared originally in Journal of the Society of Motion Picture Engineers, 21 (Sept. 1933). AU - Theisen, Earl CY - Berkeley KW - +motion pictures +television cartoons, animated cartoons, history of cartoons LB - 7440 PB - University of California Press PY - 1967 SP - 84-85 ST - The History of the Animated Cartoon T2 - A Technological History of Motion Pictures and Television TI - The History of the Animated Cartoon ID - 2114 ER - TY - CHAP AB - In Canada, American movies and television programs dominated the market – more than 90 percent of the films for which Canadian paid rental fees came from the United States. In 1977, Ontario’s Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry concluded that the “great weight of research into the effects of violent media contents indicates potential harm to society.” In Volume 1, this Report concluded that Canadians – including children – were watching increasing amounts of American-made TV which had “much higher levels of violence” than programs produced in Canada or elsewhere, and television’s “escalation of violence” was “drawing other sections of the media along like the tail of a comet.” This essay appears in Volume 7 of the Royal Commission's Report. It discusses future new media in Canada and violence. It says that the "technology that is likely to produce the most significant long-term social and economic impacts is the large-scale integration of semi-conductor circuits, espcially the inexpensive microprocessor chip. Dramatic cuts in both size and costs of very complex electrical circuitry have been achieved." AU - Thompson, Gordon B. CY - Toronto, Ontario KW - video cassette recorders (VCRs) microprocessing magnetic recording television, and media effects syntheses (of research) Surgeon General social science research fiber optics optical fibers news and journalism news microprocessors media effects media violence media effects news and journalism satellites materials video games VCRs magnetic tape materials +future and science fiction fiber optics censorship and ratings children news and journalism non-USA Canada +television violence television, and violence violence, and television violence, and social science research social science research, and violence children, and media +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and television television, and motion pictures Surgeon General's Report (1972) violence children, and TV violence media effects, and television violence, and syntheses syntheses media effects, and violence violence, and media effects reports social science research, and TV violence television, and social science television, and violence violence, and television media effects, and television children, and media children, and TV violence social science research, synthesis (violence) Canada, and media violence reports journalism, and Canada journalism journalism, and violence news, and Canada news, and violence bibliographies, annotated bibliographies, and journalism and violence journalism, and violence (bibliography) video games, and Canada video games, and violence violence, and video games cable, and Canada VCRs, and Canada optical fibers, and Canada satellites, and Canada +aeronautics and space communication violence, and new media future, and Canada future, and new media microprocessors, and violence future +bibliographies cable LB - 2800 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality See filed under Report of the Royal Commission ... Volume 7. PB - Royal Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry SP - 185-206 ST - Future Mass Media T2 - Report of The Royal Commission on Violence in the Communications Industry: Volume 7: The Media Industries: From Here to Where? TI - Future Mass Media ID - 368 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Teresa De Lauretis and Stephen Heath, eds. AB - In this paper, delivered in February, 1978 at a conference at UW-Milwaukee, Thompson says that it is hard to know when "critics, historians and audiences began to recognize animated cartoons as a distinct mode. By about 1913, these films started to show up fairly regularly on theatre programmes.” Pages 108-12 deal with “The Ideology of Hollywood Cel Animation.” Thompson concludes: “The fact that cel animation lends itself so readily to disruptive formal strategies suggests one reason why the conservative Hollywood ideology of cartoons developed as it did (making it difficult to break away from its system without going to an opposite extreme.) Since disruption unmotivated by narrative is unwelcome in the classical system, Hollywood needed to tame the technology. Trivialization provided the means. While the classical Hollywood system as a whole may have been a relatively limited definition of cinema, the animated films made within that system had even narrower boundaries.” AU - Thompson, Kristin CY - New York KW - +motion pictures motion pictures, and technology Hollywood +motion pictures cartoons, animated Hollywood, and classical system motion pictures, and technological innovations cartoons LB - 6390 PB - St. Martin's Press PY - 1980 SP - 106-20 ST - Implications of the Cel Animation Technique T2 - The Cinema Apparatus TI - Implications of the Cel Animation Technique ID - 2022 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - "This essay examines a hot news item in the nothern European press at the end of the seventeenth and beginning of the eighteenth centuries. The story deals with the religious revival of a group of peasants from southern France, and throughout this discussion," Thorburn writes, "I will be interested less in the Camisards themselves, as these peasants came to be known, than in the experiences and arguments of the literate consumers of print media. The episode of the Camisards and the public controversy that followed offer an interesting lens through which to view media in transitions, and should inform any contemporary discussion of media change. The debates about the Camisards demonstrate the coexistence of older forms of oral culture and newer forms of printed discourse over two hundren and fifty years after the advent of the printing press. We do, nonetheless, see early political uses of print media at a time when such debates were technically illegal. And, in fact, the relative merits of print and oral culture were themselves the subject of the debates." (163) Thorburn's essay is one of twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Thorburn, Daniel CY - Cambridge, MA KW - books, periodicals, newspapers print culture pamphlets France non-USA France, and pamphlets pamphlets, and France printing France, and printing print culture oral culture print v. oral culture printing press audiences audiences, and pamphlets religion values printing press, and values values, and printing press religion, and printing press printing press, and religion oral communication print LB - 34020 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 163-89 ST - Prophetic Peasants and Bourgeois Pamphleteers: The Camisards Represented in Print, 1685-1710 T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Prophetic Peasants and Bourgeois Pamphleteers: The Camisards Represented in Print, 1685-1710 ID - 3040 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - Thorburn says that the "World Wide Web is more than technology, more than modems, bandwidth, computers. It is a thing made of language and of history, a Web of Metaphor. Many of these metaphors "are especially American and capitalist metaphors, carring an undersong of adventure, of risk and speed and danger, of entrepreneurs or Starfleet commanders or homesteaders braving the wilderness" and are unlike "the early popular Nintendo computer games, discussed in a 1995 essay by Henry Jenkins and Mary Fuller" whose "fugures implicitly celebrate motion, activity, acquisition, the conquest of space. Odd at first thought, but deeply instructive on reflection: that such swashbuckling metaphors should define the essentially sedentary exxperience of sitting at a computer terminal with mouse and keyboard at the ready." (19) This volume in which Thorburn's chapters appears is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume offers a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. "The editors' introduction sketches an aesthetics of media transition, patterns of development and social dispersion that may operate across era, media forms, and cultures. Some of the essays that follow are case studies of such earliler technologies as the printed book, the phonograph, early cinema, and television, while other examine contemporary digital forms and explore something of their promise and strangeness. A final section probes aspects of visual culture in such environments as the evolving museum, movie spectaculars, and 'the virtual window.'" (ix-x) AU - Thorburn, David CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality Internet global communication community democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization capitalism, and globalization video games LB - 34340 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 19-22 ST - Web of Paradox T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Web of Paradox ID - 3072 ER - TY - CHAP AB - Meese Commission member Deanne Tilton-Durfee, who began her career as a social worker in Los Angeles and was president of the California Consortium of Child Abuse Councils, was concerned about pornography’s effects on children. AU - Tilton-Durfee, Deanne CY - Nashville, TN KW - entertainment video cassette recorders (VCRs) surveillance post office government hearings entertainment, home magnetic recording photography women, and new media social science research values privacy archives sexuality home entertainment government magnetic tape First Amendment media effects crime color freedom values religion censorship and ratings law cable home home, and new media home Meese Commission reports primary sources hearings pornography reports reports, Messe Commission motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures motion pictures, and pornography pornography law, and pornography pornography, and law pornography, and new media home entertainment revolution pornography, and home home, and pornography +television postal service television, and cable cable television, and pornography aeronautics and space communication satellites, and television television, and satellites computers computers, and pornography pornography, and computers VCRs VCRs, and pornography pornography, and VCRs magazines, and pornography pornography, and magazines photography and visual communication photography, and pornography pornography, and photography color, and pornography pornography, and color media effects media effects, and pornography pornography, and media effects pornography, defined children media effects, and children children, and pornography pornography, and children women women, and pornography pornography, and women religion, and pornography pornography, and religion personal computers personal computers, and pornography primary sources primary sources, Maryland primary sources, College Park primary sources, Meese Commission media effects, and pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research First Amendment, and Meese Commission First Amendment, and pornography pornography, and legal pornography, and First Amendment pornography, and opponents pornography, and harmful effects crime, and pornography pornography, and crime privacy, and pornography pornography, and privacy Meese Commission, and critics magazines satellites children, and media LB - 22990 PB - Rutledge Hill Press PY - 1986 SP - 536-40 ST - Statement of Deanne Tilton-Durfee T2 - Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Statement of Deanne Tilton-Durfee ID - 1024 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The increased use of personal computers came as a major surprise to many who followed the information technology revolution during the early 1980s. By 1983, it was possible to have powerful , low-cost computers in homes, schools, and offices. The authors consider the personal computer to be a building block in the creation of the information society. At the time this piece appeared in Technology Review (Jan. 1983), the authors were computers scientists with the Sloan School of Management at MIT. AU - Toong, Hoo-min and Amar Gupta CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment computers entertainment, home labor communication revolution home entertainment education communication revolution, and second industrial revolution home, and new media home office office, and new media office computers and the Internet computers, personal computers office, and information technology home, and information technology information technology information processing Information Age +computers and the Internet personal computers computers, personal information technology, and home information technology, and education information technology, and office networks infrastructure second industrial revolution information age communication revolution office, and computers home, and computers education, and computers LB - 3240 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 169-81 ST - Personal Computers T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Personal Computers ID - 1716 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Martin Bauer, ed. AB - Touraine begins by saying that "it would be misleading to speak of an anti-scientific mood in public opinion today. Most people support advanced technology or scientific medicine, but it is true that criticism of economic modernization or hospital life is growing. Science is not widely criticized, but the idea of a scientific society is often rejected by science-educated people. We still believe in science, but no longer in progress." He then looks at why faith in progress has declined. He concludes that "If we try to maintain the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries' trust in a global progress, if we keep believing in a rationalized society, we can only accelerate the rupture between powerful systems and powerless actors which destroys the creative capacity of individuals and societies." AU - Touraine, Alain CY - New York KW - technology values preservation modernism modernity modernism history, and new media community democracy progress Information Age history progress history, and progress progress, and decline of +artificial intelligence and biotechnology biotechnology information age, and resistance to technology, and resistance to technology and society culture, and resistance to technology democracy and media modernity culture critics values, and technology progress, and technology technology, and progress values LB - 4300 PB - Cambridge University Press PY - 1995 SP - 45-55 ST - The Crisis of 'Progress' T2 - Resistance to new technology: nuclear power, information technology and biotechnology TI - The Crisis of 'Progress' ID - 1818 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Judith Trojan and Nadine Covert, comp. AB - This annotated bibliography, prepared in 1977, has more than 140 entries that deal with various aspects of 16mm filmmaking and distribution. AU - Trojan, Judith, comp. CY - New York KW - libraries nationalism 16mm motion pictures motion pictures, and 16mm film 16mm film magnetic tape recording magnetic tape recording, video values, and society democracy, and media education, and 16mm film religion, and 16mm film 16mm film, and education 16mm film, and religion nationalism and communication government, and 16mm film public libraries, and 16mm film 16mm film, and public libraries television television, and 16mm film history, and new media history, and 16mm film values, and 16mm film sound recording sound recording, and magnetic tape libraries information storage education law copyright 16mm film, and copyright copyright, and 16mm film motion pictures, and piracy videotape, and film piracy 16mm film, and distribution 16mm film, and Education Film Library Association motion pictures, and independent filmmakers bibliographies bibliographies, annotated bibliographies, and 16mm 16mm, and bibliographies democracy history magnetic recording values videotape magnetic tape government religion LB - 34620 PB - Educational Film Library Association, Inc. PY - 1977 SP - 137-48 ST - Selected Bibliography [16mm distribution] T2 - 16mm Distribution TI - Selected Bibliography [16mm distribution] ID - 3101 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This article, which looks at "first-generation computer hobbyists," maintains that "what people do with computers affects the way they see the world. Working with computers can also be a way of 'working through' powerful feelings in a completely safe and controllable microworld." The author at the time this piece in Social Studies of Science, Vol. 12 (1982), was a sociologist in the Science, Technology, and Society Program at MIT. The article is taken from her book The Second Self: Computers and the Human Spirit (1984). AU - Turkle, Sherry CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment computers surveillance entertainment, home seeing at a distance values law, and privacy law postmodernism modernism new way of seeing home entertainment home, and new media home values privacy computers and the Internet computers, personal computers new way of seeing, and computers new way of seeing, and computers +computers and the Internet cyberspace personal computers computers, personal privacy, and computers new way of seeing, and personal computers values, and personal computers computers, and society computers home, and computers LB - 3250 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 182-201 ST - The Psychology of Personal Computers T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Psychology of Personal Computers ID - 1717 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Lisa Gitilman and Geoffrey B. Pingree, eds. AB - "Divine service," as journalists referred to the coming of the telephone, or "a sinful network," as Old Order Minnonite and Amish residents in Lancaster Country, PA, referred to it, "suggest that the meaning of telephony was disputed in the early years of the twentieth century," at least within that particular region of the United States. (139) Umble's essay appears in a volume that is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. This volume offers a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. These ten essays examine media that were new in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and early twentieth centuries. The expore "momemts of transition when each new medium was not yet fully defined, its significance in flux...." They attempt to put these media into their "specific material and historical environment" and explain the "ways in which habits and structures of communication are naturalized or normalized." (viii) AU - Umble, Diane Zimmerman CY - Cambridge, MA KW - telephones values values, and telephones telephones, and values women women, and telephones telephones, and women LB - 34400 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 139-56 ST - Sinful Network or Divine Service: Competing Meanings of the Telephone in Amish Country T2 - New Media, 1740-1915 TI - Sinful Network or Divine Service: Competing Meanings of the Telephone in Amish Country ID - 3078 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - David Thorburn and Henry Jenkins, eds. AB - William Uricchio writes that the "comments that follow are built around two central points: the first concerns a very brief and somewhat biased history of how we got to the present point in writing media histories...; and the second concerns an even more biased set of thoughts on the current construction of media history," predominantly in "the Anglo-American world." (24) "The processes of digitization and convergence" have challenged "long-held certainties" and "de-centered... knowledge frameworks," the author says. "At this profoundly transitional moment in media development, the working agenda for historians can quite productively make use of those earlier transition moments when related forms of instability threw into question media ontologies (and with them, issues of epistemology, perception, and memory)." (35) Uricchio chapters is part of a 404-page book containing twenty-two chapters by different authors that attempt to improve our "understanding of emerging communication technologies." This volume, which part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition, tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. The editors of this volume describe the chapters in this work as follows: "Challenging the assumption that new technologies displace older systems with decisive suddenness and have a revolutionary impact on society, the essays in this book see media change as an accretive, graduate process, always a mix of tradition and innovation, in which emerging and established systems interact, shift, and collude with one another. AU - Uricchio, William CY - Cambridge, MA KW - visual communication computers video cassette recorders (VCRs) interactivity interactive media books, periodicals, newspapers digital media computers and the Internet motion pictures audiences motion pictures, and audiences audiences, and motion pictures motion pictures, digital books, and digitization digitization television television, and books books, and television computers, and screens media convergence cyberspace information storage information storage, and digital media libraries, and digitization electricity printing printing, and digital media hypertext television, and hypertext hypertext, and television interactivity and media media interactivity museums, and new media photography television VCRs world wide web visual culture books, history of history and new media democracy books history libraries museums print Internet computers media LB - 33870 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 23-38 ST - Historicizing Media in Transition T2 - Rethinking Media Change: The Aesthetics of Transition TI - Historicizing Media in Transition ID - 3025 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen Prince, ed. AB - Jack Valenti, president of the Motion Picture Association of America, hear defends artistic freedom and the rights of filmmakers. There was “no way to have a flourishing creativity,” he said, “if you are going to put fetters on the creative man.” No one had the wisdom to tell the artist where to “draw the line.” Valenti made these remarks as Congress considered whether mass media was a cause of real violence in society. AU - Valenti, Jack CY - New Brunswick, N. J. KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) Classification and Rating Administration classification MPAA self-regulation government hearings Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) Valenti, Jack social science research censorship and ratings NATO CARA Heffner, Richard Valenti, Jack Johnston, Eric MPAA media effects media violence government law censorship and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) censorship classification violence Valenti, Jack, and violence Valenti, Jack, and Congress MPAA, and Jack Valenti +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and violence motion pictures, and Congress classification, and Congress MPAA, and classification Valenti, Jack, and classification social science research motion pictures, and social science research Valenti, Jack, and social science research motion pictures, and effects media effects MPAA, and public relations hearings hearings, and movie violence +television television, and violence violence, and television Valenti, Jack, and television television, and Jack Valenti hearings, and Jack Valenti LB - 19730 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Rutgers University Press PY - 1968 SP - 62-75 ST - Statement before the National Commission on the Causes and Prevention of Violence, Dec. 19, 1968 T2 - Screening Violence TI - Statement before the National Commission on the Causes and Prevention of Violence, Dec. 19, 1968 ID - 805 ER - TY - CHAP AB - Valenti here defends acting as an honorable profession. There was, of course, a long-standing antitheatrical prejudice that still existed, although surely on the decline by the late 1960s. AU - Valenti, Jack CY - New York ET - 51st KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) Classification and Rating Administration MPAA CARA Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) NATO CARA Heffner, Richard Valenti, Jack Johnston, Eric MPAA motion pictures Valenti, Jack MPAA, and Jack Valenti Valenti, Jack, and MPAA motion pictures and popular culture antitheatrical prejudice, and Jack Valenti Valenti, Jack, and anti-theatrical prejudice anti-theatrical prejudice anti-theatrical bias LB - 26450 PB - Film and Television Daily PY - 1969 SP - 78 ST - A Badge of Honor T2 - The 1969 Film Daily Year Book of Motion Pictures TI - A Badge of Honor ID - 1225 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Venegas considers the impact of the Internet and other new media on Fidel Castro's Cuba. The volume in which Venegas's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Venegas, Cristina CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality nationalism Internet global communication community news and journalism non-USA Cuba Internet, and Cuba Cuba, and Internet Castro, Fidel, and Internet nationalism and communication democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization radio propaganda radio, and propaganda propaganda, and radio propaganda, and Internet Internet, and propaganda Radio Marti LB - 34250 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 179-201 ST - Will the Internet Spoil Fidel Castro's Cuba T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Will the Internet Spoil Fidel Castro's Cuba ID - 3063 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - "Early attempts to introduce computerized technology into the classroom met with little sucess, but the cheaper, and more reliable and more versatile microelectronic gadgetry stands a much better chance," although Venning says "it seems unlikely that many teachers will lose their jobs over it." This article appeared originally in The Times Educational Supplement (Oct. 20, 1978). AU - Venning, Philip CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution education microelectronics microcomputers +computers and the Internet microcomputers, and education microelectronics revolution microelectronics, and education automation, and education +artificial intelligence and biotechnology automation education, and computers education, and microelectronics labor LB - 2860 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 152-58 ST - Microcomputers in the Classroom T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Microcomputers in the Classroom ID - 1678 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Leo Charney and Vanessa R. Schwartz, eds. AB - This stimulating essay is about the transformation of the visual landscape during the late nineteenth century. It also provides good context on motion picture advertising and why this phenomenon was so troubling to many people early in the twentieth century. Verhagen writes that “during the last quarter of the nineteenth century, ... color posters became an integral part of the Parisian environment. In the early 1870s, Cheret and the Choubrac brothers, Leon and Alfred, introduced technical improvements that reduced the costs of color lithography and made it doubly attractive as a means of promotion. The liberal laws of 1881 eased the state’s control of the media and so paved the way for a large increase in the production and dissemination of advertisements. In 1884 the city council announced that surfaces belonging to the municipality would be available for rent. Other surfaces were created. By the turn of the century, the boulevards were studded with Morris columns (circular pasting boards); and the trams that carried passengers out to far-flung areas of the city from 1874 also sported advertisements. By 1886 Cheret alone had created almost one thousand designs. With varying degrees of enthusiasm, journalists noted that posters were appearing everywhere, clamoring for attention and transforming the urban landscape with the jaunty images and glaring colors.” Posters used color and exploited sex. They were reminders “of the celebrations of carnival.” The movie industry quickly exploited posters. Verhagen’s says that “moralistic responses to the poster’s popularity echoed both early objections to the cinema and the generally fearful reactions to new forms of a consumer culture ‘whose market mechanisms threatened to wear away the foundations of which class society was built.’” AU - Verhagen, Marus CY - Berkeley KW - Chicago, IL sexuality photography advertising, and public relations advertising, and motion pictures sexuality seeing at a distance propaganda public relations values modernism modernism modernity freedom non-USA values posters new way of seeing +motion pictures new way of seeing, and motion pictures modernity lithography photography and visual communication +motion pictures modernism posters, and motion pictures posters, and Paris new way of seeing motion pictures, and new way of seeing advertising, and movie posters Chéret,Jules Choubrac, Leon and Alfred lithography, color color, and lithography urban studies values, and posters (19th century) values, and motion picture advertising color, and posters posters, as degenerate art freedom of expression, and posters (Paris) color advertising modernity posters, and France sexuality, and posters posters, and sexuality context context, late 19th color LB - 1980 PB - University of California Press PY - 1985 SP - 103-29 ST - The Poster in Fin-de-Siecle Paris: ‘That Mobile and Degenerate Art’ T2 - Cinema and the Invention of Modern Life TI - The Poster in Fin-de-Siecle Paris: ‘That Mobile and Degenerate Art’ ID - 1594 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Leo Charney and Vanessa R. Schwartz, eds. AB - This stimulating essay is about the transformation of the visual landscape during the late nineteenth century. It also provides good context on motion picture advertising and why this phenomenon was so troubling to many people early in the twentieth century. Verhagen writes that “during the last quarter of the nineteenth century, ... color posters became an integral part of the Parisian environment. In the early 1870s, Cheret and the Choubrac brothers, Leon and Alfred, introduced technical improvements that reduced the costs of color lithography and made it doubly attractive as a means of promotion. The liberal laws of 1881 eased the state’s control of the media and so paved the way for a large increase in the production and dissemination of advertisements. In 1884 the city council announced that surfaces belonging to the municipality would be available for rent. Other surfaces were created. By the turn of the century, the boulevards were studded with Morris columns (circular pasting boards); and the trams that carried passengers out to far-flung areas of the city from 1874 also sported advertisements. By 1886 Cheret alone had created almost one thousand designs. With varying degrees of enthusiasm, journalists noted that posters were appearing everywhere, clamoring for attention and transforming the urban landscape with the jaunty images and glaring colors.” Posters used color and exploited sex. They were reminders “of the celebrations of carnival.” The movie industry quickly exploited posters. Verhagen’s says that “moralistic responses to the poster’s popularity echoed both early objections to the cinema and the generally fearful reactions to new forms of a consumer culture ‘whose market mechanisms threatened to wear away the foundations of which class society was built.’” AU - Verhagen, Marcus CY - Berkeley KW - Chicago, IL sexuality photography advertising, and public relations advertising, and motion pictures sexuality seeing at a distance propaganda public relations values modernism modernism modernity freedom non-USA values posters new way of seeing +motion pictures new way of seeing, and motion pictures modernity lithography photography and visual communication +motion pictures modernism posters, and motion pictures posters, and Paris new way of seeing motion pictures, and new way of seeing advertising, and movie posters Chéret,Jules Choubrac, Leon and Alfred lithography, color color, and lithography urban studies values, and posters (19th century) values, and motion picture advertising color, and posters posters, as degenerate art freedom of expression, and posters (Paris) color advertising modernity posters, and France sexuality, and posters posters, and sexuality context context, late 19th color motion pictures, and modernity ref, secondary ref, secular ref, book LB - 1980 PB - University of California Press PY - 1985 SP - 103-29 ST - The Poster in Fin-de-Siecle Paris: ‘That Mobile and Degenerate Art’ T2 - Cinema and the Invention of Modern Life TI - The Poster in Fin-de-Siecle Paris: ‘That Mobile and Degenerate Art’ ID - 3688 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - The author notes that at the time of this chapter, there were 407 million people worldwide who used the Internet. "One step toward understanding this new global communication architecture could be to replace the conceptual framework of modern international (i.e., between nations) communication with a new globalized perspective that permits construction of new communication formats in the global context of interrelated communication structures." (310) The volume in which Volkmer's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Volkmer, Ingrid CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers virtual reality nationalism Internet global communication community news and journalism non-USA nationalism and communication democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization globalization, and journalism journalism, and globalization nationalism, and Internet Internet, and nationalism nationalism, and digital media digital media, and nationalism journalism LB - 34310 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 309-30 ST - Beyond the Global and the Local: Media Systems and Journalism in the Global Network Paradigm T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Beyond the Global and the Local: Media Systems and Journalism in the Global Network Paradigm ID - 3069 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - America, Film Council of AB - The years following World War II saw nothing less than an explosion in the availability and use of 16mm equipment. Prior to the war there were only about 500 general-interest 16mm films and about 10,000 sound projectors in operation. During the first seven years after the war no less than 25,000 16mm movies were made. By 1954, about 4,000,000 feet of new 16mm film and about 5,000 new titles were being made available per year to projection owners. The number of 16mm projectors in the United States was then estimated to be between 250,000 and 400,000. Schools, public libraries, churches, community organizations, and the government all made use of this technology. AU - Wagner, Paul A. CY - Des Plaines, IL KW - libraries nationalism Film Council of America magnetic recording World War II values preservation media effects materials materials magnetic tape cinema motion pictures celluloid film education community democracy values religion war 16mm government history +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures motion pictures, and 16mm film 16mm film magnetic tape recording magnetic tape recording, video values, and society democracy, and media education, and 16mm film religion, and 16mm film 16mm film, and education 16mm film, and religion +nationalism and communication government, and 16mm film public libraries, and 16mm film 16mm film, and public libraries 16mm film, as paperback books +television television, and 16mm film history, and new media history, and 16mm film values, and 16mm film +sound recording sound recording, and magnetic tape World War II, and 16mm film 16mm film, and World War II 16mm film, and museums media effects, and 16mm films Film Council of America, values LB - 18090 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Film Council of America (Evanston, IL) PY - 1954 SP - 9-18 ST - What's Past Is Prologue... T2 - Sixty Years of 16mm Film, 1923-1983: A Symposium TI - What's Past Is Prologue... ID - 718 ER - TY - CHAP AB - Walker notes that the artists Kandinski saw analogies between color and color and believed that color allowed the artist to "release 'inner necessities' and invoke 'vibrations of the spirit.'" He concludes by says that to some degree, "the development of freedom in the use of colour and the degree of aesthetic freedom in art has paralleled the development of a greater degree of emotional freedom in our own lives." (507) AU - Walker, Terry CY - New York KW - avant garde Kandinsky, Wassily color Kandinsky, Wassily, and color freedom color, and science color, and architecture color, and modern art avant garde, and color color, and freedom freedom, and color color, and 1960s art LB - 32570 PB - John Wiley & Sons (a Halsted Press Book) PY - 1973 SP - 505-07 ST - Colour and the Modern Artist T2 - Colour 73: Survey Lectures and Abstracts of the Papers Presented at the Second Congress of the International Colour Association, University of York, 2-6 July 1973 TI - Colour and the Modern Artist ID - 2915 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Walsh writes that "there is something about the Web that makes the idea of the expert seem withered, even disreputable and laughable. But why does this happen? And what exactly is the 'expert paradigm'?" (365) The volume in which Walsh's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Walsh, Peter CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers nationalism news and journalism nationalism and communication democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping Internet LB - 34330 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 365-72 ST - That Withered Paradigm: The Web, the Expert, and the Information Hegemony T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - That Withered Paradigm: The Web, the Expert, and the Information Hegemony ID - 3071 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - John A. Tennant, ed. AB - This article notes that "For some years past the trend of press and book illustration has been towards the use of the camera, and this is rather increasing than diminishing." Critics have complained "that true art is being injured by 'machine-made' pictures, that pencil and brush are being displaced by screws and buttons...." One cause for this trend "is the multiplicity of cheap cameras which certainly require little brain effort, and the results often are much the same as if a dabbler in painting used impure colors and bad brushes...." (97) The author contrasts book illustrations with illustrations in the press. "With book illustration there is opportunity for careful thought and study, but with events which may be forgotten in a few hours the work must be done quickly. This should presuppose practical experience, and training of eye and brain to see and think rapidly." (98) The author urges photographers to study the magazines first to see which pictures are preferred before they submit their own to editors. (101) The author, a woman, offers advice to other women: "A woman never should, where it is a question of public decency and purity, forget her womanhood or do any photographic work which will lower that in the eyes of the world no matter how great the pecuniary reward. This holds good whether she photographs or is photographed...." (102) AU - Ward, Catharine Weed CY - New York KW - journalism magazines, and photography magazines photography ref, secondary photography and visual communication news and journalism photography, and journalism journalism, and photography photography, and newspapers newspapers, and photography magazines, and photography photography, and magazines women women, and photography photography, and women critics critics, and photography cameras cameras, and availability cameras, portable cameras, and journalism books, periodicals, newspapers photography, and books books, and photography critics, and journalism values values, and women women, and values ref, book ref, secondary ref, secular books LB - 16310 PB - Tennant and Ward PY - 1907 SP - 97-103 ST - Press Photography T2 - The American Annual of Photography: 1908 TI - Press Photography VL - 22 ID - 3784 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Vicent Mosco and Janet Wasko, eds. AB - Wasko provides a brief history of unionism in broadcasting, beginning with the American Federation of Musicians’ efforts to represent workers at radio stations in the early 1920s. Broadcast technicians at a St. Louis radio station joined the IBEW in 1926, and IBEW continued to organize in radio stations, especially in the Midwest. In 1934, the Association of Technical Employees was created at NBC. The union became the NABET in 1940. Wasko details the organizational history of the NABET in radio and early television, outlining labor disputes and membership claims. “While others in the broadcasting industry, such as actors, producers, directors, and writers, are recognized as `creative’ or `artisitic’ elements in this process, technicians generally seem to adopt a more functional attitude toward their work, and consequently they may be more susceptible to the effects of job alienation and self-estrangement in work situations.” She concludes that broadcast trade unions suffer from an imbalance of power in the labor-management relationship due to three factors: the lack of unity among labor unions and guilds, the weak economic position of labor organizations, and the narrow goals of labor groups. --Phil Glende AU - Wasko, Janet CY - Norwood, NJ KW - Glende, Phil labor +radio labor, and radio radio, and labor labor, and broadcasting industry LB - 1110 N1 - See also: office PB - Ablex Publishing PY - 1983 SP - 85-113 ST - Trade Unions and Broadcasting: A Case Study of the National Association of Broadcast Employees and Technicians T2 - The Critical Communications Review, Vol. I: Labor, the Working Class, and the Media TI - Trade Unions and Broadcasting: A Case Study of the National Association of Broadcast Employees and Technicians ID - 199 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This article discusses the computer software industry, a booming part of the economy that sets the pace for the information technology revolution. This piece appeared first in Business Week (Feb. 27, 1984). AU - Week, Business CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers materials, and silicon silicon communication revolution +computers and the Internet computers, and software communication revolution Silicon Valley computers, and consumers computers capitalism, and computers capitalism materials LB - 3160 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 27-44 ST - Software: The New Driving Force T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Software: The New Driving Force ID - 1708 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - While an office revolution was underway when this piece first appeared in Business Week (Aug. 8, 1983), it had taken unexpected directions. Company executives were bewildered by the wide array of equipment being offered and hence postponed purchasing complete systems. Instead, they brought their personal computers to the office. AU - Week, Business CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers labor communication revolution computers and the Internet computers, personal computers office, and information technology information technology +computers and the Internet computers and society personal computers computers, personal information technology, and office communication revolution, and office communication revolution computers office, and computers office LB - 3370 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 ST - Personal Computers Invade Offices T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Personal Computers Invade Offices ID - 1728 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - "Forecasts by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics and Data Resources Inc. show clearly that high tech can't come near to replacing jobs lost in manufacturing because the sector is small and productivity is rising fast. Nearly every state and city in the U.S. has therefore embarked on a largely fruitless quest to create large numbers of high-tech jobs in their own versions of Silicon Valley. But some good is coming out it." This piece first appeared in Business Week (March 28, 1983). AU - Week, Business CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution microelectronics labor information technology +computers and the Internet microelectronics revolution automation information technology, and industry labor, and automation labor labor, and new media labor, and computers LB - 3450 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 390-99 ST - High Tech is Low on Jobs T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - High Tech is Low on Jobs ID - 1735 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. AB - This piece originally appeared in Business Week (Oct. 24, 1983). “The convergence of computing and telecommunications has brought about the liberalization of the telecommunications industry and the deregulation of long-established PTT [Postal Telephone & Telegraph] monopolies. The resulting innovation explosion has in turned created a booming worldwide market for new telecommunications equipment.” AU - Week, Business CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers post office presidents, and new media communication revolution non-USA Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration media +computers and the Internet media convergence telecommunications +telephones +telegraph +postal service global communication communication revolution Reagan administration, and telecommunications LB - 5160 N1 -; media effects See also: media convergence See also: mass media PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 120-36 ST - Telecommunications Liberalization T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Telecommunications Liberalization ID - 1903 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This essay is an attack on Daniel Bell’s essay (published in ibid., pp. 500-49). Weizenbaum is skeptical about the “microelectronic revolution” and Bell’s belief that computer technology will bring an “Information Society.” He raises ethical issues and questions the abilities of computers. See Bell’s reply (ibid., 571-74). AU - Weizenbaum, Joe CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers values communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution community democracy values microelectronics +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology computers, and society democracy and media values, and computers Bell, Daniel microelectronics revolution communication revolution critics computers LB - 3060 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 550-70 ST - Once More, the Computer Revolution T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Once More, the Computer Revolution ID - 1698 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - Weizenbaum, at the time a professor of Computer Science at MIT, asks if humans are uniquely feeling creatures or merely "information processing systems"? In this piece, published originally in Datamation (Nov. 15, 1978), he attacks "unrestrained computer enthusiasts" such as Herbert Simon (see his piece in ibid.) for "reckless and unreflective" faith in "Progress." Weizebaum has also written Computer Power and Human Reason (San Francisco: Freeman, 1976). AU - Weizenbaum, Joe CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers values values communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution community democracy computers values microelectronics +computers and the Internet computers and society +artificial intelligence and biotechnology microelectronics revolution values, and computers democracy and media progress Simon, Herbert human nature critics computers, and human nature progress, and computers LB - 3070 PB - Basil Blackwell Publisher; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 434-38 ST - Where are We Going? Questions for Simon T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - Where are We Going? Questions for Simon ID - 1699 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - This is a highly critical assessment of unrestrained enthusiasm for computers, and especially artificial intelligence. In particular, Weizenbaum's attacks a recent book by Edward Feigenbaum and Pamela McCorduck, The Fifth Generation: Artificial Intelligence and Japan's Computer Challenge to the World (1983), which argued that revolutionary developments would soon occur in artificial intelligence. AU - Weizenbaum, Joe CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers nationalism community democracy non-USA myth +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology +nationalism and communication Japan democracy and media artificial intelligence, critics of myth, and artificial intelligence Feigenbaum, Edward McCorduck, Pamela critics nationalism, and computers Japan, and computers LB - 3220 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 84-94 ST - The Myths of Artificial Intelligence T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Myths of Artificial Intelligence ID - 1714 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - The author was a researcher for the International Labour Office when this appeared. This piece is taken from Microelectronics and Office Jobs: The Impact of the Chip on Women's Employment (Geneva: ILO, 1983). AU - Werneke, Diane CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers women, and new media labor non-USA women office, and information technology information technology +computers and the Internet women, and automation information technology, and women information technology, and office Great Britain women, and computers office, and computers office LB - 3460 PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 400-16 ST - Women: The Vulnerable Group T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - Women: The Vulnerable Group ID - 1736 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - "All the things that make up the day-to-day experience of the shopfloor worker are matters of social choice. Essentially political decisions -- sometimes concealed -- are being taken today that will determine whether the craftsman of tomorrow is to be computer-aided or computer-degraded," Wilkinson says. This work first appeared in Industrial Relations Journal (Summer 1983), and a more in-depth account of the author's ideas are in his book The Shopfloor Politics of New Technology (London: Heinemann, 1983). AU - Wilkinson, Barry CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers non-USA information technology +computers and the Internet labor information technology, and industry Great Britain automation labor, and new media labor, and computers LB - 3480 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 439-53 ST - The Politics of Technical Change T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Politics of Technical Change ID - 1738 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Raymond Williams, ed. AB - The author begins this essay by saying that “as we enter the 1980s, we seem to be on the threshold of a period of quite unprecedented change, during which new communications media will appear with bewildering frequency. Many of our basic preconceptions about the nature of human communication and about the role of the existing media are likely to be overturned.” William then examines changes likely in store for entertainment systems, information and calculating services, message sending services, person-to-person communications, psychological implications of new media, the impact on “city and country,” changes likely in office work, democracy and telecommunication, environmental resources and telecommunications, and the persistence of old media. AU - William, Ederyn CY - London KW - entertainment computers video cassette recorders (VCRs) interactivity entertainment, home magnetic recording photography advertising, and public relations propaganda public relations print labor communication revolution information technology materials materials magnetic tape +future and science fiction community democracy communication revolution, and second industrial revolution home, and new media home office office, and new media +photography and visual communication +telephones +radio +television +motion pictures popular culture printing +books, periodicals, newspapers books alphabet writing printing presses +sound recording prints color +duplicating technologies phonograph +telegraph advertising computers +computers and the Internet satellites +aeronautics and space communication telecommunications VCRs democracy and media communication revolution values, and media second industrial revolution interactive media general studies media convergence interactive media future office information technology, and office home information technology, and home home, and new media home entertainment values LB - 11690 PB - Thames and Hudson PY - 1981 ST - The Future of the Media T2 - Contact: Human Communication and Its History TI - The Future of the Media ID - 2520 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Raymond Williams, ed. AB - Williams, writing in 1981, believed that the relationship between communication technologies and the institutions of society was at a turning point. The fate of direct democracy and individual freedom would depend on decisions made relating to these technologies. He believed that “what may now be possible is a qualitative change to the wide distribution of processes: the provision of equitable access to the means and resources of directly-determined communication, serving immediate personal and social needs.” He wrote that “we are now at one of those historical moments when the relations between communications technologies and social institutions are a matter not only for study and analysis, but for a wide set of practical choices. It is not only (though it will often be presented as) a matter of instituting new technologies. The directions in which investment in research and development should go are now, in this field, fundamental social decisions. The effort to understand and take part in them is more likely to be made, as against the bewildered reception of new products and processes which ‘just happen’, if enough of us realize the scale of the communicative and thus social transformation which is now becoming, though still in ways to be decided, technically and institutionally possible.” AU - Williams, Raymond CY - London KW - computers interactivity photography advertising, and public relations time and timekeeping propaganda public relations print communication revolution community democracy communication revolution, and second industrial revolution timekeeping, and clocks democracy and media communication revolution values, and media second industrial revolution interactive media general studies +photography and visual communication +telephones +radio +television +motion pictures popular culture printing +books, periodicals, newspapers books alphabet writing printing presses +sound recording prints color +duplicating technologies phonograph +telegraph advertising calendars timekeeping computers +computers and the Internet democracy, and new media values LB - 11680 PB - Thames and Hudson PY - 1981 ST - Communication Technologies and Social Institutions T2 - Contact: Human Communication and Its History TI - Communication Technologies and Social Institutions ID - 2519 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Alan O'Connor, ed. AB - Here reprinted is Raymond Williams' Inaugural Lecture at the University of Cambridge, Oct. 29, 1974, on "Drama in a Dramatised Society." He notes an important change in society from a earlier era when people had primarily live theater for entertainment. The transformation was brought by such modern media as movies, radio, and television. He writes that "drama, in quite new ways, is built into the rhythms of everyday life." (4) "We have never as a society acted so much or watched so many others acting," (3) he said. "What we now have is drama as habitual experience: more in a week, in many cases, than most human being would previously have seen in a lifetime." (4) Of cinema's (and tv's) influence, Williams maintained that "the new mobility and with it the fade, the dissolve, the cut, the flashback, the voice-over, the montage, that are technical forms but also, in new ways, modes of perceiving, of relating, of composing and of finding our way," had become pervasive in everyday life. (12) AU - Williams, Raymond CY - Toronto KW - nationalism television critics Williams, Raymond values advertising and public relations capitalism nationalism and communication military communication new way of seeing motion pictures advertising LB - 34710 PB - Between the Lines PY - 1989 SP - 3-13 ST - Drama in a Dramatised Society T2 - Raymond Williams on Television TI - Drama in a Dramatised Society ID - 3109 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - By the early 1980s, the British automobile industry had performed so wretchedly that the UK was importing about one million vehicles each year. One optimistic development, though, was the production of the Austin Metro by the state-owned British Leyland Motor Corporation. The authors describe how new information technology was introduced despite the complicated British industrial relations system. This piece is a summary of their book Making the Metro: Technological Change, Management Strategy and Industrial Relations at BL Cars (Cambridge, Eng.: Cambridge University Press, 1984). AU - Willman, Paul and Graham Winch CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution non-USA microelectronics +computers and the Internet +transportation microelectronics revolution automation Great Britain labor automobiles, and Great Britain automobiles LB - 3520 N1 - See also: office PB - MIT Press PY - 1985 SP - 496-510 ST - The Making of the Metro T2 - The Information Technology Revolution TI - The Making of the Metro ID - 1742 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - A. W. Ward and A. R. Waller, eds. AB - Wilson wrote in 1910 that "the puritan attack upon the Elizabethan theatre seems little more than a distant echo of the great battle which had raged around the Roman spectacula. Yet the stage was hated as sincerely and as bitterly in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries as it was in the third and fourth, and for reasons strikingly similar. These reasons were both theological and ethical...." (421) In Elizabethan England, puritans and civil authorities alike considered actors "a very superfluous sort of men" (428) and the stage "an unholy institution." (432) Puritans were not so much interested in reforming the theater as in "abolishing it." (460) On the Continent, even such men as Montaigne classified actors with "harlots" and "vagabond objects." (Montaigne quoted, 425) AU - Wilson, J. Dover CY - New York KW - morality entertainment anti-theatrical prejudice actors acting critics critics, and actors critics, and theater critics, and acting critics, and degenerate theater ref, secondary religion religion, and theater theater, and religion values values, and acting censorship and ratings censorship, and theater theater, and censorship actors acting actors, and status of theater, and bias against actors, and bias against entertainment, and immorality morality, and theater anti-theatrical bias quotations quotations, and unholy stage censorship theater LB - 41420 PB - G. P. Putnam's Sons PY - 1910 SP - 421-61 ST - The Puritan Attack Upon the Stage T2 - The Cambridge History of English Literature: Volume VI: The Drama to 1642 TI - The Puritan Attack Upon the Stage VL - 6 ID - 4241 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Henry Jenkins and David Thorburn, eds. AB - Winston was chief technology adviser to the Republican National Committee. This chapter is the talk he gave at the MIT conference on democarcy and new media on May 8-9,1998. At that time Winston was Director of Planning for the Office of Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich. The volume in which Winston's chapter appears ispart of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. The volume tries to offer a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. As the editors explain, the "essays in this volume capture something of the complexity and disagreement in current discourse about the politics of cyberspace. Some contributors offer us front-line perspectivs on the impact of emerging technologies on politics, journalism, and civic experience. What happens when we reduce the transaction cost for civic participation, or increase access to information, or expand the arena of free speech? Other contributors place our shifting understanding of citizenship in historical context, suggesting that notions of cyberdemocracy and online community must grow out of older models of civic life. Still others expand this conversation to consider the global flow of information and to test our American conceptions of cyberdemocracy against developments in other parts of the world. How, for example, do new media operate in Castro's Cuba, or in post-apartheid South Africa, or in the context of multicultural debates on the Pacific Rim? Some contributors examine specific sites and practices, describing new forms of journalism or community organizing. Some voices here are deeply skeptical; other are optimistic. For some writers the new technologies endanger our political culture; for others, they promise civic renewal. "Most of the papers on which these chapters are based originated in series of public forums and conferences hosted by MIT from 1998 to 2000 under the title 'Media in Transition.' Funded by the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation and organzied by the MIT Communications Forum, these events aimed to nourish a broad civic conversation about the political impact of new media technologies. The essays have been revised for this book." AU - Winston, David CY - Cambridge, MA KW - computers computers Clinton, Bill virtual reality Internet global communication community Clinton, William Jefferson Gingrich, Newt, and Internet Internet, and Newt Gingrich presidents and new media Clinton, William Clinton, William, and Internet Clinton, William, and democracy democracy democracy, and new media computers and the Internet democracy, and computers computers, and democracy Internet, and democracy democracy, and Internet critics digital media democracy, and digital media digital media, and democracy capitalism gatekeeping community, and democracy democracy, and virtual communities virtual communities cyberspace cyberspace, and democracy democracy, and cyberspace metaphors capitalism capitalism, and digital media digital media, and capitalism Internet, and capitalism capitalism, and Internet globalization capitalism, and globalization Clinton administration, and Internet Clinton administration, and globalization Clinton administration, and capitalism Clinton Administration LB - 34220 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 133-42 ST - Digital Democracy and the New Age of Reason T2 - Democracy and New Media TI - Digital Democracy and the New Age of Reason ID - 3060 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Joel A. Tarr, ed. AB - The author, then with General Electric, examines three cases of technology assessment: 1) assessments during the 1890s of efforts to development large-scale electrical power systems; 2) assessments between 1917-1927 of technological approaches to energy conversion; and 3) "pump-priming" during the Great Depression. He sees three lessons: 1) it has not been easy in the past to determine which technologies are worth assessing; 2) those who make assessments often have simplistic ideas about "impact"; and 3) in the words of Oliver Wendell Holmes, "time has upset many fighting faiths." This paper was given at a conference held at Seven Spring Moutain Resort, Champion, PA, Dec. 1-4, 1976. AU - Wise, George CY - San Francisco KW - technology preservation history, and new media +future and science fiction war World War I history +electricity technological assessment technology and society future history, and forecasting World War I, and electricity electricity, and networks networks LB - 3880 PB - San Francisco Press, Inc. PY - 1977 RP - Dec. 1-4 (1976) SP - 245-64 ST - Past Efforts at Technology Assessment and Prediction: 1890-1940 T2 - Retrospective Technology Assessment TI - Past Efforts at Technology Assessment and Prediction: 1890-1940 ID - 1776 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Stephen H. Cutcliffe and Terry S. Reynolds, eds. AU - Wise, George CY - Chicago KW - R & D inventions innovation professionalization +electricity experts, electrical General Electric Company professionalization, and electrical engineering professionalization, and scientists experts research and development inventors LB - 5110 PB - University of Chicago Press PY - 1997 SP - 217-38 ST - A New Role for Professional Scientists in Industry: Industrial Research at General Electric, 1900-1916 T2 - Technology & American History: A Historical Anthology from Technology & Culture TI - A New Role for Professional Scientists in Industry: Industrial Research at General Electric, 1900-1916 ID - 1898 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Teresa De Lauretis and Stephen Heath, eds. AB - Wollen offers interesting information about changes in the technology of cinema: cameras, breakthroughs in the technology of film stock, effects (positive and negative) brought by sound, magnetic tape, and color film, 16-mm and 8-mm film. It has good leads for those interested in pursuing these topics, although the author’s notes do not always indicate the source of his material. Wollen presented this paper at a conference at University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee in February, 1978. AU - Wollen, Peter CY - New York KW - tape recording, magnetic magnetic recording recording tape recording cinema motion pictures celluloid 8mm films 8mm 16mm tape recorders recording motion pictures motion pictures, and technology motion pictures film, 8mm 8mm film 16mm film film, 16mm motion pictures, and 8mm film motion pictures, and 16mm film motion pictures, and technological innovations sound recording tape recording color film, and color motion pictures, and color film cameras,and motion pictures motion pictures, and cameras cameras cameras, 16mm cameras, 8mm film, materials materials film LB - 6450 PB - St. Martin's Press PY - 1980 SP - 14-22 ST - Cinema and Technology: A Historical Overview T2 - The Cinema Apparatus TI - Cinema and Technology: A Historical Overview ID - 2028 ER - TY - CHAP AB - This article provides an overview of newspaper photography from the time of Matthew P. Brady and the Civil War until 1941, the year the United States entered World War II. There is, of course, the work of Brady, Fox Talbot, and Stephen H. Horgan, who printed the first halftone in the New York Graphic in 1880. (230) Wright discusses the use of arc lighting and the first reflecting camera (which appeared around 1910?). "Then, about forty years ago, the first reflecting cameras made great changes in news picture taking. The enthusiasm of the cameraman for the reflex is quite understandable. Here was a camera a man could hold in his hands, focusing by looking into a hood, and seeing his picture up to the instant of opening the shutter. Revolutionary is a mild word to describe such a camera," Wright says. (232) Flashpowder "made it possible to take pictures at night and indoors. It somewhat explosively altered much newspaper picture-taking practice.... The magnesium powder was set off in a small trough of metal, sometimes called a flashgun. The device was shaped like a T, the vertical and horizontal elements of which were about fifteen inches long...." (232) Flashpowder had problems -- not the least of which was that it was dangerous and posed a fire hazard. "The truth is, though it was not realized at the time, that all news photographers carried around with them in their kits the equivalent of a stick or two of dynamite, in the form of flashpowder." (233) This problem improved with the flash bulb. "The only real solution of the dangers and difficulties attendant upon the use of flashpowder was the flash bulb, the first of which were turned out by the General Electric Company in 1930." (235) Wright says that there were "four great boons to modern news picture making....: (1) the flashbulb; (2) the synchronizer, or speed-gun, for setting off the bulb in unison with the shutter; (3) the coupled rangefinder; and (4) the methods of transmitting pictures by wire or radio." (235) He discusses these developments on pages 235-36. He notes that the requirements of news photography required careful editing and "that many news pictures are printed from about a fifth or an even smaller fraction of the negative." (236) The article then turns to the "magic-eye cameras," and 35mm cameras, improvements in transportation such as trains and planes. Press services use planes to move pictures, Wright explains. (237) With regard to "the invention of systems of transmitting photographs by wire," the Associate Press was "probably the first to devise a practical system, and remains the leading user of Wirephoto." (237) The "transmission of news pictures by wire is a comparatively recent development, the Associated Press having sent its first picture by this means January 1, 1935. The Associated Press system, which carries the trade name of 'Wirephoto,' operates by wrapping an ordinary positive photographic print around a cylinder on the transmitting machine, while an unexposed negative is placed on an enclosed cylinder on the receiving machine. When the operator at the sending point presses a button, his machine starts and at the same instant receiving machines all over the circuit start in exact synchronization." (237) Wright goes on to say that "the entire transmission time is eight minutes." (238) The equipment, though, was bulky. "In its early stages Wirephoto required a large roomful of apparatus. It could then be operated from only the larger cities and it was still necessary to fly pictures considerable distances to these central points. The invention of portable apparatus, which can be carried in two suitcases to the scene of any disaster, made the transmission of pictures by wire even more widespread and flexible....(238) It is easy to see that, by allowing pictures to be printed everywhere in the country the same day they are taken, Wirephoto has greatly enlarged the scope of the news photographer." (239) Wright comments on the changed attitudes that people have about having their pictures taken. "Not many years ago vast sections of the public did not want to be photographed." (239) But this attitude "has to a large extent been changed." (239) Also, standard of what types of pictures newspapers will print have been lowered. It is not unusual to see graphic picture from World War I or pictures of dead gangsters. "Most papers have dropped their taboos against printing pictures of the dead." (239) Nudity is also given more leeway but there is "still... a definite line beyond which even the most yellow and sensational of journals will not go." Newspapers "restraint is far greater than that of some magazines in printing pictures that are sexy, suggestive, or just plain 'raw.'" (239) The article notes that the Kodatron speedlamp is "about 800 times as fast as the ordinary flashbulb. The possibility of action pictures with a light of this strength and duration is easy to imagine." (240) AU - Wright, Jack CY - Boston KW - wood engraving wireless communication wireless journalism journalism fame celebrity celebrity culture ref, secondary magazines, and photography magazines photography news and journalism photography, and journalism journalism, and photography photography, and newspapers newspapers, and photography magazines, and photography photography, and magazines motion pictures, and journalism journalism, and motion pictures motion pictures, and newspapers motion pictures motion pictures, and celebrity culture celebrity culture celebrity, and motion pictures personality personality, and motion pictures motion pictures, and personality fame, and motion pictures motion pictures, and fame motion pictures, and stars photography and visual communication photography, and celebrity culture celebrity, and photography photography, and fame fame, and photography personality, and photography photography, and personality quotations newspapers, and photographs photography and visual communication photography, and half tones half tones half tones, and newspapers newspapers, and half tones wood engraving, and newspapers newspapers, and wood engraving photo engraving photo engraving, and newspapers newspapers, and photo engraving lighting, and flashlight powder lighting, and magnesium flash newspapers, and Frederic Ives photo engraving lighting, and arc lighting photography, and arc lighting photography, and flash gun lighting, and flash gun cameras, reflex cameras, reflecting (origins) newspapers, and reflex cameras (origins) lighting, and flash bulbs photography, and flash bulbs newspapers, and speed gun lighting, and speed gun cameras, and speed gun cameras, and range finder cameras, and 35mm 35mm cameras newspapers, and trains newspapers, and planes transportation newspapers, and transportation transportation, and newspaper photographs photography, and telegraph telegraph telegraph, and photography wireless, and photography photography, and wireless newspapers, and Wirephoto sexuality magazines, and sexuality sexuality, and magazines photography, and sexuality sexuality, and photography newspapers, and Kodatron speedlamp lighting, and Kodatron speedlamp photography, and Kodatron speedlamp quotations quotations, and reflex cameras quotations, and flashpowder General Electric Company General Electric Company, and flash bulbs photography, by wire Associated Press, and wire photos Associated Press, and Wirephoto quotations, and magazine nudity quotations, and photography ref, secondary ref, secular ref, book 35mm Associated Press cameras lighting LB - 38600 PB - American Photographic Publishing Co. PY - 1941 SP - 230-40 ST - The Story of Newspaper Photography T2 - American Annual of Photography: 1942 TI - The Story of Newspaper Photography VL - 56 ID - 3959 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Ithiel de Sola Pool, ed. AB - One impact of loss of telephone service for several days in New York City was increased loneliness and anxiety as well a sense of a loss of control. AU - Wurtzel, Alan H. and Colin Turner CY - Cambridge, MA KW - entertainment entertainment, home home entertainment home, and new media home home, and information technology information technology +telephones information technology, and home home, and telephones LB - 10250 PB - MIT Press PY - 1977 SP - 246-61 ST - Latent Functions of the Telephone: What Missing the Extension Means T2 - The Social Impact of the Telephone TI - Latent Functions of the Telephone: What Missing the Extension Means ID - 2390 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Lisa Gitelman and Geoffrey B. Pingree, eds. AB - "Different as cinema and telegraphy were as technologies, turn-of-the-century discourse conceived of them as links in a chain of progress that drew the world more tightly together. Indeed, as both a thrilling new gadget and a carrier of messages -- news, spectacles, stories, emotional and visceral effects -- the cinema aspired to a place among 'instantaneous' electrical media like the telegraph and telphone in the public imagination, and this positioning played a determinant role in the experiences of early cinema," Young writes. (231) He discusses three areas in which early cinema and telegraph were compared: "technological presentation and spectacle; news reportage; and filmic representation of the telegraph that addressed the changing definitions of time and space promoted by new media." (232) Young's essay appears in a volume that is part of a larger series on new media technologies entitled Media In Transition. This volume offers a historical and comparative perspective on it subject in a way that is accessible to a wide audience of humanists, social scientists, and policymakers. These ten essays examine media that were new in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and early twentieth centuries. The expore "momemts of transition when each new medium was not yet fully defined, its significance in flux...." They attempt to put these media into their "specific material and historical environment" and explain the "ways in which habits and structures of communication are naturalized or normalized." (viii) AU - Young, Paul CY - Cambridge, MA KW - visual communication telegraph motion pictures motion pictures, and telegraph telegraph, and motion pictures telephones telephones, and motion pictures motion pictures, and telephones news and journalism telegraph, and news motion pictures, and news news, and motion pictures news, and telegraph time and timekeeping electricity electricity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and electricity modernity visual culture motion pictures, new way of seeing modernism news LB - 34440 PB - MIT Press PY - 2003 SP - 229-64 ST - Media on Display: A Telegraphic History of Early American Cinema T2 - New Media, 1740-1915 TI - Media on Display: A Telegraphic History of Early American Cinema ID - 3082 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Alla Efimova and Lev Manovich, eds. and trans. AB - This essay discusses mass celebrations during the Stalin era, during the 1920s but especially during the 1930s and 1940s. Between 1939 and 1941, for example, the Leningrad Central Party Committee Club alone conducted 111 mass celebrations. The author does not have much to say about how new media were used in these spectacles. He does note that before the spread of radio and television, the mass celebrations “fulfilled the function of mass communication in a direct and personal manner, facilitating self-identification, self-knowledge, and also, in a certain sense, the development of the capabilities of a mass individual.” (208) He does mention that film footage that has survived shows some of these celebration. He says that “Lenin’s Electric Bulb” became more than a metaphor – that in some spectacles “above the Leader’s head a real electric light was shining, like the nimbus of a saint.” AU - Zakharov, Alexander CY - Chicago KW - USSR nationalism photography mass media non-USA +photography and visual communication Soviet Union propaganda Soviet Union, and propaganda spectacles mass media, and celebrations spectacles, and mass media propaganda, and spectacles +nationalism and communication nationalism, and spectacles nationalism, and mass celebrations LB - 12290 N1 - See also: media PB - University of Chicago Press PY - 1993 SP - 201-18 ST - Mass Celebrations in a Totalitarian System T2 - Tekstura: Russian Essays on Visual Culture TI - Mass Celebrations in a Totalitarian System ID - 2576 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Tom Forester, ed. and intro. AB - By the late 1970s, microelectronics had made it possible for industry to make increasing use of robots. This paper discusses robot technology and its possible future use in industry. The author considers the international diffusion of robot technology and why Great Britain has been slow to adopt these innovations. The author examines motives for using robots and believes their use will increase in the future, but not without problems. AU - Zemeno, Ricardo, Russell Moseley and Ernest Braun CY - Oxford, Eng.; and Cambridge, MA KW - computers communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution +future and science fiction non-USA microelectronics +computers and the Internet +artificial intelligence and biotechnology Great Britain microelectronics revolution automation, and robots labor future capitalism automation labor, and automation labor LB - 2880 N1 - See also: office PB - Basil Blackwell Publishers; and MIT Press PY - 1980 SP - 184-97 ST - The Robots are Coming -- Slowly T2 - The Microelectronics Revolution: The Complete Guide to the New Technology and Its Impact on Society TI - The Robots are Coming -- Slowly ID - 1680 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - eds., Dolf Zillmann and Jennings Bryant AB - Zillmann argued that prolonged exposure to non-violent pornography made both men and women more accepting of pre- and extramarital sex, generated discontent with one’s sexual partner, created doubts about marriage being one of society’s essential institutions, and destroyed trust between spouses or friends. Moreover, heavy use of pornography promoted a lack of sensitivity toward victims of sexual violence because it tended to trivialize rape and the sexual abuse of children, led people to believe that unusual sexual activities were normal, and decreased the belief that women should be equal to men in intimate relations. AU - Zillmann, Dolf CY - Hillsdale, NJ KW - children, and media government hearings media effects, and pornography social science research archives sexuality motion pictures government media effects crime censorship and ratings +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and pornography pornography social science research, and pornography pornography, and social science research pornography, nonviolent Meese Commission testimony primary sources hearings media effects media effects, and nonviolent pornography children children, and pornography pornography, and children pornography, and opponents pornography, and satiation pornography, and harmful effects crime, and pornography pornography, and crime LB - 22770 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Lawrence Erlbaum PY - 1989 SP - 127-57 ST - Effects of Prolonged Consumption of Pornography T2 - Pornography: Research Advances and Policy Considerations TI - Effects of Prolonged Consumption of Pornography ID - 1002 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Pornography, Commission on Obscenity and AB - This essay, which was part of the 1970 President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography, discusses efforts by citizen actions groups and other to regulate erotica and pornography. The authors look at who the people are that are most usually involved in anti-pornography campaigns. AU - Zurcher, Louis A. AU - Cushing, Robert G. CY - Washington, D. C. KW - Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) social science research values sexuality values media effects values community law censorship and ratings censorship pornography censorship, and pornography pornography, and censorship motion pictures, and pornography +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture Commission on Obscenity and Pornography pornography, and social science social science research, and pornography pornography, and government pornography, and Johnson administration pornography, and Nixon administration obscenity, and pornography censorship, and obscenity obscenity, and censorship pornography, and foreign censorship, and foreign obscenity pornography, and antisocial behavior media effects, and pornography pornography, and effects community standards, and pornography pornography, and community standards censorship, and citizen action groups pornography, and citizen action groups citizen action groups, and pornography citizen action groups, and censorship censorship, and antiporn groups LB - 19370 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - U. S. Government Printing Office SP - 143-215 ST - Participants in Ad Hoc Antipornography Organizations SV - 5 T2 - Technical Report of The Commission on Obscenity and Pornography: Volume V: Societal Contral Mechanisms TI - Participants in Ad Hoc Antipornography Organizations ID - 775 ER - TY - CHAP A2 - Pornography, Commission on Obscenity and AB - This essay, which was part of the 1970 President's Commission on Obscenity and Pornography, discusses efforts by citizen actions groups and other to regulate erotica and pornography. Respondents wre treated anonymously. The issue uses the term "collective dynamics" rather than "collective behavior" to explain its findings. AU - Zurcher, Louis A. AU - Kirkpatrick, R. George CY - Washington, D. C. KW - Commission on Obscenity and Pornography (1970) social science research values sexuality values media effects values community law censorship and ratings censorship pornography censorship, and pornography pornography, and censorship motion pictures, and pornography +motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture Commission on Obscenity and Pornography pornography, and social science social science research, and pornography pornography, and government pornography, and Johnson administration pornography, and Nixon administration obscenity, and pornography censorship, and obscenity obscenity, and censorship pornography, and foreign censorship, and foreign obscenity pornography, and antisocial behavior media effects, and pornography pornography, and effects community standards, and pornography pornography, and community standards censorship, and citizen action groups pornography, and citizen action groups citizen action groups, and pornography citizen action groups, and censorship censorship, and antiporn groups LB - 19360 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - U. S. Government Printing Office SP - 83-142 ST - Collective Dynamics of Ad Hoc Antipornography Organizations SV - 5 T2 - Technical Report of The Commission on Obscenity and Pornography: Volume V: Society Control Mechanisms TI - Collective Dynamics of Ad Hoc Antipornography Organizations ID - 774 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 156 N. Y. S. 2d 800 (1956); affirmed 144 N. E. 2d 31 (1957) AB - The case involved a film, The Garden of Eden (1954), about a nudist camp. The movie played on the exploitation circuit. DA - 1957 KW - sexuality sexuality motion pictures, and sexuality motion pictures, and sexuality exploitation circuit sexuality sex sexuality nudity exploitation circuit law censorship and ratings censorship court cases court cases, and nudity court cases, and obscenity court cases, and The Garden of Eden +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship motion pictures, and nudity motion pictures, and exploitation circuit motion pictures, and exploitation circuit exploitation circuit, and Garden of Eden exploitation circuit, and nudity censorship, and nudity nudity, and censorship sex, and motion pictures motion pictures, and sex motion pictures, and sex court cases, and Excelsior case LB - 20660 PY - 1957 ST - Excelsior Pictures Corp. v. Regents of the University of the State of New York. TI - Excelsior Pictures Corp. v. Regents of the University of the State of New York. ID - 441 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 236 U. S. 230 AB - This U. S. Supreme Court case, which defined motion pictures as a business "pure and simple," excluded movies from protection under the First Amendment. Not until 1952, with the Court ruled on the film The Miracle, did motion pictures gain First Amendment protection. DA - 1915 KW - U. S. Supreme Court Supreme Court (U. S.) primary sources archives motion pictures law censorship and ratings censorship primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Mutual case (1915) Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases court cases, Mutual case (1915) court cases, LB - 13090 PY - 1915 ST - Mutual Film Corporation v. Industrial Commission of Ohio. TI - Mutual Film Corporation v. Industrial Commission of Ohio. ID - 483 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 239 Illinois Supreme Court Reports 251 AB - This Illinois Supreme Court case dealt with motion picture censorship. DA - 1919? KW - archives primary sources law censorship and ratings censorship primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Illinois Supreme Court, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Illinois Supreme Court court cases primary sources, court cases court cases, Illinois Supreme Court court cases, state motion pictures, state censorship censorship, state (IL) censorship, and Chicago motion pictures, and Chicago censorship LB - 13100 PB - Illinois Supreme Court PY - 1919 ST - Jack Block, Nathan Wolf, et. al. v. The City of Chicago. TI - Jack Block, Nathan Wolf, et. al. v. The City of Chicago. ID - 484 ER - TY - CASE A2 - (1868) AB - The English case, Regina v. Hicklin (1868), held material to be obscene if its “tendency” was “to deprave and corrupt those whose minds are open to immoral influences.” American courts and legislatures accepted this ruling, which sought to protect society’s weakest members. The courts used Regina v. Hicklin to repress all manner of material. The United States Supreme Court discarded Hicklin in a 1957 ruling on two cases, Roth v. United States and Alberts v. California. DA - 1868 KW - values religion primary sources archives obscenity law censorship and ratings censorship non-USA primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Great Britain, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Great Britain court cases primary sources, court cases court cases, Great Britain court cases, obscenity motion pictures, foreign censorship censorship, Great Britain censorship, and Great Britain obscenity, and British censorship Great Britain LB - 13110 PY - 1868 ST - Regina v. Hicklin TI - Regina v. Hicklin ID - 485 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 334 U. S. 131 (1948) AB - In a decision written by Justice William O. Douglas, the U. S. Supreme Court in 1948 made the work of censoring movies much more difficult. The major studios owned hundreds of theaters, which guaranteed outlets for their films -- pictures the Production Code Administration approved. In United States v. Paramount Pictures, Inc., the Court ruled that studios were in violation of antitrust laws and must divest themselves of their theater chains. Control over exhibitors had already weakened in 1942 when Hays in a little- known maneuver gave theater owners freedom to show movies that had not received the PCA’s blessing. DA - 1948 KW - U. S. Supreme Court United States v. Paramount Pictures (1948) Supreme Court (U. S.) archives primary sources Paramount Pictures law censorship and ratings censorship primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Paramount Pictures case (1948) Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) primary sources, court cases court cases, Paramount Pictures case (1948) court cases, antitrust, and motion pictures motion pictures, and antitrust law, and antitrust court cases LB - 16000 PY - 1948 ST - United States v. Paramount Pictures, Inc. TI - United States v. Paramount Pictures, Inc. ID - 572 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 343 U. S. 495 (1952) DA - 1952 KW - U. S. Supreme Court motion pictures, and religion self-regulation Production Code Burstyn v. Wilson Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources freedom values religion law censorship and ratings censorship primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases court cases, Miracle case court cases, First Amendment Burstyn, Joseph Miracle case Production Code, and decline of freedom, and motion pictures motion pictures, and freedom movies, and religion motion pictures, and religion LB - 16010 PY - 1952 ST - Joseph Burstyn, Inc. v. Wilson. TI - Joseph Burstyn, Inc. v. Wilson. ID - 573 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 157 Tex. Crim. 516, 247 S. W. 2d 95 (1952), rev'd per curiam, 343 U. S. 960 (1952) AB - This case, decided after the Miracle case, further weakened motion picture censorship as the Court rejected the rationale that a movie could be suppressed as "prejudicial to the best interests of the people." DA - 1952 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Production Code Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources values religion law censorship and ratings censorship primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases court cases, Gelling case court cases, Production Code, and decline of Production Code, and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases, and Production Code LB - 16030 PY - 1952 ST - Gelling v. Texas. TI - Gelling v. Texas. ID - 574 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 159 Ohio St. 315, 112 N.E. 2d 311 (1953), rev'd per curiam, 346 U.S. 587 (1954) AB - In this case, the Court voided the use of “harmful” as a justification to censor motion pictures. DA - 1953 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Production Code Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources values religion law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and freedom court cases, and harmful LB - 16040 PY - 1953 ST - Superior Films, Inc. v. Dept. of Education of Ohio. TI - Superior Films, Inc. v. Dept. of Education of Ohio. ID - 575 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 305 N.Y. 336, 113 N.E. 2d 502 (1953), rev'd per curiam, 346 U. S. 587 (1954) DA - 1953 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Production Code Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources religion values morality values religion law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and freedom court cases, and immoral morality, and motion pictures motion pictures, and morality LB - 16050 PY - 1953 ST - Commercial Pictures Corp. v. Board of Regents of New York. TI - Commercial Pictures Corp. v. Board of Regents of New York. ID - 576 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 354 U. S. 476 (1957) AB - This case, together with the Alberts v. California case decided the same year, changed the Supreme Court's interpretion of obscenity, one that earlier had been defined by the Hicklin case. Henceforth, it became much hard for prosecutors to convict people for obscenity. Samuel Roth was convicted for mailing Wild Passion, Wanton by Night, and Sexual Content of Men and Women. Well-known for distributing such material, he had earlier convictions for obscenity. His appeal came at the same time as that of David Alberts, convicted in California for selling obscene literature. While the U. S. Supreme Court upheld the convictions of Roth and Alberts, and stated that obscenity was not protected by the First Amendment, it nevertheless changed fundamentally the way in which it dealt with obscenity cases. What became known as the Roth test became the foundation of American obscenity law. Obscenity would be “whether to the average person, applying contemporary community standards, the dominant theme of the material taken as a whole appeals to the prurient interest.” In delivering the opinion in Roth, Justice William J. Brennan, Jr. said that “all ideas having even the slightest redeeming social importance... have the full protection” of the First Amendment, unless “they encroach upon the limited area of more important interests.” Justice Douglas, who joined by Hugo L. Black in dissenting in both Roth and Alberts, went farther. He argued that the First Amendment protected literary treatment of sex even if it offended “the common conscience of the community.” DA - 1957 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Roth case (1957) Production Code Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources obscenity values religion law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and freedom court cases, and harmful Roth v. U. S. (1957) court cases, and Roth obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Roth v. U. S. (1957) motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Roth v. U. S. (1957) Alberts case LB - 16060 PY - 1957 ST - Roth v. United States. TI - Roth v. United States. ID - 577 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 390 U. S. 629 (1968) AB - Between the Roth decision in 1957 and 1968, the year of Ginsberg v. New York, the U. S. Supreme Court in the thirteen obscenity cases rendered no less than fifty-five separate opinions. “The upshot of all this divergence in viewpoint,” Justice John M. Harlan wrote in the Ginsberg case, “is that anyone who undertakes to examine the Court’s decision since Roth which have held particular material obscene or not obscene would find himself in utter bewilderment.” DA - 1968 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Production Code Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources obscenity Ginsberg v. New York values religion law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and freedom court cases, and harmful Ginsberg case court cases, and Ginsberg obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Ginsberg case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Ginsberg case LB - 17000 PY - 1968 ST - Ginsberg v. New York. TI - Ginsberg v. New York. ID - 578 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 378 U. S. 184 (1964) AB - In 1964, Jacobellis v. Ohio, the U.S. Supreme Court overruled a decision to prohibit Louis Malle’s film The Lovers (Les Amants) (France, 1958; U.S. 1959), about a bored young woman who fell in love with an archaeologist and abandoned her husband and family. Ohio censors had found a love scene in the final reel particularly objectionable. In trying to ascertain the “dim and uncertain line” between protected expression and obscenity, the Court in a 6-3 decision judged the picture not obscene. Brennan, joined by Justice Arthur Goldberg, reaffirmed, and even expanded the Roth v. United States (1957) ruling, when they said that a work could not be outlawed unless it is “utterly without redeeming social importance.” Brennan and Goldberg also said obscenity had to be “determined on the basis of a national standard.” Douglas and Black concurred on the ground that the First Amendment permitted no restrictions. Justice Potter Stewart concluded that the Roth test applied only to hard-core pornography. He did not try to define the term, but did say in the now famous phrase, that “I know it when I see it.” Chief Justice Earl Warren dissented, rejecting the idea of a national standard for obscenity, and saying that when Roth said “community standards” should be the basis for judgment, it meant just that. DA - 1964 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Production Code Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources obscenity values religion law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and freedom Jacobellis case court cases, and Jacobellis obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Jacobellis case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Jacobellis case movie, The Lovers LB - 16090 PY - 1964 ST - Jacobellis v. Ohio. TI - Jacobellis v. Ohio. ID - 579 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 380 U. S. 51 (1966) AB - In Freedman v. Maryland, and exhibitor, Freedman, had shown Revenge at Daybreak (France, 1954; U.S., 1964) without obtaining a license from the Maryland censorship board. Although the board did not consider the film obscene, Freedman was convicted of violating state law. The Supreme Court overturned his conviction saying that the burden of proof for obscenity rested with the censor. The latter had to assure the exhibitor that the film would be proscribed or allowed to be shown within a brief, specified time, and that any judicial decision would be promptly delivered. Henceforth, any state law that tried to limit pornographic films had to satisfy the requirements set out in this case or be guilty of illegal prior restraint. DA - 1966 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Production Code Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources obscenity values religion law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and freedom Freedman case court cases, and Freedman obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Freedman case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Freedman case movie, Revenge at Daybreak censorship, and states LB - 16120 PY - 1966 ST - Freedman v. Maryland. TI - Freedman v. Maryland. ID - 580 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 383 U. S. 413 (1966) DA - 1966 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Production Code literature Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources obscenity values religion law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and freedom Memoirs case court cases, and Memoirs obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Memoirs case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Memoirs case Cleland, John censorship, and states censorship, and literature literature, and censorship Fanny Hill case LB - 16130 PY - 1966 ST - (Memoirs v. Massachusetts) TI - Memoirs v. Massachusetts [A Book Named "John Cleland's Memoirs of a Woman of Pleasure" et al. v. Attorney General of Massachusetts] ID - 581 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 413 U. S. 15 (1973) AB - In Miller vs. California (1973), the U. S. Supreme Court upheld, in a 5-4 decision, a California law banning the knowing sale of obscene material. Chief Justice Burger rejected the Warren’s Court’s test for obscenity which required the matter in question to be “utterly without redeeming social value” – a standard that made it almost impossible to obtain convictions. Burger noted that this test which Justice Brennan had articulated in Memoirs vs. Massachusetts (1966) had never been supported by more than a plurality of the Court (no more than by three justices at any one time). In the Miller case, the Court also rejected a national standard for defining pornography and said instead that local community standards could be used by trial courts in obscenity cases. DA - 1973 KW - U. S. Supreme Court Miller v. California Supreme Court (U. S.) values archives primary sources sexuality obscenity values community law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases motion pictures, and freedom Miller case court cases, and Miller obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Memoirs case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Miller case censorship, and states censorship, and community standards community standards, and censorship pornography pornography, and Miller case Miller case, and pornography pornography, and community standards Meese Commission LB - 16150 PY - 1973 ST - Miller v. California. TI - Miller v. California. ID - 582 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 327 U. S. 146 (1946) AB - In a case that had implications for Hollywood publicity, the Supreme Court in 1946 narrowed the federal government’s power to regulate sexual images in magazines when it unanimously overturned the postmaster general’s decision in 1943 to deny mailing privileges to Esquire on the grounds that it included cartoons, pictures, and other sexual material that reflected a “smoking-room type of humor.” Written by Justice William O. Douglas, the decision contributed to proliferation of so-called girlie publications. DA - 1946 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Production Code Esquire magazine Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources obscenity news and journalism +books, periodicals, newspapers values religion law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and freedom Esquire case court cases, and Esquire obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Esquire case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Esquire case magazines magazines, and obscenity obscenity, and magazines cartoons, and obscenity obscenity, and cartoons cartoons LB - 16640 PY - 1946 ST - Hannegan v. Esquire. TI - Hannegan v. Esquire. ID - 613 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 177 Kan 728, 282 P. 2d 412 (1955), rev'd per curiam, 350 U. S. 870 (1955) AB - In this 1955 case, the U.S. Supreme Court struck down a Kansas state censors’ ruling that The Moon Is Blue was “obscene, indecent and immoral,” and tended “to debase or corrupt morals.” DA - 1955 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Production Code Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources religion values morality values religion law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and freedom court cases, and immoral morality, and motion pictures motion pictures, and morality LB - 16690 PY - 1955 ST - Holmby Prod., Inc. v. Vaughn. TI - Holmby Prod., Inc. v. Vaughn. VL - 177 Kan 728, 282 P. 2d 412 (1955), rev'd per curiam, 350 U. S. 870 (1955) ID - 617 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 360 U. S. 684 (1959) AB - Several decisions by the U. S. Supreme Court made it more difficult to prosecute obscenity and exercise control over immorality during the late 1950s and 1960s. In 1959 the Court lifted a ban on the showing of the French film Lady Chatterley’s Lover (1957). New York censors had rejected the movie because it presented adultery “as being right and desirable for certain people under certain circumstances.” The Supreme Court ruled that the state had tried to regulate advocacy of an idea and “thus struck at the very heart of constitutionally protected liberty.” The Court said, in effect, that showing immoral activity, even in a favorable manner, was not obscene. DA - 1959 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Production Code sexuality sexuality motion pictures, and Production Code Administration (PCA) motion pictures, and sexuality values Christianity Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) obscenity foreign films values religion law censorship and ratings censorship Catholic Church non-USA motion pictures, foreign +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and Production Code motion pictures, and PCA motion pictures, foreign motion pictures, and foreign Production Code, and foreign films Catholic Church, and foreign films foreign films, and Production Code (motion pictures) censorship, and foreign films motion pictures, and sex motion pictures, and sex motion pictures, and France motion pictures, and France motion pictures, and adultery motion pictures, and adultery obscenity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and obscenity court cases, and obscenity obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and obscenity Kingsley International Pictures Corp. v. Regents movie, Lady Chatterley's Lover Supreme Court (U. S.), and Lady Chatterly's Lover court cases LB - 16730 PY - 1959 ST - Kingsley International Pictures Corp. v. Regents of the University of the State of New York. TI - Kingsley International Pictures Corp. v. Regents of the University of the State of New York. ID - 621 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 383 U. S. 463 (1966) AB - This case was one of several during the late 1950s and 1960s involving obscenity. DA - 1966 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Production Code Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources obscenity Ginsberg v. New York values religion law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and freedom court cases, and harmful Ginsberg case court cases, and Ginsberg obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Ginsberg case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Ginsberg case LB - 16750 PY - 1966 ST - Ginzberg v. New York. TI - Ginzberg v. New York. ID - 623 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 390 U. S. 676 (1968) AB - In Dallas, a film classification board, the first of its kind in the United States, attempted to use age as a means of rating the appropriateness of films. Even though the movie industry successfully challenged this plan before the United States Supreme Court in Interstate Circuit, Inc., v. Dallas (1968), the Court did not declare classification invalid and many believed the case encouraged other cities to create their own classification boards. Indeed, Jack Valenti thought that as many as forty local regulatory boards were ready to move into action by 1968. In late 1968, the motion picture industry adopted a rating system. DA - 1968 KW - U. S. Supreme Court Supreme Court (U. S.) archives primary sources primary sources censorship and ratings children law censorship and ratings censorship +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Interstate Circuit, Inc. v. Dallas motion pictures, and classification motion pictures, and children children, and motion pictures Supreme Court (U. S.), and movie classification censorship, and local court cases primary sources, court cases censorship, and local government court cases, and classification court cases, and Dallas children, and media LB - 16760 PY - 1968 ST - Interstate Circuit, Inc. v. Dallas. TI - Interstate Circuit, Inc. v. Dallas. ID - 624 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 354 U. S. 476 (1957) AB - This case, together with the Roth v. United States case decided the same year, changed the Supreme Court's interpretion of obscenity, one that earlier had been defined by the Hicklin case. Henceforth, it became much hard for prosecutors to convict people for obscenity. DA - 1957 KW - U. S. Supreme Court self-regulation Roth case (1957) Production Code Supreme Court (U. S.) values Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code (motion pictures) archives primary sources obscenity values religion law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases Production Code, and decline of motion pictures, and freedom court cases, and harmful Roth v. U. S. (1957) court cases, and Roth obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Alberts case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Roth v. U. S. (1957) obscenity, and Alberts case Roth case (1957) (1957), and Alberts case LB - 16990 PY - 1957 ST - Alberts v. California TI - Alberts v. California ID - 642 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 413 U. S. 49 (1973) AB - In Paris Adult Theatre I v. Slaton, a case decided the same day as Miller v. California, the U. S. Supreme Court upheld (again 5 to 4) the right of states to prevent the showing of hard-core pornographic films in adult theaters even though the owner had limited the audience to consenting adults. The case, which originated in Georgia, involved two allegedly obscene movies. A trial court had thrown out the complaints on grounds that the theater had restricted minors and that exhibiting the films to consenting adults was permissible under the constitution. The Georgia Supreme Court reversed this decision. Using Miller, the United States Supreme Court upheld the Georgia high court, holding that even though “conclusive proof is lacking,” states could conclude that “a nexus does or might exist between antisocial behavior and obscene material....” Moreover, the United States Supreme Court said that showing obscene matter in a public place was “not protected by any constitutional doctrine of privacy.” Whatever right to privacy that an adult might have at home did not extend to a commercial theater. Nor was everything shown to consenting adults constitutionally protected; Georgia’s obscenity laws and their relation to the First Amendment could therefore be reinterpreted in light of the standards set out in the Miller case. DA - 1973 KW - U. S. Supreme Court audiences Miller v. California Supreme Court (U. S.) values archives primary sources sexuality obscenity values community law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases motion pictures, and freedom Miller case court cases, and Miller obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Memoirs case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Paris Theater case censorship, and states censorship, and scommunity standards community standards, and censorship pornography pornography, and Paris Theater case Paris Theater case, and pornography pornography, and community standards, theaters theaters (adult), and Supreme Court (U. S.) Supreme Court (U. S.), and adult theaters theaters LB - 19170 PY - 1973 ST - Paris Adult Theatre I v. Slaton. TI - Paris Adult Theatre I v. Slaton. ID - 756 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 418 U. S. 153 (1974) AB - This Georgia case involved Mike Nichols’s film Carnal Knowledge (Avco Embassy/Icarus, 1971). A theater owner in Albany, Billy Jenkins, had been convicted for showing the movie, which starred Jack Nicholson, Art Garfunkle, Ann-Margaret, and Candice Bergen. A divided Georgia Supreme Court held that the conviction was within the guidelines set down by the U.S. Supreme Court in the Miller v. California case. The test for obscenity in Miller required that the work in question “portrays, in a patently offensive way, sexual conduct specifically defined by the applicable state law; and, taken as a whole, does not have serious literary, artistic, political, or scientific value.” It was difficult to argue that Carnal Knowledge, which was not a hard-core film, fell into that category. The Motion Picture Association of America backed Jenkins’s appeal to the United States Supreme Court, where Louis Nizer argued that the film deserved protection under the First Amendment. The Court agreed and, in setting out the decision, Justice William H. Rehnquist said that “juries do not have unbridled discretion in determining what is ‘patently offensive’” In short, the First Amendment, which the Court uniformly applied across the nation without consideration for whatever cultural differences might exist from one locale to another, took precedent over community standards. DA - 1974 KW - U. S. Supreme Court Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) Classification and Rating Administration MPAA National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) Jenkins v. Georgia CARA Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) Supreme Court (U. S.) values archives primary sources sexuality obscenity NATO CARA Heffner, Richard Valenti, Jack Johnston, Eric First Amendment values community freedom law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases motion pictures, and freedom Jenkins case court cases, and Jenkins obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Jenkins case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Jenkins case censorship, and states censorship, and scommunity standards community standards, and censorship pornography pornography, and Jenkins case Jenkins case, and pornography pornography, and community standards movies, and banned (GA) motion pictures, and banned (GA) movie, Carnal Knowledge Nizer, Louis MPAA censorship, and First Amendment motion pictures, and First Amendment First Amendment, and motion pictures LB - 19190 PY - 1974 ST - Jenkins v. Georgia. TI - Jenkins v. Georgia. ID - 757 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 427 U. S. 50 (1976) AB - Realizing that the Miller v. California (1973), Paris Adult Theatre (1973), and Jenkins (1974) cases by themselves were inadequate to eliminate adult movie houses, communities tried a different approach that involved controlling land use and concentrating such theaters into “combat zones.” The goal was to prevent concentration in areas where residential neighborhoods and businesses might be destroyed. The United States Supreme Court upheld this method of control in two cases, Young v. American Mini Theatres (1976) and City of Renton v. Playtime Theatres, Inc. (1986). Neither case involved criminal penalties or suppressing films completely. DA - 1976 KW - U. S. Supreme Court Young v. American Mini Theatres (1976) audiences Supreme Court (U. S.) values archives primary sources sexuality obscenity values community law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases motion pictures, and freedom Young case (1976) court cases, and Young obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Young case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Young case censorship, and states censorship, and community standards community standards, and censorship pornography pornography, and Young case Young case, and pornography pornography, and community standards theaters (adult), and Supreme Court (U. S.) Supreme Court (U. S.), and adult theaters motion pictures, and combat zones Supreme Court (U. S.), and combat zones theaters LB - 19200 PY - 1976 ST - Young v. American Mini Theatres. TI - Young v. American Mini Theatres. ID - 758 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 475 U. S. 41 (1986) AB - Realizing that the Miller, Paris Adult Theatre, and Jenkins cases by themselves were inadequate to eliminate adult movie houses, communities tried a different approach that involved controlling land use and concentrating such theaters into “combat zones.” The goal was to prevent concentration in areas where residential neighborhoods and businesses might be destroyed. The United States Supreme Court upheld this method of control in two cases, Young v. American Mini Theatres (1976) and City of Renton v. Playtime Theatres, Inc. (1986). Neither case involved criminal penalties or suppressing films completely. DA - 1986 KW - U. S. Supreme Court audiences Supreme Court (U. S.) values archives primary sources sexuality obscenity values community law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases motion pictures, and freedom Renton case court cases, and Renton obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Renton case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Renton case censorship, and states censorship, and community standards community standards, and censorship pornography pornography, and Renton case Renton case, and pornography pornography, and community standards theaters (adult), and Supreme Court (U. S.) Supreme Court (U. S.), and adult theaters motion pictures, and combat zones Supreme Court (U. S.), and combat zones theaters LB - 19210 PY - 1986 ST - City of Renton v. Playtime Theatres, Inc. TI - City of Renton v. Playtime Theatres, Inc. ID - 759 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 190 U. S. app. D. C. 351 (1978) AB - In a case involving Home Box Office (HBO), a United States Court of Appeals held that the Federal Communications Commission had exceeded its authority when it attempted to limit the ability of cable systems to show certain kinds of movies and sporting events. The decision eliminated the Commission’s restrictions on pay TV’s use of feature-length movies. DA - 1978 KW - entertainment corporations corporations Federal Communications Commission (FCC) entertainment, home values archives primary sources sexuality obscenity home entertainment home Home Box Office (HBO) HBO regulation values community law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures +television FCC, and television television, and FCC cable TV, and FCC FCC, and cable TV censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Court of Appeals, and motion pictures motion pictures and Court of Appeals court cases primary sources, court cases motion pictures, and freedom HBO case (1978) court cases, and HBO obscenity, and Court of Appeals Court of Appeals, and HBO case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and HBO case censorship, and community standards community standards, and censorship pornography pornography, and HBO case HBO case, and pornography pornography, and community standards, theaters motion pictures, and cable television television, and motion pictures FCC cable home, and new media LB - 19220 PY - 1978 ST - Home Box Office, Inc., et al. v. Federal Communications Commission. TI - Home Box Office, Inc., et al. v. Federal Communications Commission. ID - 760 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 434 U. S. 988 (1977) AB - In this case involving Home Box Office (HBO), a United States Court of Appeals held that the FCC had exceeded its authority when it attempted to limit the ability of cable systems to show certain kinds of movies and sporting events. The decision eliminated the Commission’s restrictions on pay TV’s use of feature-length movies. DA - 1977 KW - U. S. Supreme Court entertainment audiences corporations corporations Federal Communications Commission (FCC) entertainment, home Supreme Court (U. S.) values archives primary sources sexuality obscenity home entertainment home Home Box Office (HBO) HBO regulation values community law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures +television FCC, and television television, and FCC cable TV, and FCC FCC, and cable TV censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases motion pictures, and freedom HBO case (1977) court cases, and HBO obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and HBO case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and HBO case censorship, and community standards community standards, and censorship pornography pornography, and HBO case HBO case, and pornography pornography, and community standards theaters motion pictures, and cable television television, and motion pictures FCC cable home, and new media LB - 19230 PY - 1977 ST - Federal Communications Commission v. Home Box Office. TI - Federal Communications Commission v. Home Box Office. ID - 761 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 440 U. S. 689 (1979) AB - The United States Supreme Court eroded the Federal Communications Commission’s power in FCC v. Midwest Video Corp. (1979). The Court said that the Commission had exceeded its power by requiring cable televisions systems with more than 3,500 subscribers to offer at least 20 channels by 1986 and to make available some of those channels for educational, government, and public uses. DA - 1979 KW - U. S. Supreme Court audiences Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Supreme Court (U. S.) values archives primary sources sexuality obscenity regulation values community law censorship and ratings censorship court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures +television FCC, and television television, and FCC cable TV, and FCC FCC, and cable TV censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Supreme Court (U. S.), and motion pictures motion pictures and Supreme Court (U. S.) court cases primary sources, court cases motion pictures, and freedom Midwest Video case (1979) court cases, and Midwest Video obscenity, and Supreme Court (U. S.), and Midwest Video case motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures obscenity, and Midwest Video case censorship, and community standards community standards, and censorship pornography pornography, and Midwest case Midwest Video case, and pornography pornography, and community standards theaters motion pictures, and cable television television, and motion pictures FCC cable LB - 19240 PY - 1979 ST - Federal Communications Commission v. Midwest Video Corp. TI - Federal Communications Commission v. Midwest Video Corp. ID - 762 ER - TY - CASE AB - This case involved a suit filed by a theater ower who challenged the Motion Picture Association of America's rating from the 1980 movie Cruising. Some at the time saw the case as potentially a challenged to the rating system itself. KW - Classification and Rating Administration classification self-regulation Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) censorship and ratings rating system (U.S.) rating system (U. S.) motion pictures law censorship and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) censorship classification court cases +motion pictures and popular culture movie, Cruising rating system (U. S.), legal rating system (U. S.), and controversies CARA, and legal CARA, and controversies Heffner, Richard, and legal Heffner, Richard, and Cruising Nizer, Louis, and Cruising Heffner, Richard CARA Nizer, Louis LB - 21790 ST - College Theater v. United Artists, et al. TI - College Theater v. United Artists, et al. ID - 933 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 311 U.S. App. D.C. 224; 52 F. 3d 373; 1995 U.S. App. AB - This case involved a 1990 suit in Federal count in Washington, D. C. challenging the X rating that the motion picture industry gave to Maljack Productions' film, Henry: Portrait of a Serial Killer. The movie was a brutally explicit docudrama based loosely on the story of mass murderer Henry Lee Lucas. Maljack, an Illinois-based independent film producer involved primarily with distributing videocassettes, was not an MPAA member. Filmed with then little-known actors during the winter of 1985-1986, the movie was about a psychopathic drifter, Henry (played by Michael Rooker) and his former prison buddy, Ottis (played by Tom Towles) who savagely murdered strangers and did so utterly without remorse. In one scene, the pair invade a home and record their murder of a family on videotape. The movie seemed too realistic for a typical slasher picture. The Classification and Rating Administration gave the movie an X in March, 1988, because of its violence. Early the next year, Maljack surrendered its ratings certificate and released the picture unrated. When it was shown in Chicago and New York it sparked exchanges between those who thought it exemplified brilliant film making and those who thought it too gruesome to watch. Because it lacked an R rating, Henry played in relatively few theaters. The 1990 suit was originally dismissed. Maljack appealed the dismissal. See Maljack Productions, Inc. vs. Motion Picture Association of America, 311 U. S. App. D. C. 224; 52 F. 3d 373; 1995 U.S. App. LEXIS 9675 (April 28, 1995) (No. 93-7244). This case (1995) reversed the district court’s order dismissing the original complaint. The court now remanded the case for additional proceedings. DA - April 28, 1995 KW - Classification and Rating Administration classification self-regulation Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) censorship and ratings rating system (U.S.) rating system (U. S.) archives primary sources law censorship and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) censorship classification censorship CARA CARA court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship rating system (U. S.), and law challenges CARA, and law challenges CARA, and rating controversies rating system (U. S.), and controversies Henry: Portrait of a Serial Killer (1990) NC-17 X-rated films court cases, and X-rating LB - 25040 PY - 1995 SE - LEXIS 9675 ST - Maljack Productions, Inc. v. Motion Picture Association of America. TI - Maljack Productions, Inc. v. Motion Picture Association of America. ID - 1105 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 1990 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 13284 (Oct. 3, 1990) (Civil Action No. 90-1121) // 311 U. S. App. D. C. 224; 52 F. 3d 373; 1995 U.S. App. LEXIS 9675 (April 28, 1995) (No. 93-7244) AB - This case involved a 1990 suit in Federal count in Washington, D. C. challenging the X rating that the motion picture industry gave to Maljack Productions' film, Henry: Portrait of a Serial Killer. The movie was a brutally explicit docudrama based loosely on the story of mass murderer Henry Lee Lucas. Maljack, an Illinois-based independent film producer involved primarily with distributing videocassettes, was not an MPAA member. Filmed with then little-known actors during the winter of 1985-1986, the movie was about a psychopathic drifter, Henry (played by Michael Rooker) and his former prison buddy, Ottis (played by Tom Towles) who savagely murdered strangers and did so utterly without remorse. In one scene, the pair invade a home and record their murder of a family on videotape. The movie seemed too realistic for a typical slasher picture. The Classification and Rating Administration gave the movie an X in March, 1988, because of its violence. Early the next year, Maljack surrendered its ratings certificate and released the picture unrated. When it was shown in Chicago and New York it sparked exchanges between those who thought it exemplified brilliant film making and those who thought it too gruesome to watch. Because it lacked an R rating, Henry played in relatively few theaters. This case was dismissed and the dismissal was later appealed. DA - Oct. 3, 1990 KW - Classification and Rating Administration classification self-regulation Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) censorship and ratings rating system (U. S.) archives primary sources law censorship and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) censorship classification censorship CARA court cases primary sources law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and law +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship rating system (U. S.), and law challenges CARA, and law challenges CARA, and rating controversies rating system (U. S.), and controversies Henry: Portrait of a Serial Killer (1990) NC-17 X-rated films court cases, and X-rating court cases, dismissed LB - 25210 PY - 1990 SE - LEXIS 13284 (Civil Action No. 90-1121) ST - Maljack Productions, Inc. v. Motion Picture Association of America. TI - Maljack Productions, Inc. v. Motion Picture Association of America. ID - 1117 ER - TY - CASE A2 - 521 U. S. 844 (1997) // 117 S. Ct. 2329; 138 L. Ed. 2d 874; 1997 U.S. LEXIS 4037; 65 U.S.L.W. 4715; 25 Media L. Rep. 1833; 97 Cal.Daily Op. Service 4998; 97 Daily Journal DAR 8133; 11 Fla. L. Weekly Fed. S 211 AB - This case overturned the Communications Decency Act (CDA). In 1996, Congress passed the CDA. The CDA was part of the Telecommunications Act and it had two provisions that attempted to protect those under 18 years of age from harmful communications sent on the Internet. One provision made it a crime to knowingly transmit “obscene or indecent” materials to minors. The other made it illegal to use deliberately a computer service to send messages to those under 18 that depicted or described “sexual or excretory activities or organs” in a “patently offensive manner, as judged by “contemporary community standards.” The U. S. Supreme Court declared these provisions unconstitutional, in part because they amounted to an abridgment of free speech protected under the First Amendment. The scope of the CDA was too broad, the Court said, and such terms as “indecent” and “patently offensive” were so ambiguous as to “silence speakers whose messages would be entitled to constitutional protections.” DA - June 26, 1997 KW - U. S. Supreme Court computers telecommunications Supreme Court (U. S.) sexuality Internet computers law censorship and ratings court cases +computers and the Internet Communications Decency Act, 1996 Telecommunications Act (1996) pornography pornography, and pornography, and computers pornography, and Internet Internet, and pornography computers, and pornography Supreme Court (U. S.), and pornography Supreme Court (U. S.), and computers Supreme Court (U. S.), and Internet law LB - 27980 PB - U.S. PY - 1997 ST - Janet Reno, Attorney General of the United States, et al. v. American Civil Liberties Union, et al. TI - Janet Reno, Attorney General of the United States, et al. v. American Civil Liberties Union, et al. ID - 1350 ER - TY - CASE AB - Among the issues in this case, which involved the films James Boys in Missouri (Essanay, 1908) and Night Riders (Kalem, 1908), was what constituted obscenity and immorality, and also what portrayal of history might be consider immoral. The lawyers who fought these charges maintained that movies were depictions of the "American historical experience" and thus could not be censored as immoral or obscene. Lee Grieveson in Policing Cinema (2004), writes of this case: "Chief Justice James H. Cartwright dismissed these claims in the Illinois Supreme Court in early 1909. It was the purpose of the law, Justice Cartwright asserted, 'to secure decency and morality in the moving pictures business, and that purpose falls within the police power.' Notions of 'decency,' 'immorality,' and 'obscenity' were central to this power, and although it is 'doubtless true,' Cartwright noted, that there are differences as to what is immoral and obscene, 'the average person of healthy and wholesome mind knows well enough what "immoral" and "obscene" mean and can intelligently apply the test to any picture presented to him.' Cartwright's logic assumed a universal subject of moral judgment. "Even though the ordinance focused solely on moving pictures, Cartwright noted, it did not necessarily license other immoral representations; furthermore, there is something specific to the regulation of moving pictures -- 74/75 the audience. 'On account of the low price of admissions,' Cartwright claimed, nickel theaters 'are frequented and patronized by a large number of children, as well as by those of limited means who do not attend the productions of plays and dramas given in the regular theaters. The audiences include those classes whose age, education and situation in life especially entitle them to protection against the evil influence of obscene and immoral representations.' He thus concluded that exhibition of the pictures 'would necessarily be attended with evil effects upon youthful spectators.' A concern about the effects of moving pictures on children and those rather enigmatically characterized as 'of limited means' that had animated the development of reform concern in early 1907 and led to the establishment of the police censor board was central also to the establishment of the board's constitutionality. Discourse creates institutions that come, in turn, to sustain those discourses. Important precedents were set here, paving the way for the proliferation of municipal and state censor boards from this moment on. "Responding also to the claim that the films depicted 'experiences connected with the history of the country,' Cartwright suggested that it did not follow that they were 'not immoral' since they 'necessarily portray exhibitions of crime.' Representations of history in moving pictures -- at least if they portray 'crime,' that central motor force of history -- could be immoral and obscene and could thus have damaging effects on those of 'limited means' and on the children of an urban immigrant population who were seen to be the most frequent moviegoers. Of course, the representation of the history of the United States -- or, for that matter, the immorality of elites -- to those groups had critical ideological import The representation of criminal events in moving pictures was of a different order from their depiction on the stage. For Justice Cartwright clear distinctions needed to be drawn between moving pictures and historical and theatrical accounts. Even though it is almost certain that the two films under consideration -- like The Unwritten Law -- replayed historical actuality through fictional conventions, that they were only retrospectively discursively positioned as straightforward representations of historical actuality, the decision took that positioning at its word and disallowed it." "Untangling the complicated layers of this case is important to our understanding of the interaction between regulatory forces and the film industry at this moment. Allying cinema on the one hand with the theater and on the other with nonfictional discourse -- the at least ostensibly nonfictional discourse of history -- seemed to offer a way for Block to circumvent the powers of the police censor board. Yet these alliances were de- 75/76 nied by the state Supreme Court amid fears about the effects of films on audiences. Film was, this suggested, distinct from the theater and from history and uniquely a target for regulatory concern principally because it could have damaging effects on vulnerable (and potentially dangerous) audiences. The audience base for cinema meant that it could not simply represent controversial real-life events. Cartwright's concerns can be situated clearly in the context of the anxieties about 'sensational' films such as The Unwritten Law and the effect of moving pictures and nickel theaters on children, and indeed on those of 'limited means,' that emerged so forcefully in early 1907. Legal discourse is a cultural text, evidently enmeshed with the shared knowledge of the culture traced out in this chapter." (Grieveson, Policing Cinema, 74-76) DA - 1909 KW - theater stage immorality history children censorship law censorship and ratings freedom ref, court law, and motion pictures motion pictures, and legal motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures censorship, and motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship Illinois Supreme Court, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Illinois Supreme Court court cases primary, court cases court cases, Illinois Supreme Court court cases, state motion pictures, state censorship censorship, state (IL) censorship, and Chicago motion pictures, and Chicago censorship history and new media motion pictures, and history history, and motion pictures history, and censorship censorship, and history children children, and motion pictures motion pictures, and children motion pictures, and values motion pictures, and immorality motion pictures, and obscenity obscenity, and motion pictures immorality, and motion pictures values values, and motion pictures Block v. City of Chicago case (1909) audiences motion pictures, and audiences audiences, and motion pictures theater and stage motion pictures, and stage stage, and motion pictures media effects motion pictures, and media effects media effects, and motion pictures media effects, and children children, and media effects sensationalism motion pictures, and sensationalism sensationalism, and motion pictures James Boys in Missouri (1908) Night Riders (1908) Unwritten Law, The (1907) theaters motion pictures, and theaters theaters, and motion pictures censorship ref, secondary ref, secular ref, law children, and media history obscenity primary sources LB - 13100 PB - Illinois Supreme Court PY - 1909 ST - Jack Block, Nathan Wolf, et. al. v. The City of Chicago TI - Jack Block, Nathan Wolf, et. al. v. The City of Chicago VL - 239 Illinois Supreme Court Reports 251 ID - 3469 ER - TY - CONF A2 - Joel A. Tarr, ed. AB - The author says that we can learn from history provided that historical events are compiled properly. She offers a methodology for accomplishing this goal. AU - Hamilton, Mary R. C1 - San Francisco CY - Seven Springs Moutain Resort, Champion, PA DA - Dec. 1-4, 1976 1977 KW - technology technology and society preservation archives history, and new media values libraries libraries, and information storage +information storage history history, and technology information storage, and technology values, and technology technology assessment +information storage LB - 3830 PB - San Francisco Press, Inc. PY - 1976 1977 SP - 5-14 ST - The Use of Historical Records to Inform Prospective Technology Assessments T2 - Retrospective Technology Assessment -- 1976. TI - The Use of Historical Records to Inform Prospective Technology Assessments ID - 1771 ER - TY - CONF AB - Contains Mortimer J. Adler's testimony on causes of crime. Adler, and others, doubted that motion pictures were a leading cause of crime. AU - States, Attorney General of the United C1 - Washington, D.C. DA - Dec. 10-13, 1934 [1934?] KW - government reports government hearings motion pictures government Adler, Mortimer +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and crime government documents hearings proceedings testimony LB - 13680 PB - [Government Printing Office?] PY - 1934 T2 - Proceedings of the Attorney General's Conference on Crime, Held December 10-13, 1934 ID - 532 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - In the National Television Violence Studies, researchers at four universities tried, through extensive research, to determine the amount violence, its intensity, and its effect on viewers of American television. The results are based on a research which covered 50 days during which 23 television channels were analyzed everyday from 7.00 am to 11.00 p.m. Researchers proposed a series of measures meant to repress violence on TV because they consider it a serious social ill. In the television season 1994-1995 the researchers found that 57 percent of all the programs analyzed contained some sort of violence. The violence displayed on television poses three serious threats: learning aggressive attitudes and behaviors, becoming desensitized to real-world violence, and developing unrealistic fear of being victimized by violence. The amount of violence differs from channel to channel; the highest percentage of violent programs is found on premium cable and within the genre of movies specifically; this is also where the highest frequencies of violent interactions are displayed. In contrast, the lowest percentage of violent programming is found on the broadcast networks and especially on public broadcast. Viewers do not necessarily need to identify with persons on the screen who practice violence. The prototype of such a person resembles the prototype of someone who views the program. In most cases an adult white male attacks another adult white male. The major problem with violence on TV is that it is often sanitized. Negative mental or physical consequences, e.g. paralysis, are often ignored and violence is even often depicted as funny. Within these programs talk shows are to be considered the least violent whereas police reality shows are the most violent. A way to make these reality programs less accessible to children might be to schedule these shows later in the evening. Because, as the research shows us, boys are attracted to shows and movies that they are actually not allowed to see based on the rating. These programs tend not to have the same appeal to girls. Violence tends to affect younger children even more than adolescents. As opposed to what one might think, cartoons overall contain too much violence suitable for children under the age of seven. Therefore it is not recommended to parents to let their children watch networks as Cartoon Network and Nickelodeon. All in all, the most important mean to reduce the amount of violence on American television, or at least to reduce its dangerous impact, is to inform the audience better about the effects of violence. Networks should offer people an alternative to violent shows, and if they decide to watch them, helplines and help desks should be available if the show or movie happens to cause a traumatic memory. -- Pieter Van Den Berg CY - 3 volumes, Santa Barbara, Chapel Hill, Madison DA - 1994-1995 KW - Van Den Berg, Pieter television violence television, and violence violence, and television children and media media effects television, and children children, and television children, and violence violence, and children media effects, and violence violence, and media effects violence, and children children, and violence children LB - 33080 PB - Mediascope, Inc. PY - 1994 ST - National Television Violence Study TI - National Television Violence Study ID - 61 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This work examines telecommunications in Canada -- the complex problems it faces, social context, history of the industry and its corporate structure, the need for future innovations, and the government's responsibility to protect the public interest. Among the topic covered include satellites and the growing role of computers (as of 1971) in communications. CY - Ottawa, Ontario DA - 1971 KW - computers labor satellites community democracy computers community non-USA office office, and new media office Canada telecommunications telecommunications, and Canada Canada, and telecommunications infrastructure, and telecommunications telecommunications, and history of democracy, and telecommunication community, and telecommunications +computers and the Internet computers, and telecommunications +aeronautics and space communication satellites, and Canada +telephones telephones, and Canada +radio radio, and Canada Intelsat infrastructure LB - 2830 PB - Information Canada ? PY - 1971 ST - Instant World: A Report on Telecommunications in Canada TI - Instant World: A Report on Telecommunications in Canada ID - 371 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This important work has a great deal of information about Americans use of mass communication. CY - Washington, D. C. DA - 1961 KW - References, Statistics, Timelines, Maps References, Statistics, Timelines, Maps archives context primary sources, statistics context, and statistics statistics reference works primary sources LB - 13150 OP - 1960 PB - U. S. Department of Commerce PY - 1961 ST - Historical Statistics of the United States: Colonial Times to 1957 TI - Historical Statistics of the United States: Colonial Times to 1957 ID - 489 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This was the 51st Annual Edition of the Film Daily Year Book of Motion Pictures. The work has much statistical data on the motion picture industry including production and distribution figures, information on foreign theaters, and a list of the Hollywood Press Corps (the work lists 325 people in Hollywood, 125 working internationally, 94 in New York alone, and 583 motion picture newspaper editors). This volume gives a good idea of the scope of the movie industry's public relations and publicity potential. The work summarizes highlights from 1968 including the new ratings system. It defines "voluntarism" on which the rating system was based. The volume also discusses "community rlations activities." Francis O. Beermann writes about television during the previous year. CY - New York DA - 1969 KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) MPAA advertising, and public relations References, Statistics, Timelines, Maps References, Statistics, Timelines, Maps propaganda public relations propaganda advertising motion pictures +motion pictures and popular culture +television motion pictures, and public relations public relations, and motion pictures advertising, and motion pictures motion pictures, and advertising Valenti, Jack statistics reference works public relations advertising LB - 28600 PB - Film and Television Daily PY - 1969 ST - The 1969 Film Daily Year Book of Motion Pictures TI - The 1969 Film Daily Year Book of Motion Pictures ID - 531 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Used in Jack's Lyle's entry in Robert K. Baker and Sandra J. Ball's Mass Media and Violence: Vol. IX: A Report to the National Commission on the Causes and Prevention of Violence (1969), noting that by 1967 only 39 percent of the 462 feature films released in the U. S. were produced in America. CY - New York DA - 1968 KW - social science research media effects media violence non-USA +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and violence social science research, and violence violence violence, and motion pictures violence, and social science research National Commission on Causes and Prevention of Violence motion pictures, and foreign films foreign films motion pictures, and U.S. films made abroad LB - 16510 PB - The Film Daily PY - 1968 ST - Film Daily Yearbook of Motion Pictures TI - Film Daily Yearbook of Motion Pictures ID - 603 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This analysis of the motion picture industry during the years immediately following World War II was done for the National Association of Theater Owners (NATO). During this period, the movie industry suffered a serious decline in attendance. This report indicates, for example, that inn 1953, 5,347 theaters operated in the red on their total operations, and another 7,029 theaters were in the red on income from selling ticket but managed to stay in business on profits from concessions. CY - Box 9, Mss 1446, Records of the National Association of Theater Owners (NATO), Special Collections and Manuscripts, Harold B. Lee Library, Brigham Young University, Provo, UT KW - audiences National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) theaters National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) theater owners primary sources archives primary sources motion pictures law censorship and ratings censorship audiences primary sources archives primary sources, Utah NATO theaters censorship, and NATO NATO, and censorship NATO primary sources, NATO motion pictures, and postwar decline audiences, and motion pictures motion pictures, and audiences LB - 18030 N1 - ProCite field[25]: Folder 8, Box 9, Mss 1446, Utah -- Provo -- Brigham Young University -- Harold B. Lee Library -- Special Collections and Manuscripts ST - An Analysis of the Motion Picture Industry, 1946-1953: Volume I TI - An Analysis of the Motion Picture Industry, 1946-1953: Volume I ID - 712 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Michael Conant, in Antitrust in the Motion Picture Industry, cited a study in the Film Daily Yearbook showing that four-wall theaters declined between 1946 and 1956, but that when drive-ins were included the total number of theaters during this period remained constant. CY - New York DA - 1959 KW - audiences theaters +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and theaters LB - 18040 PB - MPAA PY - 1959 ST - Film Daily Yearbook TI - Film Daily Yearbook ID - 713 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This analysis of the motion picture industry during the years immediately following World War II was done for the National Association of Theater Owners (NATO). During this period, the movie industry suffered a serious decline in attendance. This report indicates, for example, that inn 1953, 5,347 theaters operated in the red on their total operations, and another 7,029 theaters were in the red on income from selling ticket but managed to stay in business on profits from concessions. CY - Box 9, Mss 1446, Records of the National Association of Theater Owners (NATO), Special Collections and Manuscripts, Harold B. Lee Library, Brigham Young University, Provo, UT. KW - audiences National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) theaters National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) theater owners primary sources archives primary sources motion pictures law censorship and ratings censorship audiences primary sources archives primary sources, Utah NATO theaters censorship, and NATO NATO, and censorship NATO primary sources, NATO motion pictures, and postwar decline audiences, and motion pictures motion pictures, and audiences LB - 20360 N1 - ProCite field[25]: Folder 9, ST - Analysis of the Motion Picture Industry, 1946-1953: Volume II: An Appendix to Volume I TI - Analysis of the Motion Picture Industry, 1946-1953: Volume II: An Appendix to Volume I ID - 852 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This study videotaped 3,185 TV programs and analyzed 2,693. The study was lead by researchers at the University of California, Santa Barbara, University of North Caroline, Chapel Hill, University of Texas, Austin, and the University of Wisconsin, Madison. Mediascope provided the project administration. Mediascope is a nonprofit organization that attempted to promote "constructive depictions of health and social issues in mass media." The study discusses research that has been done on the effects of violence in mass media. CY - Studio City, CA DA - [c1996] KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) Classification and Rating Administration classification MPAA self-regulation National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) Cantor, Joanne National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) Surgeon General social science research censorship and ratings NATO CARA Heffner, Richard Valenti, Jack Johnston, Eric MPAA motion pictures media effects media violence censorship and rating system (U.S.) children law censorship and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.) censorship classification +television +motion pictures and popular culture media effects television, and violence motion pictures, and violence media effects, and violence social science research, and violence Surgeon General's Report (1972) Donnerstein, Edward Cantor, Joanne, reports children, and media MPAA rating system (U. S.), and critics television, and rating system (U. S.) rating system (U. S.), and television LB - 25770 N1 - See also: violence See also: sexuality PB - Mediascope, Inc. ST - National Television Violence Study: Scientific Papers, 1994-1995 TI - National Television Violence Study: Scientific Papers, 1994-1995 ID - 1169 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This work is a special edition of Cinematograph: A Journal of Film and Media Art (Feb., 1998 - Dec. 1999), and deals with the history of 8mm films. CY - San Francisco, CA DA - [1998] KW - +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and amateurism 16mm motion pictures, and 16mm film motion pictures, and new technology motion pictures, and 8mm film 8mm 8mm, and history of LB - 27920 OP - Feb. 1998 - Dec. 1999 PB - San Francisco Cinematheque ST - Big As Life: An American History of 8mm Films TI - Big As Life: An American History of 8mm Films ID - 1344 ER - TY - EDBOOK A2 - Newman, Joseph (Directing Editor) AB - This book argued in 1971 that there was “every reason to believe that we are now at the approaches of another great revolution -- one which may have even greater repercussions than the invention of the automobile, the airplane, and television. This extraordinary development -- new techniques of communication which will bring all forms of consumer services, education, and entertainment directly into the home from other points in the country and in the rest of the world -- is also likely to create new problems.” This work discusses cable television, satellite technology, videocassettes, and picture telephones. Chapter 9, “As Seen From the White House,” is an interview with Clay T. Whitehead, then director of the Office of Telecommunications Policy in the Nixon administration. This book contains good charts on the growth of cable and satellite broadcasting, as well as satellite telephone circuits. CY - Washington, D. C. DA - 1971 KW - video cassette recorders (VCRs) nationalism interactivity magnetic recording Nixon, Richard video cassettes presidents, and new media Nixon administration communication revolution materials materials videotape magnetic tape community democracy non-USA VCRs telephones, and picture phones telecommunications satellites information technology Information Age general studies cable communication revolution democracy and media automobiles +aeronautics and space communication +television information age information technology, and education information technology, and entertainment entertainment cable, and entertainment cable, and television television, and cable Whitehead, Clay T. Nixon Administration and communication telecommunications, and policy satellites, and broadcasting global communication +nationalism and communication information technology, and consumers satellites, and technology telephones video cassettes telephones, and video information highway metaphors interactive media transportation LB - 1330 PB - Books by U.S. News & World Report PY - 1971 ST - Wiring the World: The Explosion in Communications TI - Wiring the World: The Explosion in Communications ID - 1529 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This book is about art posters in the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York. There are three relatively brief essays followed by pictures of the posters. The last section is an annotated catalogue of the posters in the museum. See under individual author: Phillip Dennis Cate, Nancy Finlay, and David W. Kiehl. CY - New York DA - 1987 KW - posters, late 19th century photography non-USA posters +photography and visual communication posters color museums color, and posters posters, and France (late 19th century) posters, and United States (1890s) posters, and France LB - 1350 PB - Metropolitan Museum of Art; Distributed by Harry N. Abrams, Inc. PY - 1987 ST - American Art Posters of the 1890s TI - American Art Posters of the 1890s ID - 1531 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This work has several conclusions about the importance of the transatlantic cable, among them: “In military strategy, submarine telegraphy reinforced the importance of naval power.” It was easier for a nation to be in a state of continued readiness and to mobilize on short notice. It enhanced propaganda, spying, military intelligence, transportation, among other influences. “The most subtle but perhaps also one of the most important impacts of rapid communications was the general change in the perception of time. For the first time, it became significant that dawn in one country was midday, or midnight, in another. The ability to intervene in events occurring at a great distance, while they were still unfolding, created both opportunity and anxiety, and the pace of society -- and of personal life itself -- seemed to speed up. The simplest institutional response was the creation of international standards of time measurement and time zones. More generally, institutional response was a state of constant readiness to respond and react to distant events.” CY - San Francisco DA - 1979 KW - U. S. Navy R & D nationalism time and timekeeping time public relations advertising war military communication research and development government war non-USA transportation reconnaissance propaganda +nationalism and communication telegraph telegraph, transatlantic military communication telegraph, and naval power telegraph, and propaganda propaganda, and submarine telegraphy reconnaissance, and submarine telegraphy telegraph, and reconnaissance telegraph, and military intelligence transportation, and submarine telegraphy time telegraph, and transportation telegraph, and time cable, transatlantic U. S. Navy, and submarine telegraphy cable, Atlantic cable advertising and public relations LB - 2440 PB - San Francisco Press, Inc. PY - 1979 ST - A Retrospective Technology Assessment: Submarine Telegraphy: The Transatlantic Cable of 1866 TI - A Retrospective Technology Assessment: Submarine Telegraphy: The Transatlantic Cable of 1866 ID - 1637 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This work is interesting for the fact that it is a history of the transatlantic cable published in 1866. It also has a map of proposed submarine and land telegraphs in 1866. In addition, it has diagrams of the cable used. CY - London DA - 1866 KW - non-USA +telegraph telegraph, and maps of telegraph, transatlantic cable, and transatlantic (maps) cable, transatlantic telegraph, and transatlantic (maps) cable, submarine cable cable, Atlantic LB - 5140 PB - Bacon and Company PY - 1866 ST - Atlantic Telegraph: Its History, from the Commencement of the Undertaking in 1854, to the Sailing of the ‘Great Eastern’ in 1866 TI - Atlantic Telegraph: Its History, from the Commencement of the Undertaking in 1854, to the Sailing of the ‘Great Eastern’ in 1866 ID - 1901 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This industry publication has information about the growth of duplicating technologies, especially during the 1960s. “Replicating, which was practically nonexistent 35 or 40 years ago, is now the most dramatic and exciting growth area in the graphic arts," this work maintains. "In this short span of time, replicating has reached true industrial status. It has developed its own processes, technologies, equipment and materials. It has trained a complete set of management and technical personnel to make itself functional. And most significant -- it has developed its own specialized market." The encyclopedia divides replicating into two primary divisions: copying and duplicating. CY - New York DA - 1965 KW - labor communication revolution communication revolution home, and new media home +duplicating technologies office, and information technology home, and information technology information technology graphics revolution +duplicating technologies photocopying graphics revolution (1960s) information technology, and office information technology, and home office LB - 5770 PB - Wolf Business Publication PY - 1965 ST - The Reproductions Encyclopedia: Fourth Edition - 1965 TI - The Reproductions Encyclopedia: Fourth Edition - 1965 ID - 1962 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This work has information on early Zenith radios and the company's work in the development of television. CY - Chicago DA - 1955 KW - corporations radio +television +radio radio, and shortwave Zenith LB - 10930 PB - Zenith Radio Corp. PY - 1955 ST - The Zenith Story TI - The Zenith Story ID - 2455 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - The information in this work is based on questionnaires on mass media facilities returned to Unesco. Included are data on the number of newspapers, radio transmitters, television stations, and motion picture theaters in 200 countries. A concise paragraph is devoted to each of these media in the various nations. CY - Paris; and Epping, Essex, Eng. DA - 1975 KW - United Nations References, Statistics, Timelines, Maps journalism news and journalism non-USA news +television +radio +motion pictures reference works +books, periodicals, newspapers global communication Third World newspapers Third World developing nations UNESCO LB - 11310 PB - Unesco Press/Unipub/Gower Press PY - 1975 ST - World Communications: A 200-country survey of press, radio, television and film TI - World Communications: A 200-country survey of press, radio, television and film ID - 2491 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This work contains papers and abstracts on a wide range of topics relating to color -- color vision, color differences, color rendering and reproduction, design and architecture, and more. The work contains tributed to Deane B. Judd. CY - New York DA - 1973 KW - avant garde Kandinsky, Wassily color Kandinsky Wassily, and color freedom color, and science color, and architecture color, and modern art avant garde, and color art LB - 32560 PB - John Wiley & Sons (a Halsted Press Book) PY - 1973 ST - Colour 73: Survey Lectures and Abstracts of the Papers Presented at the Second Congress of the International Colour Association, University of York, 2-6 July 1973 TI - Colour 73: Survey Lectures and Abstracts of the Papers Presented at the Second Congress of the International Colour Association, University of York, 2-6 July 1973 ID - 2914 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - In this book -- the author is unnamed an often writes in the third person -- offers a condemnation of the corrosive effects that commercialization was having on acting and on actors. The author found the typical professional actress "A cold, unsympathetic, bitter, calloused, calculating woman" who had become "this petted, envied servant of the public...." "She had started out upon her career with quite a degree of talent and an abnormal amount of ambition. She had attained heights which apparently satisfied ambition, and yet this is what it had done for her. Could she be happy even if she knew nothing of the discomforts luxury cannot alleviate? She had not one of the elements of happiness in her character, as it was dwarfed and twisted then, and she still suffered in a dull, dead, apathetic way that even the old vent to hysteria did not relieve. "It was when I finally did secure another engagement (not so hard a task now, as my association with 'big people' made me seem of value to lesser ones) I found, as I have already stated, that Miram [this actress] stood only as a type of almost hundred I came daily to know. I might change companies, management, but seldom, if ever, conditions...." (272) The author warns of dangers to both young women and men who enter the profession. "Just here I wish to say although I have dedicated this book to young women, it is only too true that they are not alone persecuted nor morally endangered by the conditions of this profession. Boyish young fellows entering such an environment are easy prey to women whose years, sometimes, almost double theirs, and who, through drink or morphine, present so pitiful a spectacle that they young man's sympathy is aroused, and through a beginning of kindly solicitude, he is soon the abject slave of the sensual, debauched creature he may have tried to help. I have in mind just such a case of a beautiful woman not yet in her fortieth year...." (273) The author concludes. "How bitterly cruel that all this is true, I have said to myself again and again. No more beautiful art exists than that of characterization and story 'embracing' as Charlotte Cushman has ably said: 'In its exposition all other arts combined, music, dancing, color, and even sculpture in its poses and form.' Yet to-day it stands upon the very last foundation it should ever, by any stretch of the imagination occupy -- Commercialism. [emphasis in original text] (291) "Will a play or an actor draw? That is the only consideration. Never, is the play a literary achievement, a beautiful story, or an ethical study? Nor is the act a man of experience, of natural talent who can be relied upon to bring out all that is best of the author's thoughts. Is it a money maker? Is he a good card? There are the things that count in the estimation of the men who rule things theatrical. "'What kind of house did you have?' one actor asks another. Seldom indeed, 'What kind of performance did you give?'...." (291) The author sees newspaper and magazines as willing participants in the effort to make "stars" out of actors and all too eager to accept, uncritically, material from press agents. "Let me not be misunderstood as blaming the newspaper and magazines for the very misleading statements which they print daily, weekly, monthly in their stage items. These articles are usually supplied them by press agents in the employ of the various managers, and as we could scarcely expect an editor to take the time personally to investigate these stories he is truly at the mercy of the one who 299/300 gives him the news. If the press agent chooses to write a column prevaricating about a prominent person, so long as it has the celebrity's sanction, the editor is not called upon to interfere. Flattery and adulation were never known to have been the grounds for a libel suit, so that no risk is run, either, in printing such untruths. Yet this attitude of the press unconsciously constitutes he whole thing a great, enticing honey pot to poor ambitious little flies, although the intention ma be only the advertising of a certain line of goods. Nevertheless, human nature is imitative, and we are all seeking the good things of life; so if we read constantly of lives of apparently one long Elysian feast we are apt to want some of the dainties. (299-300) "That these magazine and paper stories do not always hand together is scarcely ever taken into account by the public. A certain manager of a very well-known and firmly established star, sends out annually a new and altogether different version of her wonderful rise to fame and the manner in which she first obtained a hearing...." (300) The author speaks "out against a system that was robbing women of their purity." (312) He, or she, concludes: "If you saw the stream of young men and women daily, yearly rushing toward this luring siren, only to be swallowed up in the vortex as I have seen them, your very soul would cry out and demand a half; and I have hoped in every line I have written that the serious minded will believe me, who has been in the pit, and avoid the pitfall. "If this book saves one aspiring soul from Miriam's fate or even mine, it will not have been written in vain." (312) CY - Boston DA - 1906 KW - theaters stars (actors) theater public relations press agents journalism fame entertainment, and journalism entertainment celebrity anti-theatrical bias critics critics, and actors critics, and theater critics, and acting critics, and degenerate theater actors acting actors acting morality magazines ref, secondary theater theater, and celebrity culture celebrity culture celebrity, and theater personality fame, and theater theater, and fame theater, and stars values values, and theater theater, and values actors, and status of anti-theatrical prejudice theater, and bias against audiences, and theaters theaters, and audiences acting, and bias against censorship and ratings censorship, and theater theater, and censorship morality, and theater theater, and morality women women, and theater theater, and women critics critics, and actors critics, and theater critics, and professional acting motion pictures, and stars (origins) quotations news and journalism actors, and journalism journalism, and actors actors, and newspapers newspapers, and actors magazines, and actors actors, and magazines fan magazines magazines, fan press agents, and actors actors, and press agents advertising and public relations actors, and public relations public relations, and actors false leaders false leaders, and actors actors, as false leaders entertainment, and news entertainment, and journalism journalism, and entertainment news, and entertainment celebrity culture, and journalism celebrity culture, and newspapers newspapers, and celebrity culture journalism, and celebrity culture censorship ref, book advertising audiences motion pictures news press LB - 15570 PB - Percy Ives Publishing, Co. PY - 1906 ST - The Seamy Side: A Story of the True Condition of Things Theatrical: By One Who Has Spent Twenty Years Among Them TI - The Seamy Side: A Story of the True Condition of Things Theatrical: By One Who Has Spent Twenty Years Among Them ID - 3716 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This document comments on how Eastman Kodak believed that colors could have a stronger influence on the moods of movies audiences than black and white. It begins: "It is certain that many of the emotional moods which the motion picture seeks to capture reside in colors rather than in gray tones. Psychologically the grays have a subduing, sobering power, and this power is constantly at work upon the observer of a motion picture which is screened in the monochrome of ordinary untinted films." [emphasis added] "Although gray may deepen certain moods of the screen, the peaks of emotion are usually flattened off by it, an effect which is far from ideal. A wider range of stimulation and depression seems possible through a systematic use of the affective values of different colors. The language of color as applied to the screen is still rudimentary, but that colors do have certain consistent emotional effects is well established by psychological tests." (p. [3]) [my emphasis] For example, in addition to gray, this document comments on the effects of "Verdante, a delicate green." (4) Its impact is "Refreshing. The sunny green of vegetation in spring and early summer. Simply furnished interiors." (11) Its use can also partly nullify "the impression of a somber scene, and ... it pulls down the mood of a scene that is impassioned and full of excitement." (5) [my emphasis] As for other colors, "rose doree" is "A rose pink that quickens the respiration. The tint of passionate love, excitement, abandon, fete-days, carnivals, heavily sensuous surroundings." (8) "Peachblow" is "Allegretto vivace. A tint for brief, joyous moments, buoying up scenes of light, sensuous content. The spirit of coquetry. An excellent tint for close-ups." (8) "Purplehaze" is best for "dim interiors and outdoor settings obscured with haze. Languorous, dreamy, narcotic." (13) [emphasis added] The work then discusses Eastman Sonochrome films. "The saturation of all the tints is low enough so that they can not become distracting elements in the scene but remain entirely atmospheric effects." (p. [3]) It notes that "Lighting of realistic color content is a primary emotional source to which the motion picture has never before had such free access." (4) This 13-page, undated pamphlet was probably prepared around 1930 or shortly thereafter. It is similar to a presentation made by Loyd A. Jones in 1929 ("Tinted Films for Sound Positives," Transactions of the Society of Motion Picture Engineers, 13 [May 6-9, 1929], 199-226). Jones worked for Kodak Research Laboratories in Rochester, NY. The sixteen tints, which are similar to those mentioned by Jones in May, 1929, include: sunshine, candleflame, firelight, afterglow, peachblow, rose doree, verdante, aquagreen, turquoise, azure, nocturne, purplehase, fleur de lis, amaranth, caprice, and inferno. The subtitle of this pamphlet reads: "A spectrum of sixteen delicate atmospheric colors, keyed to the moods of the screen, in the new series of Eastman Sonochrome Tinted Positive Films for silent or sound pictures." Jones in 1929 had noted that tinting often interfered with sound in the early talking films. Eastman Kodak now maintains that Eastman Sonochrome tinting will not interfere with sound films. The "tints may be used in any sequence, permitting absolute freedom in the shifting moods, without affecting the sound." (5) CY - Rochester, NY DA - 1930-39? KW - Marked ref, secondary color color, and tinting motion pictures motion pictures, and color color, and motion pictures motion pictures, and tinting color, and green color, and sexuality sexuality, and color sexuality color, and gray lighting lighting, and color color, and lighting motion pictures, and lighting lighting, and color films sound recording color, and sound films motion pictures, and sound sound recording, and early color films color, as drug color, as narcotic LB - 41300 PB - Eastman Kodak Company PY - 1930 ST - New Color Moods for the Screen TI - New Color Moods for the Screen ID - 4229 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Joseph Breen prepared the first six chapters of this publication. They suggest that Breen knew a good deal about modern media and its public relations uses. This work is located in the Archdiocese of Chicago Archives and Records Center, Chicago, IL. AU - [Breen, Joseph I.] CY - Chicago DA - 1927 KW - Breen, Joseph Breen, Joseph, and Catholic Church Breen, Joseph, and public relations +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and Joseph Breen LB - 15400 PB - Committee in Charge at Chicago PY - 1927 ST - The Story of the Twenty-Eighth International Eucharistic Congress Held at Chicago, Illinois, United States of America from June 20-24, 1926 TI - The Story of the Twenty-Eighth International Eucharistic Congress Held at Chicago, Illinois, United States of America from June 20-24, 1926 ID - 560 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - W. R. Clay was one of the first psychologists, if not the first, to talk about the “specious present.” He called it a “fiction of experience” and separated it from the “obvious past” and the “real present.” (168) In 1890, William James in discussing this term in The Principles of Psychology (Volume I, p. 609), quoted a passage from Clay's work. AU - [Clay, W. R.] CY - London DA - 1882 KW - space and time time and timekeeping quotations quotations, and specious present time, and psychology specious present, origins ref, secondary LB - 42840 PB - Macmillan and Co. PY - 1882 ST - The Alternative: A Study in Psychology TI - The Alternative: A Study in Psychology ID - 3687 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 57-page study compares public attitudes about satellites shortly before the launching of Sputnik by the Soviet Union on October, 4, 1957, and then after that event. Before Sputnik, more than half (54 percent) of the American public had never heard of satellites. After October, 1957, about 91 percent of the public was aware of them. “Most of this awareness was gained during the few weeks following the launching of Sputnik I….” (p. 1) The study notes that “much of the post-Sputnik satellite news emphasis was shifted towards the political ‘cold war’ and the military arms race with Russia.” The researchers also observe that a “new type of response began to appear in the post-Sputnik survey. Purposes which were not the immediate aims of the satellite scientists, but which do constitute possible outcomes of the space age, were classified under the category of ‘future possibilities.’ The scientific sophistication of response of this type varied considerably, however all ignored the current information-gathering function of the satellites. Almost one person in five was placed in this category.” (p. 4) This study attempts to gauge the extent to which people depended on different media newspapers, magazines, radio, television for news about satellites and their purposes. The study shows some decline in the use of newspaper and magazines for science news after Sputnik and slight increases in dependence on radio and television. (Table 11, p. 16) It indicates that which there was a slight increase in science news readership, this category of readership did not grow significantly in comparison with readership for other parts of the news (e.g., sports, society, national politics, etc.). This work indicates that while in November, 1957, about 25 percent of the American public considered Russian science superior to American science, by May, 1958 (after the U.S. had launched its first satellite), only about 8 percent of the American public considered Russian science superior. (p. 38) A majority of people surveyed gave “no clear edge to either America or Russia in the science race.” (p. 50) AU - [Davis, Robert C., Jack M. McLeod, and James W. Swinehart ] CY - Ann Arbor, MI DA - 1959 KW - USSR +aeronautics and space communication +television +radio books, periodicals, newspapers satellites science, and American public Soviet Union Sputnik Soviet Union, and science Soviet Union, and Sputnik Cold War Cold War, and satellites news and journalism journalism, and science news McLeod, Jack journalism science war LB - 29620 N1 - See filed under ("McLeod, Jack"). PB - Survey Research Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan PY - 1959 ST - Satellites, Science, and the Public: A Report of a National Survey on the Public Impact of Early Satellite Launchings ... for the National Association of Science Writers and New York University TI - Satellites, Science, and the Public: A Report of a National Survey on the Public Impact of Early Satellite Launchings ... for the National Association of Science Writers and New York University ID - 2708 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This book contains material pertaining to Samuel Insull and the Peabody Coal Company, the Century of Progress Exhibition in 1933, George Cardinal Mundelein, and Benito Mussolini. In these pages, published before World War II, Insull wrote that after a meeting with the Italian dictator that "I left the Venezie Palace with the feeling that it had been my privilege to meet one of the great statesmen of Europe." AU - [Insull, Samuel] (Edited with additional information by Larry Plachno) CY - Polo, IL DA - 1992 KW - Biography, Autobiography, Oral Histories Biography, Autobiography, Memoirs, Oral Histories networks +electricity autobiography Century of Progress (1933-34) Mussolini, Benito Mundelein, George Cardinal Peabody Coal Company networks, electrical public utilities World Fairs World Fairs, and Century of Progress LB - 4980 PB - Transportation Trails PY - 1992 ST - The Memoirs of Samuel Insull: An Autobiography TI - The Memoirs of Samuel Insull: An Autobiography ID - 1885 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This the autobiography of the primary author of the movie industry's Production Code of 1930, which tried to bind motion pictures to the Ten Commandments. In this work, Lord discusses his reactions to the new technology of motion pictures. Lord, a Jesuit priest who taught at St. Louis University, was a prolific writer and critic. Lord comments on the powerful influence that movies had on interpreting history and religion. With regard to history, Lord wrote that in 1915: “Enthralled I sat with my mother, I the young Jesuit in transit from studies to the summer villa, and saw Cabiria. All the history of Rome and Carthage, which had slumbered through the pages of my textbooks, suddenly came to life. The battles were not dusty wrestling matches between men in tin armor, but violent conflicts to settle the future of civilization and the world. I marched with Hannibal and his elephants. I watched Fabius as he fought his magnificent delays. And out of the film emerged a great comedian, a vast giant of a man, Maciste, whose contribution to the story of the motion pictures is now only too vaguely recalled.” (272) 272/273 On holiday in Wisconsin, he watched with his mother D. W. Griffith’s Birth of a Nation. “The deep hatred that Dixon had written into The Clansman had been blown high and hot in the film. Griffith, whether he meant to or not, made many persons hate Negroes and dread an emancipation given them. And I knew that I was in the presence of a medium so powerful that it well might change our whole attitude toward life, civilization, and established custom.” (273) AU - [Lord, Daniel A.] CY - Chicago DA - 1955 KW - history censorship self-regulation Production Code PCA values Christianity Biography, Autobiography, Oral Histories Biography, Autobiography, Memoirs, Oral Histories theater values Production Code (motion pictures) motion pictures religion values morality values religion religion law censorship and ratings censorship Catholic Church autobiography censorship, and motion pictures Catholic Church, and motion pictures theater, and Catholic Church Catholic Church, and theater motion pictures, and Catholic Church Production Code (motion pictures) Production Code Administration (PCA) Legion of Decency motion pictures, and critics morality, and motion pictures motion pictures, and morality Christianity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Christianity history and new media motion pictures, and history history, and motion pictures Cabiria ref, book LB - 12980 PB - Loyola University Press PY - 1955 ST - Played By Ear: The Autobiography of Daniel A. Lord, S. J. TI - Played By Ear: The Autobiography of Daniel A. Lord, S. J. ID - 3468 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - The ACLU issued this 188-page critique of the Meese Commission, which had been established by the Reagan administration to study and make recommendations on pornography. Polluting the Censorship Debate argued that the Commission promoted government censorship and “moral mob rule” as it set forth a “panorama of unconstitutional proposals” that violated not only the First Amendment but privacy, choice, and due process.Public Policy Report, July, 1986 AU - [Lynn, Barry W.] CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1986 KW - sexuality pornography Meese Commission law censorship and ratings censorship ACLU Meese Commission, and critics pornography, and ACLU ACLU, and pornography censorship, and pornography pornography, and censorship ACLU, and censorship LB - 27040 PB - American Civil Liberties Union PY - 1986 ST - Polluting the Censorship Debate: A Summary and Critique of the Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography TI - Polluting the Censorship Debate: A Summary and Critique of the Final Report of the Attorney General's Commission on Pornography ID - 1261 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This work, originally published in 1909 and in its tenth edition, "is a statement of the theory underlying the photography of colored objects." Mees, whose names does not appear on the title page, says the work makes "no pretense ... of being unbiased" and that "Eastman projects are freely discussed." (Preface) AU - [Mees, C. E. Kenneth] CY - Rochester, NY DA - 1928 KW - ref, secondary color photography color, and photography photography, and color motion pictures motion pictures, and color color, and motion pictures cameras cameras, and color color, and cameras color, and film photography, and color film color, and theory Eastman Kodak, and color color, and Eastman Kodak ref, book Eastman Kodak LB - 39410 PB - Eastman Kodak Company PY - 1928 ST - The Photography of Colored Objects TI - The Photography of Colored Objects ID - 4039 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This appendix was published in February, 1966, and it contains about four dozen statements from various corporations and labor organizations commenting on the impact of technology and it possible future consequences. Several of the statements reflect concerns about automation and unemployment. Among those statements relating to communications are those from Bell Telephone Laboratories, Edison Electric Company (which give an assessment of America's electrical network in the mid-1960s), General Electric Company, Honeywell, Inc., International Brotherhood of Pulp, Sulphite, and Paper Mill Workers, McGraw Hill, Inc., RCA, and the Xerox Corporation. AU - [National Commission on Technology, Automation, and Economic Progress] CY - Washington, D. C. DA - 1966 KW - technology Edison, Thomas computers corporations labor materials office, and new media xerography +duplicating technologies paper general studies Bell Laboratories +electricity General Electric Company photocopying +duplicating technologies automation automation, and labor paper industries paper Xerox Corporation RCA +books, periodicals, newspapers McGraw Hill, Inc. Edison Electric Company infrastructure technology and society +computers and the Internet technology and society, and history of National Commission on Technology, Automation, and Economic Progress history labor labor, and new media +telephones materials corporations office LB - 4780 N1 - See also: office PB - U. S. Government Printing Office PY - 1966 ST - Statements Relating to the Impact of Technological Change: Appendix Volume VI: Technology and the American Economy, The Report of the Commission TI - Statements Relating to the Impact of Technological Change: Appendix Volume VI: Technology and the American Economy, The Report of the Commission ID - 1865 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This brief work runs 111 pages with illustrations but no index or bibliography. The work's six chapters are I) My Early Life; II) My First Efforts in Invention; III) My later Endeavors (The Discovery of the Rotating Magnetic Field); IV) The Discovery of the Tesla Coil and Transformer; V) The Magnifying Transmitter; and VI) The Art of Telautomtics. An appendix is entitled "Hydraulic Analog of Tesla Two Phase Induction Motor." AU - [Tesla, Nikola] CY - Williston, VT DA - 1982 KW - ref, secondary Tesla, Nikola autobiography, and Nikola Tesla Tesla, Nikola, and autobiography inventors and inventions electricity electricity, and Nikola Tesla Tesla, Nikola, and electricity electricity, and alternate current biography, autobiography, oral histories ref, book autobiography inventions LB - 39040 PB - Hart Brothers PY - 1982 ST - My Inventions: The Autobiography of Nikola Tesla (Ben Johnston, ed. and intro.) TI - My Inventions: The Autobiography of Nikola Tesla (Ben Johnston, ed. and intro.) ID - 4003 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Abbate focuses on the social and cultural factors that influenced the Internet's design and use. Early network breakthroughs formulated in the Cold War era saw the creation of the ARPANET by U.S. Defense Department think tanks. She examines how military and academic use influenced and shaped both the Internet and ARPANET; how usual lines between the producer of technology and the end user of it intersect, sometime with surprising results; and how later users of the technology invented their own very successful applications, such as e-mail and the World Wide Web.. Since the mid- to late- 1960s the Internet has grown from an experimental military network serving about a dozen sites across the United States to a burgeoning network of networks linking millions to computers worldwide. Abbate recounts a twisting story of conflict and collaboration among a remarkable cast of characters from the government and the military, to computer scientists in industry and academia, as well as graduate students, telecommunications companies, and the individual user. Abbate concludes that the trend toward decentralized, user-driven development that has characterized the Internet's history is a symbol of postmodern times, and says the key to the Internet's success has been its commitment to flexibility, diversity, both in technical design and organizational culture. The book is written for the computer-literate and technically minded. The dozens of references to an alphabet soup of military-influenced acronyms abound, and the amount of computer jargon can make the uninitiated head's swim! --Robert Pondillo This history of the Internet begins with the Cold War and the perfection of packet switching by the Department of Defense’s Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) and ends in the mid-1990s with the popularization of the Internet and the World Wide Web. The development of the Internet, as described by Abbate, resulted from the interplay of government and military agencies, academia, the computer industry, telecommunications companies, and perhaps most importantly, net users. She finds that the Internet has progressed in an increasingly decentralized manner with success resulting from a commitment to flexibility and diversity. Abbate’s sources include documents from the National Archive for the History of Computing, ARPANET newsletters, congressional reports, interviews with central figures and a variety of secondary sources. --Mark Tremayne AU - Abbate, Janet CY - Cambridge, MA DA - 1999 KW - R & D computers Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) ARPA research and development war government community democracy war Internet +computers and the Internet Pondillo, Robert ARPANET Department of Defense, U. S. World Wide Web +military communication democracy and media Internet, and history of Tremayne, Mark postmodernism packet switching DARPA LB - 8780 PB - MIT Press PY - 1999 ST - Inventing the Internet TI - Inventing the Internet ID - 2245 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Abbott begins this book by saying that "As its qualities are recognized, better understood, and more widely and intelligently applied, color may help to effect a change in the nature of humanity. If that is possible, it can be instrumental in diminishing man's most unnatural and unprofitable traits and increasing the better ones. At any rate, since it is at this moment a very important element in life and is contributing tremendously to the progress of humanity, to find out as much as can be known about it is desirable and profitable." (vii) The author maintains that "Color, a constant companion of nearly all forms of life on this earth, has, like other great forces, potential of good and of evil. It is our privilege, perhaps our duty, to learn to use it for good as much as possible. Woven into our modern civilization in such a way as to be an integral part of it, color can be taken for granted, but it cannot be ignored. The sudden removal of all color would produce chaos until vast readjustments were effected, not only in human affairs but in those of almost all other creatures associated with man." (xix) Abbott continues: "Since its influence is manifested largely through the sense of sight, the power of color is most effective when this sense is keen." (xix) When one takes the time to actually see and understand color, then the "color of life ... takes on a new meaning. It ceases to be just another inescapable factor of existence and becomes one of the most pleasurable and constantly thrilling experiences of life." (xix) This book is divided into seven parts and 20 chapters plus References. Part I considers "The Foundations of Color." Part II is "Colors by Nature and How Produced." Part III deals with "Colors by Man and How Produced" (e.g., dyes, paints, photography, printing, glass, etc.). Part IV is "Guides to Use of Color." Part V is "Colors for Everyone" and has a chapter on "Apparel" and another on "Buildings." Part VI covers the "Relation of Color to Man's Progress." Part VII, "References," has three sections: Organizations, Manufacturers, and Bibliography. In Chapter 14, "Effects of Color on Life," Abbott writes that the "effects of color on the human organism are as yet only vaguely understood. It is known that under certain conditions, visual impressions (including color) affect the blood pressure and muscular, mental, and nervous activity and mood." (129) The author says that "Color helps to make things easy to see; it helps to convey moods; it emphasizes situations and increases audience interest. A deep red-orange is said to have the most exciting influence, and yellow-green the most tranquilizing, and violet the most subduing influence." (131) For a discussion of the symbolic uses of colors, see also pp. 214-17. This work talks about the likely effects of specific colors such as green, blue, orange, yellow, violet, and red. Of red, the author says that it is a "mental stimulant, ... warm and irritating. It aggravates any inflammatory condition, and it increases the activity of the male sex glands. It is effective in adjusting cases of melancholia. Dr. [Edward] Podolsky reports the case of the employees in the Lumiere photographic factory in France. The red light under which they work had a bad effect on their temper. When the lights were changed to a particular green, the results were excellent." (132) In Part VI, Chapter 19 ("General Uses Through the Years"), Abbott says that color was often used for camouflage and other forms of deception. (210) It discusses efforts to use electric lighting and color as a form of communication and how this combination can be "independent of languages, nationalities, education, and temperament, and ... the degree of civilization." (211) There is also a consideration of motion pictures that use color (211-12). The author notes that in 1925, "Maude Adams designed 'Color Dynamics,' which was produced by the Eastman Kodak Company." (12) Chapter 20 covers "Special Uses of Colors Today." Abbott argues that black and white photography and motion pictures lack an element of life that color provides. "Color is making strides in photography of all kinds and may some day eliminate the black and white motion pictures. Still compositions in black and white will always have a certain amount of appeal, but when life and action are portrayed, they lack a very vital element without color. If the goal of motion pictures is to dramatize and present a realistic illusion of life, the ultimate product will incorporate all the elements of sight, as well as of sound. Sight includes not only color but solidity or relief. Solidity can and may be effected by applying the principles of the stereoscope. The color of animated cartoons has contributed enormously to their popularity. Educational films are vastly more instructive with color than without. Historical dramas, musical comedies, operas, or any other spectacles are only half a forceful without color." (222) (emphasis added) This work comments on the use of makeup and color the faces of actors and notes the problems of using makeup when something is filmed in black and white. (223-24) Abbott observes that by 1947 many news publications were using color. "Every magazine on the newsstand employs color on its cover to attract attention. Some newspapers run a line of color in a margin to indicate the final or some other edition. The old Police Gazette, a fixture in nearly every barber shop in the country for years, was recognized by its pink paper throughout. The current publication has added color printing to its make-up." (228) This work explains that advertisers used color because it makes their products more attractive and saleable. "A most ingenious and effective use of color in bringing products and services to the attention of the buying public is found in the Diorama," the author writes. (261) This book has an interesting Bibliography (281-89) that pulls together a good deal of research (up to 1947) on the effects of color. AU - Abbott, Arthur G. CY - New York and London DA - 1947 KW - home emotion decadence ref, secondary color, in literature color, and research on color color color, in history color, and theory color, and modernity modernity modernity, and color color, and emotion emotion, and color color, and psychology values color, and values values, and color color, and decadence decadence, and color color, and morality color, and immorality color, and passion color, and sensations censorship and ratings media effects color, media effects media effects, and color color, and sensuality sexuality color, and sexuality sexuality, and color lighting lighting, and color color, and lighting color, and music lighting, and theater theater, and lighting censorship color, and nationalism nationlism, and color nationalism and communication advertising and public relations color, and advertising advertising, and color home and new media home, and color color, and home color, and red women women, and color color, and women photography and visual communication photography, and color color, and photography motion pictures, and color motion pictures color, and motion pictures war war, and color World War II, and color color, and war color, and World War II electricity electricity, and color color, and electricity color, and Maud Adams color vs. black and white quotations quotations, and color movies media effects color, and media effects media effects, and color color, and magazines magazines, and color color, and Diorama ref, book advertising magazines nationalism photography theater World War II LB - 39990 PB - McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc. PY - 1947 ST - The Color of Life TI - The Color of Life ID - 4097 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - At the turn of the century, Chicago was awash in vice, with its abundance of shady politicians, houses of ill fame, and organized crime. Two women were at the center of this depravity: the Everleigh sisters, proprietors of one of the most famous brothels in the world. Sin in the Second City chronicles their rise and fall, a story that would seem to occupy a narrow slice of history, but was tied in with larger issues like the white slave trade and evangelical religion. Abbott, a journalist who’s written for Philadelphia magazine and Salon.com, has meticulously researched Sin, relying on numerous sources such as magazines that wrote about the scourge of prostitution (The Philanthropist), newspapers (Chicago Tribune and Chicago Daily Socialist), the three other books that have been written on the Everleigh sisters, letters the sisters wrote to Irving Wallace, interviews with the sisters’ great niece, and governmental reports on the vice trade. Her extensive use of a variety of sources, and the way she uses weaves them together, makes the book read like a novel. Sin in the Second City is a valuable work of sex-related history. Abbott says that Sin “is also about identity, both personal and collective, and the struggle inherent in deciding how much of the old should accompany us as we rush, headlong, into the new (p.xii).” Not all early twentieth-century madams were worth writing books about. What makes the Everleigh sisters worthy is the fact that their mission was to elevate the prostitution industry. The Everleigh club had doctors on staff to give regular check ups to the women, they provided free meals, paid over $100 a week, and gave the workers an education in classical literature (Balzac and Longfellow were emphasized). In contrast, other brothels paid their workers $35, didn’t have doctors on staff and let syphilitic women (with visible symptoms) continue to work, and allowed drugs their workers to do drugs and steal from the clients. Although prostitution was technically illegal in Chicago, it was tolerated by the city because it was so profitable: brothel owners paid the city officials, like Bathhouse John Coughlin graft payments. Everything in the prostitution world went along swimmingly until vice crusaders decided to target the industry. Standing outside of the Evereligh Club, Ernest Bell would preach sermons on the wages of sin and the debilitating effects of syphilis. Ironically, his preaching increased business for the club. When prosecutor Clifford Roe joined in the demonizing of the prostitution trade by accusing brothel owners of drugging girls, raping them, and forcing them into the industry -- a practice referred to as the white slave tradet -- the fight was on, and the end of the freewheeling Everleigh club was on the horizon. The Everleigh Club became a symbol of the Levee district (vice district) because it was the most visible of the brothels, and the sisters dared to advice, producing a glossy book showing all of the ostentatious decorations of the club, but none of the girls. Prince Henry of Prussia visited the brothel, as well as boxer Jack Johnson, and Marshall Field Jr. (who was a regular and may or may not have died at the club). And when the White Slave Traffic Act, aka the Mann act, was passed in 1910, and the Bureau of Investigation was created to enforce it, the club was doomed. Even though the Everleigh sisters were far from white slavers (so many girls wanted to work there that they had a waiting list), they were shut down in 1911, never to re-open again. And, what makes this story interesting from a mass communication perspective is that the mayor claimed that the reason that they were targeted “was the Everleigh club’s ‘infamy, the audacious advertising of (p.248) it’; ‘it was as well known as Chicago itself and therefore a disgrace to the city ." (p.249). -Hallie Lieberman AU - Abbott, Karen CY - New York DA - 2008 KW - Chicago, IL censorship and ratings censorship, and Chicago Chicago, and movie censorship motion pictures motion pictures, and censorship censorship, and motion pictures theaters, and motion pictures theaters theaters, and audiences children and media children, and motion pictures motion pictures, and children theaters, and children children, and theaters values values, and motion pictures motion pictures, and values race, and motion pictures motion pictures, and race motion pictures, and Chicago motion pictures, and Chicago censorship prostitution prostitution, and Chicago Chicago, and prostitution Lieberman, Hallie censorship Chicago, and movie censorship children race LB - 33320 PB - Random House PY - 2008 ST - Sin in the Second City: Madams, Ministers, Playboys, and the Battle for America’s Soul TI - Sin in the Second City: Madams, Ministers, Playboys, and the Battle for America’s Soul ID - 90 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Among the topics Abel examines is the rise of the movie star in Chapter 6, "'The Power of Personality in Pictures': Movie Stars and 'Matinee Girls'" (231-56). At the end of this chapter, Abel reprints newspaper articles on this topic including “Personality a Force in Pictures,’ from New York Dramatic Mirror, Jan. 15, 1913, p. 44 (see Abel, pp. 252-54). It says in part: “The secret of intimate personal expression through the medium of the camera and the screen is elusive. A pleasing face is not in itself sufficient, nor can an individuality be made distinct by means of conventional gestures and facial expressions. The players selected to appear on this page have distinctive personalities that they have learned to express in distinctive ways.” (quotation from newspaper article, in Abel, p. 252) “…Fleeting facial expressions that might indicate little at first, gain in meaning as features become familiar, until we can guess at thoughts without the need of words to express them.” (quotation from newspaper article, in Abel, p. 253) “…It seems that many people are more concerned about the figures they see on the screen than the connected series of incidents they are engaged in relating. If some of these enthusiasts stopped to ask themselves whether they were more entertained by a good photoplay acted by strangers or a mediocre one in which some favorite appeared, there is a good chance that the verdict would be in favor of the popular player. That may not be an altogether healthy condition, but it is one that exists and must be recognized by the men who produce pictures.” (quotation from newspaper article, in Abel, p. 254) In “Entr’acte 5: Trash Twins: Newspapers and Moving Pictures” (215-27), Able attempt "to sketch the more prominent patterns in the cinema's developing institutional relationship with newspapers... in selected cities from the Northeast to the upper Midwest...." (216) This relationship began to develop as early as 1911. Able writes: "As late as October 1912, the New York Dramatic Mirror claimed that the '"movies" continue to flourish' without 'the benignant approval' of the daily newspapers, that the 'pictures are left very much to speak for themselves.' Yet, by the spring of 1913, trade journals as different as the World and Motography acknowledged that local newspapers were now promoting photoplays or movies (the distinction could be significant) by running special pages and/or columns on a regular basis. Yet, if a mutually profitable relationship was well established between moving pictures and newspaper by 1913-14, signs of its emergence -- however tentative, irregular, and uneven, like those for feature films -- are quite visible as early as 1911, despite the World's complaint, and even before." (215) This book, Abel says, can be considered a companion to his earlier book, The Red Rooster Scare: Making Cinema American, 1900-1910 (1999). AU - Abel, Richard CY - Berkeley DA - 2006 KW - nationalism journalism history fame celebrity motion pictures, and Americanism actors acting magazines photography ref, secondary motion pictures motion pictures, and nationalism nationalism, and motion pictures motion pictures, foreign nationalism and communication motion pictures, and Americanization motion pictures, and westerns history and new media motion pictures, and history history, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Civil War motion pictures, and American Revolution ref, secondary France Pathé France, and motion pictures motion pictures, and France modernity modernity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and modernity new way of seeing motion pictures, and space and time space and time motion pictures, and time motion pictures, and space motion pictures, and travel motion pictures, and celebrity culture celebrity culture celebrity, and motion pictures personality personality, and motion pictures motion pictures, and personality fame, and motion pictures motion pictures, and fame motion pictures, and stars photography and visual communication photography, and celebrity culture celebrity, and photography photography, and fame fame, and photography personality, and photography photography, and personality motion pictures, and acting acting, and facial expression motion pictures, and not facing camera acting, and not facing camera acting, and realism motion pictures, and realism in acting cameras acting, and cameras cameras, and film acting news and journalism motion pictures, and journalism journalism, and motion pictures motion pictures, and newspapers newspapers, and motion pictures magazines, and motion pictures motion pictures, and magazines fan magazines magazines, fan ref, book LB - 10 PB - University of California Press PY - 2006 ST - Americanizing the Movies and 'Movie-Mad' Audiences, 1910-1914 TI - Americanizing the Movies and 'Movie-Mad' Audiences, 1910-1914 ID - 749 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This substantial, well-researched book, should be read in conjunction with Abel’s earlier work, French Cinema: The First Wave, 1915-1929 (1984). In this study Abel examines whether a national cinema existed in France. He writes: “Despite a certain ‘international’ character to early cinema, such an assumption is not without justification. First of all, the French cinema can be situated economically within the historical context of imperialism -- in the sense used by Eric Hobsbawm that the world economy of capitalism had become an aggregate of rival national economies engaged in colonial conquest -- which defined Europe as well as the United States at the turn of the century. The space of colonial expansion, along with that constructed by the more direct trading rivalry between national economies, provided a field of exploitation for Pathé - Frères when it became the first film company to move into mass production in 1904-1905. Second, the French cinema can be situated within the related historical context of nationalism, specifically in terms of the institutions and practices that defined the French Third Republic as a distinct nation- state. Although the new secular system of education served as the principal bonding agent of late nineteenth-century French society, a loose network of new mass culture practices proved increasingly crucial during the period. Within this network, the cinema quickly assumed a significant role, especially through the appropriation of a historically specific cultural tradition, so that certain film genres gained a privileged importance -- the trick film and the féerie, the comic series, the biblical film, the historical film, and the grand guignol version of melodrama. Finally, the French cinema can be situated historically according to its definition under French law, for the courts consistently classed the cinema as a spetacle de curiosité, subjecting it to the control and censorship of local officials. In 1906, a state decision to end all censorship restrictions against theater provoked efforts by the industry to upgrade the cinema’s status. The consequences of this move to align the cinema with theater were profound -- theater analogy, at the level of both commercial enterprise and critical discourse, became more deeply ingrained in France than anywhere else. That these economic, cultural, and legal practices gave the French cinema a high degree of historical specificity makes all the more valid an interrogation of the early French cinema as a more or less distinct national cinema.” AU - Abel, Richard CY - Berkeley DA - 1994 KW - nationalism corporations corporations photography popular culture cultural imperialism law censorship and ratings capitalism non-USA +motion pictures imperialism +motion pictures +nationalism and communication cultural imperialism, and France imperialism, and France motion pictures, and France France, and motion pictures censorship, and French motion pictures motion pictures, and French censorship motion pictures, and theaters +photography and visual communication +photography and visual communication censorship censorship, and motion pictures cultural imperialism culture popular culture advertising cartoons comic books Disney magazines music +radio +television France capitalism, and motion pictures motion pictures, and capitalism cultural imperialism law, and communication communication, and law advertising and public relations LB - 6090 PB - University of California Press PY - 1994 ST - The Ciné Goes to Town: French Cinema, 1896-1914 TI - The Ciné Goes to Town: French Cinema, 1896-1914 ID - 1993 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This book argues, in Abel's words, "that the Americanization process -- specifically, the concerns about constructing a distinctive American national identity -- continued to frame early cinema's institutionalization as a popular mass entertainment, particularly if certain categories of spectators formed its core audience -- namely, recent working-class immigrants, women (especially young working women), and children. It also argues that early cinema, as a mass entertainment, has to be conceived in terms that reach beyond the production of film texts and their promotion in the trade press to focus on distribution and exhibition practices, as well as regional or even local discursive traces of their promotion and reception." (quoted from Introduction, Abel, Americanizing the Movies and 'Movie-Mad' Audiences, 1910-1914 [2006], p. 3). Abel devotes a section to “The Color of Nitrate (pp. 40-47) and discusses Pathé “Heavenly Billboards.” Abel also later observes that “In the 1890s, chromolithography rapidly gave way to a new technology of halftone photoengraving, a process that allowed photographs to be reproduced on cheap paper (usually in black-and-white). Their use transformed newspaper and magazine journalism (a good example was The World’s Work), where the photo now served to guarantee accuracy and authenticity.” (p. 125) (Here Able cites Neil Harris’ Cultural Excursions and Richard Slotkin’s Gunfighter Nation.) As American film producers challenged the dominance of French-made films (around 1909-10), colored films became associated with “foreignness” (157). “That Pathé released A Western Hero in stencil color reveals its 'foreignness’ in another way. 157/158 Here, the trade press was unanimous: stencil color was perfectly appropriate for certain films d’art and ‘exotic’ scenics, but not for American subjects, especially westerns For the latter, the realist aesthetic promoted by the Mirror and the World dictated a concern for the ‘orthochromatic,’ the accuracy of tonal values in ‘the black and white picture,’ which by 1909-1910, so went the claim, the public preferred, from whatever school it came. The World singled out Biograph in particular as a model for other manufacturers to imitate, for its films’ ‘fine rich deposit in the shadows and clear, delicate lights.’ The chiaroscuro of black and white could be enhanced by tinting and/or toning effects, but, as Woods argued, those had to serve the purpose of ‘approximating reality and at the same time make the story clear.’ If color were to be invoked in the American cinema, it would be yoked to an aesthetic of ‘impressive realism’ (to cite a Biograph ad), one imbued with a distinctive, historically specific American ideology.” AU - Abel, Richard CY - Berkeley DA - 1999 KW - nationalism journalism history motion pictures, and Americanization magazines, and photography magazines photography ref, secondary motion pictures color color, and photography photography, and color motion pictures, and color color, and motion pictures photography and visual communication non-USA non-USA, and motion pictures motion pictures, and non-USA France France, and motion pictures motion pictures Pathé Pathé, and motion pictures motion pictures, and Pathé nationalism and communication motion pictures, and nationalism nationalism, and motion pictures Americanism motion pictures, and Americanism Americanism, and motion pictures patriotism, and motion pictures motion pictures, and patriotism patriotism motion pictures, and westerns war motion pictures, and war war, and motion pictures history and new media motion pictures, and history history, and motion pictures materials modernity modernity, and motion pictures motion pictures, and modernity new way of seeing motion pictures, and space and time space and time motion pictures, and time motion pictures, and space motion pictures, and travel advertising and public relations advertising, and motion pictures motion pictures, and advertising sensationalism motion pictures, and sensationalism sensationalism, and motion pictures advertising, and sensationalism sensationalism, and motion pictures materials, and nitrate nitrate, and motion pictures motion pictures, and nitrate photography, and magazines magazines, and photography news and journalism motion pictures, and journalism journalism, and motion pictures motion pictures, and newspapers newspapers, and motion pictures magazines, and motion pictures motion pictures, and magazines fan magazines magazines, fan actors acting ref, book motion pictures, and Americanization women women, and motion pictures motion pictures, and women Americanization, and motion pictures Americanization, and women women, and Americanization children and media children, and motion pictures motion pictures, and children Americanization, and children children, and Americanization advertising Americanization children LB - 14940 PB - University of California Press PY - 1999 ST - The Red Rooster Scare: Making Cinema American, 1900-1910 TI - The Red Rooster Scare: Making Cinema American, 1900-1910 ID - 3650 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - In this 101-page book, the author draws on such authors as Russel Nye and John Pauly to note that "all communication media have an important societal dimension, both reflecting and shaping the social actualities of their time." Abrahamson argues that "the emergence of the special-interest magazines in the 1960s was both a product of and contributor to major sociocultural and economic changes in postwar America." (p. 3) This work examines magazine readership and it looks at publications that specialized in leisure activities such as boating, automobiles, flying, and photography. Eleven tables (73-80) give data on magazine circulation, readership, publishing, and other economic statistics. AU - Abrahamson, David CY - Cresskill, NJ DA - 1996 KW - +books, periodicals, newspapers magazines print culture values, and magazines values advertising and public relations magazines, and advertising advertising, and magazines magazines, and leisure leisure, and magazines reading magazines, and readers advertising leisure print LB - 29550 PB - Hampton Press, Inc. PY - 1996 ST - Magazine-Made America: The Cultural Transformation of the Postwar Periodical TI - Magazine-Made America: The Cultural Transformation of the Postwar Periodical ID - 2692 ER - TY - EDBOOK AU - Abramson, Albert CY - Jefferson, NC DA - 1987 KW - +television LB - 6470 PB - McFarland Press PY - 1987 ST - The History of Television, 1880-1940 TI - The History of Television, 1880-1940 ID - 1971 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - The authors discuss the political implications of new media technologies on democratic government. Their work appeared before the widespread use of the Internet. The new media they consider include computers, satellites, cable television, videocassette recorders, direct broadcast satellites, multipoint distribution service, satellite mater antennae television, pay television, VHF drop-in TV, low-power television, videotex, teletex, lasers, and optical fibers. The authors note that such media vastly expand the amount of data that can be exchanged, and make it possible to exchange that information with little regard to real space or time. Consumers have increased control over the message they receive. Senders of messages have greater control over the audiences they will reach. These new media decentralize the control of mass communication. They also bring new two-way communication or interactive possibilities to television. The authors are noncommittal as to whether these new media constitute a "communication revolution." Their more modest purpose is to convince readers that such new media warrant serious scholarly research. The authors reject both technological determinism and political determism. "The democratic theory that lies behind this book can be described as a cross between the pluralist and communitarian views -- pluralism with a communitarian face," the authors write. They hope to explain how "we can seize the opportunity presented by the current changes in the media environment to reorient mass communications toward more robust democratic service...." The eight chapters in this work are entitled: "The New Media and Democratic Values"; "What's New About the New Media?"; "Elections and the Media: Past, Present, and Future"; "Communications Technology and Governance"; "The New Media and Democratic Participation"; "Policy in a Comparative Perspective"; "Freedom of the Press and the New Media"; and "Toward an Electronic Commonwealth." AU - Abramson, Jeffrey B. AU - Arterton, F. Christopher AU - Orren, and Gary R. CY - New York DA - 1988 KW - computers video cassette recorders (VCRs) nationalism interactivity Federal Communications Commission (FCC) magnetic recording advertising, and public relations censorship and ratings propaganda public relations fiber optics journalism materials magnetic tape materials fiber optics regulation community democracy news and journalism values polling newspapers news media general studies +television +aeronautics and space communication satellites satellites, and television television, and satellites cable television, and cable cable television lasers optical fibers VCRs teletex democracy and media videotex direct mail +computers and the Internet advertising, and new media values, and democracy +nationalism and communication FCC electronic publishing interactive media narrowcasting media convergence +books, periodicals, newspapers newspapers, and new media polling, and new media +telegraph +telephones advertising electronic media LB - 11400 N1 -; media effects See also: media convergence See also: mass media PB - Basic Books, Inc. PY - 1988 ST - The Electronic Commonwealth: The Impact of New Media Technologies on Democratic Politics TI - The Electronic Commonwealth: The Impact of New Media Technologies on Democratic Politics ID - 2500 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This collection of essays grew out of various centennial celebrations in 1994 of Harold Innis’s birth. The volume has twenty chapters (with twenty-three authors) arranged around three broad themes: “Reflections on Innis” (Part One), “Gaps and Silences” (Part Two); and “Innis and Cultural Theory” (Part Three). The work has an excellent Introduction by William J. Buxton and Charles R. Acland entitled “Harold Innis: A Genealogy of Contesting Portraits.” Buxton and Acland give an information of the scholarly literature on Innis’s life and work, and they also cogent summaries of each chapter. Chapters in Part One examine Innis’s thinking and its context. Richard Noble writes on “Innis’s Conception of Freedom” within the Whig political tradition. Judith Stamp places Innis in the context of Canadian education and the Scottish Enlightenment. Michael Dorland looks at how Innis viewed the connection between religion and Canadian politics. James Carey explores the influence of the Chicago School on Innis. Irene M. Spry, a former Innis colleague, discusses his way of working and doing research. Cheryl Dahl and Liora Salter consider how Innis defined public intellectuals and the university’s role in the world. Donald Fisher deals with Innis’s relationship to academic communities and his part in the founding of the Canadian Social Science Research Council in 1941. In Chapter 8, Michèle Martin and Buxton contrast Innis’s ideas about relation between academics and moral and social life, and his worries that modern media were too “space-biased,” with the approach taken by his contemporary Victor Barbeau. Barbeau critical journalism could be a catalyst for progressive reform. Chapter 9-12 consider “gaps and silences” in Innis’s work such as gender relations. Most of the discussion of Innis and technology occurs in Part Three, “Innis and Cultural Theory.” Here there are eight chapters including Acland’s “Histories of Place and Power: Innis in Canadian Cultural Studies”; Andrew Wernick’s “No Future: Innis, Time Sense, and Postmodernity”; Jody Berland’s “Space at the Margins: Critical Theory and Colonial Space after Innis,” Kevin Dowler’s “Early Innis and the Post-Massey Era in Canadian Culture”; and Kim Sawchuk’s “An Index of Power: Innis, Aesthetics, and Technology.” This book has a thorough bibliography on work relating to Innis. AU - Acland, Charles R. and William J. Buxton, eds. CY - Montreal and Kingston DA - 1999 KW - Chicago, IL nationalism imperialism women, and new media preservation postmodernism newspapers modernity modernism news and journalism history, and new media cultural imperialism community democracy news and journalism non-USA Innis, Harold bibliographies bibliographies, and Harold Innis women postmodernism, and Harold Innis modernism, and Harold Innis Barbeau, Victor, and Harold Innis Canada Carey, James Chicago School, and Harold Innis Innis, Harold, and Chicago School Innis, Harold, and James Carey Innis, Harold, and critics democracy and media political economy political economy, and Harold Innis cultural imperialism, and Harold Innis journalism, and Harold Innis nationalism, and Harold Innis +nationalism and communication history, and Harold Innis Innis, Harold, and history Innis, Harold, and Marshall McLuhan monopoly, and Harold Innis newspapers, and Harold Innis Innis, Harold, and oral tradition oral tradition, and Harold Innis public intellectuals, and Harold Innis journalism history Chicago School news oral communication oral culture LB - 480 PB - McGill-Queen's University Press PY - 1999 ST - Harold Innis in the New Century: Reflections and Refractions TI - Harold Innis in the New Century: Reflections and Refractions ID - 136 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Henry Adams wrote this autobiography in the third person. Adams believed that the coming of electrical energy, the dynamo, represented a radical break in human history, and that one had to go back to the year 310, “when Constantine set up the Cross,” (383) to find a similar historical rupture. There was a continuity in Christianity’s power, which survived other challenges including those from Galileo and Bacon, until 1900. Then, Adams said, “continuity snapped.” (457) The child born in 1900 was “born into a new world….” (457) The dynamos promised “infinite costless energy” and “they gave to history a new phase.” (342) From Chapter XXII-- “CHICAGO (1893)” starting on page 341: Jostled by these hopes and doubts, one turned to the exhibits for help, and found it. The industrial schools tried to teach so much and so quickly that the instruction ran to waste. Some millions of other people felt the same helplessness, but few of them were seeking education, and to them helplessness seemed natural and normal, for they had grown up in the habit of thinking a steam engine or a dynamo as natural as the sun, and expected to understand one as little as the other. For the historian alone the Exposition made a serious effort. Historical exhibits were common, but they never went far enough; none were thoroughly worked out. One of the best was that of the Cunard steamers, but still a student hungry for results found himself obliged to waste a pencil and several sheets of paper trying to calculate exactly when, according to the given increase of power, tonnage, and speed, the growth of the ocean steamer would reach its limits. His figures brought him, he thought, to the year 1927; another generation to spare before force, space, and time should meet. The ocean steamer ran the surest line of triangulation into the future, because it was the 341/342 nearest of man's products to a unity; railroads taught less because they seemed already finished except for mere increase in number; explosives taught most, but needed a tribe of chemists, physicists, and mathematicians to explain; the dynamo taught least because it had barely reached infancy, and, if its progress was to be constant at the rate of the last ten years, it would result in infinite costless energy within a generation. One lingered long among the dynamos, for they were new, and they gave to history a new phase. Men of science could never understand the ignorance and naiveté of the historian, who, when he came suddenly on a new power, asked naturally what it was; did it pull or did it push? Was it a screw or thrust? Did it flow or vibrate? Was it a wire or a mathematical line? And a score of such questions to which he expected answers and was astonished to get none. From CHAPTER XXV-- “THE DYNAMO AND THE VIRGIN (1900)”: Starting on page 380: “Then he showed his scholar the great hall of dynamos, and explained how little he knew about electricity or force of any kind, even of his own special sun, which spouted heat in inconceivable volume, but which, as far as he knew, might spout less or more, at any time, for all the certainty he felt in it. To him, the dynamo itself was but an ingenious channel for conveying somewhere the heat latent in a few tons of poor coal hidden in a dirty engine-house carefully kept out of sight; but to Adams the dynamo became a symbol of infinity. As he grew accustomed to the great gallery of machines, he began to feel the forty-foot dynamos as a moral force, much as the early Christians felt the Cross. The planet itself seemed less impressive, in its old-fashioned, deliberate, annual or daily revolution, than this huge wheel, revolving within arm's length at some vertiginous speed, and barely murmuring -- scarcely humming an audible warning to stand a hair's-breadth further for respect of power -- while it would not wake the baby lying close against its frame. Before the end, one began to pray to it; inherited instinct taught the natural expression of man before silent and infinite force. Among the thousand symbols of ultimate energy the dynamo was not so human as some, but it was the most expressive. “Yet the dynamo, next to the steam-engine, was the most familiar of exhibits. For Adams's objects its value lay chiefly in its 380/381 occult mechanism. Between the dynamo in the gallery of machines and the engine-house outside, the break of continuity amounted to abysmal fracture for a historian's objects. No more relation could he discover between the steam and the electric current than between the Cross and the cathedral. The forces were interchangeable if not reversible, but he could see only an absolute fiat in electricity as in faith. Langley could not help him. Indeed, Langley seemed to be worried by the same trouble, for he constantly repeated that the new forces were anarchical, and especially that he was not responsible for the new rays, that were little short of parricidal in their wicked spirit towards science. His own rays, with which he had doubled the solar spectrum, were altogether harmless and beneficent; but Radium denied its God -- or, what was to Langley the same thing, denied the truths of his Science. The force was wholly new. “A historian who asked only to learn enough to be as futile as Langley or Kelvln, made rapid progress under this teaching, and mixed himself up in the tangle of ideas until he achieved a sort of Paradise of ignorance vastly consoling to his fatigued senses. He wrapped himself in vibrations and rays which were new, and he would have hugged Marconi and Branly had he met them, as he hugged the dynamo; while he lost his arithmetic in trying to figure out the equation between the discoveries and the economies of force. The economies, like the discoveries, were absolute, supersensual, occult; incapable of expression in horse-power. What mathematical equivalent could he suggest as the value of a Branly coherer? Frozen air, or the electric furnace, had some scale of measurement, no doubt, if somebody could invent a thermometer adequate to the purpose; but X-rays had played no part whatever in man's consciousness, and the atom itself had figured only as a fiction of thought. In these seven years man had translated himself into a new universe which had no common scale of measurement with the old. He had entered a supersensual world, in which he could measure nothing except by chance collisions of movements 381/382 imperceptible to his senses, perhaps even imperceptible to his instruments, but perceptible to each other, and so to some known ray at the end of the scale. Langley seemed prepared for anything, even for an indeterminable number of universes interfused -- physics stark mad in metaphysics. “Historians undertake to arrange sequences, -- called stories, or histories -- assuming in silence a relation of cause and effect These assumptions, hidden in the depths of dusty libraries, have been astounding, but commonly unconscious and childlike; so much so, that if any captious critic were to drag them to light, historians would probably reply, with one voice, that they had never supposed themselves required to know what they were talking about. Adams, for one, had toiled in vain to find out what he meant. He had even published a dozen volumes of American history for no other purpose than to satisfy himself whether, by severest process of stating, with the least possible comment, such facts as seemed sure, in such order as seemed rigorously consequent, it could fix for a familiar moment a necessary sequence of human movement. The result had satisfied him as little as at Harvard College. Where he saw sequence, other men saw something quite different, and no one saw the same unit of measure. He cared little about his experiments and less about his statesmen, who seemed to him quite as ignorant as himself and, as a rule, no more honest; but he insisted on a relation of sequence. and if he could not reach it by one method, he would try as many methods as science knew. Satisfied that the sequence of men led to nothing and that the sequence of their society could lead no further, while the mere sequence of time was artificial, and the sequence of thought was chaos, he turned at last to the sequence of force; and thus it happened that, after ten years' pursuit, he found himself lying in the Gallery of Machines at the Great Exposition of 1900, his historical neck broken by the sudden irruption of forces totally new. “Since no one else showed much concern, an elderly person without other cares had no need to betray alarm. The year 1900 was 382/383 not the first to upset schoolmasters. Copernicus and Galileo had broken many professorial necks about 1600; Columbus had stood the world on its head towards 1500; but the nearest approach to the revolution of 1900 was that of 310, when Constantine set up the Cross. The rays that Langley disowned, as well as those which he fathered, were occult, supersensual, irrational; they were a revelation of mysterious energy like that of the Cross; they were what, in terms of medieval science, were called immediate modes of the divine substance. 383/457 From Chapter XXXI -- “THE GRAMMAR OF SCIENCE (1903)” -- from page 457: “… The motion of thought had the same value as the motion of a cannonball seen approaching the observer on a direct line through the air. One could watch its curve for five thousand years. Its first violent acceleration in historical times had ended in the catastrophe of 310. The next swerve of direction occurred towards 1500. Galileo and Bacon gave a still newer curve to it, which altered its values; but all these changes had never altered the continuity. Only in 1900, the continuity snapped. “Vaguely conscious of the cataclysm, the world sometimes dated it from 1893, by the Roentgen rays, or from 1898, by the Curie’s radium; but in 1904, Arthur Balfour announced on the part of British science that the human race without exception had lived and died in a world of illusion until the last year of the century. The date was convenient, and convenience was truth. “The child born in 1900 would, then, be born into a new world which would not be a unity but a multiple. Adams tried to imagine it, and an education that would fit it. He found himself in a land where no one had ever penetrated before; where order was an accidental relation obnoxious; artificial compulsion imposed on motion; against which every free energy of the uni- 457/458 verse revolted...." AU - Adams, Henry CY - Boston DA - 1918 KW - electricity history and new media electricity, and Henry Adams electricity, and break with history electricity, and education education education, and electricity values values, and electricity electricity, and values democracy democracy, and electricity electricity, and democracy electricity, and history history, and electricity ref, secondary ref, autobiography ref, book history LB - 42200 PB - Houghton Mifflin Company PY - 1918 ST - The Education of Henry Adams: An Autobiography TI - The Education of Henry Adams: An Autobiography ID - 4319 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Addams comments on the negative impact that movies and movie theaters have on urban youth. She talks about the moral hazards of commercialized liesure, and likens the movie theater to dance halls and pool rooms. AU - Addams, Jane CY - New York DA - 1912 KW - audiences theaters religion values morality censorship and ratings children +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and theaters theaters, and motion pictures children, and motion pictures children, and media motion pictures, and children motion pictures, and reform critics critics, and morality morality, and critics motion pictures, and morality morality, and motion pictures +motion pictures LB - 12670 PB - Macmillan Company PY - 1912 ST - Spirit of Youth and the City Streets TI - Spirit of Youth and the City Streets ID - 446 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Adler acknolwedges here that during the late 1930s and early 1940, he was on the payroll of the Hays Office (MPPDA). At the time, he wrote some of Will Hays' speeches and reports. Adler provided a defense of movies as an art form in Art and Prudence. AU - Adler, Mortimer J. CY - New York DA - 1977 KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) self-regulation Production Code PCA Biography, Autobiography, Oral Histories Biography, Autobiography, Memoirs, Oral Histories Production Code Administration (PCA) Breen, Joseph Hays, Will H. MPAA MPPDA memoirs autobiography +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and Mortimer Adler motion pictures, defense of motion pictures, and Will Hays Adler, Mortimer, and motion pictures Adler, Mortimer, and Will Hays MPPDA, and Mortimer Adler Adler, Mortimer Production Code (motion pictures) LB - 13290 PB - Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc. PY - 1977 ST - Philosopher At Large: An Intellectual Autobiography TI - Philosopher At Large: An Intellectual Autobiography ID - 501 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Part of this work provides a scathing critique of the Payne Fund Studies and social science research. Part of it offers a justification of motion pictures as an art form. Will Hays considered this work a strong intellectual defense of motion pictures, one that could be used against the industry's critics. Adler was on Hays' payroll for a time, writing his annual reports. It is unclear if Adler was being paid by Hays at the time this book was written. AU - Adler, Mortimer J. CY - New York DA - 1937 KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) self-regulation Production Code PCA Payne Fund Studies Production Code Administration (PCA) Breen, Joseph Hays, Will H. MPAA MPPDA motion pictures freedom Payne Fund Studies, and critics motion pictures, and social science motion pictures, and defense of motion pictures, and freedom freedom, and motion pictures MPPDA, and Mortimer Adler Adler, Mortimer, and MPPDA Dale, Edgar, and critics Adler, Mortimer Production Code (motion pictures) Dale, Edgar LB - 13700 PB - Longmans, Green and Co. PY - 1937 ST - Art and Prudence: A Study in Practical Philosophy TI - Art and Prudence: A Study in Practical Philosophy ID - 534 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This work attempts to record the life of sharecroppers. “The immediate instruments are two," the authors write, "the motionless camera, and the printed word. The governing instrument—which is also one of the centers of the subject—is individual, anti-authoritative human consciousness.... “For in the immediate world, everything is to be discerned, for him who can discern it, and centrally and simply, without either dissection into science, or digestion into art, but with the whole of consciousness, seeking to perceive it as it stands: so that the aspect of a street in sunlight can roar in the heart of itself as a symphony, perhaps as no symphony can: and all of consciousness is shifted from the imagined, the revisive, to the effort to perceive simply the cruel radiance of what is.... That is why the camera seems to me, next to unassisted and weaponless consciousness, the central instrument of our time; and is why in turn I feel such rage at its misuse: which has spread so nearly universal a corruption of sight that I know of less than a dozen alive whose eyes I trust even as much as my own.” AU - Agee, James and Walker Evans CY - Boston DA - 1939 KW - photography +photography and visual communication +photography and visual communication photography, and reform cameras Agee, James photography, and sharecropping LB - 8790 PB - Houghton Mifflin Company PY - 1939 ST - Let Us Now Praise Famous Men TI - Let Us Now Praise Famous Men ID - 2246 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 69-page document (plus appendices) sets out the Defense Advance Research Project Agency's plan for a new strategic computing initative. It begins: "As a result of a series of advances in artificial intelligence, computer science, and microelectronics, we stand at the threshold of a new generation of computing technology having unprecedented capabilities. The United States stands to profit greatly both in national security and economic strength by its determination and ability to exploit this new technology." (1) The generation of computers "will exhibit human-like, 'intelligent' capabilities for planning and reasoning," it says. (1) The plan calls for close cooperation between industry, universities, and the military. This documents predicts that the next generation of computing will change warfare in a fundamental way and also have enormous spin-off implications for the civilian sector. The changes under way are analogous "to those resulting from the replacement of the vacuum tube by the transistor, the displacement of discrete transistors by integrated circuits, and the fourth generation displacement of simple integrated circuit technology by VLSI now occuring in the computer and electronics industry." (9) AU - Agency, Defense Advanced Research Projects CY - [Washington, D.C.?] DA - Oct. 28, 1983 KW - computers computers nationalism military-industrial complex microprocessing Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) strategic computing initiative DARPA computers and the Internet military communication nationalism and communication microprocessors Artificial Intelligence and Biotechnology military, and artificial intelligence artificial intelligence, and military computers, and artificial intelligence supercomputers military-industrial-university complex microelectronics transistors integrated circuits computers, fifth generation fifth generation computers computers, fourth generation LB - 34460 PB - Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency PY - 1983 ST - Stategic Computing: New-Generation Computing Technology: A Strategic Plan for its Development and Application to Critical Problems in Defense TI - Stategic Computing: New-Generation Computing Technology: A Strategic Plan for its Development and Application to Critical Problems in Defense ID - 3084 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - As Director Robert C. Duncan notes in his opening remarks on this Report, the "fundamental goal of the Strategic Computing Program is to advance machine intelligence technologies by emphasizing research in several scientific disciplines. First, the program supports research in advanced computing architectures including concepts that promise to allow thousand fold increases in processing capability using multiprocessors that can process data in parallel streams, thereby improving both speed and flexibility in accomplishing massive computations, both symbolic and numeric. Second, the program emphasizes research in several areas of machine intelligence: advanced expert systems, speech recognition, natural language processing, and computer vision. Third, Strategic Computing includes research in microelectronic devices such as optical interconnects that can reduce the physical interfaces between internal computer hardware, thus avoiding bottlenecks while improving speed. Finally, Strategic Computing builds the elements of infrastructure needed to support research on advanced computing technologies, such as rapid prototyping methocs for system development, large-scale emulation facilities, and access to new generation computers as they become available." (1-2) Duncan goes on to say that "An underlying objective of Strategic Computing, as with all DARPA programs, is the advancement of the scientific and technical capability of our universities, national laboratories, and industry." (2) The Report goes on to say that the "main components of the Strategic Computing Program are Military Applications and a Technology Base consisting of: New Machine Architectures (symbolic and numeric), Generic Software Systems, and Microelectronics. The current Military Applications projects include an Autonomous Land Vehicle (ALV), systems for Naval Fleet Command Center Battle Management (FCCBMP) and for Army AirLand Battle Management (ALBM), a Pilot's Associate system, and a system for Radar/Optical Imagery Analysis. The role of the applications projects is to provide a realistic task environment for technology research. Also, these projects are designed to service as the principal means of demonstrating the emerging technology and of transferring it to military systems and to the industrial base." (3) AU - Agency, Defense Advanced Research Projects DA - Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency KW - computers computers nationalism military-industrial complex microprocessing Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) strategic computing initiative DARPA computers and the Internet military communication nationalism and communication microprocessors artificial intelligence and biotechnology military, and artificial intelligence artificial intelligence, and military computers, and artificial intelligence supercomputers military-industrial-university complex microelectronics transistors integrated circuits computers, fifth generation fifth generation computers computers, fourth generation LB - 34700 OP - Feb. 1986 PB - Arlington, VA ST - Strategic Computing: Second Annual Report: New General Computing Technology: A National Strategy for Meetng the National Security Challenge of Advanced Computer Technology TI - Strategic Computing: Second Annual Report: New General Computing Technology: A National Strategy for Meetng the National Security Challenge of Advanced Computer Technology ID - 3108 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Aitken argues, among other things, that Marconi did not invent wireless telegraphy but rather that William Crookes had conceived Hertzian wave telegraphy in 1892 and that Oliver Lodge had demonstrated it in 1894 before the British Association in its annual meeting at Oxford. See Sungook Hong’s article in Technology and Culture (Oct. 1994), which argues that Aitken’s claim for Lodge is incorrect. AU - Aitken, Hugh G. J. CY - New York DA - 1976 KW - materials materials wireless telegraphy +radio wireless communication vacuum tubes Marconi, Guglielmo Crookes, William Lodge, Oliver wireless communication wireless telegraphy, and origins Hong, Sungook radio, and vacuum tubes vacuum tubes, and radio LB - 5260 PB - Wiley PY - 1976 ST - Syntony and Spark: The Origins of Radio TI - Syntony and Spark: The Origins of Radio ID - 1913 ER - TY - EDBOOK AU - Aitken, Hugh G. J. CY - Princeton DA - 1985 KW - materials materials +radio vacuum tubes wireless communication Marconi, Guglielmo radio, and vacuum tubes vacuum tubes, and radio LB - 5270 PB - Princeton University Press PY - 1985 ST - The Continuous Wave: Technology and American Radio, 1900-1932 TI - The Continuous Wave: Technology and American Radio, 1900-1932 ID - 1914 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - The author writes that "in order to use color effectively it is necessary to recognize that color deceives continually. To this end, the beginning is not a study of color systems." (1) Later he says that "both film color and volume color might be considered tricks of nature." (46) And then, "with the discovery that color is the most relative medium in art, and that its greatest excitement lies beyond rules and canons, a more sensitive discrimination was needed. The more a creative use of color developed, the less desirable became a merely trustful and obedient application." (66) AU - Albers, Josef CY - New Haven and London DA - 1963, 1971, 1975 KW - censorship avant garde context art color freedom color, and freedom color, and 1960s art, and color color, and art avant garde, and color color, and avant garde censorship, and color color, and censorship censorship and ratings color, and prejudice against sexuality color, and sexuality sexuality, and color color, context context, and color color, and 1960s color, and sensation censorship and ratings censorship, and color values values, and color color, and values freedom freedom, and color color, and freedom LB - 32480 PB - Yale University Press PY - 1963 ST - Interaction of Color TI - Interaction of Color ID - 2907 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This study of British newsreels during the Spanish Civil War has information about the technology that cameramen used during the 1930s. By the mid-1930s, for example, the Mitchell and Newman Sinclair cameras from the United States were available on the British market. The camera and sound equipment together had been reduced in size to weigh about 150 pounds, although there were still obstacles to filming. The cameras held only about three minutes of film before they needed to be reloaded. The work also considered technical challenges to recording sound during this period. AU - Aldgate, Anthony CY - London DA - 1979 KW - newsreels microphones +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures +sound recording motion pictures, and sound recording motion pictures and newsreels newsreels, and sound recording cameras, and newsreels cameras, and sound recording sound recording, and cameras sound recording, and portable cameras, and portable microphones, and newsreels cameras news news and journalism LB - 17590 PB - Solar Press PY - 1979 ST - Cinema and History: British Newsreels and the Spanish Civil War TI - Cinema and History: British Newsreels and the Spanish Civil War ID - 678 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - A clash of cultures occurred during the late - nineteenth century involving affluent traditionalists who believed great art must be European-inspired and dissident intellectuals who believed that America must produce a distinctive art. This cultural clash produced a rift within the dissidents themselves, who split into factions favoring modernism and romantic nationalism. This rift determined the course of acceptable art for most of the first half of the twentieth century. While the influence of architecture, most forms of music, and nearly all writing was limited to the domestic marketplace, the effect internationally of painters, sculptors, and moviemakers was profound. Images of America and Americans were popular in Europe during the late 1920s through the 1930s. This early popularity became the foundation for American dominance of international art during the immediate years following World War II. --James Landers AU - Alexander, Charles C. CY - Bloomington DA - 1980 KW - nationalism imperialism photography motion pictures modernism modernity modernism modernity +nationalism and communication Landers, James +photography and visual communication art, and nationalism nationalism, and art modernism, and art art motion pictures, and art cultural imperialism cultural imperialism, and art LB - 8800 PB - Indiana University Press PY - 1980 ST - Here the Country Lies: Nationalism and the Arts in Twentieth-Century America TI - Here the Country Lies: Nationalism and the Arts in Twentieth-Century America ID - 2247 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization)study, which employed 29 researchers and 39 countries, has valuable information on the spread and use of video technology at the end of the 1980s. It notes that there were then four “video rich” areas: North America, Western Europe, the Arab countries, and Japan and Southeast Asia. Lagging behind in video use were Latin America, Africa, and Eastern Europe. The study found that the most important use of video technology was time shifting, recording television programs for later viewing. The next two most important uses were to watch non-broadcast material, primarily motion pictures, and to view non-broadcast amateur material such as home movies. Among the variables in explaining the diffusion of video technology were 1) price; 2) restrictions and taxes imposed by government; 3) the distribution of income (e.g., south of the Sahara, a VCR cost 29 times the minimum annual salary); and the content of broadcast TV. The study also notes that video had become “an alternative means of mass communication” in many countries. In some instances it was subversive to the prevailing power structure. Each of this work’s twenty-two chapters is devoted to a specific country or region, and has a separate author. (Paul E. Cahill wrote the chapter on the United States and Canada). The work concludes by suggesting future research on video technology should be directed to several areas: research should focus 1) less on video recorders on more on cameras, editing, and dubbing suites; 2) more on the world-wide flow of pre-recorded videos; 3) more on government policy making relating to video technology; and 4) more on audiences, especially the part played by videos in multi-language societies. AU - Alvarado, Manuel, ed. CY - Paris DA - 1988 KW - technology video cassette recorders (VCRs) USSR nationalism magnetic recording time and timekeeping video United Nations time technology and society motion pictures materials materials magnetic tape law censorship and ratings censorship non-USA sound recording videotape image recording, and videotape UNESCO +nationalism and communication technology diffusion censorship, and video video, and censorship audiences, and video VCRs timeshifting, and VCRs Great Britain Great Britain, and video Spain Spain, and video Italy Italy, and video Sweden Sweden, and video Japan Japan, and video India India, and video motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and VCRs VCRs, and motion pictures Australia Australia, and video Hong Kong Hong Kong, and video Jordan Jordan, and video Egypt Egypt, and video Poland Poland, and video Soviet Union Soviet Union, and video Yugoslavia Yugoslavia, and video Hungary Hungary, and video Africa Africa, and video Brazil Brazil, and video Peru Peru, and video Latin America Latin America, and video Colombia Colombia, and video Venezuela Venezuela, and video Chile Chile, and video Belize Belize, and video audiences sound, and space LB - 12460 PB - UNESCO PY - 1988 ST - Video World-Wide: An International Study TI - Video World-Wide: An International Study ID - 2593 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Twenty-three authors contributed to this symposium which was held on the 30th anniversary of 16-mm film. The essay discuss the medium’s history since its inception in 1923 and speculate about its future in the coming three decades. Paul A. Wagner’s (then president of the Film Council of America) Introduction, “What’s Past Is Prologue...,” gives an overview of 16-mm film and especially how World War II served as a catalyst in the medium’s development and acceptance. Wagner provides good information about the increased use of 16-mm film during the war, and especially in the first seven years after the war. This work is essentially optimistic about 16-mm film and its authors saw a bright possibilities for use in education, public libraries, museums, churches, government agencies, in labor, and theatrical productions. One author likened the functions of 16-mm prints of feature films to paperback books or the recording of classical music on long-playing records. Although this work appeared in 1954, two years before the first commercially successful video recorder had been demonstrated (and 17 years before the invention of videocassettes), and at the dawn of the transistor’s impact on communication, it clearly anticipates the impact of these developments. It predicts that quarter-inch magnetic tape will supplant 16-mm film and that “radical” changes will result. Every television set owner will have “electronic playback,” and “since the tape will be lightweight and book-size, and since its cost will be comparable to that of many good books, thousands of retail outlets will handle a large stock.” (Wagner) This work was published by the Film Council of America, a nonprofit educational organization that promoted the use of audio-visual materials in adult education. AU - America, Film Council of CY - Des Plaines, IL DA - 1954 KW - R & D libraries nationalism magnetic recording World War II values religion history and new media preservation motion pictures war research and development military communication media effects sexuality media effects violence media effects history information storage materials materials magnetic tape +future and science fiction film cinema motion pictures celluloid education democracy community 16mm government history +motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures, and 16mm film 16mm film magnetic tape recording magnetic tape recording, video values, and society democracy, and media education, and 16mm film religion, and 16mm film 16mm film, and education 16mm film, and religion +nationalism and communication government, and 16mm film public libraries, and 16mm film 16mm film, and public libraries 16mm film, as paperback books +television television, and 16mm film history, and new media history, and 16mm film values, and 16mm film +sound recording sound recording, and magnetic tape World War II, and 16mm film 16mm film, and World War II 16mm film, and museums media effects, and 16mm film Film Council of America future, and 16mm film future libraries +information storage LB - 12630 PB - Film Council of America (Evanston, IL) PY - 1954 ST - Sixty Years of 16mm Film, 1923-1983: A Symposium TI - Sixty Years of 16mm Film, 1923-1983: A Symposium ID - 2609 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This work discusses public relations tactics used by the MPPDA and Will H. Hays to divide groups critical of the movie industry such as the PTA. AU - America, Federal Council of the Churches of Christ in CY - New York DA - [c1931] KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) self-regulation Production Code PCA Production Code Administration (PCA) Breen, Joseph Hays, Will H. MPAA MPPDA context +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures context, and public relations motion pictures, and public relations motion pictures, and critics MPPDA, and discrediting critics Production Code (motion pictures) LB - 13410 PB - n.p. ST - The Public Relations of the Motion Picture Industry: A Report by the Department of Research and Education, Federal Council of the Churches of Christ in America TI - The Public Relations of the Motion Picture Industry: A Report by the Department of Research and Education, Federal Council of the Churches of Christ in America ID - 512 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Will H. Hays, president of the Motion Picture Producers and Distributors of America, created a Committee on Public Relations that he later turned into a department. He put Colonel Jason Joy in charge, and in 1927 replaced Joy with the former Maine governor Carl E. Milliken. The department responded to attacks on the industry, tried to engage citizens in making movies more acceptable, and attempted to make “customers out of critics.” Public relations could convince skeptics that movie makers were good citizens, well-intentioned, and capable of self regulation, which Hays believed offered the best and perhaps the only realistic way to prevent government intervention. The Public Relations Department gained impressive momentum during its first decade. In the course of a year it routinely gave 15,000 interviews and turned out several times that many letters. AU - America, Motion Picture Producers and Distributors of CY -?? DA - Feb. 5, 1934 KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) self-regulation Production Code PCA advertising, and public relations propaganda advertising public relations Production Code Administration (PCA) Breen, Joseph Hays, Will H. MPAA MPPDA +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures public relations, and MPPDA public relations, and motion pictures motion pictures, and public relations MPPDA, and public relations reports Production Code (motion pictures) reports, MPPDA LB - 13400 PB - Motion Picture Producers and Distributors of America PY - 1934 ST - Annual Report, Public Relations Department TI - Annual Report, Public Relations Department ID - 511 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This guide attempts to show union members how they can use the broadcasting industry to communicate labor messages without having to buy advertising. The authors argue that the Fairness Doctrine and other FCC rules and regulations, such as the “personal attack” rule and the “equal opportunities” rule, give unions an opportunity for access to commercial and public broadcast airwaves. “ ... For too long, labor has allowed its message to be manipulated by broadcasters who ignore their public responsibilities.” This guide contains a brief explanation of public service programming, broadcast news operations, and public broadcasting. It includes sample letters that union members can use to ask or demand to be heard, sample public service announcements for radio and television, and a sample Fairness Doctrine complaint letter to the FCC. --Phil Glende AU - American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees CY - Washington, DC DA - 1980 KW - Glende, Phil labor labor, and new media labor, and television labor, and radio labor, and public relations labor, and advertising labor, and FCC LB - 1130 N1 - See also: office PB - American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees PY - 1980 ST - Gaining Access to Radio and TV Time: A Union Member’s Guide to the Broadcast Media TI - Gaining Access to Radio and TV Time: A Union Member’s Guide to the Broadcast Media ID - 201 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Parts of this work are interesting in its consideration of nationalism and communication. The author notes (in 1983) that nationalism is far more powerful than ideology (e.g., Marxism or liberalism) and that its origins in the West grow out of the Enlightenment and the eras of the American and French Revolutions in the late eighteenth century. He has interesting things to say about the spread of printing (esp. books, and the newspapers) and the effect on nationalism as well as on conceptions of time. (Here the author draws heavily on a relatively few secondary works such as Febvre and Martin’s The Coming of the Book). “The nation is imagined as limited because even the largest of them, encompassing perhaps a billion living human beings, has finite, if elastic boundaries....It is imagined as sovereign because the concept was born in an age in which Enlightenment and Revolution were destroying the legitimacy of the divinely-ordained, hierarchical dynastic realm....Finally, it is imagined as a community, because, regardless of the actual inequality and exploitation that may prevail in each, the nation is always conceived as a deep, horizontal comradeship.” The latter chapters discuss the rise of nationalism in “Third world” areas as well as patriotism and racism. This often-cited book has been influential among researchers in communications studies. AU - Anderson, Benedict CY - London DA - 1983 KW - nationalism time and timekeeping time print journalism timekeeping, and clocks news and journalism non-USA race printing printing press newspapers news +nationalism and communication +books, periodicals, newspapers printing, and nationalism time books, and nationalism newspapers, and nationalism nationalism, and patriotism nationalism, and racism racism patriotism Enlightenment Third World French Revolution nationalism, and Marxism nationalism, and liberalism newspapers books community, imagined community newspapers, and nationalism nationalism, and books nationalism, and newspapers timekeeping democracy France LB - 2050 PB - Verso PY - 1983 ST - Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism TI - Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism ID - 1601 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This book examines the developing relationship between Hollywood studios and television during the 1950s. The work has a good deal to say about the changing technology of both the movie and television industries. It also discusses the status of actors in American society and the role of advertising. Particularly interesting is the author's account of "Lights Jubilee," celebrating the 75th anniversary of the electric light. AU - Anderson, Christopher CY - Austin DA - 1994 KW - advertising, and public relations propaganda public relations lighting motion pictures and popular culture motion pictures actors, and status of motion pictures, and actors' status Screen Actors Guild television television, and motion pictures motion pictures, and television motion pictures, and studio system advertising advertising, and television television, and advertising Lights Jubilee motion pictures, and advertising advertising, and motion pictures television, and Warner Bros. Warner Bros., and television electricity Warner Bros. actors acting LB - 18280 PB - University of Texas Press PY - 1994 ST - HollywoodTV: The Studio System in the Fifties TI - HollywoodTV: The Studio System in the Fifties ID - 735 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This book has information on Jack Valenti, one-time assistant to President Lyndon B. Johnson. Valenti in 1968 was president of the Motion Picture Association of America. AU - Anderson, Patrick CY - Garden City, N. Y. DA - 1968 KW - Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) Classification and Rating Administration MPAA Johnson, Lyndon CARA Classification and Rating Administration (CARA) National Association of Theatre Owners (NATO) presidents, and new media NATO CARA Heffner, Richard Valenti, Jack Johnston, Eric MPAA Valenti, Jack Johnson administration Valenti, Jack, and LBJ Johnson, Lyndon, and Jack Valenti Valenti, Jack, and background +motion pictures and popular culture +motion pictures motion pictures, and Jack Valenti MPAA, and Jack Valenti LB - 19620 PB - Doubleday & Company PY - 1968 ST - The President's Men: White House Assistants of Franklin D. Roosevelt, Harry S Truman, Dwight D. Eisenhower, John F. Kennedy and Lyndon B. Johnson TI - The President's Men: White House Assistants of Franklin D. Roosevelt, Harry S Truman, Dwight D. Eisenhower, John F. Kennedy and Lyndon B. Johnson ID - 796 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - One of the interesting illustrations is a picture from Punch in 1879 of “Edison’s Telephonoscope” which was to have transmitted “light as well as sound.” It is an early vision of home entertainment. AU - Appelbaum, Stanley, and Richard Kelley, eds. CY - New York DA - 1981 KW - illustrations entertainment entertainment, home home entertainment +future and science fiction home, and new media home television, and history of home, and information technology information technology illustrations +television future illustrations, and television (1879) seeing at a distance television, and origins information technology, and home Edison, Thomas Telephonoscope +telephones Edison, Thomas, and Telephonoscope home entertainment, and Thomas Edison LB - 6490 PB - Dover Publications PY - 1981 ST - Great Drawings and Illustrations from Punch, 1841-1901 TI - Great Drawings and Illustrations from Punch, 1841-1901 ID - 2007 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Chapter 11, “Drawing with Light: Photography, Reality, and Dream,” and chapter 13, “Revolution of the Eye, Revolution of the Mind,” make perceptive observations about the influence and nature of photography. The author writes: "Photography is one of those technical devices which has so drastically altered our senses and upon which we have developed such a profound dependence that it is difficult, indeed impossible, for us to think about it with any degree of detachment. Nothing yet invented, save perhaps the tape recording, offers such a convincing ‘proof’ of what we consider to be real; and conversely, nothing is likely to be considered real unless it can be photographed. Photography makes the philosophy of materialism a closed case.... “The true culmination of the mechanistic mode of visual perception and mental ordering was the perfection of drawing with light, the literal meaning of photography. In a vital respect, the tradition of Western painting after the Renaissance is the prehistory of photography....” Before photography, the length of time needed to complete a painting ensured that “the narrative mode predominated in the visual arts as well as in other cultural areas; history painting was flanked by grand opera and the novel,” Argüelles writes. “With the rise of photography, however, history painting lost its significance, for photography’s instantaneous technique plunged the European consciousness of reality into the immediate present. With the displacement of history painting, the entire edifice of academic culture came crashing down. The history painting produced by the residual academicism of the late nineteenth century appears bombastically contrived, a stage set that could be salvaged and redeemed only by the aesthetics of Hollywood cinema.” AU - Argüelles, José A. CY - Berkeley & London DA - 1975 KW - tape recording, magnetic magnetic recording recording tape recording photography seeing at a distance preservation postmodernism modernism communication revolution history sound recording tape recording recording photography and visual communication history sound recording, and tape recorders tape recorders photography and visual communication, and materialism drawing with light visual arts, narrative mode painting painting, and academic culture photography and visual communication, and academic culture communication revolution photography and visual communication, revolution in seeing medium is the message photography and visual communication, and present history, break with history, and new media new way of seeing visual communication LB - 1360 PB - Shambhala PY - 1975 ST - The Transformative Vision: Reflections on the Nature and History of Human Expression TI - The Transformative Vision: Reflections on the Nature and History of Human Expression ID - 1532 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This book offers one of the best accounts of the underground or alternative media during the 1960s and 1970s. In chapter 2, "Rise of the Underground Press," Armstrong discusses the impact of offset printing that made it possible to publish newspaper at a greatly reduced cost. For those interested in other developments related to new technologies, chapter 3, "The New Media Environment," is particularly good. There Armstrong discusses the impact of 16mm films and videotape. "Video activists believed strongly in the power of the new technology to create a video democracy," he writes. (72) He also covers the use of color in the underground press (e.g., by such underground papers as the San Francisco Oracle) and the use of radio. AU - Armstrong, David CY - Los Angeles DA - 1981 KW - underground media videotape offset printing underground press offset printing, and underground press underground press, and offset printing democracy censorship and ratings color underground press, and color color, and underground press radio underground press, and radio radio, and underground press San Francisco Oracle Berkeley Barb television cable television cable television, and democracy democracy, and cable television television, and cable television, and democracy cable magnetic tape magnetic recording underground newspapers LB - 31670 N1 - Dristributed by Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston. PB - J. P. Tarcher, Inc. PY - 1981 ST - A Trumpet to Arms: Alternative Media in America TI - A Trumpet to Arms: Alternative Media in America ID - 2854 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - Armstrong attempts to assess the impact of new media technologies on American politics during the 1980s. "What is really 'new' about political television in the 1980s," he writes, "was that it was cheaper, more plentiful, and much more immediate than it had ever been before. These effects were the direct result of new video production technologies [especially videotape], new distribution technologies, new technologies in the generation of 'free media,' new technologies in media buying, and new technologies in polling -- all of which combined to make campaigns seem more 'negative' but that actually made them more 'reactive.'" Armstrong believes that during the 1980s, "the press was not just being manipulated, it was actually being supplanted." Armstrong deals with several means of communication -- direct mailings, computers, cable television, satellites, telemarketing, and other so-called "new electronic media" -- and how they intersect with American politics. The book is divided into two sections. The first has four chapters on Direct Mail. The second, entitled "The New Technologies," has five chapters dealing with telemarketing, cable TV, satellites, computers, and telecommunications and its new electronic media. AU - Armstrong, Richard CY - New York DA - 1988 KW - computers magnetic recording advertising, and public relations presidents, and new media Reagan administration propaganda public relations magnetic tape community democracy information technology general studies democracy and media critics +television cable television television, and cable +computers and the Internet direct mail telemarketing +aeronautics and space communication information technology, and politics videotape Reagan, Ronald advertising advertising, political advertising, negative cable +telephones satellites LB - 11430 PB - Beech Tree Books, William Morrow PY - 1988 ST - The Next Hurrah: The Communications Revolution in American Politics TI - The Next Hurrah: The Communications Revolution in American Politics ID - 2503 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This book surveys how nine countries and one supra-national grouping have attempted to build national strategies for using information technology (IT) -- defined as "the convergence of computing and communications technologies." Chapter 3 deals with the United States. Subsequent chapters treat Japan, the European Economic Community, the United Kingdom, France and Germany, and four smaller countries -- Belgium, Canada, The Netherlands, and Switzerland. The work discusses artificial intelligence, supercomputing, the strategic computing initiative, research and development, and other topics relating to national defense. AU - Arnold, Erik and Ken Guy CY - Westport, CT DA - 1986 KW - R & D computers nationalism corporations corporations ARPA SDI research and development war communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution community democracy war non-USA computers research and development microelectronics information technology +computers and the Internet +military communication +artificial intelligence and biotechnology computers, fifth generation Japan European Economic Communication +nationalism and communication Germany France Canada Netherlands Switzerland Belgium Great Britain research and development, and government support Alvey Programme ARPANET strategic computing initiative strategic defense initiative (SDI) microelectronics revolution communication revolution democracy and media electronic media IBM information technology, and national defense telecommunications supercomputers bibliographies, and nationalism and communication +bibliographies Europe supercomputing computers, and supercomputers media convergence Europe LB - 3670 PB - Quorum Books PY - 1986 ST - Parallel Convergence: National Strategies in Information Technology TI - Parallel Convergence: National Strategies in Information Technology ID - 1755 ER - TY - EDBOOK AU - Asman, Edwin CY - n. p. DA - 1980 KW - non-USA networks +telegraph +telephones networks, electrical telegraph, transatlantic LB - 5130 PB - n. p. PY - 1980 ST - The Telegraph and the Telephone: Their Development and Role in the Economic History of the United States: The First Century, 1844-1944 TI - The Telegraph and the Telephone: Their Development and Role in the Economic History of the United States: The First Century, 1844-1944 ID - 1900 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 79-page background paper, published in June, 1993, "analyzes technologies for tomorrow’s information superhighways. Advanced networks will first be used to support scientists in their work, linking researchers to supercomputers, databases, and scientific instruments. As the new networks are deployed more widely, they will be used by a broader range of users for business, entertainment, health care, and education applications. “The background paper also describes six test networks that are being funded as part of the High Performance Computing and Communications Program. These test networks are a collaboration of government, industry, and academia, and allow researchers to try new approaches to network design and to attack a variety of research questions. Significant progress has been made in the development of technologies that will help achieve the goals of the High-Performance Computing Act of 1991.” This is the third background paper on this topic. Earlier papers included High Performance Computing & Networking for Science (1989), and Seeking Solutions: High-Performance Computing for Science (1991). Chapter 2 deals with “The Internet.” Chapter is on “Broadband Network Technology.” Chapter 4 deals with “Gigabit Research.” Chapter 5 is “Application of Testbed Research.” AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1993 KW - R & D computers U. S.Congress nationalism +military communication labor +future and science fiction government office office, and new media office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents research and development networks metaphors +nationalism and communication +computers and the Internet networks, and computers supercomputers computers, and supercomputers computers, and government computers, and education computers, and industry future Internet High-Performance Computing Act (1991) networks, and broadband gigabit research computers, and universities metaphors, and superhighway computers, and health care networks, advanced research and development, and government support Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) OTA infrastructure computers nationalism, and computers LB - 2350 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1993 ST - Advanced Network Technology: Background Paper TI - Advanced Network Technology: Background Paper ID - 1628 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This publication, which appeared in June, 1990, is good not only as an introduction to high definition television (HDTV), but also to the United States’ electronic communication infrastructure in 1990. As John H. Gibbons (OTA director) writes in his “Foreword”: “Television technology is now on the threshold of a new evolution. We are on the verge of combining digital-based computer technology with television. This technological marriage promises to produce offspring that can deliver movie-quality, wide-screen programs to our homes with stereo sound equivalent to the best compact disks. Its importance goes well beyond home entertainment, however. High-definition television -- HDTV as it is called -- is linked with many other basic technologies important to the United States. The impacts of the development of HDTV will ripple through the U.S. economy: It will make us confront such issues as public policy dealing with manufacturing, educational and training standardization, communications, civil and military command and control, structural economic problems, and relationships between government and business.” Chapter 3 deals with “Communication Technologies” and notes that following: “The U.S. electronic communication infrastructure is a mixture of five media: 1) terrestrial radio frequency transmissions; 2) satellite radio frequency transmissions; 3) paired copper wires; 4) coaxial cables; and 5) optical fibers.” This chapters devotes a section to each of these media. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - June 1990 KW - entertainment U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism entertainment, home fiber optics labor home entertainment materials materials fiber optics government home, and new media home office office, and new media office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents satellites radio home, and information technology media infrastructure information technology +nationalism and communication +television infrastructure infrastructure, and optical fibers optical fibers cable, coaxial infrastructure, and coaxial cable infrastructure, and paired copper wires infrastructure, and satellite radio frequency transmission radio, and satellites satellites, and radio frequency transmissions radio, terrestrial infrastructure, and terrestrial radio frequency tranmissions television, and high definition (HDTV) HDTV high definition television information technology, and home information technology, and entertainment media convergence electronic media Gibbons, John H. OTA cable +radio +aeronautics and space communication materials satellites, and radio LB - 2360 N1 -; media effects See also: media convergence See also: mass media PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1990 ST - The Big Picture: HDTV & High-Resolution Systems: Background Paper TI - The Big Picture: HDTV & High-Resolution Systems: Background Paper ID - 1629 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - The opening chapter, which summarizes this 395-page report, offers a good account of the many problems and issues involved in America’s changing communication infrastructure. “As information is treated more and more as a commodity to be bought and sold in the marketplace, the traditional political gatekeepers -- including political parties, the traditional press, and government agencies -- are being replaced by new kinds of political gatekeepers, such as political consultants, media consultants, private sector vendors, and international newscasters. Whereas the traditional gatekeepers are governed by political rules and norms, the new gatekeepers are guided to a greater extent by market criteria. Where markets dominate the allocation of communication resources -- such as information, a speaking platform, or access to an audience -- political access may become increasingly dependent on the ability to pay. Thus, the economic divisions among individuals and groups may be superimposed on the political arena.” (emphasis in original). “OTA found that changes in the U.S. communication infrastructure are likely to broaden the gap between those who can access communication services and use information strategically and those who cannot....” (emphasis in original) Chapters are devoted to communication and: business, the democratic process, production of culture, and the individual. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1990 KW - U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism values labor communication revolution journalism +future and science fiction digital media digitization community democracy news and journalism government office office, and new media office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents values press information technology +nationalism and communication OTA democracy and media infrastructure gatekeeping information technology, and changing gatekeeping communication revolution values, and market place values, and changing gatekeeping information technology, and business information technology, and culture capitalism information technology, and democracy information technology, and gap rich , poor future information technology, and political parties information technology, and press press, and information technology digital divide news, and new media news LB - 2370 PB - U.S. Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1990 ST - Critical Connections: Communication for the Future TI - Critical Connections: Communication for the Future ID - 1630 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 72-page publication, which appeared in October, 1985, gives a good overview of the problems posed to civil liberties by electronic surveillance during the mid-1980s. The first two chapters offer a summary, introduction, and overview of the issues. Chapter 3 is on “Telephone Surveillance.” Chapter 4 covers “Electronic Mail Surveillance.” The last chapter is “Other Surveillance Issues,” and examines “Electronic Physical Surveillance,” “Electronic Visual Surveillance,” and “Data Base Surveillance.” --SV This report, prepared by the U.S. Office of Technology Assessment in 1985, was written to inform Congress of the state of electronic communications technology and the laws regarding surveillance and civil liberties. In the mid-1980s, electronic communications technologies were developing quickly, as were the means of intercepting and monitoring them. In addition, new developments in cameras, fiber optics, computer database linkage and remote sensing were being introduced to law enforcement agencies at a rapid pace. One part of this report detailed the various new methods of surveillance, both at the time the report was prepared and, speculatively, in the future. The report also detailed the federal laws that were on the books in the mid-1980s and were related to electronic surveillance and civil liberties concerns. The report concluded that new technology had out paced the law, and that no clear principles or practical guidelines were available to address the issues that would be raised by continued use of these technologies. The report also suggested various courses of action that Congress might take to address these gaps in the law. The report is divided into sections on several kinds of new technology. These include telephone surveillance, electronic mail surveillance, new methods of secret audio and video recording, and computer database-related methods of tracking activity and behavior. The report described the technical possibilities and outlined the extent to which federal and state officials were already using them. Of particular interest is the discussion of the framework of privacy and search and seizure laws. At the time, the most current laws on these issues dated from 1968 and related only to older technologies such as hidden microphones, telephone and telegraph line interception and visual surveillance by police or government agents. The report is interesting for several reasons. First, it is a useful guide for understanding how electronic communications can, and are, monitored. Most of the technologies discussed in this report, such as cellular phones, pagers, e-mail and computer database tracking, are in wide use today. We can assume that as the technologies have advanced, so have the methods of monitoring them. In fact, the current debates about Internet privacy and personal profiling by web databases shows that these issues are still a concern. The report is also interesting in that it shows a great sense of concern for privacy and civil liberties. Clearly, the authors were afraid that new technology might lead to abuse, and that there would be no clearly defined legal framework to limit surveillance. It would be interesting to study the course of subsequent action taken by Congress in response to the report. One of the policy choices that the report outlined was to do nothing, and instead wait and see how the technology developed before creating legislation. --Rob Rabe AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1985 KW - computers U. S.Congress post office Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism email law, and privacy law fiber optics labor materials materials +future and science fiction community democracy computers +computers and the Internet freedom government office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents surveillance +nationalism and communication privacy civil liberties, and electronic surveillance surveillance democracy and media electronic mail, and privacy +telephones telephones, and surveillance miniaturization electronic media cameras, and surveillance surveillance, electronic OTA surveillance, and government surveillance, and data bases cameras civil liberties +postal service surveillance, electronic Rabe, Rob electronic mail office, and new media computers, and surveillance fiber optics future, and surveillance future optical fibers LB - 2380 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1985 ST - Electronic Surveillance and Civil Liberties: Federal Government Information Technology TI - Electronic Surveillance and Civil Liberties: Federal Government Information Technology ID - 1631 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This report discusses the urgency of establishing a supercomputing network. Among the networks discussed including the National Research and Education Network (NREN). AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - Sept. 1989 KW - R & D computers U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism presidents, and new media labor research and development war +future and science fiction war non-USA government office office, and new media office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents computers research and development Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration +nationalism and communication +military communication +computers and the Internet National Research and Education Network (NREN) computers, and supercomputers supercomputers Reagan Administration, and supercomputers supercomputers, and Japan supercomputers, and Reagan Administration Europe, and supercomputers supercomputers, national centers telecommunications global communication education, and supercomputers future research and development, and supercomputers OTA infrastructure strategic computing initiative education Europe nationalism, and computers +nationalism and communication LB - 2390 PB - U. S. Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1989 ST - High Performance Computing & Networking for Science: Background Paper TI - High Performance Computing & Networking for Science: Background Paper ID - 1632 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This work, which appeared in October, 1988, gives a good overview of the size, scope, and infrastructure of the federal government’s information dissemination enterprise. Chapter 2 give an “Overview of Federal Information Dissemination.” Chapter 3 discusses “Key Technology Trends Relevant to Federal Information Dissemination.” Here the “microcomputer revolution” and the “continuing role of paper and microform” are discussed. Chapter 4 considers “Alternative Futures for the Government Printing Office,” while chapter 6 is on “Information Technologies, Libraries, and the Federal Depository Library Program.” Chapter 7 deals with “Alternative Futures for the Depository Library Program.” “The Freedom of Information Act in an Electronic Age” is the topic of chapter 9. Chapter 10 is “The Electronic Press Release and Government-Press Relationships,” while chapter 11 is “Federal Information Dissemination Policy in an Electronic Age.” AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1988 KW - U. S.Congress post office Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism print news and journalism labor communication revolution archives materials +future and science fiction community democracy freedom government office office, and new media office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents printing printing press paper microfiche, microfilm, microform microcomputers libraries information technology libraries, and information storage information storage, and libraries Information Age +nationalism and communication democracy and media information, and government dissemination microform paper, and government information printing, and government OTA +information storage future Freedom of Information Act, and electronic media freedom of information press, and electronic government press releases electronic media information technology, and government microcomputers, and government communication revolution +information storage +telegraph +telephones +postal service future press, and government nationalism, and information technology infrastructure materials LB - 2400 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1988 ST - Informing the Nation: Federal Information in an Electronic Age TI - Informing the Nation: Federal Information in an Electronic Age ID - 1633 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This report, prepared by a congressional agency early in the Reagan administration, reflects the concern then current about competition from Japan. It urges the government to take steps to make the electronics industry more competitive. “American firms making radios, TVs, and audio products such as stereo receivers and tape recorders have been under severe competitive pressures for years; many have failed or left the market. Few radios or black-and-white TVs are made in the United States. No video cassette recorders are manufactured here. Color television production has become largely an assembly operation, heavily dependent on imported components -- whether the parent firm in American-owned (RCA, Zenith, GE) or foreign-owned (Sony, Quasar, Magnavox). In television manufacture especially, the policies of the Federal Government have contributed to the plight of the industry. Dumping complaints against importers going back to 1968 have never been fully resolved. An industry legally entitled to trade protection has not received it.” AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D. C.] DA - 1983 KW - video cassette recorders (VCRs) U. S.Congress tape recording, magnetic corporations Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism corporations magnetic recording magnetic tape recording tape recording magnetic tape presidents, and new media materials non-USA government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents VCRs recording, and tape recorders recording, and tape recording tape recording sound recording, and magnetic tape Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration radio +nationalism and communication electronic media, and international competition Japan capitalism radio, and international competition +television television, and international competition VCRs, and manufacture of sound recording, and stereo (international competition) sound recording, and magnetic tape (international competition) tape recorders, magnetic RCA Zenith General Electric Company Sony Corporation Quasar Magnavox electronic media, and trade protection OTA +sound recording +radio wireless communication global communication Reagan administration, and communication electronic media sound recording, and magnetic tape nationalism, and new media nationalism, and sound recording sound recording, and stereo LB - 2410 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1983 ST - International Competitiveness In Electronics TI - International Competitiveness In Electronics ID - 1634 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - The first page of this report gives an idea of the broad range of people who receive federal services in the United States: “46 million recipients of social security benefits. “27 million recipients of food stamps. “31 million Medicaid recipients. “14 million recipient of aid to families with dependent children. “15,000 scientists who receive National Science Foundation research grants each year. “20,000 small businesses that receive business loans. “600,000 persons participating in job-training programs. “people and organizations that annually place about 1.6 million orders for a total of 110 million publications from the U.S. Government Printing Office. “citizens who annually receive a total of 10 million pamphlets from the Consumer Information Center. “30,000 or so academic and business researchers who receive research results and technical information each week from the National Technical Information Service, and “170,000 citizens who use Federal depository libraries each week.” AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1993 KW - U. S.Congress post office Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism labor archives community democracy freedom government office office, and new media office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents libraries infrastructure information technology libraries, and information storage Information Age +nationalism and communication OTA electronic media, and government democracy and media postal service, electronic infrastructure, electronic information technology, and electronic delivery +information storage information processing freedom of information government, and federal electronic delivery +postal service electronic media government nationalism, and electronic media LB - 2420 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1993 ST - Making Government Work: Electronic Delivery of Federal Services TI - Making Government Work: Electronic Delivery of Federal Services ID - 1635 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 290-page study relates to a larger effort by the executive and legislative branches, plus the state governments, to combine the nation’s many different networks -- cable television, telephone, computer, satellite, cellular telephone, broadcasting -- into a broader National Information Infrastructure (NII). The “Executive Summary” discusses the advantages of wireless technology and its policy implications. Chapter 1 begins: “Wireless communications technologies are poised to bring dramatic changes to the nation’s telecommunications and information infrastructure, reshaping how people communicate, access information, and are entertained. These technologies, which use radio waves instead of wires to transmit information, already play an important part in the daily lives of almost all Americans. For more than 70 years, radio and television broadcasters have entertained and informed millions of people each day. Satellites connect the countries of the world, allowing people to converse, share information, and transact business. Most recently, cellular telephones have extended the reach of the public telephone system to peoples who are on the move or beyond the reach of traditional telephones. “Over the next several years, use of wireless technologies is expected to grow dramatically as a wide range of new radio-based communication, information, and entertainment services and applications is introduced, and the prices of both equipment and services fall. Some of the wireless systems now being developed include: 1) terrestrial and satellite-based telephone systems that will allow people to make and receive calls from almost any point on Earth, 2) digital television that promises clearer images and better sound, 3) digital radio broadcasting that will offer crystal clear sound as well as a range of information services, and 4) a wide range of data communications systems that expand the reach of computer and online services. These emerging wireless technologies, along with existing wireless services, will become an integral part of the nation’s evolving telecommunications and information infrastructure -- more formally known as the National Information Infrastructure (NII). “Finally, the deeper implications of the widespread use of wireless technologies and services are not well understood. With the exception of television and radio broadcasting (and perhaps cellular telephony), radio-based systems have not yet penetrated deeply into the social and organizational fabric of American society and business....” AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D. C.] DA - 1995 KW - entertainment computers U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism entertainment, home labor home entertainment digitization government home, and new media home office office, and new media office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents radio home, and information technology networks media infrastructure information technology +nationalism and communication OTA wireless communication infrastructure infrastructure, wireless +telephones telephones, cellular cable television, and cable +television networks, wireless +aeronautics and space communication satellites National Information Infrastructure (NII) telecommunications +computers and the Internet +radio telephones, and satellites telephones, terrestrial digital media information technology, and home information technology, and wireless radio, digital television, and digital wireless communication, and data systems information technology, and entertainment capitalism wireless communication, and business media convergence home, and new media home, and wireless media nationalism, and wireless media nationalism, and infrastructure LB - 2430 N1 -; media effects See also: media convergence See also: mass media PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1995 ST - Wireless Technologies and the National Information Structure TI - Wireless Technologies and the National Information Structure ID - 1636 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - One of the Office of Technology Assessment's earliest assessments of communication technology, this regarding the use of broadband communication in rural areas. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.:] DA - 1976 KW - U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism Carter, Jimmy presidents, and new media fiber optics materials materials fiber optics Carter administration government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents satellites rural areas radio +radio +nationalism and communication OTA broadband radio, and broadband rural areas, and broadband communication wireless communication +television telecommunications cable, coaxial microwave relays satellites, and communication optical fibers radio, mobile +aeronautics and space communication cable microwaves Carter administration, and new media LB - 8060 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1976 ST - The Feasibility And Value Of Broadband Communications In Rural Areas TI - The Feasibility And Value Of Broadband Communications In Rural Areas ID - 2175 ER - TY - EDBOOK AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.:] DA - 1977 KW - U. S.Congress post office Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents rural areas +nationalism and communication +postal service OTA rural areas, and communications LB - 8070 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1977 ST - Communications and Rural America: Recommendations to the U.S. Congress and the Executive: Report of OTA Conference, Washington, D.C., November 15-17, 1976 TI - Communications and Rural America: Recommendations to the U.S. Congress and the Executive: Report of OTA Conference, Washington, D.C., November 15-17, 1976 ID - 2176 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 69-page report was prepared by the Center for Policy Alternatives at MIT, under a contract given by the OTA. Its purpose was the acquaint OTA members with how governmental policies are related to technological innovation -- "the process that leads to the commercial introduction of a new technology." Several government actions influence this process: "incentives and funding for basic research; tax, patent, procurement, and antitrust policies; regulations; size, sector, and locale of the business; subsidies; inflation rate; available technical, marketing, and management skills; credit; and the formation of capital." The report also summarizes similar policies in Japan, Great Britain, France, and West Germany, and question whether policies in those nations are transferable to the United States. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1978 KW - technology R & D U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism technology and society military communication innovation non-USA government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents technological innovation, and process of science research and development Germany nationalism and communication research and development, and government support scientific research, and government support OTA Japan Great Britain Germany, West France technology, and process of innovation nationalism, and research and development inventions technological determinism LB - 8090 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1978 ST - Government Involvement in the Innovation Process TI - Government Involvement in the Innovation Process ID - 2178 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 84-page report is a background planning document for assessing the Department of Justice's National Crime Information Center and the Computerized Criminal History System. It tries to identify and analyze the significant future issues in the development of a federal-state system. "These are: the information needs for administering criminal justice programs and assuring constitutional rights; federalism, including division of authority, and cost apportionment; organization, management, and oversight; the planning process, and social impacts such as the effects on the administration of justice and the creation of a dossier society." The reports notes that many of the issues raised here are also related to problems involving electronic mail and the electronic of funds. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1978 KW - computers U. S.Congress surveillance Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism email law, and privacy law computers government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents privacy +computers and the Internet +nationalism and communication crime, and computers computers, and national computer criminal history privacy, and computers OTA electronic mail electronic funds transfer crime, and computers computers, and criminal history system Department of Justice National Crime Information Center Computerized Criminal History System crime electronic media privacy, and national data bases electricity LB - 8100 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1978 ST - A Preliminary Assessment of the National Crime Information Center and the Computerized Criminal History System TI - A Preliminary Assessment of the National Crime Information Center and the Computerized Criminal History System ID - 2179 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 45-page report predicts several critical issues will confront those who live through the 1980s. Resources will become scarcer and more expensive, not only fossil energy but minerals, land, and water resources as well. There will be rapid advances in the sciences: e.g. research in biology (particularly at the molecular level) and in solid state electronics (particularly semiconductors) will lead to extraordinary advances in new technology. Gene splicing will have great impact on agriculture and chemical production; innovations in telecommunications and microcomputers will greatly influence national defense, education, information processing, and labor and industrial productivity. There will important demographic changes as the American workforce matures and demands for jobs in developing countries increases. Problems with large-scale technologies may lead to more emphasis on small-scale technologies. Changes in lifestyles will be needed as the earth reaches its capacity to supply the needs of humankind. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.:] DA - 1980 KW - technology computers U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism Carter, Jimmy presidents, and new media values +future and science fiction computers Carter administration government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents solid state information technology Information Age +nationalism and communication OTA technology and society progress semiconductors solid state electronics information processing automation information technology, and education telecommunications +computers and the Internet computers, micro Carter administration, and technology future, and new media future labor LB - 8110 N1 - See also: office PB - United State Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1980 ST - Technology Issues of the 80's (Other Than Energy or Military) TI - Technology Issues of the 80's (Other Than Energy or Military) ID - 2180 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This report has several goals: 1) To give the nonexpert an introduction to America's computer-based national information systems. 2) To give a framework for better understanding of computer and information policy issues. 3) To give readers an idea of the state-of-the-art in computers and information technologies. 4) To build a foundation for understanding subsequent OTA studies on e-mail, electronic transfer of funds, and the computerization of criminal history records. The report indicated that “evolving computer-based systems are crossing over and blurring traditional regulatory boundaries.” AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1981 KW - computers U. S.Congress surveillance Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism law, and privacy law sexuality pornography labor crime community democracy government office office, and new media office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents networks infrastructure +nationalism and communication OTA networks, national infrastructure democracy and media infrastructure, and computers email electronic mail capitalism, and electronic transfers privacy crime, and computers computers, state-of-the-art (1981) capitalism electronic mail electronic media nationalism, and computers +computers and the Internet computers pornography, and computers computers, and pornography LB - 8120 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1981 ST - Computer-Based National Information Systems: Technology and Public Policy Issues TI - Computer-Based National Information Systems: Technology and Public Policy Issues ID - 2181 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 306-page report, finished on June 24, 1981, outlines the structure of the American telecommunications industry. It then analyzes policy alternatives facing this industry, and the impact that various policies have on research and development. It also sets out future issues needing further consideration: national security implications, biological effects of non-ionizing radiation, transborder data flow, and more. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1981 KW - R & D U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism corporations corporations corporations +military communication presidents, and new media labor research and development community democracy government office office, and new media office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration radio networks national security infrastructure +nationalism and communication OTA democracy and media telecommunications Reagan administration, and telecommunications national security, and telecommunications infrastructure, and telecommunications AT & T common carriers +radio radio, and common carriers +telephones Bell Laboratories networks, and telephones networks, and telecommunications national security telecommunications, and infrastructure research and development, and telecommunications LB - 8130 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1981 ST - Telecommunication Technology and Public Policy: Draft TI - Telecommunication Technology and Public Policy: Draft ID - 2182 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 163-page report came in response to a request from the U. S. Senate Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation to evaluate the impact on the United States of the World Administrative Radio Conference in 1979 (WARC-79). "WARC-79 and related international conferences and meetings demonstrate that contention for access to the radio spectrum and its important collateral element, the geostationary orbit for communication satellites, presents new and urgent challenges to vital U. S. national interests," the OTA concludes. "Given the complexities of spectrum management in a changing world environment and the increased importance of telecommunications to both developed and developing nations, its is unlikely that traditional U. S. approaches to these issues will be sufficient to protect vital U. S. interests in the future. Problems require strategies not yet developed or tested." AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1982? KW - U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism community democracy non-USA government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents Third World satellites radio +nationalism and communication OTA +radio World Radio Conference, 1979 democracy and media telecommunications Third World, and radio radio, and spectrum allocation satellites, and radio nationalism, and radio radio, and satellites +aeronautics and space communication LB - 8140 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1982 ST - Radiofrequency Use and Management: Impacts From the World Administrative Radio Conference of 1979 TI - Radiofrequency Use and Management: Impacts From the World Administrative Radio Conference of 1979 ID - 2183 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This background paper complements an earlier OTA report entitled Computer-Based National Information Systems: Technology and Public Policy Issues (Sept. 1981). This report deals with selected electronic funds transfer issues and grew out of a request from several congressional committees including the U. S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Special attention is given to electronic funds transfer and security, privacy, and equity issues. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1982 KW - U. S.Congress surveillance Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism law, and privacy law community democracy government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents privacy national security +nationalism and communication OTA democracy and media privacy, and electronic media national security, and electronic media capitalism, and electronic media banking, and electronic media +telephones capitalism, and electronic transfers capitalism nationalism, and electronic media LB - 8150 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1982 ST - Selected Electronic Funds Transfer Issues: Privacy, Security, and Equity TI - Selected Electronic Funds Transfer Issues: Privacy, Security, and Equity ID - 2184 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 50-page report, finished in September, 1982, examines the purpose and direction of the American space science program. Reallocations and budget cuts within NASA left "planetary science, solar and heliospheric physics, gamma ray astronomy, and X-ray astronomy with uncertain futures." The report outlines then current situation in space science, sets out issues, including the present and future of manned space flight, and discusses the importance of doing space science. Among the important matters that space science considers are the ozone layer, weather and climate, the effects of solar variations on communication, the reliability of satellites, and the commercial value of near-space. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1982 KW - R & D National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism astronomy space communication satellites +military communication community democracy government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents space communication science satellites research and development +nationalism and communication +aeronautics and space communication OTA democracy and media research and development, and government support scientific research, and government support space program, and government support NASA space shuttle space science astronomy, gamma ray astronomy, X-ray satellites, and weather satellites, and space science rocketry LB - 8160 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1982 ST - Space Science Research in the United States: A Technical Memorandum TI - Space Science Research in the United States: A Technical Memorandum ID - 2185 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This report attempts to assess "the performance of MEDLARS, particularly the performance of its major biomedical data base MEDLINE, in disseminating health-related bibliographic information. It also explores "the Government's role in the creation and the distribution of health-related information by means of computerized bibliographic retrieval systems." AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - Sept. 1982 KW - U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism archives community democracy government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents medicine health libraries information technology libraries, and information storage information storage information storage +nationalism and communication OTA health policy, and communication democracy and media National Library of Medicine +information storage +artificial intelligence and biotechnology information storage, and MEDLINE information technology, and medicine bibliographies, and medicine health medicine +bibliographies LB - 8170 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1982 ST - Medlars and Health Information Policy: A Technical Memorandum TI - Medlars and Health Information Policy: A Technical Memorandum ID - 2186 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 269-page report grew out of a request from the U. S. Committees on Education and Labor, and Science and Technology in 1980 to examine how new information technologies could relate to education. The report draws two conclusions: First, the "so-called information revolution, driven by rapid advances in communication and computer technology, is profoundly affecting American education. It is changing the nature of what needs to be learned, who needs to learn it, who will provide it, and how it will be provided and paid for." Second, "information technology can potentially improve and enrich the educational services that traditional educational institutions provide, distribute education and training into new environments such as the home and office, reach new clients such as handicapped or homebound persons, and teach job-related skills in the use of technology." AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - 1982? KW - computers U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism labor communication revolution community democracy government home, and new media home government reports Congress, U. S. government documents office, and information technology home, and information technology information technology +nationalism and communication OTA education, and communication democracy and media education communication revolution, and education home +computers and the Internet computers, personal computers, and education communication revolution computers education home, and new media office, and new media education, and new media education, and computers +computers and the Internet labor labor, and new media office LB - 8180 N1 - See also: office PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1982 ST - Informational Technology and Its Impact on American Education TI - Informational Technology and Its Impact on American Education ID - 2187 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 141-page report was finished in March, 1984. In March, 1983, the Reagan administration had proposed to turn over the meteorological and land remote-sensing (Landsat) satellite system to private ownership. "This proposal has raised a variety of issues, including concern over the small size of the market for remote-sensing data, the public good aspects of remote sensing, and the use of the data to further foreign policy objectives." Chapters are devoted to "International Relations and Foreign Policy"; "Public Interest in Remote Sensing"; "U. S. Government Needs for Remote-Sensing Data"; and "National Security Needs and Issues." Nine appendices are devoted to such topics as: "Remote Sensing in the Developing Countries"; "The Use of Landsat Data in State Information Systems"; "Survey of University Programs in Remote Sensing Funded Under Grants From the NASA University-Space Application Program"; "Remote Sensing in Agriculture"; "Hydrology"; "Forestry"; and more. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - March 1984 KW - R & D National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) U. S.Congress remote sensing surveillance Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism military-industrial complex presidents, and new media law, and privacy law privacy research and development war Third World community democracy war government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents universities remotely sensed data Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration nationalism and communication OTA democracy and media aeronautics and space communication Reagan administration, and communication satellites remotely sensed data, and private sector capitalism, and satellites satellites, and remotely sensed data agriculture, and remote sensing military communication hydrology environment, and remote sensing universities, and remote sensing Landsat capitalism environment nationalism, and satellites Third World, and satellites NASA privacy, and satellites agriculture LB - 8190 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1984 ST - Remote Sensing and the Private Sector: Issues for Discussion: A Technical Memorandum TI - Remote Sensing and the Private Sector: Issues for Discussion: A Technical Memorandum ID - 2188 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 282-page report says that the "effects of technology on the internal operations, the structure and the types of services offered by the financial service industry has been profound. Technology has been and continues to be both a motivator and a facilitator of change in the financial service industry. The structure of the industry has changed significantly in recent years as firms not traditionally viewed as financial service providers have taken advantage of opportunities created by technology to enter the market. New technology -based services have emerged. These changes are the result of the interaction of technology with other forces such as overall economic conditions, societal pressures, and the legal/regulatory environment in which the financial service industry operates." The report divides the financial service industry into three segments: retail, securities, and wholesale. It describes technologies now available and what is likely to be available in the near future. The report attempts to analyze the structure of the financial service industry. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D. C.] DA - [1984] KW - U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism interactivity government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents information technology +nationalism and communication OTA capitalism, and information technology information technology, and banking information technology, and capitalism capitalism, and information technology interactive media capitalism, and financial service industry capitalism, and second industrial revolution capitalism LB - 8210 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment ST - Effects of Information Technology on Financial Services Systems TI - Effects of Information Technology on Financial Services Systems ID - 2190 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 329-page report examines several new electric power storage, generating, and management technologies. The OTA studied "these technologies in terms of their current and expected cost and performance, potential contribution to new generating capacity, and interconnection with the electric utility grid. The study analyzes increased use of these technologies as one of a number of strategies by electric utilities to enhance flexibility in accommodating future uncertainties. The study also addresses the circumstances under which these technologies could play a significant role in U. S. electric power supply in the 1990s. Finally, alternative Federal policy initiatives for accelerating the commercialization of these technologies is examined." The report starts with the Arab oil embargo in 1973-74, and notes that by 1984, utilities had to pay on average 240 percent more for oil and 385 percent more for natural gas than in 1972 (in real dollars). "The most critical legacy of the 1970s," the report says, "is the uncertainty in electricity demand growth." AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - July 1985 KW - R & D U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism +military communication labor materials non-USA government office office, and new media office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents research and development networks infrastructure infrastructure, and electricity +nationalism and communication +electricity networks, electrical infrastructure, electrical OTA Arab oil embargo (1973-74) public utilities batteries, storage environment, and electrical power electricity, and environment Geothermal power stations electricity, and load management research and development, and electricity electricity, and photovoltaics (PVs) solar technologies electricity, and wind turbines environment Arab countries materials batteries solar power LB - 8220 PB - United States Congress PY - 1985 ST - New Electric Power Technologies TI - New Electric Power Technologies ID - 2191 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This work has several conclusions. 1) The United States has traditionally been strong in information technology, both in basic science and in practical applications. It has benefited the nation in several ways. 2) Most areas explored in this study -- microelectronics, fiber optics, artificial intelligence, computer designed -- were then (1985) in early stages of development. 3) American research and development is strong and viable, although past achievements in this area may no longer provide guidelines for the future. 4) New relationships are being forged between universities, industry, and the government. 5) The Department of Defense provides nearly 80 percent of the funding and is the predominant source for federal support of research and development in information technology. 6) Concerns are raised that the predominant flow of technical and scientific research is outward to other countries. 7) Instruments of scientific research are growing obsolete at an increasingly rapid rate. 8) Policies designed to stimulate research and development in information technology need to be reexamined for possible tradeoffs in other areas. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - Feb. 1985 KW - R & D U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism presidents, and new media fiber optics research and development war materials materials fiber optics war government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents universities science research and development Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration microelectronics information technology +nationalism and communication OTA research and development, and government support scientific research, and government support Reagan administration, and research and development Reagan administration, and information technology information technology, and trends +military communication Department of Defense, and research and development information technology, and Department of Defense universities, and information technology universities, and government optical fibers +artificial intelligence and biotechnology microelectronics, and government Department of Defense, U.S. military-industrial complex nationalism, and research and development military, and research and development information technology, and government support LB - 8230 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1985 ST - Information Technology R&D: Critical Trends and Issues TI - Information Technology R&D: Critical Trends and Issues ID - 2192 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 71-page report "assesses the opportunities for the use of structural ceramics and polymer matrix composites in the next 25 years, outlines the research and development priorities implied by those opportunities, and concludes with a discussion of ... prerequisites for their realization." AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - Sept. 1986 KW - U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism presidents, and new media materials government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration materials +nationalism and communication OTA materials revolution ceramics Reagan administration, and materials revolution polymers nationalism, and materials polymer matrix composites LB - 8240 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1986 ST - New Structural Materials Technologies: Opportunities for the Use of Advanced Ceramics and Composites: A Technical Memorandum TI - New Structural Materials Technologies: Opportunities for the Use of Advanced Ceramics and Composites: A Technical Memorandum ID - 2193 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This report suggests several possible policy actions for congressional consideration. These include establishing control over Federal agency use of computers in collection personal information; tighter controls over medical and insurance data pertaining to citizens; stronger controls over privacy, confidentiality, and security of personal information with in the micro-computer environment of the Federal government; a review of issues concerning use of the social security number as a "de facto national identifier"; and review of access to Internal Revenue Service's data bases by Federal and state agencies. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - June 1986 KW - computers U. S.Congress surveillance Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism presidents, and new media law, and privacy law community democracy computers +computers and the Internet government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration privacy information technology +nationalism and communication OTA democracy and media privacy, and electronic records information technology, and government Reagan administration, and privacy Reagan administration, and electronic records Privacy Act (1974) IRS, and electronic records social security numbers, as national identifier IRS computers, and privacy privacy, and computers LB - 8250 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1986 ST - Electronic Record Systems and Individual Privacy: Federal Government Information Technology TI - Electronic Record Systems and Individual Privacy: Federal Government Information Technology ID - 2194 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - A 28-page report that reviews then current federal programs in supercomputing at the National Science Foundation,;NASA; Department of Energy; the Supercomputing Research Center, National Security Agency; and the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.:] DA - March, 1986 KW - R & D National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) computers U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) NSF presidents, and new media research and development war war government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents +computers and the Internet computers +military communication Reagan, Ronald Reagan administration +nationalism and communication OTA supercomputers strategic computing initiative Reagan administration, and supercomputers NASA DARPA Supercomputing Research Center Department of Energy Department of Defense, U.S. National Science Foundation (NSF) nationalism, and computers military, and computers LB - 8260 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1986 ST - Supercomputers: Government Plans & Policies: Background Paper TI - Supercomputers: Government Plans & Policies: Background Paper ID - 2195 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This report analyzes recent and expected advances in information and communication technologies that are related to intellectual property. “It focuses primarily on the Federal copyright system, and on the continuing effectiveness of copyright law as a policy tool in the light of technologies such as audio- and video recorders, computer programs, electronic databases, and telecommunications networks.” In an effort to be comprehensive, this reports looks at intellectual property from several perspectives: the constitutional foundation of this system, its goals and economics, the creative environment it helps foster, problems in enforcing copyright, the international situation, and the Federal government’s role in administering the system. The OTA concluded that new technologies were affecting all aspects of intellectual property rights and that because we were only at the beginning of a new era in electronic information, the full impact of these technologies has not been felt or has even become apparent. New problems relating to intellectual property are likely to arise in the near future and Congress must be prepared to respond. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - April 1986 KW - video cassette recorders (VCRs) nationalism magnetic recording magnetic tape digital media digitization law community democracy +duplicating technologies networks intellectual property +nationalism and communication democracy and media copyright intellectual property, and electronic media VCRs +sound recording sound recording networks, and telecommunications +books, periodicals, newspapers photocopying +duplicating technologies digital media, and copyright copyright, and digital media LB - 8270 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1986 ST - Intellectual Property Rights in an Age of Electronics and Information TI - Intellectual Property Rights in an Age of Electronics and Information ID - 2196 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 58-page reports assumes that microelectronics is the "fundamental building block" of America's information technologies, and that it has assumed a "vital" place in the nation's commerce and defense. The report explains the role of microelectronics in these areas of national interest and recommends continued intelligent and aggressive investment in research and development in this area. It notes that the Federal government funds a significant part of activities in this area and that Federal agencies also have important influence on private support of research and development. The report tries to explain the current state (1986) of research and development in microelectronics. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - March 1986 KW - R & D nationalism research and development war communication revolution second industrial revolution communication revolution war science research and development microelectronics +nationalism and communication +military communication capitalism, and microelectronics revolution microelectronics revolution microelectronics, and federal government research and development, and microelectronics research and development, and government support scientific research, and microelectronics capitalism miniaturization nationalism, and microelectronics LB - 8280 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1986 ST - Microelectronics: Research & Development: Background Paper TI - Microelectronics: Research & Development: Background Paper ID - 2197 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This report, which runs a little over 100 pages, first surveys trends in the use computers in American education, then has a chapter on the use of educational technology. A final chapter deals with "The Use of Technology for Students with Limited English Proficiency." An appendix is entitled "Educational Technology: A Technical Survey." AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - March 13, 1987 KW - U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents information technology +nationalism and communication OTA education, and technology information technology, and education information technology, and minorities education education, and computers LB - 8290 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1987 ST - Trends and Status of Computers in Schools: Use in Chapter 1 Programs and Use with Limited English Proficient Students TI - Trends and Status of Computers in Schools: Use in Chapter 1 Programs and Use with Limited English Proficient Students ID - 2198 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This report reviews the Department of Defense's Polygraph Counterintelligence Screening Test Program. The review grew out of concerns that the Office of Technology Assessment found in 1983 "that there had been virtually no scientific research -- in or outside of the Federal Government -- on the validity of the polygraph technique for personnel security purposes." The OTA concluded that the DoD's polygraph test program was "not being conducted in such a way that the validity, utility, and general applicability of polygraphs for personnel security screening can be evaluated." AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D. C.] DA - March 30, 1987 KW - R & D U. S.Congress surveillance Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism law, and privacy law research and development war government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents privacy +nationalism and communication OTA Department of Defense, and polygraphs privacy, and polygraph tests Department of Defense, U.S. military, and polygraphs +military communication LB - 8300 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1987 ST - Review of the Defense Department’s Polygraph Test and Research Programs: Staff Paper TI - Review of the Defense Department’s Polygraph Test and Research Programs: Staff Paper ID - 2199 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - News organizations, this 51-page report notes, are increasingly using satellite imagery in their reports on world events, leading some to conclude that the news media will soon what to own and operate their own remote sensing systems. News media "have generally supported the idea of a dedicated 'mediasat' because it could supply a stream of timely and critical information, peering where repressive governments or dangerous natural environments have heretofore kept the press at bay." But the mediasat also has raised concerns that this technology could pose national security problems, make the conduct of U. S. foreign policy more complicated, and "erode the average citizen's expectation of personal privacy." This report concludes that the current high cost and low demand will limit efforts of news organizations to own their own remote sensing satellite systems dedicated solely to newsgathering. Yet the use of remote sensing will continue and is likely to pose conflicts between First Amendment rights and national security concerns. Such conflicts are manageable but some remote sensing systems are only indirectly affected by American law and will require international negotiations. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - May 1987 KW - R & D U. S.Congress surveillance Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism law, and privacy research and development war journalism freedom news and journalism war non-USA government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents satellites privacy news +nationalism and communication +military communication OTA +aeronautics and space communication First Amendment, and satellites privacy, and satellites news, and satellites satellites, and newsgathering global communication First Amendment nationalism, and satellites military, and satellites law LB - 8310 PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1987 ST - Commercial Newsgathering from Space: A Technical Memorandum TI - Commercial Newsgathering from Space: A Technical Memorandum ID - 2200 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This report was the fourth in a series of OTA studies on research and development. Earlier reports included Information Technology R & D (1985), Microelectronics (1986), and Supercomputers (1986). This report is divided into two parts. Part I reviews and analyzes patterns of Federal funding for research and development (R&D). Part II presents the results of a conference where researchers in computers and artificial intelligence discussed long-range issues. The OTA in this study found artificial intelligence at a critical juncture. In 1987, it was not on the verge of thinking or reasoning machines, and the OTA estimated that it would probably take decades before such developments took form. Yet artificial intelligence was already giving computers important new ways of solving complex problems. These areas include medical diagnosis, factory automation, natural language processing, and computer-assisted instruction. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - June 1987 KW - R & D U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism military communication medicine government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents science research and development medicine health information technology nationalism and communication artificial intelligence and biotechnology OTA research and development, and artificial intelligence research and development, and government support scientific research, and government support automation information technology, and medical diagnosis information technology, and language information technology, and education education, and artificial intelligence medicine, and artificial intelligence education nationalism, and artificial intelligence nationalism, and computers labor, and artificial intelligence education, and artificial intelligence labor LB - 8320 N1 - See also: office PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1987 ST - Federal Funding for Artificial Intelligence Research and Development: Staff Paper TI - Federal Funding for Artificial Intelligence Research and Development: Staff Paper ID - 2201 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - The 141-page report examines how computer-based technologies are being used to measure the productivity of workers. These new technologies give employers new ways of supervising their employees and controlling their use of telephones. But they also enable employers to gather detailed information about those in their employ. This report looks at this technology's impact on the workplace, civil liberties, and privacy. After an introductory chapter, subsequent chapters are entitled "Using Computers to Monitor Office Work"; and "Telephone Call Accounting"; "Electronic Work Monitoring Law and Policy Consideration." Appendix A deals with "Notes on Computer Work Monitoring in Other Countries." Appendix B is "Privacy and Civil Liberties Implications of Testing Employees in the Workplace." AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - Sept. 1987 KW - computers U. S.Congress surveillance Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism law, and privacy labor community democracy freedom government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents office, and information technology labor information technology +nationalism and communication OTA democracy and media privacy +telephones +computers and the Internet computers, and privacy labor, and privacy labor, and employer monitoring civil liberties, and workplace First Amendment civil liberties computers labor office, and new media labor, and new media +telephones office, and telephones labor, and computers office, and computers labor, and office monitoring (non-US) law office LB - 8330 N1 - See also: office PB - United States Congress, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1987 ST - The Electronic Supervisor: New Technology, New Tensions TI - The Electronic Supervisor: New Technology, New Tensions ID - 2202 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 113-page report grew out of Reagan administration and congressional concerns that the United States' technological lead over the USSR has been slipping and that it was "increasingly difficult to maintain a meaningful lead." The report focuses on the health of the Department of Defense's defense technology base programs and facilities. It notes that the DoD is being reorganized under the Goldwater-Nichols Reorganization Act (Public Law 99-433). The report reflects matters up to Feb. 1, 1988. The report sets out several complex factors on which American defense technology depends -- all this with little inkling that the USSR was on the verge of collapse. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - March 1988 KW - technology R & D U. S.Congress USSR Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism technology and society research and development war war non-USA government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents +nationalism and communication +military communication OTA Soviet Union Department of Defense, and defense technology base technology, and Department of Defense Department of Defense, U.S. military, and new media military-industrial complex LB - 8340 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1988 ST - The Defense Technology Base: Introduction & Overview: A Special Report of OTA’s Assessment on Maintaining the Defense Technology Base TI - The Defense Technology Base: Introduction & Overview: A Special Report of OTA’s Assessment on Maintaining the Defense Technology Base ID - 2203 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 171-page report notes that "less than two years ago, superconductivity -- total loss of resistance to electricity -- could be achieved only at temperatures near absolute zero. Since the discovery of high-temperature superconducitivity (HTS), research laboratories around the world have pushed the temperature limits steadily upward, opening the way to commercial applications with potentially revolutionary impacts. The scientific race is becoming a commercial race, one featuring U. S. and Japanese companies, and one that the United States could lose. Indeed, American firms may already be falling behind in commercializing the technology of superconductivity." The report says that Japan has been more aggressive in exploring the commercial possibilities of HTS than has the United States. Although Federal money would help the private sector compete, there is little tradition of such support in the U. S. In the U. S., post-World War II technology policy combined Federal funding for research and development with indirect measures such as tax policy. Such measures may not keep the U. S. competitive in the future. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - June 1988 KW - R & D computers U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism research and development war war non-USA government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents superconductors research and development +nationalism and communication +military communication +computers and the Internet OTA superconductivity Japan superconductivity, and high temperature (HTS) research and development, and government support capitalism, and government support capitalism Japan, and superconductivity nationalism, and superconductivity military, and superconductivity research and development, and government support LB - 8350 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1988 ST - Commercializing High-Temperature Superconductivity TI - Commercializing High-Temperature Superconductivity ID - 2204 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 246-page study deals with new interactive technologies, such as personal computers, and their potential for improving education. The study was initiated by the U. S. House Committee on Education and Labor, and its Subcommittee on Select Education. The report "examines developments in the use of computer-based technologies, analyzes key trends in hardware and software development, evaluates the capability of technology to improve learning in many areas, and explores ways to substantially increase student access to technology. The role of the teacher, teachers' needs for training, and the impact of Federal support for educational technology research and development are reviewed as well." AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - Sept. 1988 KW - computers U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism interactivity community democracy computers government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents information technology +nationalism and communication OTA +computers and the Internet interactive media, and education democracy and media information technology, and education education, and interactive media computers, personal education interactive media nationalism, and computers education, and computers LB - 8360 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1988 ST - Power On! New Tools for Teaching and Learning TI - Power On! New Tools for Teaching and Learning ID - 2205 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This report was prepared by the OTA Assessment International Security and Commerce Program. EMPRESS II was the U. S. Navy's electromagnetic pulser, a device that operated from a barge about 15 nautical miles off Corolla, NC in the Atlantic Ocean. "The EMPRESS II facility provides a pulse whose form and amplitude constitute an appropriate simulation of a nuclear electromagnetic pulse (EMP) that could arise from a nuclear explosion in or above the upper atmosphere. Exposure to test pulses of this sort are necessary for the Navy to verify the hardness of vital electronics on its ships. Computer simulations or sub-scale modeling would not provide adequate assurance of hardening, although they could be used to help reduce the amount of testing with EMPRESS II." The reports notes that EMP's effects on human health are not understood fully. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington D.C.] DA - Nov. 7, 1988 KW - U. S. Navy R & D U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) nationalism research and development war war government government reports Congress, U. S. government documents +nationalism and communication OTA +military communication electromagnetic pulses U. S. Navy, and EMPRESS II military, and new media electricity LB - 8370 PB - Congress of the United States PY - 1988 ST - The Potential Biological and Electronic Effects of EMPRESS II: Staff Paper TI - The Potential Biological and Electronic Effects of EMPRESS II: Staff Paper ID - 2206 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 265-page report, written in response to the U.S. House Committee on Energy and Commerce, evaluates "the technical feasibility of increased competition in the electric utility industry." Here the OTA analyzes "the impact of increased wheeling on the reliability and operation of the transmission systems. Wheeling is the use of a utility's transmission facilities to transmit power for other buyers and sellers." Competition, it was hoped, would lower costs, encourage innovations, and bring about new business opportunities. The OTA notes that the electric power system in the United States is very complex and that the introduction of increased competition needs to be done carefully. The report tries to identify technical requirements needed to keep the system working efficiently. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - May 1989 KW - U. S.Congress Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) labor energy government office office, and new media office government reports Congress, U. S. government documents utilities networks infrastructure infrastructure, and electricity +electricity OTA networks, electrical infrastructure, electrical utilities, electric electric utilities, and competition energy, and electricity LB - 8380 PB - Congress of the United States, Office of Technology Assessment PY - 1989 ST - Electric Power Wheeling and Dealing: Technological Considerations for Increasing Competition TI - Electric Power Wheeling and Dealing: Technological Considerations for Increasing Competition ID - 2207 ER - TY - EDBOOK AB - This 293-page report notes that modern consumer electronics give the average person the ability "to make very good copies of recorded music, television shows, movies, and other copyrighted works for private use at home. Soon, as digital recording equipment comes into widespread use, homemade copies will not just be very good -- they can be perfect reproductions of the originals. Home copying is becoming much more common; for instance, the proportion of people who make home audiotapes has doubled in the last 10 years. Copyright owners are concerned, and claim that home copying displaces sales and undermines the economic viability of their industries. They fear that the ability to make perfect copies will increase home copying even more." This report begins by examining home recording technologies. Then it focuses primarily on audiotaping and home copying's ambiguous legal status. It tries to measure the economic impact of home recording on the recording industries and weigh that against the undesirable effects of restrictions on home copying. It presents a range of recommendation to Congress for action. The report includes a 1988 survey conducted by the OTA of 1,500 people who engaged in home copying. AU - Assessment, Office of Technology CY - [Washington, D.C.] DA - Oct. 1989 KW - CDs entertainment video cassette recorders (VCRs) U. S.Congress tape recording, magnetic Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) magnetic recording entertainment, home discs, compact audio tape tap